Эхлэл Бүгдийг харах Тусламж
Бүртгүүлэх Нэвтрэх
iapt-platform
/
mint
-ын хуулбар https://github.com/iapt-platform/mint.git
2
0
Салаа 0
Файлууд Асуудлууд 0 Мэдлэгийн сан
Салаа: laravel-deprecated
Салаанууд Тагууд
mint
/
public
/
palihtml
/
s0202t.tik.htm

s0202t.tik.htm 582 KB
Байнгын холболт Түүх Анхны өгөгдөл

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555556557558559560561562563564565566567568569570571572573574575576577578579580581582583584585586587588589590591592593594595596597598599600601602603604605606607608609610611612613614615616617618619620621622623624625626627628629630631632633634635636637638639640641642643644645646647648649650651652653654655656657658659660661662663664665666667668669670671672673674675676677678679680681682683684685686687688689690691692693694695696697698699700701702703704705706707708709710711712713714715716717718719720721722723724725726727728729730731732733734735736737738739740741742743744745746747748749750751752753754755756757758759760761762763764765766767768769770771772773774775776777778779780781782783784785786787788789790791792793794795796797798799800801802803804805806807808809810811812813814815816817818819820821822823824825826827828829830831832833834835836837838839840841842843844845846847848849850851852853854855856857858859860861862863864865866867868869870871872873874875876877878879880881882883884885886887888889890891892893894895896897898899900901902903904905906907908909910911912913914 
  1. <body>
    2. 

  2. <p class="centered"> Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa</p>
    3. 

  3. <p class="nikaya">Majjhimanikāye</p>
    4. 

  4. <a name="mn2"></a>
    5. 

  5. <p class="book">Majjhimapaṇṇāsaṭīkā</p>
    6. 

  6. <a name="mn2_1"></a>
    7. 

  7. <p class="chapter">1. Gahapativaggo</p>
    8. 

  8. <p class="subhead">1. Kandarakasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    9. 

  9. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para1"></a><a name="para1_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">1</span>. <span class="bld">Ārāmapokkharaṇīādīsū</span>ti <a name="V2.0001"></a><a name="M2.0001"></a> ārāmapokkharaṇīuyyānacetiyaṭṭhānādīsu. <span class="bld">Ussannā</span>ti bahulā. Asokakaṇikārakoviḷārakumbhīrājarukkhehi sammissatāya taṃ campakavanaṃ <span class="bld">nīlādipañcavaṇṇakusumapaṭimaṇḍita</span>nti daṭṭhabbaṃ, na campakarukkhānaṃyeva nīlādipañcavaṇṇakusumatāyāti vadanti. <span class="bld">Bhagavā kusumagandhasugandhe campakavane viharatī</span>ti iminā na māpanakāle eva tasmiṃ nagare campakarukkhā ussannā, atha kho aparabhāgepīti dasseti. ‘‘Pañcasatamattehi aḍḍhateḷasehī’’ti evaṃ <span class="bld">adassitaparicchedena</span>. Hatthino cāreti sikkhāpetīti hatthācariyo hatthīnaṃ sikkhāpako, tassa puttoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘hatthācariyassa putto’’</span>ti. Tadā bhagavā tesaṃ pasādajananatthaṃ attano buddhānubhāvaṃ aniguhitvāva nisinnoti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘chabbaṇṇānaṃ ghanabuddharasmīna’’</span>ntiādimāha. <span class="bld">Bhagavato ceva gāravenā</span>ti bhagavato garubhāvena, bhagavati gāravenāti vā pāṭho.</p>
    10. 

  10. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Niccaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0002"></a> <span class="bld">na hotī</span>ti abhiṇhaṃ na hoti, kadācideva hotīti attho. Abhiṇhaniccatā hi idha adhippetā, na kūṭaṭṭhaniccatā. Loke kiñci vimhayāvahaṃ disvā hatthavikārampi karonti, aṅguliṃ vā phoṭayanti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ <a name="M2.0002"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘accharaṃ paharituṃ yutta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūta</span>nti ayaṃ niruttinayo yebhuyyena upādāya ruḷhīvasena vuttoti veditabbo. Tathā hi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘yepi te, bho gotama, ahesuṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ, kiñci akattabbampi kariyamānaṃ dukkarabhāvena vimhayāvahaṃ hoti, tathā kiñci kattabbaṃ, purimaṃ garahacchariyaṃ, pacchimaṃ pasaṃsacchariyaṃ, tadubhayaṃ suttapadaso dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    11. 

  11. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sammā paṭipādito</span>ti sammāpaṭipadāyaṃ ṭhapito. Esā paṭipadā paramāti <span class="bld">etaparamaṃ,</span> bhāvanapuṃsakaniddesoyaṃ yathā ‘‘visamaṃ candimasūriyā parivattantī’’ti (a. ni. 4.70). Ayañhettha attho – bhagavā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipadāya tumhehi paṭipādito, atītepi kāle buddhā etaparamaṃyeva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sammā paṭipādesuṃ, anāgatepi kāle etaparamaṃyeva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sammā paṭipādessantīti paribbājako nayaggāhena diṭṭhena adiṭṭhaṃ anuminanto sabbesampi buddhānaṃ sāsane saṅghasuppaṭipattiṃ majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya samasamaṃ katvā dasseti, evaṃ dassento ca tesaṃ sudhammatañca tathā dasseti evāti veditabbo, buddhasubuddhatā pana nesaṃ sarūpeneva dassitāti. <span class="bld">Na ito bhiyyo</span>ti iminā pāḷiyaṃ etaparamaṃyevāti avadhāraṇena nivattitaṃ dasseti sīlapadaṭṭhānattā samādhissa, samādhipadaṭṭhānattā ca paññāya sīlepi ca abhisamācārikapubbakattā ādibrahmacariyakassa vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘ābhisamācārikavattaṃ ādiṃ katvā’’</span>ti.</p>
    12. 

  12. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para2"></a><a name="para2_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">2</span>. Pucchānusandhiādīsu anantogadhattā <span class="bld">‘‘pāṭiekko anusandhī’’</span>ti vatvā tamevatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavā kirā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Upasantakāraṇa</span>nti upasantabhāvakāraṇaṃ. Tañhi ariyānaṃyeva visayo, tatthāpi ca buddhānaṃ eva anavasesato visayoti imamatthaṃ byatirekato anvayato ca dassetuṃ <span class="bld">na hi tva</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ñātatthacariyā kākajātakādivasena veditabbā, lokatthacariyā taṃtaṃpāramipūraṇavasena, buddhatthacariyā mahābodhijātakādivasena. <span class="bld">Acchariyaṃ bho gotamā</span>tiādinā kandarakena kataṃ pasādapavedanaṃ dasseti.</p>
    13. 

  13. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yepi te</span>tiādinā tena vuttamatthaṃ paccanubhāsantena bhagavatā sampaṭicchitanti caritattā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘santi hi kandarakāti ayampi pāṭiyekko anusandhī’’</span>ti<a name="M2.0003"></a>. Yo hi kandarakena bhikkhusaṅghassa upasantabhāvo kittito, taṃ vibhajitvā dassentopi tena apucchitoyeva attano ajjhāsayena bhagavā <span class="bld">‘‘santi hī’’</span>tiādinā desanaṃ ārabhi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavato kira etadahosī’’</span> <a name="V2.0003"></a> tiādi. <span class="bld">Kappetvā</span>ti aññathā santameva attānaṃ aññathā vidhāya. <span class="bld">Pakappetvā</span>ti sanidassanavasena gahetvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kuhakabhāvenā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Paṭipadaṃ pūrayamānā</span>ti kāmaṃ avisesena sekkhā vuccanti, te pana adhigatamaggavasena ‘‘pūrayamānā’’ti na vattabbā kiccassa niṭṭhitattā. Maggo hi ekacittakkhaṇikoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uparimaggassa vipassanāya upasantā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ito muttā</span>ti maggenāgatūpasamato muttā. Kalyāṇaputhujjane sandhāya vadati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi upasantā’’</span>ti.</p>
    14. 

  14. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satatasīlā</span>ti avicchinnasīlā. Sātisayo hi etesaṃ sīlassa akhaṇḍādibhāvo. Suparisuddhasīlatāvasena santatā vutti etesanti <span class="bld">santatavuttino</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tasseva vevacana’’</span>nti. Evaṃ sīlavuttivasena ‘‘santatavuttino’’ti padassa atthaṃ vatvā idāni jīvitavuttivasena dassento <span class="bld">‘‘santatajīvikāvāti attho’’</span>ti āha. Sāsanassa jīvitavutti sīlasannissitā evāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tasmi’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    15. 

  15. <p class="bodytext">Nipayati visoseti rāgādisaṃkilesaṃ, tato vā attānaṃ nipātīti <span class="bld">nipako,</span> paññavā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paññavanto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paññāya ṭhatvā jīvikākappanaṃ</span> nāma buddhapaṭikuṭṭhamicchājīvaṃ pahāya sammājīvena jīvananti taṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘yathā ekacco’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ <span class="bld">visuddhimagge</span> (visuddhi. 1.14) <span class="bld">taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyañca</span> (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.14) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Rathavinītapaṭipadādayo tesu tesu suttesu vuttanayena veditabbā. Ito aññattha mahāgopālakasuttādīsu (ma. ni. 1.346 ādayo) lokuttarasatipaṭṭhānā kathitāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘idha pana lokiyalokuttaramissakā satipaṭṭhānā kathitā’’</span>ti, satipaṭṭhānasuttepi (dī. ni. 2.373-374; ma. ni. 1.106 ādayo) vomissakāva kathitāti. <span class="bld">Ettakenā</span>ti ettakāya desanāya.</p>
    16. 

  16. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para3"></a><a name="para3_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">3</span>. <span class="bld">Kārakabhāva</span>nti <a name="M2.0004"></a> paṭipattiyaṃ paṭipajjanakabhāvaṃ. Mayampi nāma gihī bahukiccā samānā kālena kālaṃ satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharāma, kimaṅgaṃ pana vivekavāsinoti attano kārakabhāvaṃ pavedento evaṃ <span class="bld">bhikkhusaṅghañca ukkhipati</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ayañhettha adhippāyo’’</span>tiādi. Nānārammaṇesu aparāparaṃ uppajjamānānaṃ rāgādikilesānaṃ ghanajaṭitasaṅkhātākārena pavatti kilesagahanena gahanatā, tenāha ‘‘anto jaṭā bahi jaṭā, jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.23, 192). Manussānaṃ ajjhāsayagahaṇena sāṭheyyampīti dassento āha <span class="bld">‘‘kasaṭasāṭheyyesupi eseva nayo’’</span>ti. Yathā sappimadhuphāṇitādīsu kacavarabhāvo, <a name="V2.0004"></a> so kasaṭoti vuccati, evaṃ santāne aparisuddho saṃkilesabhāvo kasaṭanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aparisuddhaṭṭhena kasaṭatā’’</span>ti. Attani asantaguṇasambhāvanaṃ <span class="bld">kerāṭiyaṭṭho. Jānātī</span>ti ‘‘idaṃ ahitaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hitaṃ sevitabba’’nti vicāreti deseti. Vicāraṇatthopi hi hoti jānāti-saddo yathā ‘‘āyasmā jānātī’’ti. <span class="bld">Sabbāpi…pe… adhippetā</span> ‘‘pasupālakā’’tiādīsu viya. Idha antara-saddo ‘‘vijjantarikāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.149) viya khaṇatthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yattakena khaṇenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti hatthinā. <span class="bld">Tānī</span>ti sāṭheyyādīni.</p>
    17. 

  17. <p class="bodytext">Atthato kāyacittujukatāpaṭipakkhabhūtāva lobhasahagatacittuppādassa pavattiākāravisesāti tāni pavattiākārena dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">yassā</span>ti pāṇabhūtassa assassa vā hatthino vā. <span class="bld">Ṭhassāmī</span>ti tattheva sappaṭibhaye ṭhāne gantvā ṭhassāmīti na hoti. Imassa sāṭheyyatāya pākaṭakaraṇaṃ vañcanādhippāyabhāvato. Tathā hi catūsu ṭhānesu <span class="bld">‘‘vañcetvā’’</span> icceva vuttaṃ, niguhanto pana tattheva gantvā tiṭṭheyya. Esa nayo sesesupi. <span class="bld">Paṭimaggaṃ ārohitukāmassā</span>ti āgatamaggameva nivattitvā gantukāmassa. Leṇḍavissajjanādīsu kālantarāpekkhābhāvaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tathā’’</span>ti iminā upasaṃharati.</p>
    18. 

  18. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Antojātakā</span>ti attano dāsiyā kucchimhi jātā. <span class="bld">Dhanakkītā</span>ti dhanaṃ datvā dāsabhāvena gahitā. <span class="bld">Karamarānītā</span>ti dāsabhāvena karamaraggāhagahitā. <span class="bld">Dāsabya</span>nti dāsabhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Pessā</span>ti adāsā eva hutvā veyyāvaccakarā. <span class="bld">Imaṃ vissajjetvā</span>ti imaṃ attano hatthagataṃ vissajjetvā. <span class="bld">Imaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0005"></a> <span class="bld">gaṇhantā</span>ti imaṃ tassa hatthagataṃ gaṇhantā. Sammukhato aññathā parammukhakāle kāyavācāsamudācāradassaneneva cittassa nesaṃ aññathā ṭhitabhāvo niddiṭṭhoti veditabbo.</p>
    19. 

  19. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para4"></a><a name="para4_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">4</span>. <span class="bld">Ayampi pāṭiyekko anusandhī</span>ti etthāpi anantare vuttanayeneva anusandhiyojanā veditabbā. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘ayañhī’’</span>tiādi. Catuttho hitapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannoti yojanā. Puggalasīsena puggalapaṭipattiṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘puggale pahāyā’’</span>ti āha. Paṭipatti hi idha pahātabbā, na puggalā. Yathā assaddhādipuggalaparivajjanena saddhindriyādibhāvanā ijjhanti, evaṃ micchāpaṭipannapuggalaparivajjanena micchāpaṭipadā vajjitabbāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘purime tayo puggale pahāyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Catutthapuggalassā</span>ti imasmiṃ catukke vuttacatutthapuggalassa <span class="bld">hitapaṭipattiyaṃyeva paṭipādemi</span> pavattemīti <span class="bld">dassento. Santā</span>ti samaṃ vināsaṃ nirodhaṃ pattāti ayamettha atthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘niruddhā santāti vuttā’’</span>ti. Puna <span class="bld">santā</span>ti bhāvanāvasena kilesapariḷāhavigamato santāti <a name="V2.0005"></a> ayamettha atthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘nibbutā’’</span>ti. Santāti ānetvā yojanā. <span class="bld">Santo have</span>ti ettha samabhāvakarena sādhubhāvassa visesapaccayabhūtena paṇḍiccena samannāgatā ariyā ‘‘santo’’ti vuttāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘santo have…pe… paṇḍitā’’</span>ti.</p>
    20. 

  20. <p class="bodytext">Āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti attā (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.198) attabhāvo, idha pana yo paro na hoti, so attā, taṃ <span class="bld">attānaṃ. Para</span>nti attato aññaṃ. <span class="bld">Chātaṃ vuccati taṇhā</span> jighacchāhetutāya. <span class="bld">Anto tāpanakilesāna</span>nti attano santāne attapariḷāhajananasantappanakilesānaṃ. <span class="bld">Cittaṃ ārādhetī</span>ti cittaṃ pasādeti, sampahaṃsetīti attho. Yasmā pana tathābhūto cittaṃ sampādento ajjhāsayaṃ gaṇhanto nāma hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘cittaṃ sampādetī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    21. 

  21. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para5"></a><a name="para5_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">5</span>. Dukkhaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ jegucchaṃ etassāti dukkhapaṭikkūlo taṃ <span class="bld">dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ</span>. Visesanavisesitabbatā hi kāmacārā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana dukkhassa visesitabbataṃ sandhāya bāhiratthasamāsaṃ anādiyitvā <span class="bld">‘‘dukkhassa paṭikkūla’’</span>nti attho vutto. Yena hi bhāgena purisassa dukkhaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ, tena dukkhassa purisopīti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘paccanīkasaṇṭhita’’</span>nti.</p>
    22. 

  22. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para6"></a><a name="para6_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">6</span>. <span class="bld">Catūhi</span> <a name="M2.0006"></a> <span class="bld">kāraṇehī</span>ti dhātukusalatādīhi catūhi kāraṇehi. <span class="bld">Kammaṃ karotī</span>ti yogakammaṃ karoti. Yasmā sambuddhā paresaṃ maggaphalādhigamāya ussāhajātā, tattha nirantaraṃ yuttappayuttā eva honti, te paṭicca tesaṃ antarāyo na hotiyevāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na pana buddhe paṭiccā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kiriyaparihāniyā</span> desakassa tasseva vā puggalassa tajjapayogābhāvato. ‘‘Desakassa vā’’ti idaṃ sāvakānaṃ vasena daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Mahatā atthenā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">attha</span>-saddo ānisaṃsapariyāyoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dvīhi ānisaṃsehī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pasādaṃ paṭilabhati</span> ‘‘arahanto’’tiādinā saṅghasuppaṭipattiyā sutattā. <span class="bld">Abhinavo nayo udapādi</span> santatasīlatādivasena anattantapatādivasena, sopi taṃ sutvā dāsādīsu savisesaṃ lajjī dayāpanno hitānukampī hutvā sekkhapaṭipadaṃ sīlaṃ sādhento anukkamena satipaṭṭhānabhāvanaṃ paribrūheti. Tenāha bhagavā <span class="bld">‘‘mahatā atthena saṃyutto’’</span>ti.</p>
    23. 

  23. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para8"></a><a name="para8_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">8</span>. Paresaṃ hananaghātanādinā rodāpanato <span class="bld">luddo,</span> tathā vighātakabhāvena kāyacittānaṃ vidāraṇato <span class="bld">dāruṇo,</span> viruddhavādatāya <span class="bld">kakkhaḷo,</span> bandhanāgāre niyutto <span class="bld">bandhanāgāriko</span>.</p>
    24. 

  24. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para9"></a><a name="para9_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">9</span>. <span class="bld">Khattiyābhisekenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0006"></a> khattiyānaṃ kattabbaabhisekena. <span class="bld">Santhāgāra</span>nti santhāravasena kataṃ agāraṃ yaññāvāṭaṃ. <span class="bld">Sappitelenā</span>ti sappimayena telena, yamakasnehena hi tadā kāyaṃ abbhañjati. Vacchabhāvaṃ taritvā ṭhito vacchataro. <span class="bld">Parikkhepakaraṇatthāyā</span>ti vanamālāhi saddhiṃ dabbhehi vediyā parikkhepanatthāya. <span class="bld">Yaññabhūmiya</span>nti avasesayaññaṭṭhāne. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    25. 

  25. <p class="centered">Kandarakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    26. 

  26. <p class="subhead">2. Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    27. 

  27. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para17"></a><a name="para17_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">17</span>. <span class="bld">Avidūre</span>ti <a name="M2.0007"></a><a name="V2.0007"></a> iminā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘vesāliya’’nti idaṃ samīpe bhummavacananti dasseti. <span class="bld">Sārappattakulagaṇanāyā</span>ti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.11.16) mahāsāramahappattakulagaṇanāya. <span class="bld">Dasame ṭhāne</span>ti aññe aññeti dasagaṇanaṭṭhāne. Aṭṭhakanagare jāto bhavo <span class="bld">aṭṭhakanāgaro. Kukkuṭārāmo</span>ti pāṭaliputte kukkuṭārāmo, na kosambiyaṃ.</p>
    28. 

  28. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para18"></a><a name="para18_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">18</span>. Pakatatthaniddeso ta-saddoti tassa ‘‘bhagavatā’’tiādīhi padehi samānādhikaraṇabhāvena vuttassa yena abhisambuddhabhāvena bhagavā pakato adhigato supākaṭo ca, taṃ abhisambuddhabhāvaṃ saddhiṃ āgamanīyapaṭipadāya atthabhāvena dassento <span class="bld">‘‘yo so…pe… abhisambuddho’’</span>ti āha. Satipi ñāṇadassana-saddānaṃ idha paññāvevacanabhāve tena tena visesena tesaṃ visayavisese pavattidassanatthaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇavisesavasena vijjāttayavasena vijjāabhiññānāvaraṇañāṇavasena sabbaññutañāṇamaṃsacakkhuvasena paṭivedhadesanāñāṇavasena ca tadatthaṃ yojetvā dassento <span class="bld">‘‘tesaṃ tesa’’</span>ntiādimāha. Tattha <span class="bld">āsayānusayaṃ jānatā</span> āsayānusayañāṇena <span class="bld">sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ passatā</span> sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇehi. <span class="bld">Pubbenivāsādīhī</span>ti pubbenivāsāsavakkhayañāṇehi. <span class="bld">Paṭivedhapaññāyā</span>ti ariyamaggapaññāya. <span class="bld">Desanāpaññāya passatā</span>ti desetabbadhammānaṃ desetabbappakāraṃ bodhaneyyapuggalānañca āsayānusayacaritādhimuttiādibhedaṃ dhammadesanāpaññāya yāthāvato passatā. <span class="bld">Arīna</span>nti kilesārīnaṃ, pañcavidhamārānaṃ vā, sāsanassa vā paccatthikānaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ tesaṃ pana hananaṃ pāṭihāriyehi abhibhavanaṃ appaṭibhānatākaraṇaṃ ajjhupekkhanameva vā, <span class="bld">kesivinayasutta</span>ñcettha nidassanaṃ.</p>
    29. 

  29. <p class="bodytext">Tathā ṭhānāṭṭhānādivibhāgaṃ <span class="bld">jānatā</span> yathākammūpagasatte <span class="bld">passatā,</span> savāsanānaṃ āsavānaṃ khīṇattā <span class="bld">arahatā,</span> abhiññeyyādibhede dhamme abhiññeyyādito aviparītāvabodhato <span class="bld">sammāsambuddhena</span>. Atha vā tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇatāya <span class="bld">jānatā,</span> kāyakammādivasena tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ ñāṇānuparivattito nisammakāritāya <span class="bld">passatā,</span> davādīnaṃ abhāvasādhikāya <a name="M2.0008"></a> pahānasampadāya <span class="bld">arahatā,</span> chandādīnaṃ ahānihetubhūtāya akkhayapaṭibhānasādhikāya sabbaññutāya <span class="bld">sammāsambuddhenā</span>ti evaṃ dasabalaaṭṭhārasaāveṇikabuddhadhammavasenapi yojanā kātabbā.</p>
    30. 

  30. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para19"></a><a name="para19_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">19</span>. <span class="bld">Abhisaṅkhata</span>nti <a name="V2.0008"></a> attano paccayehi abhisammukhabhāvena samecca sambhūyya kataṃ, svassa katabhāvo uppādanena veditabbo, na uppannassa paṭisaṅkharaṇenāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uppādita’’</span>nti. Te cassa paccayā cetanāpadhānāti dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayita’’nti vuttanti ‘‘cetayitaṃ pakappita’’nti atthamāha. <span class="bld">Abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayita</span>nti ca jhānassa pātubhāvadassanamukhena viddhaṃsanabhāvaṃ ulliṅgeti yañhi ahutvā sambhavati, taṃ hutvā paṭiveti. Tenāha pāḷiyaṃ ‘abhisaṅkhata’ntiādi. <span class="bld">Samathavipassanādhamme ṭhito</span>ti samathadhamme ṭhitattā samāhito vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā aniccānupassanādīhi niccasaññādayo pajahanto anukkamena taṃ anulomañāṇaṃ pāpetā hutvā vipassanādhamme ṭhito. Samathavipassanāsaṅkhātesu dhammesu rañjanaṭṭhena <span class="bld">rāgo,</span> nandanaṭṭhena <span class="bld">nandī</span>ti. Tattha sukhumā apekkhā vuttā, yā ‘‘nikantī’’ti vuccati.</p>
    31. 

  31. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Evaṃ sante</span>ti evaṃ yathārutavasena ca imassa suttapadassa atthe gahetabbe sati. <span class="bld">Samathavipassanāsu chandarāgo kattabbo</span>ti anāgāmiphalaṃ nibbattetvā tadatthāya samathavipassanāpi anibbattetvā kevalaṃ tattha chandarāgo kattabbo bhavissati. Kasmā? Tesu samathavipassanāsaṅkhātesu dhammesu chandarāgamattena anāgāminā laddhabbassa aladdhānāgāmiphalena laddhabbattā tathā sati tena anāgāmiphalampi laddhabbameva nāma hoti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘anāgāmiphalaṃ paṭividdhaṃ bhavissatī’’</span>ti. Sabhāvato rasitabbattā aviparīto attho eva <span class="bld">attharaso. Aññāpi kāci sugatiyo</span>ti vinipātike sandhāyāha. <span class="bld">Aññāpi kāci duggatiyo</span>ti asurakāyamāha.</p>
    32. 

  32. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samathadhurameva dhuraṃ</span> samathayānikassa vasena desanāya āgatattā. Mahāmālukyovāde ‘‘vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāra’’nti pādakajjhānaṃ katvā ‘‘so yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgata’’ntiādinā vipassanaṃ vitthāretvā ‘‘so tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ <a name="M2.0009"></a> pāpuṇātī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.133) āgatattā <span class="bld">‘‘mahāmālukyovāde vipassanāva dhura’’</span>nti āha. <span class="bld">Mahāsatipaṭṭhānasutte</span> (dī. ni. 2.373 ādayo; ma. ni. 1.106 ādayo) sabbatthakameva tikkhatarāya vipassanāya āgatattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanuttaraṃ kathita’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Kāyagatāsatisutte</span> (ma. ni. 3.153-154) ānāpānajjhānādivasena savisesaṃ samathavipassanāya āgatattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘samathuttaraṃ kathita’’</span>nti.</p>
    33. 

  33. <p class="bodytext">Appaṃ yācitena bahuṃ dentena uḷārapurisena viya <span class="bld">ekaṃ dhammaṃ pucchitena ‘‘ayampi ekadhammo’’ti</span> <a name="V2.0009"></a> <span class="bld">kathitattā ekādasapi dhammā</span> pucchāvasena <span class="bld">ekadhammo nāma jāto</span> paccekaṃ vākyaparisamāpanañāyena. <span class="bld">Ekavīsati pabbāni</span> tehi bodhiyamānāya paṭipadāya ekarūpattā <span class="bld">paṭipadāvasena ekadhammo nāma jāto</span>ti. <span class="bld">Idha</span> imasmiṃ aṭṭhakanāgarasutte. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhammānaṃ saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvappattatāya tattha sāvakānaṃ dukkaranti na catutthāruppavasenettha desanā āgatāti catunnaṃ brahmavihārānaṃ, heṭṭhimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ āruppānañca vasena <span class="bld">ekādasa. Pucchāvasenā</span>ti ‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante ānanda, tena…pe… sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto’’ti (ma. ni. 2.18) evaṃ pavattapucchāvasena. <span class="bld">Amatuppattiyatthenā</span>ti amatabhāvassa uppattihetutāya, sabbānipi kammaṭṭhānāni ekarasampi amatādhigamapaṭipattiyāti attho, evamettha aggaphalabhūmi anāgāmiphalabhūmīti dveva bhūmiyo sarūpato āgatā, nānantariyatāya pana heṭṭhimāpi dve bhūmiyo atthato āgatā evāti daṭṭhabbā.</p>
    34. 

  34. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para21"></a><a name="para21_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">21</span>. Pañca satāni aggho etassāti <span class="bld">pañcasataṃ</span>. Sesaṃ uttānameva.</p>
    35. 

  35. <p class="centered">Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    36. 

  36. <p class="subhead">3. Sekhasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    37. 

  37. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para22"></a><a name="para22_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">22</span>. <span class="bld">Santhāgāra</span>nti <a name="V2.0010"></a> atthānusāsanāgāraṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘uyyogakālādīsū’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Ādi</span>-saddena maṅgalamahādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Santhambhantī</span>ti vissamanti, parissamaṃ vinodentīti attho. <span class="bld">Sahā</span>ti sannivesavasena <a name="M2.0010"></a> ekajjhaṃ. <span class="bld">Saha atthānusāsanaṃ agāra</span>nti etasmiṃ atthe ttha-kārassa ntha-kāraṃ katvā santhāgāranti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Santharantī</span>ti sammantanavasena tiṭṭhanti.</p>
    38. 

  38. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ āgatameva bhavissatī</span>ti buddhavacanassa āgamanasīsena ariyaphaladhammānampi āgamanaṃ vuttameva, tiyāmarattiṃ tattha vasantānaṃ phalasamāpattivaḷañjanaṃ hotīti. Tasmiñca bhikkhusaṅghe kalyāṇaputhujjanā vipassanaṃ ussukkāpentā hontīti ce? Ariyamaggadhammānaṃ tattha āgamanaṃ hotiyeva.</p>
    39. 

  39. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Allagomayenā</span>ti acchena allagomayarasena. <span class="bld">Opuñchāpetvā</span>ti vilimpitvā. <span class="bld">Catujjātiyagandhehī</span>ti tagarakuṅkumayavanapupphatamālapattāni pisitvā katagandhehi <span class="bld">nānāvaṇṇe</span>ti nīlādivasena nānāvaṇṇe, na bhittivisesavasena. Bhittivisesavasena pana nānāsaṇṭhānarūpameva. <span class="bld">Mahāpiṭṭhikakojavake</span>ti hatthipiṭṭhīsu attharitabbatāya mahāpiṭṭhikāti laddhasamaññe kojaveti vadanti. Kuttake pana sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ <span class="bld">hatthattharaṇā</span> hatthirūpavicittā. <span class="bld">Assattharakasīhattharakā</span>dayopi assasīharūpādivicittā eva attharakā, <span class="bld">cittattharakaṃ</span> nānārūpehi ceva nānāvidhamālākammādīhi ca vicittaṃ attharakaṃ.</p>
    40. 

  40. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upadhāna</span>nti apassayanaṃ <span class="bld">upadahitvā</span>ti apassayayoggabhāvena ṭhapetvā gandhehi katamālā <span class="bld">gandhadāmaṃ,</span> tamālapattādīhi kataṃ <span class="bld">pattadāmaṃ</span>. Ādi-saddena hiṅgulatakkolajātiphalajātipupphādīhi katadāmaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Pallaṅkākārena katapīṭhaṃ <span class="bld">pallaṅkapīṭhaṃ,</span> tīsu passesu, ekapasse eva vā saupassayaṃ <span class="bld">apassayapīṭhaṃ,</span> anapassayaṃ <span class="bld">muṇḍapīṭhaṃ yojanāvaṭṭe</span>ti yojanaparikkhepe.</p>
    41. 

  41. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saṃvidhāyā</span>ti antaravāsakassa koṇapadesañca itarapadesañca samaṃ katvā vidhāya. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kattariyā padumaṃ kantanto viyā’’</span>ti <span class="bld">timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādento</span>ti ettha ca yasmā buddhānaṃ rūpasampadā viya ākappasampadāpi paramukkaṃsagatā, tasmā tadā bhagavā evaṃ sobhatīti <a name="V2.0011"></a> dassento <span class="bld">‘‘suvaṇṇapāmaṅgenā’’</span>tiādimāha, tattha <span class="bld">asamena buddhavesenā</span>tiādinā <a name="M2.0011"></a> tadā bhagavā buddhānubhāvassa niguhaṇe kāraṇābhāvato tattha sannipatitadevamanussanāgayakkhagandhabbādīnaṃ pasādajananatthaṃ attano sabhāvapakatikiriyāyeva kapilavatthuṃ pāvisīti dasseti. Buddhānaṃ kāyappabhā nāma pakatiyā asītihatthamattameva padesaṃ pharatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesī’’</span>ti nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhapabhassarānaṃ vasena <span class="bld">chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo</span>.</p>
    42. 

  42. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabbapāliphullo</span>ti mūlato paṭṭhāya yāva aggā phullo vikasito. <span class="bld">Paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitāna</span>ntiādi parikappūpamā. <span class="bld">Yathā taṃ…pe… alaṅkataṃ</span> añño virocati, evaṃ virocittha, samatiṃsāya pāramitāhi abhisaṅkhatattā evaṃ virocitthāti vuttaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Pañcavīsatiyā nadīna</span>nti gaṅgādīnaṃ candabhāgāpariyosānānaṃ pañcavīsatiyā mahānadīnaṃ. <span class="bld">Sambhijjā</span>ti sambhedaṃ missībhāvaṃ patvā <span class="bld">mukhadvāre</span>ti samuddaṃ paviṭṭhaṭṭhāne.</p>
    43. 

  43. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Devamanussanāgasupaṇṇagandhabbayakkhādīnaṃ akkhīnī</span>ti cetaṃ parikappanavasena vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sahassenā</span>ti padasahassena, bhāṇavārappamāṇena ganthenāti attho.</p>
    44. 

  44. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kampayanto vasundhara</span>nti attano guṇavisesehi pathavīkampaṃ uppādento, evaṃbhūtopi <span class="bld">aheṭhayanto pāṇāni</span>. Sabbadakkhiṇattā buddhānaṃ <span class="bld">dakkhiṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ uddharanto. Samaṃ samphusate bhūmiṃ</span> suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya. Yadipi bhūmiṃ samaṃ phusati, <span class="bld">rajasānupalippati</span> sukhumattā chaviyā. <span class="bld">Ninnaṭṭhānaṃ unnamatī</span>tiādi buddhānaṃ suppatiṭṭhitapādasaṅkhātassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭilābhassa nissandaphalaṃ. <span class="bld">Nātidūre uddharatī</span>ti atidūre ṭhapetuṃ na uddharati. <span class="bld">Naccāsanne ca nikkhipa</span>nti accāsanne ca ṭhāne anikkhipanto niyyāti. <span class="bld">Hāsayanto sadevake</span> loke tosayanto. Catūhi pādehi caratīti <span class="bld">catucārī</span>.</p>
    45. 

  45. <p class="bodytext">Buddhānubhāvassa pakāsanavasena gatattā <span class="bld">vaṇṇakālo nāma kiresa</span>. Sarīravaṇṇe vā guṇavaṇṇe vā kathiyamāne <span class="bld">dukkathitanti na vattabbaṃ</span>. Kasmā? <span class="bld">Aparimāṇavaṇṇā hi buddhā</span> bhagavanto, buddhaguṇasaṃvaṇṇanā jānantassa yathādhammasaṃvaṇṇanaṃyeva anupavisatīti.</p>
    46. 

  46. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dukūlacumbaṭakenā</span>ti <a name="M2.0012"></a> ganthitvā gahitadukūlavatthena, <span class="bld">nāgavikkantacaraṇo</span>ti hatthināgasadisapadanikkhepo. <span class="bld">Satapuññalakkhaṇo</span>ti anekasatapuññanimmitamahāpurisalakkhaṇo <span class="bld">maṇiverocano yathā</span>ti ativiya virocamāno maṇi viya verocano nāma eko maṇivisesoti keci <span class="bld">mahāsālovā</span>ti <a name="V2.0012"></a> mahanto sālarukkho viya, koviḷārādimahārukkho viya vā <span class="bld">padumo kokanado yathā</span>ti kokanadasaṅkhātaṃ mahāpadumaṃ viya, vikasamānapadumaṃ viya vā.</p>
    47. 

  47. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viyā</span>tiādi tassā pakiṇṇakakathāya aññesaṃ dukkarabhāvadassanañceva suṇantānaṃ accantasukhāvahabhāvadassanañca <span class="bld">pathavījaṃ ākaḍḍhento viyā</span>ti nāḷiyantaṃ yojetvā mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhimatale pappaṭakojaṃ uddhaṃmukhaṃ katvā ākaḍḍhento viya <span class="bld">yojanika</span>nti yojanappamāṇaṃ <span class="bld">madhubhaṇḍa</span>nti madhupaṭalaṃ.</p>
    48. 

  48. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mahanta</span>nti uḷāraṃ. <span class="bld">Sabbadānaṃ dinnameva hotī</span>ti sabbameva paccayajātaṃ āvāsadāyakena dinnameva hoti. Tathāhi dve tayo gāme piṇḍāya caritvā kiñci aladdhā āgatassapi chāyūdakasampannaṃ ārāmaṃ pavisitvā nhāyitvā paṭissaye muhuttaṃ nipajjitvā uṭṭhāya nisinnassa kāye balaṃ āharitvā pakkhittaṃ viya hoti. Bahi vicarantassa ca kāye vaṇṇadhātu vātātapehi kilamati, paṭissayaṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya muhuttaṃ nisinnassa visabhāgasantati vūpasammati, sabhāgasantati patiṭṭhāti, vaṇṇadhātu āharitvā pakkhittā viya hoti, bahi vicarantassa ca pāde kaṇṭako vijjhati, khāṇu paharati, sarīsapādiparissayo ceva corabhayañca uppajjati, paṭissayaṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya nipannassa pana sabbe parissayā na honti, ajjhayantassa dhammapītisukhaṃ, kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontassa upasamasukhaṃ uppajjati bahiddhā vikkhepābhāvato, bahi vicarantassa ca kāye sedā muccanti, akkhīni phandanti, senāsanaṃ pavisanakkhaṇe mañcapīṭhādīni na paññāyanti, muhuttaṃ nisinnassa pana akkhipasādo āharitvā pakkhitto viya hoti, dvāravātapānamañcapīṭhādīni paññāyanti, etasmimpi ca āvāse vasantaṃ disvā manussā catūhi paccayehi sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahanti. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘āvāsadānasmiṃ dinne sabbaṃ dānaṃ dinnameva hotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Bhūmaṭṭhaka…pe… na sakkā</span>ti ayamattho <span class="bld">mahāsudassanavatthunā</span> (dī. ni. 2.241 ādayo) dīpetabbo.</p>
    49. 

  49. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sīta</span>nti <a name="M2.0013"></a> (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.295; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.4.243) ajjhattadhātukkhobhavasena vā bahiddhautuvipariṇāmavasena vā uppajjanakasītaṃ. <span class="bld">Uṇha</span>nti aggisantāpaṃ. Tassa pana davadāhādīsu sambhavo daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Paṭihantī</span>ti paṭibāhati. Yathā tadubhayavasena kāyacittānaṃ bādhanāni na honti, evaṃ karoti. Sītuṇhabbhāhate hi sarīre vikkhittacitto bhikkhu yoniso padahituṃ na sakkoti. <span class="bld">Vāḷamigānī</span>ti sīhabyagghādivāḷamige. Guttasenāsanañhi pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya nisinnassa te parissayā na honti<a name="V2.0013"></a>. <span class="bld">Sarīsape</span>ti ye keci sarantā gacchante dīghajātike. <span class="bld">Makase</span>ti nidassanametaṃ, ḍaṃsādīnaṃ eteneva saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Sisire</span>ti sītakālavasena sattāhavaddalikādivasena ca uppanne sisirasamphasse. <span class="bld">Vuṭṭhiyo</span>ti yadā tadā uppannā vassavuṭṭhiyo paṭihanatīti yojanā.</p>
    50. 

  50. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vātātapo ghoro</span>ti rukkhagacchādīnaṃ ummūlabhañjanavasena pavattiyā ghoro sarajaarajādibhedo vāto ceva gimhapariḷāhasamayesu uppattiyā ghoro sūriyātapo ca. <span class="bld">Paṭihaññatī</span>ti paṭibāhīyati. <span class="bld">Leṇattha</span>nti nānārammaṇato cittaṃ nivattetvā paṭisallānārāmatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Sukhattha</span>nti vuttaparissayābhāvena phāsuvihāratthaṃ. <span class="bld">Jhāyitu</span>nti aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu yattha katthaci cittaṃ upanijjhāyituṃ. <span class="bld">Vipassitu</span>nti aniccādito sabbasaṅkhāre sammasituṃ.</p>
    51. 

  51. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vihāre</span>ti paṭissaye. <span class="bld">Kāraye</span>ti kārāpeyya. <span class="bld">Ramme</span>ti manorame nivāsasukhe. <span class="bld">Vāsayettha bahussute</span>ti kāretvā pana ettha vihāresu bahussute sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme nivāseyya. Te nivāsento pana <span class="bld">tesaṃ</span> bahussutānaṃ yathā paccayehi kilamatho na hoti, evaṃ <span class="bld">annañca pānañca vatthasenāsanāni ca dadeyya ujubhūtesu</span> ajjhāsayasampannesu kammaphalānaṃ ratanattayaguṇānañca saddahanena <span class="bld">vippasannena cetasā</span>.</p>
    52. 

  52. <p class="bodytext">Idāni gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ aññamaññūpakārataṃ dassetuṃ<span class="bld"> ‘‘te tassā’’</span>ti gāthamāha. Tattha <span class="bld">te</span>ti bahussutā <span class="bld">tassā</span>ti upāsakassa. <span class="bld">Dhammaṃ desentī</span>ti sakalavaṭṭadukkhapanudanaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. <span class="bld">Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhaññāyā</span>ti so puggalo yaṃ saddhammaṃ imasmiṃ sāsane sammāpaṭipajjanena jānitvā aggamaggādhigamena anāsavo hutvā parinibbāyati.</p>
    53. 

  53. <p class="bodytext">Pūjāsakkāravaseneva <a name="M2.0014"></a> paṭhamayāmo khepito, bhagavato desanāya appāvaseso majjhimayāmo gatoti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘bahudeva ratti’’nti vuttanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘atirekataraṃ diyaḍḍhayāma’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sandassesī</span>ti ānisaṃsaṃ dassesi, āvāsadānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ sutvā tato paraṃ, ‘‘mahārāja, itipi sīlaṃ, itipi samādhi, itipi paññā’’ti sīlādiguṇe tesaṃ sammā dassesi, hatthena gahetvā viya paccakkhato pakāsesi. <span class="bld">Samādapesī</span>ti ‘‘evaṃ sīlaṃ samādātabbaṃ, sīle patiṭṭhitena evaṃ samādhi, evaṃ paññā bhāvetabbā’’ti yathā te sīlādiguṇe ādiyanti, tathā gaṇhāpesi. <span class="bld">Samuttejesī</span>ti yathā samādinnaṃ sīlaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hoti, samathavipassanā ca bhāviyamānā yathā suṭṭhu visodhitā uparivisesāvahā honti, evaṃ cittaṃ samuttejesi nisāmanavasena vodāpesi. <span class="bld">Sampahaṃsesī</span>ti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ ṭhitasīlādiguṇehi sampati laddhaguṇānisaṃsehi <a name="V2.0014"></a> ceva upari laddhabbaphalavisesehi ca uparicittaṃ sammā pahaṃsesi, laddhassāsavasena suṭṭhu tosesi. Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho veditabbo.</p>
    54. 

  54. <p class="bodytext">Samudāyavacanopi asītimahāthera-saddo tadekadesepi niruḷhoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘asītimahātheresu vijjamānesū’’</span>ti. Ānandattheropi hi antogadho evāti. <span class="bld">Sākiyamaṇḍale</span>ti sākiyarājasamūhe.</p>
    55. 

  55. <p class="bodytext">Paṭipadāya niyuttattā <span class="bld">pāṭipado</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭipannako’’</span>ti. Sikkhanasīlatādinā <span class="bld">sekho,</span> odhiso samitapāpatāya <span class="bld">samaṇo</span>. Sekho pāṭipado paṭipajjanapuggalādhiṭṭhānena paṭipadādesanaṃ niyamento paṭipadāya puggalaṃ niyameti nāmāti <span class="bld">‘‘paṭipadāya puggalaṃ niyametvā dassetī’’</span>ti. Sekhappaṭipadā sāsane <span class="bld">maṅgalapaṭipadā</span> sammadeva asevitabbaparivajjanena sevitabbasamādānena ukkaṃsavatthūsu ca bhāvato asekhadhammapāripūriyā āvahattā ca <span class="bld">vaḍḍhamānakapaṭipadā</span>. <span class="bld">Akilamantāva sallakkhessantī</span>ti idaṃ tadā tesaṃ asekhabhūmiadhigamāya ayogyatāya vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Akilamantāvā</span>ti iminā paṭisambhidāppattassapi anadhigatamaggasaññāpanā bhāriyāti dasseti. <span class="bld">Osaṭā</span>ti anuppaviṭṭhā. <span class="bld">Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kathitameva hoti</span> tassa sīlakathābāhullato sesadvayepi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Tīhi piṭakehīti</span> karaṇatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tena taṃtaṃpiṭakānaṃ tassā tassā sikkhāya sādhakatamabhāvaṃ dasseti.</p>
    56. 

  56. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Piṭṭhivāto</span> <a name="M2.0015"></a> <span class="bld">uppajjati</span> upādinnakasarīrassa tathārūpattā saṅkhārānañca aniccatāya dukkhānubandhattā. <span class="bld">Akāraṇaṃ vā eta</span>nti yenādhippāyena vuttaṃ, tameva adhippāyaṃ vivarituṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pahotī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi</span> sakyarājūnaṃ ajjhāsayavasena. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘satthāpi tadeva sandhāya tattha saṅghāṭiṃ paññapetvā nipajjītī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘piṭṭhi me āgilāyatī’’ti idaṃ kathanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘upādinnakasarīrañca nāmā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    57. 

  57. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para23"></a><a name="para23_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">23</span>. ‘‘Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena…pe… sampanno’’tiādīsu (vibha. 511) samannāgatattho sampanna-saddo, idha pana pāripūriatthoti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘paripuṇṇasīloti attho’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Yo pana sampannasīloyeva, so paripuṇṇasīlo. Parisuddhañhi sīlaṃ ‘‘paripuṇṇa’’nti vuccati, na sabalaṃ kammāsaṃ vā. <span class="bld">Sundaradhammehī</span>ti sobhanadhammehi. Yasmiṃ santāne uppannā tassa sobhanabhāvato. Tehi sappurisabhāvasādhanato <span class="bld">sappurisānaṃ</span> dhammehi.</p>
    58. 

  58. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para24"></a><a name="para24_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">24</span>. <span class="bld">Iminā</span> <a name="V2.0015"></a> <span class="bld">ettakena ṭhānenā</span>ti ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako’’ti ārabhitvā yāva ‘‘akasiralābhī’’ti padaṃ iminā ettakena uddesapadena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā. <span class="bld">Paṭipāṭiyā</span>ti uddesapaṭipāṭiyā. <span class="bld">Evamāhā</span>ti ‘‘evaṃ kathañca, mahānāmā’’tiādinā idāni vuccamānena dassitākārena āha.</p>
    59. 

  59. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para25"></a><a name="para25_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">25</span>. <span class="bld">Hirīyatī</span>ti lajjīyati pīḷīyati. Yasmā hirī pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇā, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘jigucchatīti attho’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ottappatī</span>ti uttappati. Pāputrāsalakkhaṇañhi ottappaṃ. <span class="bld">Paggahitavīriyo</span>ti saṅkocaṃ anāpannavīriyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anosakkitamānaso’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pahānatthāyā</span>ti samucchindanatthāya. Kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadā nāma adhigamo evāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paṭilābhatthāyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Satinepakkenā</span>ti satiyā nepakkena tikkhavisadasūrabhāvena. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> pana nepakkaṃ nāma paññāti adhippāyena <span class="bld">‘‘satiyā ca nipakabhāvena cā’’</span>ti attho vutto, evaṃ sati añño niddiṭṭho nāma hoti. <span class="bld">Satimā</span>ti ca imināva visesā sati gahitā, parato ‘‘cirakatampi <a name="M2.0016"></a> cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā’’ti satikiccameva niddiṭṭhaṃ, na paññākiccaṃ, tasmā <span class="bld">satinepakkenā</span>ti satiyā nepakkabhāvenāti sakkā viññātuṃ. Teneva hi paccayavisesavasena aññadhammanirapekkho satiyā balavabhāvo. Tathā hi ñāṇavippayuttacittenapi ajjhayanasammasanāni sambhavanti.</p>
    60. 

  60. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cetiyaṅgaṇavattādī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena bodhiyaṅgaṇavattādīni saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Asītimahāvattapaṭipattipūraṇa</span>nti ettha asītivattapaṭipattipūraṇaṃ mahāvattapaṭipattipūraṇanti vattapaṭipattipūraṇa-saddo paccekaṃ yojetabbo. Tattha <span class="bld">mahāvattāni</span> (vibha. mūlaṭī. 406) nāma vattakhandhake (cūḷava. 356 ādayo) vuttāni āgantukavattaṃ āvāsikaṃ gamikaṃ anumodanaṃ bhattaggaṃ piṇḍacārikaṃ āraññikaṃ senāsanaṃ jantāgharaṃ vaccakuṭi upajjhāyaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ācariyaṃ antevāsikavattanti cuddasa. Tato aññāni pana kadāci tajjanīyakammakatādikāle pārivāsikādikāle ca caritabbāni asīti khuddakavattāni sabbāsu avatthāsu na caritabbāni, tasmā mahāvattesu, aggahitāni. Tattha ‘‘pārivāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vattaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti ārabhitvā ‘‘na upasampādetabbaṃ…pe… na chamāyaṃ caṅkamante caṅkame caṅkamitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 81) vuttāni pakabhatte caritabbavattāvasānāni chasaṭṭhi, tato paraṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pārivāsikena bhikkhunā pārivāsikavuḍḍhatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanārahena mānattārahena mānattacārikena abbhānārahena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekacchanne āvāse vattabba’’ntiādīni (cūḷava. 82) pakatatte caritabbehi anaññattā visuṃ visuṃ agaṇetvā pārivāsikavuḍḍhatarādīsu puggalantaresu <a name="V2.0016"></a> caritabbattā tesaṃ vasena sampiṇḍetvā ekekaṃ katvā gaṇitabbāni pañcāti ekasattativattāni, ukkhepaniyakammakatavattesu vattapaññāpanavasena vuttaṃ – ‘‘na pakatattassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ…pe… nhāne piṭṭhiparikammaṃ sāditabba’’nti (cūḷava. 51) idaṃ abhivādanādīnaṃ asādiyanaṃ ekaṃ, ‘‘na pakatatto bhikkhu sīlavipattiyā anuddhaṃsitabbo’’tiādīni ca dasāti evametāni dvāsīti. Etesveva pana kānici tajjanīyakammādivattāni kānici pārivāsikādivattānīti aggahitaggahaṇena dvāsīti, evaṃ appakaṃ pana ūnamadhikaṃ vā gaṇanupagaṃ na hotīti idha ‘‘asīti’’cceva vuttaṃ. Aññattha pana aṭṭhakathāpadese ‘‘dvāsīti khandhakavattānī’’ti vuccati.</p>
    61. 

  61. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sakkaccaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0017"></a> <span class="bld">uddisanaṃ sakkaccaṃ uddisāpana</span>nti paccekaṃ sakkaccaṃ-saddo yojetabbo. <span class="bld">Uddisanaṃ</span> uddesaggahaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhammosāraṇaṃ</span> dhammassa uccāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhammadesanā</span> –</p>
    62. 

  62. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Ādimhi sīlaṃ deseyya, majjhe jhānaṃ vipassanaṃ;</p>
    63. 

  63. <p class="gathalast">Pariyosāne ca nibbānaṃ, esā kathikasaṇṭhitī’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.190; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.4.246) –</p>
    64. 

  64. <p class="unindented"><span class="bld">Evaṃ</span> kathitalakkhaṇā dhammakathā. Upagantvā nisinnassa yassa kassaci gahaṭṭhassa pabbajitassa vā taṅkhaṇānurūpā dhammī kathā <span class="bld">upanisinnakathā</span>. Bhattānumodanakathā <span class="bld">anumodaniyā. Saritā</span>ti ettha na kevalaṃ cirakatacirabhāsitānaṃ saraṇamanussaraṇamattaṃ adhippetaṃ, atha kho tathāpavattarūpārūpadhammānaṃ pariggahamukhena pavattavipassanācāre satisambojjhaṅgasamuṭṭhāpananti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tasmiṃ kāyena cirakate’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sakimpi saraṇenā</span>ti ekavāraṃ saraṇena. <span class="bld">Punappunaṃ saraṇenā</span>ti anu anu saraṇena. Satisambojjhaṅgampi vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vosaggapariṇāmiñca katvā saranto tattha tattha javanavāre saraṇajavanavāre parittajavanavasena <span class="bld">anussaritāti veditabbā</span>.</p>
    65. 

  65. <p class="bodytext">Gatiatthā dhātusaddā buddhiatthā hontīti āha –<span class="bld"> ‘‘udayañca vayañca paṭivijjhituṃ samatthāyā’’</span>ti. Missakanayenāyaṃ desanā āgatāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vikkhambhanavasena ca samucchedavasena cā’’</span>ti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanāpaññāya cevā’’</span>tiādi. Vipassanāpaññāya nibbedhikapariyāyato. Sā ca kho padesikāti nippadesikaṃ katvā dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘maggapaññāya paṭilābhasaṃvattanato cā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Dukkhakkhayagāminibhāvepi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Sammā</span>ti yāthāvato. Akuppadhammatāya <a name="V2.0017"></a> hi maggapaññā khepitakhepanāya na puna kiccaṃ atthīti upāyena ñāyena yā pavatti sā evāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘hetunā nayenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    66. 

  66. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para26"></a><a name="para26_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">26</span>. Adhikaṃ ceto abhiceto, mahaggatacittaṃ, tassa pana adhikatā kāmacchandādipaṭipakkhavigamena visiṭṭhabhāvappatti, tannissitāni <span class="bld">ābhicetasikāni</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘abhicittaṃ seṭṭhacittaṃ sitāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāna</span>nti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve phāsuvihārabhūtānaṃ. Tehi <a name="M2.0018"></a> pana samaṅgitakkhaṇe yasmā vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ apītijaṃ satipārisuddhiñāṇasukhañca paṭilabhati vindati, tasmā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘appitappitakkhaṇe sukhapaṭilābhahetūna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjitā</span>ti iminā tesu jhānesu samāpajjanavasībhāvamāha, ‘‘nikāmalābhī’’ti pana vacanato āvajjanādhiṭṭhānā paccavekkhaṇavasiyo ca vuttā evāti veditabbā. <span class="bld">Nidukkhalābhī</span>ti iminā tesaṃ jhānānaṃ sukhapaṭipadākhippābhiññataṃ dasseti, <span class="bld">vipulalābhī</span>ti iminā paguṇataṃ tappamāṇadassitabhāvadīpanato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paguṇabhāvenā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Samāpajjituṃ sakkoti</span> samāpajjanavasībhāvatāya sādhitattā. <span class="bld">Samādhipāripanthikadhamme</span>ti vasībhāvassa paccanīkadhamme. Jhānādhigamassa pana paccanīkadhammā pageva vikkhambhitā, aññathā jhānādhigamo eva na siyā. <span class="bld">Akilamanto vikkhambhetuṃ na sakkotī</span>ti kicchena vikkhambheti visodheti, kāmādīnavapaccavekkhaṇādīhi kāmacchandādīnaṃ aññesaṃ samādhipāripanthikānaṃ dūrasamussāraṇaṃ idha vikkhambhanaṃ visodhananti veditabbaṃ.</p>
    67. 

  67. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para27"></a><a name="para27_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">27</span>. Vipassanāhitāya uparūparivisesāvahattā vaḍḍhamānāya pubbabhāgasīlādi<span class="bld">paṭipadāya</span>. Sā eva pubbabhāgapaṭipadā yathābhāvitatāya avassaṃ bhāvinaṃ visesaṃ pariggahitattā aṇḍaṃ viyāti aṇḍaṃ, kilesehi adūsitatāya apūti aṇḍaṃ etassāti apuccaṇḍo, vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā ṭhitapuggalo, tassa bhāvo <span class="bld">apuccaṇḍatā. Vipassanādiñāṇappabhedāyā</span>ti pubbenivāsañāṇādiñāṇapabhedāya. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti cetokhilasutte (ma. ni. 1.185) ‘‘sa kho so, bhikkhave, evaṃ ussoḷhipannarasaṅgasamannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo abhinibbidāyā’’ti āgatattā <span class="bld">ussoḷhipannarasehi aṅgehi samannāgatabhāvoti evaṃ yaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ āgataṃ,</span> taṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ idha imasmiṃ sekhasutte yojetvā veditabbanti sambandho.</p>
    68. 

  68. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para28"></a><a name="para28_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">28</span>. Mahaggatādibhāvena heṭṭhimānaṃ jhānānaṃ anurūpampi attano visesena te uttaritvā atikkamitvāna ṭhitanti <span class="bld">anuttaraṃ,</span> tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamādijjhānehi asadisaṃ uttama’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Dutiyādīsupi</span> <a name="V2.0018"></a> abhinibbhidāsu. Pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ yathā attano visayapaṭicchādakaṃ kilesandhakāraṃ vidhamantameva <a name="M2.0019"></a> uppajjati, evaṃ attano visaye kañci visesaṃ karontameva uppajjatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pubbenivāsañāṇena paṭhamaṃ jāyatī’’</span>ti, sesañāṇadvayepi eseva nayo.</p>
    69. 

  69. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para29"></a><a name="para29_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">29</span>. <span class="bld">Caraṇasmi</span>nti paccatte bhummavacananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘caraṇaṃ nāma hotīti attho’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti karaṇatthe karaṇavacanaṃ agatapubbadisāgamane tesaṃ sādhakatamabhāvato.</p>
    70. 

  70. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aṭṭha ñāṇānī</span>ti idha āgatāni ca anāgatāni ca <span class="bld">ambaṭṭhasuttā</span>dīsu (dī. ni. 1.254 ādayo) āgatāni gahetvā vadati. <span class="bld">Vinivijjhitvā</span>ti pubbenivāsapaṭicchādakādikilesatamaṃ bhinditvā padāletvā.</p>
    71. 

  71. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para30"></a><a name="para30_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">30</span>. <span class="bld">Sanaṅkumārenā</span>ti sanantanakumārena. Tadeva hi tassa sanantanakumārataṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘cirakālato paṭṭhāyā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">So attabhāvo</span>ti yena attabhāvena manussapathe jhānaṃ nibbattesi, so kumārattabhāvo, tasmā brahmabhūtopi tādisena kumārattabhāvena carati.</p>
    72. 

  72. <p class="bodytext">Janitasmiṃ-saddo eva i-kārassa e-kāraṃ katvā <span class="bld">‘‘janetasmi’’</span>nti vutto, <span class="bld">janitasmi</span>nti ca janasminti attho veditabbo. <span class="bld">Janitasmi</span>nti sāmaññaggahaṇepi yattha catuvaṇṇasamaññā, tattheva manussaloke. <span class="bld">Khattiyo seṭṭho</span>ti lokasamaññāpi manussalokeyeva, na devakāye brahmakāye vāti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘ye gottapaṭisārino’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭisarantī</span>ti ‘‘ahaṃ gotamo, ahaṃ kassapo’’ti pati pati attano gottaṃ anusaranti paṭijānanti vāti attho.</p>
    73. 

  73. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ettāvatā</span>ti ‘‘sādhu sādhu ānandā’’ti ettakena sādhukāradānena. <span class="bld">Jinabhāsitaṃ nāma jāta</span>ntiādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā therabhāsitaṃ buddhabhāsitameva nāma jātaṃ. ‘‘Kimpanidaṃ suttaṃ satthudesanānuvidhānato jinabhāsitaṃ, udāhu sādhukāradānamattenā’’ti evarūpā codanā idha anokāsā therassa desanāya bhagavato desanānuvidhānahetukattā sādhukāradānassāti. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    74. 

  74. <p class="centered">Sekhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    75. 

  75. <p class="subhead">4. Potaliyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    76. 

  76. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para31"></a><a name="para31_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">31</span>. Aṅgā <a name="M2.0020"></a> nāma <a name="V2.0019"></a> janapadino rājakumārā, tesaṃ nivāso ekopi janapado ruḷhivasena aṅgātveva vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aṅgāyeva so janapado’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Mahiyā panassa uttarena yā āpo</span>ti mahiyā nadiyā yā āpo tassa janapadassa uttarena honti. <span class="bld">Tāsaṃ avidūrattā</span> so janapado <span class="bld">uttarāpoti vuccati</span>. Sā pana mahī katthaci katthaci bhijjitvā gatāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kataramahiyā uttarena yā āpo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti tassā mahiyā āgamanato paṭṭhāya <span class="bld">ayaṃ āvibhāvakathā</span>. Yasmā (a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.19) lokiyā jambudīpo himavā tattha patiṭṭhitasamuddadahapabbatanadiyoti etesu yaṃ yaṃ na manussagocaraṃ, tattha sayaṃ sammūḷhā aññepi sammohayanti, tattha tattha sammohavidhamanatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ kira jambudīpo’’</span>tiādimāraddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Dasasahassayojanaparimāṇo</span> āyāmato ca vitthārato cāti adhippāyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Udakena ajjhotthaṭo</span> tadupabhogisattānaṃ puññakkhayena.</p>
    77. 

  77. <p class="bodytext">Sundaradassanaṃ kūṭanti <span class="bld">sudassanakūṭaṃ,</span> yaṃ loke ‘‘hemakūṭa’’nti vuccati. <span class="bld">Mūlagandho</span> kāḷānusāriyādi. <span class="bld">Sāragandho</span> candanādi. <span class="bld">Pheggugandho</span> salalādi. <span class="bld">Tacagandho</span> lavaṅgādi. <span class="bld">Papaṭikagandho</span> kabitthādi. <span class="bld">Rasagandho</span> sajjādi, <span class="bld">pattagandho</span> tamālahiriverādi. <span class="bld">Pupphagandho</span> nāgakuṅkumādi. <span class="bld">Phalagandho</span> jātiphalādi. <span class="bld">Gandhagandho</span> sabbesaṃ gandhānaṃ gandho. Yassa hi rukkhassa sabbesampi mūlādīnaṃ gandho atthi, so idha gandho nāma. Tassa gandhassa gandho gandhagandho. Sabbāni puthulato paññāsayojanāni, āyāmato pana ubbedhato viya dviyojanasatānevāti vadanti.</p>
    78. 

  78. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Manoharasilātalānī</span>ti otaraṇatthāya manuññasopānasilātalāni. <span class="bld">Supaṭiyattānī</span>ti tadupabhogisattānaṃ sādhāraṇakammānubhāvena suṭṭhu paṭiyattāni suppavattitāni honti. Macchakacchapādayo udakaṃ malinaṃ karonti, tadabhāvato <span class="bld">phalikasadisanimmaludakāni</span>. Tiriyato dīghaṃ uggatakūṭanti <span class="bld">‘‘tiracchānapabbata’’</span>nti āha.</p>
    79. 

  79. <p class="bodytext">Āpaṇāni <a name="M2.0021"></a> eva vohārassa mukhabhūtānīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘āpaṇamukhasahassānī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Vibhattānī</span>ti <a name="V2.0020"></a> vavatthitāni aññamaññāsambhinnāni. <span class="bld">Vasanaṭṭhāna</span>nti attano yathāphāsukaṃ vasitabbaṭṭhānaṃ. Āsati etthāti <span class="bld">āsanaṃ,</span> nisīditabbaṭṭhānāni.</p>
    80. 

  80. <p class="bodytext">Asāruppaṃ paṭicca uppajjanakassa chādanato channaṃ <span class="bld">anucchavikaṃ,</span> tadeva ajjhāsayasampattiṃ patirūpeti pakāsetīti <span class="bld">patirūpaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nappatirūpa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Kāraṇavevacanānī</span>ti ñāpakakāraṇavevacanāni. Ñāpakañhi kāraṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Atthaṃ ākaroti pakāsetīti <span class="bld">ākāro,</span> tameva līnaṃ guḷhaṃ atthaṃ gametīti <span class="bld">liṅgaṃ,</span> so tena nimīyatīti <span class="bld">nimitta</span>nti vuccati. Idāni tamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ <span class="bld">‘‘dīghadasavattha…pe… nimittāti vuttā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Te</span>ti ākārādayo. <span class="bld">Tathā hi pana me</span>tiādinā potaliyo gahapati ‘‘paribbājakaniyāmena ahaṃ jīvāmi, tasmā gahapati na homīti vadati. <span class="bld">Ovadanto</span>ti anusāsanto. <span class="bld">Upavadanto</span>ti paribhāsanto.</p>
    81. 

  81. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para32"></a><a name="para32_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">32</span>. <span class="bld">Gedhabhūto lobho</span>ti gijjhanasabhāvo lobho. Agijjhanalakkhaṇo na lobho, <span class="bld">anindābhūtaṃ aghaṭṭana</span>nti nindāya paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ paresaṃ aghaṭṭanaṃ. <span class="bld">Nindāghaṭṭanā</span>ti nindāvasena paresaṃ ghaṭṭanā akkosanā. <span class="bld">Byavahāravohāropī</span>ti kayavikkayalakkhaṇo sabyohāropi dānaggahaṇaṃ vohāro. ‘‘Datto tisso’’ tiādinā voharaṇaṃ paññāpananti <span class="bld">paññatti vohāro</span>. Yathādhippetassa atthassa voharaṇaṃ kathanaṃ bodhananti <span class="bld">vacanaṃ vohāro</span>. Yāthāvato ayāthāvato ca voharati etenāti <span class="bld">vohāro, cetanā. Ayamidhādhippeto</span>ti ayaṃ cetanālakkhaṇo vohāro idha imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto, so ca kho sāvajjova samucchedassa icchitattā. Idāni catubbidhassapi vohārassa idha sambhavaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Gihīti cetanā natthī</span>ti ahaṃ gihīti cetanāpavatti natthi. <span class="bld">Gihīti vacanaṃ natthī</span>ti gihīti attano paresañca vacanappavatti natthi. <span class="bld">Gihīti paṇṇatti natthī</span>ti gihīti samaññā natthi. <span class="bld">Gihīti byavahāro natthī</span>ti samudācāro natthi.</p>
    82. 

  82. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para33"></a><a name="para33_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">33</span>. <span class="bld">Pāṇātipātova saṃyojanaṃ</span>. Kasmā? Bandhanabhāvena pavattanato nissarituṃ appadānato. Pāṇātipātassa atthitāya so puggalo <a name="M2.0022"></a> ‘‘pāṇātipātī’’ti vuccatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pāṇātipātassa…pe… hotī’’</span>ti. Yañhi yassa atthi, tena so apadissatīti. <span class="bld">Bahutāyā</span>ti acakkhukādibhedena bahubhāvato. Pāṇātipātassa paṭipakkho <span class="bld">apāṇātipāto</span>. So pana atthato kāyadvāriko sīlasaṃvaroti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kāyikasīlasaṃvarenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Attāpi maṃ upavadeyyā</span>tiādi pāṇātipāte ādīnavadassanaṃ. Ādīnavadassino hi tato oramaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Desanāvasenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0021"></a> aññattha sutte abhidhamme ca dasasu saṃyojanesu pañcasu nīvaraṇesu desanāvasena apariyāpannampi <span class="bld">saṃyojanantipi nīvaraṇanti</span>pi idha <span class="bld">vuttaṃ</span>. Kasmā? Tadatthasambhavato. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘vaṭṭabandhanaṭṭhena hitappaṭicchādanaṭṭhena cā’’</span>ti, pāṇātipāto hi apāṇātipātapaccayaṃ hitaṃ paṭicchādentova uppajjatīti. <span class="bld">Eko avijjāsavo</span>ti idaṃ sahajātavasena vuttaṃ, upanissayavasena pana itaresampi āsavānaṃ yathārahaṃ sambhavo veditabbo. Pāṇātipātī hi puggalo ‘‘tappaccayaṃ atthaṃ karissāmī’’ti kāme pattheti. Diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, bhavavisesaṃ paccāsīsati. Tattha uppannaṃ vihanati bādhatīti <span class="bld">vighāto,</span> dukkhaṃ, pariḷāhanaṃ anatthuppādavasena upatāpanaṃ <span class="bld">pariḷāho,</span> ayametesaṃ viseso. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti sabbesu vāresu. <span class="bld">Iminā upāyenā</span>ti atidesena pana pariggahito attho parato āgamissatīti.</p>
    83. 

  83. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para34-40"></a><a name="para34-40_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">34-40</span>. <span class="bld">Imasmiṃ pade</span>ti etena sattasupi vāresu tathā āgataṃ padaṃ sāmaññato gahitaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘iminā’’</span>tiādi. Rosanaṃ kāyikaṃ vācasikañcāti tappaṭipakkho arosopi tathā duvidhoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kāyikavācasikasaṃvarenā’’</span>ti. Yathā abhijjhā lobho, anabhijjhā alobho, evaṃ <span class="bld">akodhūpāyāso</span> abyāpādo, saṃvare sukhanti <span class="bld">saṃvaro</span>ti daṭṭhabbo, anatilobho pana satisaṃvare, anatimāno ñāṇasaṃvare saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Imesu pana padesu evaṃ sabbavāresu yojanā kātabbāti sambandho.</p>
    84. 

  84. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Evaṃ āsavuppatti veditabbā</span>ti ettha vuttassapi ekajjhaṃ vuccamānattā <span class="bld">‘‘puna ayaṃ saṅkhepavinicchayo’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Asammohatthaṃ</span> ārammaṇassa. <span class="bld">Purimesu tāva catūsu</span> vāresu <span class="bld">viramituṃ na sakkomīti vattabbaṃ</span>. ‘‘Attāpi maṃ upavadeyyā’’ti etassa padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘na sakkomī’’</span>ti, ‘‘anuvijjāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyu’’nti etassa padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘na sakkotī’’ti</span> <a name="M2.0023"></a> <span class="bld">vattabbaṃ,</span> iminā nayena pacchimesupi catūsu yathārahaṃ yojanā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Atimāne bhavāsavaavijjāsavā</span>ti vuttaṃ mānena saha diṭṭhiyā anuppajjanato, atimāno pana kāmarāgenapi uppajjatevāti ‘‘atimāne kāmāsavaavijjāsavā’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, svāyaṃ nayo vuttanayattā suviññeyyoti na dassito. <span class="bld">Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ kathitaṃ</span> ādito catūhi chaṭṭhena vāti pañcahi vārehi, sesehi tīhi <span class="bld">pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle ṭhitassa bhikkhuno paṭisaṅkhāpahānaṃ,</span> sabbehipi pana bhikkhubhāve ṭhitassa <span class="bld">gihivohārasamucchedo kathito</span>. Tattha sabbattha vattaṃ ‘‘idañcidañca mayhaṃ kātuṃ nappatirūpa’’nti paṭisaṅkhānavasena akaraṇaṃ pajahanañca paṭisaṅkhāpahānaṃ.</p>
    85. 

  85. <p class="subhead">Kāmādīnavakathāvaṇṇanā</p>
    86. 

  86. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para42"></a><a name="para42_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">42</span>. <span class="bld">Upasumbheyyā</span>ti <a name="V2.0022"></a> ettha <span class="bld">upa</span>-saddo samīpattho, sumbhanaṃ vikkhepanaṃ. Teneva <span class="bld">tamena</span>nti bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tassa samīpe khipeyyā’’</span>ti, tassa kukkurassa samīpe aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ khipeyyāti attho. <span class="bld">Nimmaṃsattā kaṅkalanti vuccatī</span>ti iminā vigatamaṃsāya aṭṭhikaṅkalikāya uraṭṭhimhi vā piṭṭhikaṇṭake vā sīsaṭṭhimhi vā kaṅkala-saddo niruḷhoti dasseti. <span class="bld">Sunikkanta</span>nti nillikhitaṃ katvāva nibbisesaṃ likhitaṃ.</p>
    87. 

  87. <p class="bodytext">Ekattupaṭṭhānassa ajjhupekkhanavasena pavattiyā <span class="bld">ekattā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘catutthajhānupekkhā’’</span>ti. Yasmā panassa ārammaṇampi ekasabhāvameva, tasmā āha <span class="bld">‘‘sā hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Lokāmisasaṅkhātā</span>ti apariññātavatthunā lokena āmasitabbato, loke vā āmisoti saṅkhaṃ gatāya vasena kāmaguṇānaṃ kāmabhāvo ca āmisabhāvo ca, so eva nippariyāyato āmisanti vattabbataṃ arahati. <span class="bld">Kāmaguṇāmisā</span>ti kāmaguṇe chandarāgā. <span class="bld">Gahaṇaṭṭhena</span> bhusaṃ ādānaṭṭhena.</p>
    88. 

  88. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para43"></a><a name="para43_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">43</span>. Ḍayanaṃ ākāsena gamananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uppatitvā gaccheyyā’’</span>ti. Gijjhādīnaṃ vāsipharasu na hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘mukhatuṇḍakena ḍasantā taccheyyu’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Vissajjeyyu</span>nti ettha ‘‘vissajjana’’nti ākaḍḍhanaṃ adhippetaṃ anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ, ākaḍḍhanañca anubandhitvā pātananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘maṃsapesiṃ nakhehi kaḍḍhitvā pāteyyu’’</span>nti.</p>
    89. 

  89. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para47"></a><a name="para47_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">47</span>. Purisassa <a name="M2.0024"></a> ārohanayogyaṃ <span class="bld">poriseyyaṃ</span>.</p>
    90. 

  90. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para48"></a><a name="para48_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">48</span>. Sampannaṃ sundaraṃ phalamassāti <span class="bld">sampannaphalaṃ. Phalūpapanna</span>nti phalehi upetanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘bahuphala’’</span>nti.</p>
    91. 

  91. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para50"></a><a name="para50_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">50</span>. <span class="bld">Suvidūravidūre</span>ti ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedato suṭṭhu vidūrabhūte eva vidūre <span class="bld">ahaṃ</span> ṭhito. Kassaci nāma atthassapi ajānanato na ājānantīti <span class="bld">anājānīyā</span>ti kattusādhanamassa dassento <span class="bld">ajānanake</span>ti ajānantabhojanasīsena tesaṃ dātabbapaccaye vadati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    92. 

  92. <p class="centered">Potaliyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    93. 

  93. <p class="subhead">5. Jīvakasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    94. 

  94. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para51"></a><a name="para51_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">51</span>. Kumārena <a name="V2.0023"></a> bhato posāpitoti kumārabhato, kumārabhato eva <span class="bld">komārabhacco</span> yathā ‘‘bhisakkameva bhesajja’’nti.</p>
    95. 

  95. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ārabhantī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">ārabha</span>-saddo kāmaṃ kāmāyūhanayaññuṭṭhāpanaāpattiāpajjanaviññāpanādīsupi āgato, idha pana hiṃsane icchitabboti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ārabhantīti ghātentī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Uddisitvā kata</span>nti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.12; sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.294) attānaṃ uddisitvā māraṇavasena kataṃ nibbattitaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭiccakamma</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">kamma</span>-saddo kammasādhano atītakālikoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘attānaṃ paṭicca kata’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Nimittakammassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ</span> ‘‘paṭicca kammaṃ phusatī’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.4.75) viya. <span class="bld">Nimittakammassā</span>ti nimittabhāvena laddhabbakammassa, na karaṇakārāpanavasena. <span class="bld">Paṭiccakammaṃ ettha atthīti maṃsaṃ paṭiccakammaṃ</span> yathā ‘‘buddhaṃ etassa atthīti buddho’’ti. <span class="bld">Tesa</span>nti nigaṇṭhānaṃ. Aññepi brāhmaṇādayo taṃladdhikā attheva.</p>
    96. 

  96. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāraṇa</span>nti ettha yutti adhippetā, sā eva ca dhammato anapetattā ‘‘dhammo’’ti vuttāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kāraṇaṃ nāma tikoṭiparisuddhamacchamaṃsaparibhogo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anukāraṇaṃ nāma mahājanassa tathā byākaraṇaṃ</span> yuttiyā dhammassa anurūpabhāvato maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbanti anuññātaṃ tatheva kathananti katvā. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti ‘‘jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ paribhuñjanaṃ <span class="bld">neva kāraṇaṃ hoti</span> <a name="M2.0025"></a> sabbena sabbaṃ abhāvato sati ca ayuttiyaṃ adhammoti katvā. <span class="bld">Tathā byākaraṇa</span>nti ‘‘jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti kathanaṃ yuttiyā dhammassa ananurūpabhāvato <span class="bld">na anukāraṇaṃ hoti. Parehi vuttakāraṇena sakāraṇo hutvā</span>ti pare titthiyā ‘jāna’ntiādinā dhammaṃ kathenti vadanti, tena kāraṇabhūtena sakāraṇo hutvā. Tehi tathā vattabbo eva <span class="bld">hutvā tumhākaṃ vādo vā anuvādo vā</span> ‘‘maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabba’’nti pavattā tumhākaṃ kathā vā parato parehi tathā pavattitā tassā anukathā vā. <span class="bld">Viññūhi garahitabbakāraṇa</span>nti titthiyā tāva tiṭṭhantu, tato aññehi paṇḍitehi garahitabbakāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Koci na āgacchatī</span>ti garahitabbataṃ na āpajjatīti attho. <span class="bld">Abhibhavitvā ācikkhantī</span>ti abhibhuyya madditvā kathenti, abhibhūtena akkosantīti attho.</p>
    97. 

  97. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para52"></a><a name="para52_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">52</span>. <span class="bld">Kāraṇehī</span>ti <a name="V2.0024"></a> paribhogacittassa avisuddhatāhetūhi. Bhikkhū uddissakataṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Tādisamaṃsañhi paribhogānārahattā cittaavisuddhiyā kāraṇaṃ cittasaṃkilesāvahato. Idāni diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitāni sarūpato dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhādīsū’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkita</span>nti ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ suta’’nti imaṃ ubhayaṃ anissāya – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa vadhitvā sampādita’’nti kevalameva parisaṅkitaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabbasaṅgāhako</span>ti sabbesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ parisaṅkitānaṃ saṅgaṇhanako.</p>
    98. 

  98. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Maṅgalādīna</span>nti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena āhunapāhunādikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Nibbematikā hontī</span>ti sabbena sabbaṃ parisaṅkitābhāvamāha. <span class="bld">Itaresa</span>nti ajānantānaṃ <span class="bld">vaṭṭati,</span> jānato evettha āpatti hoti. <span class="bld">Teyevā</span>ti ye uddissa kataṃ, teyeva.</p>
    99. 

  99. <p class="bodytext">Uddissakatamaṃsaparibhogato akappiyamaṃsaparibhogassa visesaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘akappiyamaṃsaṃ panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Purimasmiṃ sacittakā āpatti, itarasmiṃ acittakā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘akappiyamaṃsaṃ ajānitvā bhuttassapi āpattiyevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paribhoga</span>nti paribhuñjitabbanti vadāmīti attho.</p>
    100. 

  100. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para53"></a><a name="para53_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">53</span>. <span class="bld">Tādisassā</span>ti tikoṭiparisuddhassa macchamaṃsassa paribhoge. <span class="bld">Mettāvihārinopī</span>ti <span class="bld">api</span>-saddena amettāvihārinopi. Mettāvihārino paribhoge sikhāppattā anavajjatāti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘idha, jīvaka, bhikkhū’’</span>tiādi <a name="M2.0026"></a> vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Aniyametvā</span>ti avisesetvā sāmaññato. Yasmā bhagavatā – ‘‘yato kho, vaccha, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hotī’’tiādinā mahāvacchagottasutte (ma. ni. 2.194) attā aniyametvā vutto. Tathā hi vacchagotto – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu bhavaṃ gotamo, atthi pana bhoto gotamassa ekabhikkhupi sāvako āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… upasampajja viharatī’’ti āha, ‘‘idha, bhāradvāja, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharatī’’tiādinā caṅkīsutte (ma. ni. 2.430) attā aniyametvā vutto. Tathā hi tattha parato – ‘‘yaṃ kho pana ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, gambhīro so dhammo duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo, na so dhammo sudesanīyo luddenā’’tiādinā desanā āgatā, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavatā hi mahāvacchagottasutte, caṅkīsutte imasmiṃ sutteti tīsu ṭhānesu attānaṃyeva sandhāya desanā katā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Maṃsūpasecanova adhippeto</span> macchamaṃsasahitassa āhārassa paribhogabhāvato macchamaṃsassa ca idha adhippetattā.</p>
    101. 

  101. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Agathito</span> <a name="V2.0025"></a> appaṭibaddho. <span class="bld">Taṇhāmucchanāyā</span>ti taṇhāyanavasena mucchāpattiyā. <span class="bld">Anajjhopanno</span> taṇhāya abhibhavitvā na ajjhotthaṭo, gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā na saṇṭhitoti attho. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sabbaṃ ālumpitvā’’</span>tiādi. Idha ādīnavo āhārassa paṭikūlabhāvoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ekarattivāsenā’’</span>tiādi. Ayamattho āhāraparibhogoti atthasaṃyojanaparicchedikā ‘‘yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.182; ma. ni. 1.23; 2.24; 3.75; saṃ. ni. 4.120) pavattā āhārapaṭibaddhachandarāganissaraṇabhūtā paññā assa atthīti <span class="bld">nissaraṇapañño. Idamattha</span>nti etamatthāya. <span class="bld">Evaṃ sante</span>ti ‘‘brahmāti ca mettāvihārino samaññā’’ti avatvā ye dhammā mettāvihārassa paṭipakkhabhūtā, tattha sāvasesaṃ pahāsi brahmā, anavasesaṃ pahāsi bhagavāti sace te idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ, evaṃ sante tava idaṃ yathāvuttavacanaṃ anujānāmi, na mettāvihāritāsāmaññamattatoti attho.</p>
    102. 

  102. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para55"></a><a name="para55_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">55</span>. <span class="bld">‘‘Pāṭiyekko</span> <a name="M2.0027"></a> <span class="bld">anusandhī’’</span>ti vatvā visuṃ anusandhibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Dvāraṃ thaketī</span>ti macchamaṃsaparibhogānuññāya aññesaṃ vacanadvāraṃ pidahati, codanāpathaṃ nirundhati. Kathaṃ <span class="bld">sattānuddayaṃ dasseti</span>? Sattānuddayamukhena bāhirakānaṃ macchamaṃsaparibhogapaṭikkhepo tayidaṃ micchā, tikoṭiparisuddhasseva macchamaṃsassa paribhogo bhagavatā anuññāto. Tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘tīhi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ paribhoganti vadāmī’tiādi (ma. ni. 2.52). <span class="bld">Vinaye</span>pi (pārā. 409; cūḷava. 343) vuttaṃ – ‘‘tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ, devadatta, macchamaṃsaṃ mayā anuññāta’’nti. Tikoṭiparisuddhañca bhuñjantānaṃ sattesu anuddayā niccalā. <span class="bld">‘‘Sattānuddayaṃ dassetī’’</span>ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto <span class="bld">‘‘sace hī’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    103. 

  103. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paṭhamena kāraṇenā</span>ti desanāvasenapi payogavasenapi paṭhamena parūpaghātahetunā. <span class="bld">Kaḍḍhito</span> so pāṇo. <span class="bld">Galena pavedhentenā</span>ti yottagalena karaṇena asayhamānena. <span class="bld">Bahupuññameva hoti</span> āsādanāpekkhāya abhāvato, hitajjhāsayattā vāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Esāhaṃ, bhante</span>tiādi kasmā vuttaṃ, saraṇagamanavaseneva gahitasaraṇoti codanaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘aya’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Ogāhanto</span>tiādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā suttaṃ anussaranto atthaṃ upadhārento. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    104. 

  104. <p class="centered">Jīvakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    105. 

  105. <p class="subhead">6. Upālisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    106. 

  106. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para56"></a><a name="para56_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">56</span>. Pāvāraṃ <a name="V2.0026"></a> pārupatīti pāvāriko, idaṃ tassa kulasamudāgataṃ nāmaṃ, so pana mahaddhano mahābhogo nagare seṭṭhiṭṭhāne ṭhito. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dussapāvārikaseṭṭhino’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dīghattā</span> dīghatamattā. So kira pamāṇato upavacchayato diyaḍḍharatanaṃ atikkamma ṭhito. <span class="bld">Evaṃladdhanāmo</span>ti ‘‘dīghatapassī’’ti laddhasamañño. <span class="bld">Bāhirāyatane</span>ti titthiyasamaye <span class="bld">piṇḍapātoti vohāro natthi,</span> tasmā sāsanavohārena <span class="bld">‘‘piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto’’</span>ti vuttanti adhippāyo.</p>
    107. 

  107. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dassetī</span>ti <a name="M2.0028"></a> deseti. <span class="bld">Ṭhapetī</span>ti aññamaññasaṅkarato vavatthapeti. <span class="bld">Kiriyāyā</span>ti karaṇena. <span class="bld">Pavattiyā</span>ti pavattanena. <span class="bld">Daṇḍāni paññapetī</span>ti ettha kasmā bhagavatā āditova tathā na pucchitanti? Yasmā sā tasmiṃ atthe sabhāvanirutti na hoti, sāsane loke samayantaresu ca tādiso samudācāro natthi, kevalaṃ pana tasseva nigaṇṭhassāyaṃ koṭṭhālakasadiso samudācāroti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kammāni paññapeti’’</span> iccevāha. <span class="bld">Acittaka</span>nti cittarahitaṃ, cittena asamuṭṭhāpitanti attho. Kathaṃ pana tadubhayassa cittena vinā sambhavoti codanaṃ sandhāya tattha nidassanamāha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā kirā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Paṭivibhattāna</span>nti atthato bhinnānaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭivisiṭṭhāna</span>nti visesanapadavasena saddatopi bhinnānaṃ. <span class="bld">Vacanaṃ patiṭṭhapetukāmo</span>ti dīghatapassino yathāvuttavacanaṃ patiṭṭhapetukāmo. Tasmiñhi patiṭṭhāpite tenappasaṅgena āgato, upāli gahapati tasmiṃ padese dhammaṃ disvā sāsane abhippasīdissati.</p>
    108. 

  108. <p class="bodytext">Kathā eva upari vādāropanassa vatthubhāvato <span class="bld">kathāvatthu</span>. <span class="bld">Kathāyaṃ patiṭṭhapesī</span>ti kathāvatthusmiṃ, tadatthe vā patiṭṭhapesi. Yathā taṃ vādāropanabhayena na avajānāti, evaṃ tassaṃ kathāyaṃ, tasmiṃ vā atthe dīghatapassiṃ yāvatatiyaṃ vāde patiṭṭhapesi. <span class="bld">Vāda</span>nti dosaṃ.</p>
    109. 

  109. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para57"></a><a name="para57_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">57</span>. Idāni cetanāsampayuttadhammampi gahetvā kāyakammādivasena saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘apicā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāmā</span>tiādi ‘‘kammassa kiriyāyā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ akusalakammassa adhigatattā vuttaṃ, pubbe pana <span class="bld">aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalacetanā</span>tiādi sāvajjaṃ anavajjañca sāmaññato ekajjhaṃ katvā dassitaṃ. Kasmā panettha cetanā na gahitāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ sutte kammaṃ dhura’’</span>nti. Kāyakammādibhedaṃ kammameva <a name="V2.0027"></a> <span class="bld">dhuraṃ</span> jeṭṭhakaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ, na cetanāmattameva. <span class="bld">Evamāgatepī</span>ti kammānīti evaṃ nāmena āgatepi cetanā dhuraṃ, tattha cetanaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā vuttanti adhippāyo. Kathaṃ pana tattha kammanti vā kammānīti vā āgate tesaṃ cetanāya dhurabhāvoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yattha katthaci…pe… labhatī’’</span>ti. Tattha <span class="bld">yattha katthacī</span>ti yasmiṃ kismiñci dvāre. <span class="bld">Sā vuttāvā</span>ti sā cetanā vuttāva, yā kāyasaṅkhārādipariyāyena (yassa kassaci kammassa kāyadvārādīsu pavattāpanacetanā) sampayuttadhammāpi <a name="M2.0029"></a> tadaggena lokiyāpi lokuttarāpi kammameva, abhijjhādayo pana cetanāpakkhikāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    110. 

  110. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mahanta</span>nti kaṭukaphalaṃ. <span class="bld">Na kilamati</span> sappāṭihāriyattā paṭiññāya. Idāni tesaṃ sappāṭihāriyataṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tathā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadi akusalaṃ patvā kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati, atha kasmā bhagavā idha akusalaṃ manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ kathesīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne’’</span>tiādi. Yāvatatiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpanamattena <span class="bld">gatamaggaṃ paṭipajjanto</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kiñci atthanipphattiṃ apassantopī’’</span>ti.</p>
    111. 

  111. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para58"></a><a name="para58_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">58</span>. Nivāsaṭṭhānabhūto bālako etissā atthīti <span class="bld">bālakinī</span>. Satthupaṭiññātatāya nigaṇṭhānaṃ mahāti sambhāvitattā <span class="bld">mahānigaṇṭho</span>.</p>
    112. 

  112. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para60"></a><a name="para60_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">60</span>. Āvaṭṭeti purimākārato nivatteti attano vase vatteti etāyāti <span class="bld">āvaṭṭanī,</span> māyā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘āvaṭṭetvā gahaṇamāya’’</span>nti. Satthupaṭiññānaṃ buddhadassane cittameva na uppajjati, ayamettha dhammatā. Sace pana so taṃ paṭiññaṃ appahāya buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāvaṃ upagaccheyya, sattadhā muddhā phaleyya, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘mā ayaṃ bālo vinassī’’tiāditova yathā sammukhībhāvaṃ na labhati, tathā karoti. Svāyamattho <span class="bld">pāthikaputtasamāgamena</span> dīpetabbo. Dassanasampattiniyāmamāha <span class="bld">‘‘tathāgataṃ hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Āgamā nu kho idha</span> tumhākaṃ santikaṃ.</p>
    113. 

  113. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para61"></a><a name="para61_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">61</span>. <span class="bld">Vacīsacce patiṭṭhahitvā</span>ti yathāpaṭiññātāya paṭiññāya ṭhatvā.</p>
    114. 

  114. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para62"></a><a name="para62_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">62</span>. Sītodake amatā pāṇā pānakāle pana maranti, tepi tena sītodakaparibhogena māritā honti, tasmā tapassinā nāma sabbena sabbaṃ sītodakaṃ na paribhuñjitabbanti tesaṃ laddhi. Pākatikaṃ vā udakaṃ sattoti purātanānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ laddhi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sattasaññāya sītodakaṃ paṭikkhipantī’’</span>ti. Tesaṃ taṃ adhunātananigaṇṭhānaṃ vādena virujjhati. Te hi pathavīādinavapadatthato <a name="V2.0028"></a> aññameva jīvitaṃ paṭijānanti. Cittena sītodakaṃ pātukāmo paribhuñjitukāmo hoti roge ṭhatvāpi sattānaṃ cittassa tathā na vitatatā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tenassa manodaṇḍo tattheva bhijjatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti sītodakaṃ pātuṃ paribhuñjituñca icchanena. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti yathāvuttassa nigaṇṭhassa. <span class="bld">Tatthevā</span>ti tathācittuppādane eva. <span class="bld">Bhijjati</span> saṃvarassa vikopitattā. Tathābhūto so nigaṇṭho sītodakaṃ <a name="M2.0030"></a> ce labheyya, katipayaṃ kālaṃ jīveyya, alābhena pana parisussamānakaṇṭhoṭṭhatālujivhāādiko sabbaso paridāhābhibhūto mareyya. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sītodakaṃ alabhamāno kālaṃ kareyyā’’</span>ti. Kasmā? Yasmā sītodakaṃ pivāya sannissitacittassa maraṇaṃ hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘manodaṇḍo pana bhinnopi cutimpi ākaḍḍhatī’’</span>ti. Yasmā pana tathābhūtacittassa nigaṇṭhassa manosattesu nāma devesu upapatti hotīti titthiyānaṃ laddhi, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘manodaṇḍo pana bhinnopi paṭisandhimpi ākaḍḍhatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Itī</span>ti evaṃ ‘‘idhāssa nigaṇṭho’’tiādiākārena. <span class="bld">Na</span>nti upāliṃ gahapatiṃ. <span class="bld">Mahantoti vadāpesi</span> ‘‘manopaṭibaddho kālaṅkarotī’’ti vadantoti adhippāyo.</p>
    115. 

  115. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upāsakassā</span>ti upālissa gahapatissa. <span class="bld">Mucchāvasenā</span>tiādinā anvayato byatirekato ca manodaṇḍassa mahantataṃ vibhāveti. <span class="bld">Cittasantatippavattimattenevā</span>ti vinā kāyadaṇḍena vacīdaṇḍena ca kevalaṃ cittasantatippavattimattena. <span class="bld">Bhijjitvāpī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddena abhijjitvāpi. <span class="bld">Aniyyānikā</span>ti appāṭihīrā, ayuttāti attho. <span class="bld">Sallakkhesi</span> upāsakoti vibhattiṃ vipariṇāmetvā yojanā. <span class="bld">Pañhapaṭibhānānī</span>ti ñātuṃ icchite atthe uppajjanakapaṭibhānāni.</p>
    116. 

  116. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Manopaṭibaddho kālaṃ karotī’’ti vadantena atthato manodaṇḍassa taduttarabhāvo paṭiññāto hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘idāni manodaṇḍo mahantoti idaṃ vacana’’</span>nti. Tathā ceva vuttaṃ – ‘‘manodaṇḍova balavā mahantoti vadāpesī’’ti.</p>
    117. 

  117. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para63"></a><a name="para63_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">63</span>. Pāṇātipātādito yamanaṃ yāmo, catubbidho yāmo catuyāmo, catuyāmasaṅkhātena saṃvarena saṃvuto <span class="bld">cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto</span>. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yāma-saddo koṭṭhāsapariyāyoti <span class="bld">‘‘iminā catukoṭṭhāsenā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Piyajātikaṃ rūpādiārammaṇaṃ rāgavasena bālehi bhāvanīyattā ‘‘bhāvita’’nti vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘bhāvitanti pañca kāmaguṇā’’</span>ti.</p>
    118. 

  118. <p class="bodytext">Yo sabbaṃ pāpaṃ āsavañca vāretīti sabbavārī, tassa navasu padatthesu sattamo padattho, tena sabbavārinā pāpaṃ vāritvā ṭhitoti <span class="bld">sabbavārivārito</span><a name="M2.0031"></a>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sabbena pāpavāraṇena vāritapāpo’’</span>ti. <a name="V2.0029"></a> Tato eva sabbassa vāritabbassa āsavassa dhunanato <span class="bld">sabbavāridhuto</span>. Vāritabbassa nivāraṇavasena sabbavārino phuṭo phusitoti <span class="bld">sabbavāriphuṭo. Saṅghāta</span>nti sahasā hananaṃ, asañcetanikavadhanti attho. <span class="bld">Katarasmiṃ koṭṭhāse</span>ti tīsu daṇḍakoṭṭhāsesu katarakoṭṭhāse.</p>
    119. 

  119. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para64"></a><a name="para64_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">64</span>. Khaliyati samādiyatīti <span class="bld">khalaṃ,</span> rāsīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekaṃ maṃsakhalanti ekaṃ maṃsarāsi’’</span>nti. Vijjādharaiddhiyā <span class="bld">iddhimā</span>. Sā pana iddhi yasmā ānubhāvasampannasseva ijjhati, na yassa kassaci. Tasmā āha <span class="bld">‘‘ānubhāvasampanno’’</span>ti. Vijjānubhāvavaseneva <span class="bld">ānubhāvasampanno. Citte vasībhāvappatto</span> ānubhāvāya eva vijjāya paguṇabhāvāpādanena. Etena vasībhāvaṃ lokiyasamaññāvasena bhagavā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ paññapetukāmo evamāha. Lokikā hi ‘‘bhāvanāmayaiddhiyā iddhimā cetovasībhāvappatto parūpaghātaṃ karotī’’ti maññanti. Tathā hi te isayo paresaṃ saṃvaṇṇenti, isīnaṃ ānubhāvaṃ kittenti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato āgamissatīti.</p>
    120. 

  120. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para65"></a><a name="para65_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">65</span>. <span class="bld">Araññameva hutvā</span>ti sabbaso araññameva hutvā. Araññabhāvena <span class="bld">araññaṃ jātaṃ,</span> na nāmamattena. <span class="bld">Isīnaṃ atthāyā</span>ti isīnaṃ āsādanatthāya.</p>
    121. 

  121. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Godhāvarītīrato</span> nātidūre. <span class="bld">Usūyamāno</span>ti ‘‘na maṃ esa jano parivāretī’’ti usūyaṃ karonto. <span class="bld">Kiliṭṭho vatā</span>ti paṅkadantarajasiratādīhi kiliṭṭhasarīro. <span class="bld">Anañjitamaṇḍito</span>ti anañjitakkhiko sabbena, sabbaṃ amaṇḍito ca. Tasmiṃ kāle ‘‘kālasseva akkhīnaṃ añjanaṃ maṅgala’’nti manussānaṃ laddhi, tasmā anañjanaṃ visuṃ gahitaṃ.</p>
    122. 

  122. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rājā tassa vacanaṃ gahetvā</span>ti ‘‘vedesu īdisaṃ āgataṃ bhavissatīti evaṃ, bhante’’ti rājā tassa purohitassa vacanaṃ gahetvā. <span class="bld">Usumajātahadayo</span>ti uttattahadayo. Nāsikānaṃ appahonte <span class="bld">mukhena assasanto</span>.</p>
    123. 

  123. <p class="bodytext">Vijitajayehi āgantvā nakkhattayuttaṃ āgamentehi nisīditabbaṭṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">jayakhandhāvāraṭṭhānaṃ</span>. Udakavuṭṭhipātanādi tasmiṃ pāpakamme asamaṅgibhūtānampi samanuññatāya <a name="M2.0032"></a> antokaraṇatthaṃ kataṃ. <span class="bld">Katabhaṇḍavuṭṭhī</span>ti ābharaṇavassaṃ. Mahājano samanuñño jātoti yojanā. <span class="bld">Mātuposakarāmo</span>ti mātari sammāpaṭipanno rāmo nāma eko puriso. <span class="bld">Asamaṅgibhūtāna</span>nti asamanuññānaṃ.</p>
    124. 

  124. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Avakiriyā</span>ti <a name="V2.0030"></a> asussūsataṃ paṭicca. <span class="bld">Phuliṅgānī</span>ti aggikaṇāni. <span class="bld">Patanti kāye</span>ti kāye ito cito nipatanti. Ete kira nirayaṃ vivaritvā mahājanassa dassenti.</p>
    125. 

  125. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yathāphāsukaṭṭhāna</span>nti mayaṃ kañcipi desaṃ uddissa na gacchāma, yattha pana vasantassa pabbajitassa phāsu hoti, taṃ yathāphāsukaṭṭhānaṃ gacchāmāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Saṅghā</span>ti saṃhatā. <span class="bld">Gaṇā</span>ti taṃtaṃseṇibhāvena gaṇitabbatāya gaṇā. <span class="bld">Gaṇībhūtā</span>ti ekajjhāsayā hutvā rāsibhūtā. <span class="bld">Adinnādāna</span>ntiādīsupi niraye paccitvā manussalokaṃ āgatassa vipākāvasesenāti ānetvā yojetabbaṃ.</p>
    126. 

  126. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paggaṇhissāmī</span>ti sambhāvanaṃ uppādessāmi. <span class="bld">Nesaṃ kattabba</span>nti cintesīti yojanā. Kiṃ cintesi? Āghātaṃ uppādetvā anatthakaraṇūpāyaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘so dhammakathāpariyosāne’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Nāgabalapicchillādīna</span>nti nāgabalasāsapaaṅkolatelakaṇikāraniyyāsādīnaṃ cikkhallānaṃ. <span class="bld">Viheṭhayiṃsu</span> nirayādikathāhi ghaṭṭentā. <span class="bld">Chadvārārammaṇe</span>ti cakkhādīnaṃ channaṃ dvārānaṃ ārammaṇabhūte rūpādivisaye.</p>
    127. 

  127. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nava vuṭṭhiyo</span>ti udakavuṭṭhi sumanapupphavuṭṭhi māsakavuṭṭhi kahāpaṇavuṭṭhi ābharaṇavuṭṭhi āvudhavuṭṭhi aṅgāravuṭṭhi pāsāṇavuṭṭhi vālikāvuṭṭhīti imā nava vuṭṭhiyo. <span class="bld">Avañcayī</span>ti sakkāraṃ karonto viya hutvā asakkāraṃ karonto anatthacaraṇena vañcayi. <span class="bld">Adūsake</span>ti anaparādhe.</p>
    128. 

  128. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā brāhmaṇakaññā’’ti jātakaṭṭhakathādīsu (jā. aṭṭha. 4.15.mātaṅgajātakavaṇṇanā) āgataṃ, idha pana ‘‘seṭṭhidhītā’’ti. <span class="bld">Vāreyyatthāyā</span>ti āvāhatthāya, <span class="bld">assā</span>ti pesitapuggalassa. Tādisena nīcakulasaṃvattaniyena kammunā laddhokāsena <span class="bld">caṇḍālayoniyaṃ nibbatto</span>.</p>
    129. 

  129. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cammagehe</span>ti <a name="M2.0033"></a> cammena chādite gehe. <span class="bld">Mātaṅgotvevassa nāmaṃ ahosi</span> jātisamudāgataṃ. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti ghaṇṭaṃ. <span class="bld">Vādento</span> tālanena saddaṃ karonto. <span class="bld">Mahāpathaṃ paṭipajji</span> diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya gehadvārasamīpena.</p>
    130. 

  130. <p class="bodytext">Tassā veyyāvaccakarā ceva <span class="bld">upaṭṭhākamanussā</span> paṭibaddhā ca <span class="bld">surāsoṇḍādayo</span> jāṇukapparādīhi sukoṭṭitaṃ koṭṭitabhāvena mucchaṃ āpannattā <span class="bld">matoti saññāya chaḍḍesuṃ</span>.</p>
    131. 

  131. <p class="bodytext">Atha bodhisatto <a name="V2.0031"></a> āyuavasesassa atthitāya mandamande vāte vāyante cirena saññaṃ paṭilabhati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mahāpuriso’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Gehaṅgaṇe</span>ti gehassa mahādvārato bahi vivaṭaṅgaṇe. <span class="bld">Patito</span>ti pātaṃ katvā icchitatthanipphattiṃ antaraṃ katvā anuppavesena nipanno. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhamaṅgalikāyā</span>ti diṭṭhamaṅgalikākāraṇena.</p>
    132. 

  132. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yasa</span>nti vibhavaṃ kittisaddañca. <span class="bld">Canda</span>nti candamaṇḍalaṃ, candavimānanti attho. <span class="bld">Ucchiṭṭhagehe</span>ti parehi paribhuttagehe. <span class="bld">Maṇḍape</span>ti nagaramajjhe mahāmaṇḍape.</p>
    133. 

  133. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Khīramaṇimūla</span>nti khīramūlaṃ, pādesu baddhamaṇimūlañca. <span class="bld">Yāvatā vācuggatā pariyattī</span>ti yattako manussavacīdvārato uggato nikkhanto pavatto, yaṃkiñci vacīmayanti attho. <span class="bld">Ākāsaṅgaṇe</span>ti vivaṭaṅgaṇe.</p>
    134. 

  134. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dummavāsī</span>ti dhūmo dhūsaro, anañjitāmaṇḍitoti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Otallako</span>ti nihīnajjhāsayo, appānubhāvoti attho. <span class="bld">Paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe</span>ti yāva galavāṭakā pārupitvā. <span class="bld">Ko re tuva</span>nti are ko nāma tvaṃ.</p>
    135. 

  135. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pakata</span>nti paṭiyattaṃ nānappakārato abhisaṅkhataṃ. <span class="bld">Uttiṭṭhapiṇḍa</span>nti antaragharaṃ upagamma ṭhatvā laddhabbapiṇḍaṃ, bhikkhāhāranti attho. <span class="bld">Labhata</span>nti lacchatu. <span class="bld">Sapāko</span>ti mahāsatto jātivasena yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti.</p>
    136. 

  136. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Atthatthitaṃ saddahato</span>ti samparāyikassa atthassa atthibhāvaṃ saddahantassa. <span class="bld">Apehī</span>ti apagaccha. <span class="bld">Etto</span>ti imasmā ṭhānā. <span class="bld">Jammā</span>ti lāmaka.</p>
    137. 

  137. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anūpakhette</span>ti <a name="M2.0034"></a> ajaṅgale udakasampanne khette phalavisesaṃ paccāsīsantā. <span class="bld">Etāya saddhāya dadāhi dāna</span>nti ninnaṃ thalañca pūrento megho viya guṇavante nigguṇe ca dānaṃ dehi, evaṃ dento ca <span class="bld">appeva ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyeti. Dakkhiṇeyye</span>ti sīlādiguṇasamannāgate.</p>
    138. 

  138. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tānī</span>ti te brāhmaṇā. <span class="bld">Veṇupadarenā</span>ti veḷuvilīvena.</p>
    139. 

  139. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Giriṃ nakhena</span> <a name="V2.0032"></a> <span class="bld">khaṇasī</span>ti pabbataṃ attano nakhena khaṇanto viya ahosi. <span class="bld">Ayo</span>ti kālalohaṃ. <span class="bld">Padahasī</span>ti abhibhavasi, attano sarīrena abhibhavanto viya ahosi.</p>
    140. 

  140. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Āvedhita</span>nti calitaṃ viparivattetvā ṭhitaṃ. <span class="bld">Piṭṭhito</span>ti piṭṭhipassena. <span class="bld">Bāhuṃ pasāreti akammaneyya</span>nti akammakkhamaṃ bāhudvayaṃ thaddhaṃ sukkhadaṇḍakaṃ viya kevalaṃ pasāreti, na samiñjeti, <span class="bld">setāni akkhīni</span> parivattanena kaṇhamaṇḍalassa adissanato.</p>
    141. 

  141. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Jīvita</span>nti jīvanaṃ.</p>
    142. 

  142. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vehāyasa</span>nti ākāse. <span class="bld">Pathaddhuno</span>ti pathabhūtaddhuno viya.</p>
    143. 

  143. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saññampi na karotī</span>ti ‘‘ime kulappasutā’’ti saññāmattampi na karoti. <span class="bld">Dantakaṭṭhakucchiṭṭhaka</span>nti khāditadantakaṭṭhattā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Etasseva upari patissati</span> appaduṭṭhapadosabhāvato, mahāsattassa tadā ukkaṃsagatakhettabhāvato. <span class="bld">Iddhivisayo nāma acinteyyo,</span> tasmā kathaṃ sūriyassa uggantuṃ nādāsīti na cintetabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Aruṇuggaṃ na paññāyatī</span>ti tasmiṃ padese aruṇapabhā na paññāyati, andhakāro eva hoti.</p>
    144. 

  144. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yakkhāvaṭṭo nu kho ayaṃ</span> kālavipariyāyo. <span class="bld">Mahāpañña</span>nti mahantānaṃ paññānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. <span class="bld">Janapadassa mukhaṃ passathā</span>ti imassa janapadavāsino janassa upaddavena maṅkubhūtaṃ mukhaṃ passatha.</p>
    145. 

  145. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etassa kathā etasseva upari patissatī</span>ti yāhi tena pāramitāparibhāvanasamiddhāhi nānāsamāpattivihāraparipūritāhi sīladiṭṭhisampadāhi susaṅkhatasantāne mahākaruṇādhivāse mahāsatte ariyūpavādakammaabhisapasaṅkhātā pharusavācā pavattitā, sā abhisapi tassa khettavisesabhāvato tassa ca ajjhāsayapharusatāya diṭṭhadhammavedaniyakammaṃ hutvā <a name="M2.0035"></a> sace so mahāsattaṃ na khamāpeti, sattame divase vipaccanasabhāvaṃ jātaṃ, khamāpite pana mahāsatte payogasampatti paṭibāhitattā avipākadhammataṃ āpajjati ahosikammabhāvato. Ayañhi ariyūpavādapāpassa diṭṭhadhammavedaniyassa dhammatā, tena vuttaṃ ‘etassa kathā etasseva upari patissatī’tiādi. Mahāsatto pana taṃ tassa upari patituṃ na adāsi, upāyena mocesi. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">cariyāpiṭake</span> (cariyā. 2.64) –</p>
    146. 

  146. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Yaṃ so <a name="V2.0033"></a> tadā maṃ abhisapi, kupito duṭṭhamānaso;</p>
    147. 

  147. <p class="gathalast">Tasseva matthake nipati, yogena taṃ pamocayi’’nti.</p>
    148. 

  148. <p class="bodytext">Yañhi tattha sattame divase bodhisattena sūriyuggamananivāraṇaṃ kataṃ, ayamettha yogoti adhippeto. Yogena hi ubbaḷhā sarājikā parisā nagaravāsino negamā ceva jānapadā ca bodhisattassa santikaṃ tāpasaṃ ānetvā khamāpesuṃ. So ca bodhisattassa guṇe jānitvā tasmiṃ cittaṃ pasādesi. Yaṃ panassa matthake mattikāpiṇḍassa ṭhapanaṃ, tassa ca sattadhā phālanaṃ kataṃ, taṃ manussānaṃ cittānurakkhaṇatthaṃ. Aññathā hi – ‘‘ime pabbajitā samānā cittassa vase vattanti, na pana cittaṃ attano vase vattāpentī’’ti mahāsattampi tena sadisaṃ katvā gaṇheyyuṃ, tadassa tesaṃ dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘athassā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    149. 

  149. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Lohakūṭavassa</span>nti ayaguḷavassaṃ. Tadā hi ratanamattāni diyaḍḍharatanamattānipi tikhiṇaṃsāni ayaguḷamaṇḍalāni ito cito ca nipatantā manussānaṃ sarīrāni khaṇḍakhaṇḍakāni akaṃsu. <span class="bld">Kalalavassa</span>nti tanukakaddamapaṭalakaddamaṃ. <span class="bld">Upahaccā</span>ti āghāṭetvā. <span class="bld">Tadeva</span> majjhāraññaṃ.</p>
    150. 

  150. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para67"></a><a name="para67_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">67</span>. <span class="bld">Anuviccakāra</span>nti anuviccakaraṇaṃ. Kāraṇehi dvīhi aniyyānikasāsane ṭhitānaṃ attano sāvakattaṃ upagate paggahaniggahāni dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kasmā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    151. 

  151. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para69"></a><a name="para69_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">69</span>. <span class="bld">Anupubbiṃ katha</span>nti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.75-76; a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.12) anupubbiyā anupubbaṃ kathetabbakathaṃ, kā pana sā? Dānādikathā. <span class="bld">Dānakathā</span> tāva pacurajanesupi pavattiyā sabbasādhāraṇattā sukarattā sīle patiṭṭhānassa upāyabhāvato ca āditova kathitā<a name="M2.0036"></a>. Pariccāgasīlo hi puggalo pariggahavatthūsu nissaṅgabhāvato sukheneva sīlāni samādiyati, tattha ca suppatiṭṭhito hoti. Sīlena dāyakapaṭiggahaṇavisuddhito parānuggahaṃ vatvā parapīḷānivattivacanato, kiriyadhammaṃ vatvā akiriyadhammavacanato, bhogayasasampattihetuṃ vatvā bhavasampattihetuvacanato ca dānakathānantaraṃ <span class="bld">sīlakathā</span> kathitā. Tañca sīlaṃ vaṭṭanissitaṃ, ayaṃ bhavasampatti tassa phalanti dassanatthaṃ, imehi ca dānasīlamayehi paṇītacariyabhedabhinnehi puññakiriyavatthūhi etā cātumahārājikādīsu paṇītatarādibhedabhinnā aparimeyyā bhogabhavasampattiyoti dassanatthaṃ tadanantaraṃ <span class="bld">saggakathā</span>. Svāyaṃ saggo rāgādīhi upakkiliṭṭho sabbadā anupakkiliṭṭho ariyamaggoti dassanatthaṃ saggānantaraṃ <span class="bld">maggo,</span> maggañca kathentena <a name="V2.0034"></a> tadadhigamūpāyasandassanatthaṃ saggapariyāpannāpi pageva itare sabbepi kāmā nāma bahvādīnavā aniccā addhuvā vipariṇāmadhammāti kāmānaṃ <span class="bld">ādīnavo.</span> Hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasañhitāti tesaṃ <span class="bld">okāro</span> lāmakabhāvo, sabbepi bhavā kilesānaṃ vatthubhūtāti tattha <span class="bld">saṃkileso</span>. Sabbaso kilesavippamuttaṃ nibbānanti <span class="bld">nekkhamme ānisaṃso</span> ca kathetabboti ayamattho <span class="bld">maggantī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddena dassitoti veditabbaṃ.</p>
    152. 

  152. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sukhānaṃ nidāna</span>nti diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ samparāyikānaṃ nibbānasañhitānañcāti sabbesampi sukhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Yañhi kiñci loke bhogasukhaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ dānanidānanti pākaṭo ayamattho. Yaṃ pana jhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ sukhaṃ, tassapi dānaṃ upanissayapaccayo hotiyeva. <span class="bld">Sampattīnaṃ mūla</span>nti yā imā loke padesarajjasirissariyasattaratanasamujjalacakkavattisampadāti evaṃpabhedā mānusikā sampattiyo, yā ca cātumahārājādigatā dibbā sampattiyo, yā vā panaññāpi sampattiyo, tāsaṃ sabbāsaṃ idaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Bhogāna</span>nti bhuñjitabbaṭṭhena ‘‘bhogo’’nti laddhanāmānaṃ manāpiyarūpādīnaṃ, tannissayānaṃ vā upabhogasukhānaṃ, <span class="bld">patiṭṭhā</span> niccalādhiṭṭhānatāya. <span class="bld">Visamagatassā</span>ti byasanappattassa. <span class="bld">Tāṇa</span>nti rakkhā tato paripālanato. <span class="bld">Leṇa</span>nti byasanehi paripātiyamānassa olīyanapadeso. <span class="bld">Gatī</span>ti gantabbaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Parāyaṇa</span>nti paṭisaraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Avassayo</span>ti vinipatituṃ adento nissayo. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇa</span>nti olubbhārammaṇaṃ.</p>
    153. 

  153. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ratanamayasīhāsanasadisa</span>nti <a name="M2.0037"></a> sabbaratanamayasattaṅgamahāsīhāsanasadisaṃ, mahagghaṃ hutvā sabbaso vinipatituṃ appadānato. <span class="bld">Mahāpathavisadisaṃ</span> gatagataṭṭhāne patiṭṭhāsambhavato. Yathā dubbalassa purisassa ālambanarajju uttiṭṭhato tiṭṭhato ca upatthambho, evaṃ dānaṃ sattānaṃ sampattibhave upapattiyā ṭhitiyā ca paccayo hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ālambanaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhenā</span>ti duggatidukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena. <span class="bld">Samassāsanaṭṭhenā</span>ti lobhamacchariyādipaṭisattupaddavato sammadeva assāsanaṭṭhena. <span class="bld">Bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhenā</span>ti dāliddiyabhayato paripālanaṭṭhena. <span class="bld">Maccheramalādīhī</span>ti maccheralobhadosaissāmicchādiṭṭhivicikicchādi cittamalehi. <span class="bld">Anupalittaṭṭhenā</span>ti anupakkiliṭṭhatāya. <span class="bld">Tesa</span>nti maccheramalādīnaṃ. Etesaṃ eva <span class="bld">durāsadaṭṭhena. Asantāsanaṭṭhenā</span>ti asantāsahetubhāvena. Yo hi dāyako dānapati, so sampatipi na kutoci santasati, pageva āyatiṃ. <span class="bld">Balavantaṭṭhenā</span>ti mahābalavatāya. Dāyako hi dānapati sampati pakkhabalena balavā hoti, āyatiṃ pana kāyabalādīhi. <span class="bld">Abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhenā</span>ti ‘‘vuḍḍhikāraṇa’’nti abhisammatabhāvena. Vipattito sampattiyā nayanaṃ <span class="bld">khemantabhūmisampāpanaṃ</span>.</p>
    154. 

  154. <p class="bodytext">Idāni <a name="V2.0035"></a> mahābodhicariyabhāvenapi dānaguṇaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">dānaṃ nāmeta</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">attānaṃ niyyādentenā</span>ti etena dānaphalaṃ sammadeva passantā mahāpurisā attano jīvitampi pariccajanti, tasmā ko nāma viññujātiko bāhire vatthumhi saṅgaṃ kareyyāti ovādaṃ deti. Idāni yā lokiyā lokuttarā ca ukkaṃsagatā sampattiyo, tā sabbā dānatoyeva pavattantīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘dānañhī’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha sakkamārabrahmasampattiyo attahitāya eva, cakkavattisampatti pana attahitāya ca parahitāya cāti dassetuṃ sā tāsaṃ parato vuttā. Etā lokiyā, imā pana lokuttarāti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘sāvakapāramīñāṇa’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tāsupi ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭhatarukkaṭṭhatamameva dassetuṃ kamena ñāṇattayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesaṃ pana dānassa paccayabhāvo heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Eteneva tassa brahmasampattiyāpi paccayabhāvo dīpitoti veditabbo.</p>
    155. 

  155. <p class="bodytext">Dānañca nāma hitajjhāsayena, pūjāvasena vā attano santakassa paresaṃ pariccajanaṃ, tasmā dāyako purisapuggalo paresaṃ santakaṃ harissatīti <a name="M2.0038"></a> aṭṭhānametanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘dānaṃ dadanto sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sīlālaṅkārasadiso alaṅkāro natthi</span> sobhāvisesāvahattā sīlassa. <span class="bld">Sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthī</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthī</span>ti ettha ‘‘candanaṃ tagaraṃ vāpī’’tiādikā (dha. pa. 55; mi. pa. 4.1.1) gāthā – ‘‘gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ, kāyā cuto gacchati mālutenā’’tiādikā (jā. 2.17.55) jātakagāthāyo ca āharitvā vattabbā, sīlañhi sattānaṃ ābharaṇañceva alaṅkāro ca gandhavilepanañca dassanīyabhāvāvahañca. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sīlālaṅkārena hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    156. 

  156. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ayaṃ saggo labbhatī</span>ti idaṃ majjhimehi chandādīhi samādānasīlaṃ sandhāyāha. Tenāha sakko devarājā –</p>
    157. 

  157. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati;</p>
    158. 

  158. <p class="gathalast">Majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhatī’’ti. (jā. 1.8.75; 2.22.429; dī. ni. ṭī. 2.75-76);</p>
    159. 

  159. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Iṭṭho</span>ti sukho. <span class="bld">Kanto</span>ti kamanīyo. <span class="bld">Manāpo</span>ti manavaḍḍhanako. Taṃ pana tassa iṭṭhādibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘niccamettha kīḷā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    160. 

  160. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Doso</span>ti aniccatādinā appassādādinā ca dūsitabhāvo, yato te viññūnaṃ cittaṃ nārādhenti<a name="V2.0036"></a>. Atha vā ādīnaṃ vāti pavattetīti <span class="bld">ādīnavo,</span> paramakapaṇatā. Tathā ca kāmā yathābhūtaṃ paccavekkhantānaṃ paccupatiṭṭhanti. <span class="bld">Lāmakabhāvo</span>ti aseṭṭhehi sevitabbo, seṭṭhehi na sevitabbo nihīnabhāvo. <span class="bld">Saṃkilissana</span>nti vibādhakatā upatāpatā ca.</p>
    161. 

  161. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nekkhamme ānisaṃsa</span>nti ettha yattakā kāmesu ādīnavā, tappaṭipakkhato tattakā nekkhamme ānisaṃsā. Apica – ‘‘nekkhammaṃ nāmetaṃ asambādhaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ nikkhantaṃ kāmehi, nikkhantaṃ kāmasaññāya, nikkhantaṃ kāmavitakkehi, nikkhantaṃ kāmapariḷāhehi, nikkhantaṃ byāpādasaññāyā’’tiādinā (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.26; dī. ni. ṭī. 2.75-76) nayena <span class="bld">nekkhamme ānisaṃse pakāsesi,</span> pabbajjāya jhānādīsu ca guṇe vibhāvesi vaṇṇesi. <span class="bld">Kallacitta</span>nti heṭṭhā pavattitadesanāya assaddhiyādīnaṃ cittadosānaṃ vigatattā uparidesanāya bhājanabhāvūpagamanena kammakkhamacittaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yasmā assaddhiyādayo cittassa rogabhūtā<a name="M2.0039"></a>, tadā te vigatā, tasmā āha <span class="bld">‘‘arogacitta’’</span>nti. Diṭṭhimānādikilesavigamena <span class="bld">muducittaṃ</span>. Kāmacchandādivigamena <span class="bld">vinīvaraṇacittaṃ</span>. Sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ uḷārapītipāmojjayogena <span class="bld">udaggacittaṃ</span>. Tattha saddhāsampattiyā <span class="bld">pasannacittaṃ</span>. Yadā bhagavā aññāsīti sambandho. Atha vā <span class="bld">kallacitta</span>nti kāmacchandavigamena arogacittaṃ. <span class="bld">Muducitta</span>nti byāpādavigamena mettāvasena akathinacittaṃ. <span class="bld">Vinīvaraṇacitta</span>nti uddhaccakukkuccavigamena vikkhepassa vigatattā tena apihitacittaṃ. <span class="bld">Udaggacitta</span>nti thinamiddhavigamena sampaggahitavasena alīnacittaṃ. <span class="bld">Pasannacitta</span>nti vicikicchāvigamena sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ adhimuttacittanti evamettha sesapadānaṃ attho veditabbo.</p>
    162. 

  162. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Seyyathāpī</span>tiādinā upamāvasena upālissa saṃkilesappahānaṃ ariyamagganipphādanañca dasseti. <span class="bld">Apagatakāḷaka</span>nti vigatakāḷakaṃ. <span class="bld">Sammadevā</span>ti suṭṭhu eva. <span class="bld">Rajana</span>nti nīlapītādiraṅgajātaṃ. Paṭiggaṇheyyāti gaṇheyya pabhassaraṃ bhaveyya. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃyeva āsane</span>ti tissaṃ eva nisajjāyaṃ. Etenassa lahuvipassakatā tikkhapaññatā sukhapaṭipadākhippābhiññatā ca dassitā hoti. <span class="bld">Viraja</span>nti apāyagamanīyarāgarajādīnaṃ vigamena virajaṃ. Anavasesadiṭṭhivicikicchāmalāpagamena <span class="bld">vītamalaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ maggāna</span>nti heṭṭhimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ. <span class="bld">Tassa uppattiākāradassana</span>nti kasmā vuttaṃ? Nanu maggañāṇaṃ asaṅkhatadhammārammaṇanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ hī’’</span>tiādi. Tattha <span class="bld">paṭivijjhanta</span>nti asammohapaṭivedhavasena paṭivijjhantaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kiccavasenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    163. 

  163. <p class="bodytext">Tatridaṃ <a name="V2.0037"></a> upamāsaṃsandanaṃ – vatthaṃ viya cittaṃ, vatthassa āgantukamalehi kiliṭṭhabhāvo viya cittassa rāgādimalehi saṃkiliṭṭhabhāvo, dhovanasilā viya anupubbīkathā, udakaṃ viya saddhā, udake temetvā ūsagomayachārikābharehi kāḷakapadese sammadditvā vatthassa dhovanapayogo viya saddhāsinehena temetvā satisamādhipaññāhi dose sithile katvā sutādividhinā cittassa sodhane vīriyārambho. Tena payogena vatthe kāḷakāpagamo viya vīriyārambhena kilesavikkhambhanaṃ, raṅgajātaṃ viya ariyamaggo, tena suddhassa vatthassa pabhassarabhāvo viya vikkhambhitakilesassa cittassa maggena pariyodapananti.</p>
    164. 

  164. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Diṭṭhadhammo</span>ti vatvā dassanaṃ nāma ñāṇadassanato aññampi atthīti tannivattanatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pattadhammo’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Patti ca ñāṇasampattito aññāpi vijjatīti <a name="M2.0040"></a> tato visesanatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘viditadhammo’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Sā panesā viditadhammatā dhammesu ekadesanāpi hotīti nippadesato viditabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pariyogāḷhadhammo’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tenassa saccābhisambodhaṃyeva dīpeti. Maggañāṇañhi ekābhisamayavasena pariññādikiccaṃ sādhentaṃ nippadesena catusaccadhammaṃ samantato ogāhantaṃ nāma hoti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭho ariyasaccadhammo etenāti diṭṭhadhammo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tiṇṇā vicikicchā</span>ti sappaṭibhayakantārasadisā soḷasavatthukā aṭṭhavatthukā ca tiṇṇā vicikicchā <span class="bld">tiṇṇavicikicchā. Vigatakathaṃkatho</span>ti pavattiādīsu ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, kiṃ nu kho’’ti evaṃ pavattikā <span class="bld">vigatā</span> samucchinnā <span class="bld">kathaṃkathā</span>. Sārajjakarānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ pahīnattā tappaṭipakkhesu sīlādiguṇesu suppatiṭṭhitattā <span class="bld">vesārajjaṃ</span> visāradabhāvaṃ veyyattiyaṃ <span class="bld">patto</span>. Attanā eva paccakkhato diṭṭhattā na tassa paro paccetabbo atthīti <span class="bld">aparappaccayo</span>.</p>
    165. 

  165. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para71"></a><a name="para71_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">71</span>. <span class="bld">Paṇḍito</span>ti paññavā.</p>
    166. 

  166. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para72"></a><a name="para72_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">72</span>. <span class="bld">Tena hi sammā</span>ti dovārikena saddhiṃ sallapatiyeva, <span class="bld">‘‘etthevā’’</span>ti tena vuttavacanaṃ sutvāpi tassa atthaṃ asallakkhento. Kasmā? Paridevatāya. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘balavasokena abhibhūto’’</span>ti.</p>
    167. 

  167. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para73"></a><a name="para73_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">73</span>. <span class="bld">Tenevā</span>ti yena uttarāsaṅgena āsanaṃ sammajjati, <span class="bld">teneva udare parikkhipanto</span> ‘‘māhaṃ satthāraṃ mama sarīrena phusi’’nti antaraṃ karonto uttarāsaṅgena taṃ udare parikkhipanto pariggahetvā. ‘‘Dattapaññatta’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.171) viya datta-saddo ettha bālapariyāyoti <a name="V2.0038"></a> āha <span class="bld">‘‘jaḷosi jāto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upaṭṭhākassa aññathābhāvenā</span>ti pubbe attano upaṭṭhākassa idāni anupaṭṭhākabhāvena.</p>
    168. 

  168. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para75"></a><a name="para75_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">75</span>. <span class="bld">Aviññāṇakaṃ</span> dārusākhādimayaṃ. <span class="bld">Bahalabahalaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ raṅgajāta</span>nti ativiya bahalaṃ pītavaṇṇamañjiṭṭhaādiavalepanarajanaṃ. <span class="bld">Ghaṭṭetvā uppāditacchaviṃ,</span> yā <span class="bld">raṅgaṃ pivati. Nillomata</span>nti punappunaṃ anulimpanena. <span class="bld">Khaṇḍakhaṇḍita</span>nti khaṇḍakhaṇḍitabhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Raṅgakkhamo</span> rajaniyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘rāgamattaṃ janetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anuyoga</span>nti codanaṃ. <span class="bld">Vīmaṃsa</span>nti vicāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Thuse koṭṭetvā taṇḍulapariyesanaṃ <a name="M2.0041"></a> viya kadaliyaṃ sārapariyesanaṃ viya ca</span> nigaṇṭhavāde sāravīmaṃsanaṃ. Tato eva ca taṃ vīmaṃsanto <span class="bld">rittako tucchakova hotī</span>ti. Sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ catusaccavinimuttaṃ natthi, tañca vīmaṃsiyamānaṃ viññūnaṃ pītisomanassameva janeti, atappakañca asecanābhāvenāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘catusaccakathā hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Yathā yathā</span>ti yadi khandhamukhena yadi dhātāyatanādīsu aññataramukhena buddhavacanaṃ ogāhissati, tathā tathā gambhīrañāṇānaṃyeva gocarabhāvato gambhīrameva hoti. Yo cettha paṇḍito nipuṇo kataparappavādo paṇidhāya sabbathāmena codanaṃ ārambhati tassa codanā kesaggamattampi cāletuṃ na sakkoti. Puna sucirampi kālaṃ vicārentesupi vimaddakkhamato, evaṃ tathāgatavādo svākhyātabhāvatoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anuyogakkhamo vimajjanakkhamo cā’’</span>ti.</p>
    169. 

  169. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para76"></a><a name="para76_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">76</span>. Visayapariññāṇena dahati paṭipakkhe sodhetīti <span class="bld">dhīro,</span> svāyamassa dhīrabhāvo sabbaso sammohaviddhaṃsanatāyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘yā paññā…pe… tena samannāgatassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pabhinnakhīlassā</span>ti samucchinnasabbacetokhīlassa, kilesamaccumāravijayeneva abhisaṅkhārakhandhamārā jitāva hontīti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ idha aggahaṇaṃ. Īgha-saddo dukkhapariyāyoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘niddukkhassā’’</span>ti. Tattha saupādisesanibbānappattiyā kilesena niddukkhatā, anupādisesanibbānappattiyā vipākadukkhena niddukkhatā. Rajjanadussanamuyhanādivasena vividhaṃ īsanato vīsaṃ, vīsameva vesaṃ, rāgādīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vesantarassāti rāgādivīsaṃ taritvā vitaritvā ṭhitassā’’</span>ti.</p>
    170. 

  170. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tusitassā</span>ti karuṇāyanavasena tusiyā itassa saṃvattassa. Evaṃ sati <span class="bld">‘‘muditassā’’</span>ti idaṃ punaruttameva hoti. <span class="bld">Manujassā</span>ti paṭhamāya jātiyā bhagavā manussajātiyo hutvā vuttānaṃ vakkhamānānañca vasena sadevakaṃ abhibhavitvā ṭhito acchariyo bhagavāti dasseti. Sadevakaṃ lokaṃ saṃsārato nibbānasukhaṃ narati neti pāpetīti naro, nāyakoti attho, tassa <span class="bld">narassa,</span> tenāha <a name="V2.0039"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘punarutta’’</span>nti. ‘‘Manujassā’’ti vatvā ‘‘narassā’’ti punaruttaṃ padaṃ. Atthavasena <span class="bld">aññathā vuccamāne ekekagāthāya dasaguṇā nappahonti,</span> na pūrentīti attho.</p>
    171. 

  171. <p class="bodytext">Vinetīti vinayo, vinayo eva veneyikoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sattānaṃ vināyakassā’’</span>ti. Viññūnaṃ ruciṃ rāti, īretīti vā <span class="bld">ruciro,</span> svāyamassa rucirabhāvo <a name="M2.0042"></a> kusalatāyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sucidhammassā’’</span>ti. Pabhāsakassāti ñāṇālokena pabhassarabhāvakarassa. <span class="bld">Nissaṅgassā</span>ti aṭṭhasupi parisāsu, sadeve vā sabbasmiṃ loke aggaṇhāpanapariccāgena nissaṭassa. <span class="bld">Gambhīraguṇassā</span>ti paresaṃ ñāṇena appatiṭṭhabhāvā gambhīraguṇassa. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, aññeva dhammā gambhīrā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.28). Ariyāya vā tuṇhībhāvena <span class="bld">monappattassa. Dhamme ṭhitassā</span>ti dhammakāye suppatiṭṭhitassa. <span class="bld">Saṃvutattassā</span>ti arakkhiyakāyasamācārāditāya saṃvutasabhāvassa.</p>
    172. 

  172. <p class="bodytext">Āguṃ na karotītiādīhi <span class="bld">catūhi kāraṇehi, pantasenāsanassā</span>ti vivittasenāsanassa. <span class="bld">Paṭimantanapaññāyā</span>ti sabbaparappavādānaṃ viparāvattamantanapaññāya. <span class="bld">Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ</span> sabbato kilesānaṃ nidhunanato.</p>
    173. 

  173. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Isisattamassā</span>ti sabbaisīsu jeṭṭhassa sādhutamassa. <span class="bld">Seṭṭhappattassā</span>ti seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ sammāsambodhiṃ pattassa. <span class="bld">Akkharādīnī</span>ti akkharapadabyañjanākāra-niruttiniddesa-saṃkāsanapakāsana-vivaraṇa-vibhajanuttānīkaraṇānīti byañjanatthapadāni. <span class="bld">Samodhānetvā</span> vineyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ pakāsanato kathanato padakassa. Puri-saddo ‘‘pubbe’’ti iminā samānatthoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘purindadassāti sabbapaṭhamaṃ dhammadānadāyakassā’’</span>ti. Bhagavā asayhaṃ sahituṃ samatthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘samatthassā’’</span>ti. Tenāha – ‘‘tathāgataṃ buddhamasayhasāhina’’nti (itivu. 38). <span class="bld">Te pattassā</span>ti te guṇe anavasesato pattassa. Vitthāretvā saṃkilesavodānadhammaṃ byākarotīti byākaraṇo, byākaraṇo eva <span class="bld">veyyākaraṇo. Tantipada</span>nti tantiṃ āropetvā ṭhapitaṃ padaṃ.</p>
    174. 

  174. <p class="bodytext">Taṇhābandhanena sabbena vā kilesabandhanena <span class="bld">abaddhassa. Mahāpaññāyā</span>ti mahānubhāvāya paññāya, mahāvisayāya vā paññāya. Sabbā hi bhagavato paññā mahānubhāvā, yathāsakaṃ visaye mahāvisayā ca ekādivasena anavasesato mahāvisayā nāma sabbaññutāva. <span class="bld">Ānubhāvadassanaṭṭhenā</span>ti acchariyācinteyyāparimeyyassa attano ānubhāvassa lokassa dassanaṭṭhena<a name="V2.0040"></a>. <span class="bld">Yakkhassā</span>ti vā lokena pūjanīyassa<a name="M2.0043"></a>. Ayaṃ upāsako khujjuttarā viya upāsikā sekhapaṭisambhidāppattoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sotāpattimaggeneva paṭisambhidā āgatā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kilesappahānavaṇṇaṃ kathento</span>ti kilesappahānaṃ visayaṃ nimittaṃ katvā vaṇṇaṃ kathento.</p>
    175. 

  175. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para77"></a><a name="para77_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">77</span>. <span class="bld">Sampiṇḍitā</span>ti sannicitā, ganthitāti attho. <span class="bld">Ime sattā</span>ti yaṃ yadeva paribbhamantā sattā. <span class="bld">Attanova cintayantī</span>ti avītataṇhatāya sakaṃyeva payojanaṃ cintenti. Tathā hi mate ñātake anusocantāpi tehi sādhetabbassa attano payojanasseva vasena anusocanti. <span class="bld">Uṇhaṃ ahosī</span>ti balavatā cittassa santāpena santattaṃ abbhantaraṃ hadayaṭṭhānaṃ khadiraṅgārasantāpitaṃ viya uṇhaṃ ahosi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘lohitaṃ vilīyitthā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pattamatta</span>nti ekapattapūramattaṃ. Abhisamayasādhikāya catusaccadesanāya saṅkhepeneva desitattā āha – <span class="bld">‘ugghaṭitaññupuggalassa vasena dhammadesanā pariniṭṭhitā’’</span>ti.</p>
    176. 

  176. <p class="centered">Upālisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    177. 

  177. <p class="subhead">7. Kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    178. 

  178. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para78"></a><a name="para78_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">78</span>. <span class="bld">Koliyesū</span>ti <a name="V2.0041"></a> bahuvacanavasenāyaṃ pāḷi āgatā. <span class="bld">Evaṃnāmake janapade</span>ti atthavacanaṃ kasmā vuttanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘so hī’’</span>tiādi. Na niyamitoti ‘‘asukamhi nāma vihāre’’ti na niyametvā vutto. <span class="bld">Senāsaneyevā</span>ti āvāseyeva, na rukkhamūlādike. Vesakiriyā ghāsaggahaṇādinā samādātabbaṭṭhena govataṃ, tasmiṃ niyutto <span class="bld">govatiko</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘samādinnagovato’’</span>ti. Yaṃ sandhāyāhu vedavedino – ‘‘gacchaṃ bhakkheti, tiṭṭhaṃ mutteti, upāhā udakaṃ dhūpeti, tiṇāni chindatī’’tiādi. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ acelo</span>ti acelakapabbajjāvasena <span class="bld">acelo,</span> purimo pana govatiko <span class="bld">kukkuravatiko</span>ti ettha vuttanayānusārena attho vattabbo. <span class="bld">Palikuṇṭhitvā</span>ti ubho hatthe ubho pāde ca samiñjitvā. ‘‘Ukkuṭiko hutvā’’tipi vadanti. Gamanaṃ nipphajjanaṃ gatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kā</span> <a name="M2.0044"></a> <span class="bld">gatīti kā nipphattī’’</span>ti. Nipphattipariyosānā hi vipākadhammappavatti. Katūpacitakammavasena abhisampareti etthāti <span class="bld">abhisamparāyo,</span> paraloko. Tatthassa ca nipphattiṃ pucchatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘abhisamparāyamhi kattha nibbattī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kukkuravatasamādāna</span>nti kukkurabhāvasamādānaṃ, ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya ahaṃ kukkuro’’ti kukkurabhāvādhiṭṭhānaṃ.</p>
    179. 

  179. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para79"></a><a name="para79_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">79</span>. <span class="bld">Paripuṇṇa</span>nti yattakā kukkuravikārā, tehi paripuṇṇaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anūna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Abbokiṇṇa</span>nti tehi avomissaṃ. <span class="bld">Kukkurācāra</span>nti kukkurānaṃ gamanākārotiādiācārena kukkurabhāvādhiṭṭhānacittamāha. Tathā tathā ākappetabbato <span class="bld">ākappo,</span> pavattiākāro. So panettha gamanādikoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kukkurānaṃ gamanākāro’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Ācārenā</span>ti kukkurasīlācārena. <span class="bld">Vatasamādānenā</span>ti kukkuravatādhiṭṭhānena. Kukkuracariyādiyeva <span class="bld">dukkaratapacaraṇaṃ</span>. Tena gativipariyesākārena pavattā laddhi. <span class="bld">Assa</span> kukkuravatikassa <span class="bld">aññā gati natthī</span>ti itaragatiṃ paṭikkhipati, itarāsaṃ pana sambhavo eva natthīti. <span class="bld">Nipajjamāna</span>nti vatasīlādīnaṃ saṃgopanavasena sijjhamānaṃ. Yathā sakammakadhātusaddā atthavisesavasena akammakā honti ‘‘vibuddho puriso vibuddho kamalasaṇḍo’’ti, evaṃ atthavisesavasena akammakāpi sakammakā hontīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘na paridevāmi na anutthunāmī’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Anutthuna</span>saddo ca sakammakavasena payujjati ‘‘purāṇāni anutthuna’’ntiādīsu. <span class="bld">Ayañcettha payogo</span>ti iminā gāthāyañca anutthunanarodanaṃ adhippetanti dasseti.</p>
    180. 

  180. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para80"></a><a name="para80_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">80</span>. <span class="bld">Vuttanayenevā</span>ti <a name="V2.0042"></a> iminā <span class="bld">govata</span>nti govatasamādānaṃ. <span class="bld">Gosīla</span>nti gavācāraṃ. <span class="bld">Gocitta</span>nti ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya gohi kātabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti uppannacittanti imamatthaṃ atidisati. Gvākappe pana vattabbaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kukkurākappe vuttasadisamevā’’</span>ti imināva atidiṭṭhaṃ, visiṭṭhañca <span class="bld">yathā pana tatthā</span>tiādinā vuttameva. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ kukkuravatādīsu vuttanayameva.</p>
    181. 

  181. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para81"></a><a name="para81_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">81</span>. <span class="bld">Ekaccakammakiriyāvasenā</span>ti ekaccassa akusalakammassa kusalakammassa karaṇappasaṅgena. <span class="bld">Imesa</span>nti govatikakukkuravatikānaṃ. <span class="bld">Kiriyā</span>ti govatabhāvanādivasena pavattā kiriyā. <span class="bld">Pākaṭā bhavissatī</span>ti ‘‘imasmiṃ kammacatukke idaṃ nāma kammaṃ bhajatī’’ti pākaṭā bhavissati.</p>
    182. 

  182. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāḷaka</span>nti <a name="M2.0045"></a> (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.232) malīnaṃ, cittassa apabhassarabhāvakaraṇanti attho. Taṃ panettha kammapathasampattameva adhippetanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dasaakusalakammapatha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Kaṇha</span>nti kaṇhābhijātihetuto vā kaṇhaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kaṇhavipāka’’</span>nti. Apāyūpapatti manussesu ca dobhaggiyaṃ kaṇhavipāko, yathā tamabhāvo vutto, ekattaniddesena pana <span class="bld">‘‘apāye nibbattanato’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, nibbattāpanatoti attho. <span class="bld">Sukka</span>nti odātaṃ, cittassa pabhassarabhāvakaraṇanti attho, sukkābhijātihetuto vā sukkaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sukkavipāka’’</span>nti. Saggūpapatti manussaloke sobhaggiyañca sukkavipāko, yathā ca jotibhāvo vutto, ekattaniddesena pana <span class="bld">‘‘sagge nibbattanato’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, nibbattāpanatoti attho, <span class="bld">vomissakakamma</span>nti kālena kaṇhaṃ, kālena sukkanti evaṃ missakavasena katakammaṃ. <span class="bld">‘‘Sukhadukkhavipāka’’</span>nti vatvā sukhadukkhānaṃ pavattiākāraṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘missakakammañhī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Kammassa kaṇhasukkasamaññā kaṇhasukkābhijātihetutāyāti, apaccayagāmitāya tadubhayavinimuttassa kammakkhayakarakammassa idha sukkapariyāyopi na icchitoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ubhaya…pe… asukkanti vutta’’</span>nti. Tattha <span class="bld">ubhayavipākassā</span>ti yathādhigatassa vipākassa. Sampattibhavapariyāpanno hi vipāko idha ‘‘sukkavipāko’’ti adhippeto, na accantaparisuddho.</p>
    183. 

  183. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sadukkha</span>nti attanā uppādetabbena dukkhena sadukkhaṃ, dukkhasaṃvattanikanti attho. ‘‘Imasmiṃ sutte cetanā dhuraṃ, upālisutte (ma. ni. 2.56) kamma’’nti heṭṭhā vuttampi atthaṃ idha sādhayati vijānanatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Abhisaṅkharitvā</span>ti āyūhitvā. Taṃ pana paccayasamavāyasiddhito saṃkaḍḍhanaṃ piṇḍanaṃ viya hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘saṅkaḍḍhitvā, piṇḍaṃ katvāti attho’’</span>ti, <span class="bld">sadukkhaṃ loka</span>nti <a name="V2.0043"></a> apāyalokamāha. <span class="bld">Vipākaphassā</span>ti phassasīsena tattha vipākapavattamāha. <span class="bld">Bhūtakammato</span>ti nibbattakammato attanā katūpacitakammato. <span class="bld">Yathābhūta</span>nti yādisaṃ. <span class="bld">Kammasabhāgavasenā</span>ti kammasarikkhakavasena. <span class="bld">Upapatti hotī</span>ti apadādibhedā upapatti. <span class="bld">Kammena viya vuttā</span>ti yaṃ karoti, tena upapajjatīti ekakammeneva jāyamānā viya vuttā apadādibhedā. <span class="bld">Upapatti ca nāma vipākena hoti</span> vipāke sambhavante ekaṃsena te upapattivisesā sambhavanti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘tena upapajjatī’’ti upapattikammahetukā vuttāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Yena kammavipākena nibbatto</span>ti <a name="M2.0046"></a> yena kammavipākena vipaccamānena ayaṃ satto nibbattoti vuccati. <span class="bld">Taṃkammavipākaphassā</span>ti tassa tassa kammassa vipākabhūtā phassā. Kammena dātabbaṃ dāyaṃ tabbipākaṃ ādiyantīti <span class="bld">kammadāyādā,</span> phassā. Kammassa dāyajjatā kammaphalassa dāyajjaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kammadāyajjā’’</span>ti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kammameva nesaṃ dāyajjaṃ santaka’’</span>nti.</p>
    184. 

  184. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tisso ca heṭṭhimajjhānacetanā</span>ti idaṃ abyābajjhavedanaṃ vediyanaekantasukhuppattiyā hetubhāvasādhanaṃ. Yadi evaṃ yathāvuttā <span class="bld">jhānacetanā tāva hotu</span> ekantasukhuppattihetubhāvato. <span class="bld">Kāmāvacarā kintī</span>ti kāmāvacarā pana kusalacetanā taṃsabhāvābhāvato kinti kena pakārena <span class="bld">abyābajjhamanosaṅkhāro nāma jāto</span>ti codeti, itaro pana na sabbā kāmāvacarakusalacetanā tathā gahitā, atha kho ekaccā jhānacetanānukūlāti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘kasiṇasajjanakāle kasiṇāsevanakāle labbhantī’’</span>ti āha. Tattha kasiṇāsevanacetanā gahetabbā, sā upacārajjhānassa sādhikā. Tena <span class="bld">kāmāvacaracetanā paṭhamajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā</span>ti kasiṇasajjanacetanāpi kadāci tādisā hotīti gahitā. Parikammādivasena hi pavattā bhāvanāmayā kāmāvacarakusalacetanā paṭhamajjhānassa āsannatāya vuttā. <span class="bld">Catutthajjhānacetanā tatiyajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā</span>ti idaṃ ekattakāyaekattasaññīsattāvāsavatāya taṃsarikkhakā upekkhāpi īdisesu ṭhānesu sukhasarikkhatā, evaṃ santasabhāvatā ñāṇasahitatā ca. Keci pana catutthajjhānacetanānuguṇāti nidassentā kasiṇasajjanakāle kasiṇajjhānakāle kasiṇāsevanakāle labbhatīti tatiyajjhānacetanāya āsannaghaṭitatā vuttāti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ, vuttanayeneva tāsaṃ ghaṭitatā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Ubhayamissakavasenā</span>ti ubhayesaṃ kusalākusalasaṅkhārānaṃ sukhadukkhānañca missakabhāvavasena. <span class="bld">Vemānikapetāna</span>nti idaṃ bāhullato vuttaṃ, itaresampi vinipātikānaṃ kālena dukkhaṃ hotiyeva.</p>
    185. 

  185. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tassa</span> <a name="V2.0044"></a> <span class="bld">pahānāyā</span>ti tassa yathāvuttassa kammassa anuppattidhammatāpādanāya. <span class="bld">Yā cetanā</span>ti yā apacayagāminicetanā. <span class="bld">Kammaṃ patvā</span>ti sukhakammanti vuccamāne <span class="bld">maggacetanāya añño paṇḍarataro dhammo nāma natthi</span> <a name="M2.0047"></a> accantapārisuddhibhāvato. <span class="bld">Akaṇhā asukkāti āgatā</span>ti ettha sukkabhāvapaṭikkhepakāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘idaṃ pana kammacatukkaṃ patvā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    186. 

  186. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para82"></a><a name="para82_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">82</span>. <span class="bld">Aniyyānikapakkhe</span>ti aceḷakapabbajjāya kukkuravate ca. <span class="bld">Yoge</span>ti ñāyadhammapaṭipattiyanti attho. <span class="bld">Yonenā</span>ti yo titthiyaparivāso tena bhagavatā <span class="bld">paññatto</span>. Yaṃ titthiyaparivāsaṃ samādiyitvāti ayamettha yojanā. <span class="bld">Ghaṃsitvā</span> suvaṇṇaṃ viya nighaṃsoppale. <span class="bld">Koṭṭetvā</span> hatthena viya kulālabhājanaṃ.</p>
    187. 

  187. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vūpakaṭṭho</span>ti vivitto ekībhūto. <span class="bld">Pesitatto</span>ti nibbānaṃ pati pesitatto. Kāmaṃ <span class="bld">tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ…pe… vihāsīti</span> imināva arahattanikūṭena desanā niṭṭhāpitā hoti, āyasmato pana seniyassa paṭipattikittanaparametaṃ ujukaṃ āpannaarahattabhāvadīpanaṃ, yadidaṃ ‘‘aññataro kho panā’’tiādivacananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘arahattanikūṭenevā’’</span>ti. Arahattādhigamoyeva tassa tesaṃ <span class="bld">abbhantaratā</span>. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    188. 

  188. <p class="centered">Kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    189. 

  189. <p class="subhead">8. Abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    190. 

  190. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para83"></a><a name="para83_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">83</span>. Jātiyā <a name="V2.0045"></a> asamāno nihīnācariyo paradattūpajīvikāya mātuyā kucchiyaṃ jāto pādasikaputto. Nindāvasena vadati etenāti vādo aguṇoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vādaṃ āropehīti dosaṃ āropehī’’</span>ti. Nibbattavasena nirayaṃ arahati, nirayasaṃvattaniyena vā kammena niraye niyutto <span class="bld">nerayiko. Āpāyiko</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Avīcimhi uppajjitvā tattha āyukappasaññitaṃ antarakappaṃ tiṭṭhatīti <span class="bld">kappaṭṭho</span>. Nirayūpapattipariharaṇavasena tikicchituṃ sakkuṇeyyoti tekiccho, na tekiccho <span class="bld">atekiccho. Dve ante mocetvā</span>ti pharusaṃ vā appiyaṃ vā kappeyyāti dve koṭṭhāse muñcitvā <a name="M2.0048"></a> te anāmasitvā pucchitaṃ atthaṃ tato bahi karonto uggilati nāma. Taṃ pana evaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘uggilituṃ bahi nīharituṃ na sakkhitī’’</span>ti. Evamevāyaṃ pucchā na gahetabbā, ayamettha dosoti taṃ apucchaṃ karonto apanayanto ogilati nāma, tathā pana asakkonto patiṭṭhāpento na ogilati nāma, bhagavā pana tamatthaṃ okāsampi akaronto ubhayathāpi asakkhīti veditabbo. Kathaṃ? Bhagavā hi <span class="bld">‘‘na khvettha rājakumāra ekaṃsenā’’</span>ti vadanto nigaṇṭhassa adhippāyaṃ viparivatteti, ubho ante mocetvā pañhaṃ vissajjesi, evaṃ tāva uggilituṃ asakkhi. ‘‘Na tatra rājakumāra ekaṃsenā’’ti vadanto eva ca ‘‘nāyaṃ pucchā evaṃ avibhāgena pucchitabbā, vibhajitvā pana pucchitabbā’’ti pucchāya dosaṃ dīpento taṃ hārento ogilitumpi sakkhatīti.</p>
    191. 

  191. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uṭṭhātuṃ na sakkhissati</span> cittassa aññathā pavattiyā. Abhayo dve magge kataparicayo cheko nipuṇo vādasīlo ca hutvā vicarati. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘so vādajjhāsayatāya tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchanto ‘evaṃ, bhante’ti āhā’’</span>ti.</p>
    192. 

  192. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para85"></a><a name="para85_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">85</span>. <span class="bld">Evarūpa</span>nti yā paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā duruttavācā, evarūpā vācā, na pana pharusavācā. Pharusavācāya hi setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Cetanāpharusatāya hi pharusavācā icchitā, na paresaṃ appiyatāmattena. <span class="bld">Naṭṭhā nigaṇṭhā</span> ogilikādisammatassa pañhassa ekavacanena viddhaṃsitattā.</p>
    193. 

  193. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para86"></a><a name="para86_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">86</span>. Dārakassa aṅke nisīdanassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘lesavādino’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">lesavādino</span>ti <a name="V2.0046"></a> chalavādino, vādamagge vā aparipuṇṇatāya lesamatteneva vādasīlā. <span class="bld">Osaṭasaṅgāmo</span>ti anekavāraṃ paravādamaddanavasena otiṇṇavādasaṅgāmo. <span class="bld">Vijjhitvā</span>ti nakhena vijjhitvā. <span class="bld">Imamevā</span>ti yvāyaṃ dārako attano vādabhaṅgapariharaṇatthaṃ iminā aṅke nisīdāpito, imameva <span class="bld">assa dārakaṃ</span> upamaṃ nissayaṃ katvā <span class="bld">vādaṃ bhindissāmi</span>. ‘‘Assa vādaṃ appaṭitatāya upamāya bhañjissāmī’’ti <span class="bld">cintetvā</span>.</p>
    194. 

  194. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Apaneyyaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0049"></a> <span class="bld">assa aha</span>nti assa dārakassa mukhato ahaṃ taṃ apaneyyaṃ. Abhūtatthova abhūtaṃ uttarapadalopenāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘abhūtanti abhūtattha’’</span>nti. Atacchanti tasseva vevacananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘atacchanti na taccha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Abhūta</span>nti vā asantaṃ avijjamānaṃ. <span class="bld">Ataccha</span>nti atathākāraṃ. <span class="bld">Anatthasaṃhita</span>nti diṭṭhadhammikena, samparāyikena vā anatthena saṃhitaṃ, anatthe vā saṃhitaṃ, na atthoti vā anattho, atthassa paṭipakkho sabhāvo, tena saṃhitanti <span class="bld">anatthasaṃhitaṃ,</span> pisuṇavācaṃ samphappalāpañcāti attho. Evamettha catubbidhassapi vacīduccaritassa gahitatā daṭṭhabbā.</p>
    195. 

  195. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Duppayutto</span>ti duppaṭipanno. <span class="bld">Na taṃ tathāgato bhāsati</span> abhūtatādidosaduṭṭhattā. <span class="bld">Tampi tathāgato na bhāsati</span> bhūtatthepi anatthasaṃhitatādidosaduṭṭhattā.</p>
    196. 

  196. <p class="bodytext">Ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ etissā atthīti ṭhāniyā ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā, na ṭhāniyāti aṭṭhāniyā, nikkāraṇā ayuttiyuttā, sā eva kathāti <span class="bld">aṭṭhāniyakathā. Attapaccakkhakathaṃ kathemā</span>ti attanā eva paccakkhaṃ katvā pavattiyamānaṃ chalakathaṃ kathema.</p>
    197. 

  197. <p class="bodytext">Gāmikamahallako ‘‘ime maṃ vañcetukāmā, ahameva dāni ime vañcessāmī’’ti cintetvā <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ bhavissatī’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">‘‘Na mayaṃ dāsā’’tipi vattuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu</span> pubbe tathākatikāya katattā.</p>
    198. 

  198. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatiyaṃ tatiyamevā</span>ti dvīsupi pakkhesu tatiyaṃ tatiyameva vācaṃ. <span class="bld">Bhāsitabbakālaṃ anatikkamitvā</span>ti yassa yadā yathā bhāsitabbaṃ, tassa tadā tatheva ca bhāsanato bhāsitabbaṃ kāraṇaṃ bhāsitabbakālañca anatikkamitvāva bhāsati.</p>
    199. 

  199. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para87"></a><a name="para87_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">87</span>. <span class="bld">Ṭhānuppattikañāṇenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0047"></a> ṭhāne eva uppajjanakañāṇena. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāraṇe tassa taṃ taṃ avatthāya uppajjanakañāṇena, dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvato avabujjhanasabhāvoti <span class="bld">dhammasabhāvo</span>. Dhamme sabhāvadhamme anavasese vā yāthāvato upadhāretīti <span class="bld">dhammadhātu,</span> sabbaññutā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇassetaṃ adhivacana’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Suppaṭividdha</span>nti sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ suṭṭhu paṭivijjhanavasena, suṭṭhu paṭividdhanti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘hatthagataṃ bhagavato’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Neyyapuggalavasena pariniṭṭhitā</span>ti kathāparivibhāgena ayameva <a name="M2.0050"></a> desanā cattāri ariyasaccāni dassento arahattaṃ paccakkhāsīti.</p>
    200. 

  200. <p class="centered">Abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    201. 

  201. <p class="subhead">9. Bahuvedaniyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    202. 

  202. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para88"></a><a name="para88_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">88</span>. <span class="bld">Pañcakaṅgo</span>ti <a name="V2.0048"></a> vaḍḍhakīkiccasādhane vāsiādipañcakaṃ aṅgaṃ saṃdhanaṃ etasminti pañcakaṅgo. Thambhādivatthūnaṃ thapanaṭṭhena <span class="bld">thapati. Paṇḍitaudāyitthero,</span> na kāḷudāyī thero.</p>
    203. 

  203. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para89"></a><a name="para89_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">89</span>. Pariyāyati attano phalaṃ vattetīti <span class="bld">pariyāyo,</span> kāraṇaṃ. Vedanāsannissito ca kāyikacetasikabhāvo <span class="bld">kāraṇaṃ</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kāyikacetasikavasena dve veditabbā’’</span>ti. Tattha pasādakāyasannissitā kāyikā, cetosannissitā cetasikā. <span class="bld">Sukhādivasena tisso</span>ti ettha sukhanadukkhanupekkhanāni sukhādivedanāya kāraṇaṃ. Tāni hi pavattinimittāni katvā tattha sukhādisaddappavatti, iminā nayena sesesupi yathārahaṃ kāraṇaṃ niddhāretvā vattabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Upavicāravasenā</span>ti ārammaṇaṃ upecca savisesapavattivasena. Yasmiñhi ārammaṇe somanassavedanā pavattati, ārammaṇatāya taṃ upagantvā itaravedanāhi visiṭṭhatāya savisesaṃ tattha pavatti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicaratī’’</span>ti. Esa nayo sesavedanāsu <span class="bld">gehassitānī</span>ti gehanissitāni.</p>
    204. 

  204. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para90"></a><a name="para90_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">90</span>. <span class="bld">Pariyāyenā</span>ti ‘‘idamettha dukkhasminti vadāmī’’ti vuttaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya vadati. <span class="bld">Taṃ dassento</span>ti kāmañcettha sutte – ‘‘dvepānanda, vedanā vuttā’’ti dve ādiṃ katvā vedanā dassitā, ekāpi pana dassitā evāti dassento. <span class="bld">Upatthambhetu</span>nti ekāpi vedanā vuttā mayā pariyāyena, evaṃ sati dvepi vattabbāti evaṃ tassa vādaṃ upatthambhetuṃ. Kathaṃ pana ekā vedanā vuttāti? Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, idamettha dukkhasminti vadāmīti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ <span class="bld">itivuttakavaṇṇanāyaṃ</span> (itivu. aṭṭha. 52 ādayo) paramatthadīpaniyaṃ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.</p>
    205. 

  205. <p class="bodytext">Kathaṃ <a name="M2.0051"></a> panettha rūpāvacaracatutthe arūpesu saññāvedayitanirodhe sukhaṃ uddhatanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ettha cā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Santaṭṭhenā</span>ti paṭipakkhadhammānaṃ vūpasantabhāvena. <span class="bld">Paṇītaṭṭhenā</span>ti bhāvanāvisesavisiṭṭhena atappakabhāveneva seṭṭhabhāvena ca, paccayavisesena padhānabhāvaṃ nītantipi paṇītaṃ. <span class="bld">Vedayitasukhaṃ</span> nāma vedanābhūtaṃ sukhanti katvā. <span class="bld">Avedayitasukhaṃ nāma yāvatā niddukkhatā, tāvatā sukhanti vuccatīti.</span>Atha vā<span class="bld"> nirodho</span> suṭṭhu khādati khanati kāyikacetasikābādhanti <a name="V2.0049"></a> vattabbataṃ arahati sattāhampi tattha dukkhassa nirujjhanato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘niddukkhabhāvasaṅkhātena sukhaṭṭhenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    206. 

  206. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para91"></a><a name="para91_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">91</span>. <span class="bld">Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ</span> bhave, cittuppāde, avatthāya vā niddukkhabhāvo, dukkhassa paṭipakkhatā anupalabbhanena dukkhavivittaṃ, taṃ sukhasmiṃyeva paññapeti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    207. 

  207. <p class="centered">Bahuvedanīyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    208. 

  208. <p class="subhead">10. Apaṇṇakasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    209. 

  209. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para93"></a><a name="para93_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">93</span>. <span class="bld">Nānāvidhā</span>ti <a name="V2.0050"></a> nānāvidhadiṭṭhikā <span class="bld">samaṇabrāhmaṇā</span>ti pabbajjāmattena samaṇā, jātimattena brāhmaṇā ca. <span class="bld">Dassana</span>nti diṭṭhi. <span class="bld">Gahita</span>nti abhinivissa gahitaṃ. Iti te attano dassanaṃ gahetukāmā pucchanti. <span class="bld">Vinā dassanena loko na niyyātī</span>ti vimokkhabhāvanāya ekena dassanena vinā loko saṃsāradukkhato na nigacchati. <span class="bld">Ekadiṭṭhiyampi patiṭṭhātuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu</span> saddhākārābhāvato. Tathā hi te imāya desanāya saraṇesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Yasmā aviparīte saddheyyavatthusmiṃ uppannasaddhā ‘‘ākāravatī’’ti adhippetā, tasmā yo loke aviparītadhammadesanā, ayamevesāti pavattā maggasādhanagatāya saddhāya kāraṇabhāvato tannissayā saddhā, sā <span class="bld">ākāravatī</span>ti vuttā. Avatthusmiñhi saddhā ayuttakāraṇatāya na ākāravatī. <span class="bld">Ākāravatī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">vatī</span>-saddo na kevalaṃ atthitāmattadīpako, atha kho atisayatthadīpako pāsaṃsatthadīpako vā daṭṭhabbo. Tena <span class="bld">ākāravatī</span>ti saddheyyavatthuvasena atisayakāraṇavatīti vā pāsaṃsakāraṇavatīti vā <a name="M2.0052"></a> ayamettha attho. <span class="bld">Apaṇṇako</span>ti ettha yathā kañci atthaṃ sādhetuṃ āraddhassa payogo viraddho, tattha akārako viya hoti punapi ārabhitabbatāya. <span class="bld">Aviraddho</span> pana atthassa sādhanato apaṇṇako, evaṃ ayampi dhammo abhibhavitvā pavattanato ekaṃsato ‘‘apaṇṇako’’ti vutto. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘aviraddho advejjhagāmī ekaṃsagāhiko’’</span>ti.</p>
    210. 

  210. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para94"></a><a name="para94_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">94</span>. <span class="bld">Tabbipaccanīkabhūtā</span>ti tassā micchādiṭṭhiyā paccanīkabhūtā.</p>
    211. 

  211. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para95"></a><a name="para95_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">95</span>. <span class="bld">Nesa</span>nti kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. <span class="bld">Akusalato nikkhantabhāve</span>ti asaṃkiliṭṭhabhāve. <span class="bld">Ānisaṃso</span>ti suddhavipākatā. <span class="bld">Visuddhipakkho</span>ti visuddhibhāvo pariyodātatā. Abhūtadhammassa diṭṭhibhāvassa saññāpanā ācikkhanā <span class="bld">abhūtadhammasaññāpanā</span>. Sāvajjesu paramavajje micchādassane paggahaṇanti kuto susīlyassa paggahoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘micchādassanaṃ gaṇhantasseva susīlyaṃ pahīnaṃ hotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Micchādiṭṭhiādayo</span>ti ettha micchāsaṅkappo paralokābhāvacintā, micchāvācā paralokābhāvavādabhūto musāvādo, ariyānaṃ paccanīkatādayo. <span class="bld">Aparāparaṃ uppajjanavasenā</span>ti punappunaṃ citte uppajjanavasena. <span class="bld">Pāpakā akusalā dhammā</span>ti paccavekkhaṇasaññāpanādikāle uppajjanakā tathāpavattā akusalakhandhā.</p>
    212. 

  212. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kaliggaho</span>ti <a name="V2.0051"></a> anatthapariggaho. So pana yasmā diṭṭheva dhamme abhisamparāyañca parājayo hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘parājayaggāho’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dussamatto</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">du</span>-saddo ‘‘samādinno’’ti etthāpi ānetvā yojetabboti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dupparāmaṭṭho’’</span>ti. Yathā dupparāmaṭṭho hoti, evaṃ samādinno dussamatto dusamādinno vutto. <span class="bld">Sakavādameva pharitvā</span>ti attano natthikavādameva ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti (ma. ni. 2.187; 3.27-28) avadhārento aññassa okāsaadānavasena pharitvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘adhimuccitvā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Sambuddho’’tiādi adhimuccanākāradassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Riñcatī</span>ti viveceti apaneti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vajjetī’’</span>ti.</p>
    213. 

  213. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para96"></a><a name="para96_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">96</span>. <span class="bld">Kaṭaggaho</span>ti kataṃ sabbaso siddhimeva katvā gahaṇaṃ. So pana jayalābho hotīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘jayaggāho’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Suggahito</span>ti suṭṭhukaraṇavasena gahito. <span class="bld">Suparāmaṭṭho</span>ti suṭṭhu parāparaṃ āsevanavasena āmaṭṭho<a name="M2.0053"></a>. Ubhayenapi tassa kammassa katūpacitabhāvaṃ dasseti, <span class="bld">sotthibhāvāvahattañca</span> saggupapattisaṃvattanato pāpasabhāvapahānato ca.</p>
    214. 

  214. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para97"></a><a name="para97_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">97</span>. <span class="bld">Sahatthā karontassā</span>ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.166; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.3.211) sahattheneva karontassa. Nissaggiyathāvarādayopi idha sahatthakaraṇeneva saṅgahitā. <span class="bld">Pacanaṃ</span> dahanaṃ vibādhananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘daṇḍena pīḷentassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sokaṃ sayaṃ karontassā</span>ti parassa sokakāraṇaṃ sayaṃ karontassa, sokaṃ vā uppādentassa. <span class="bld">Parehi</span> attano vacanakarehi. <span class="bld">Sayampi phandato</span>ti parassa vibādhanapayogena sayampi phandato. <span class="bld">Atipātayato</span>ti padaṃ suddhakattuatthe hetukattuatthe ca vattatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘hanantassapi hanāpentassāpī’’</span>ti.</p>
    215. 

  215. <p class="bodytext">Gharassa bhitti anto bahi ca sandhitā hutvā ṭhitā <span class="bld">gharasandhi</span>. Kiñcipi asesetvā niravasesameva lopoti <span class="bld">nillopo</span>. Ekāgāre niyutto vilopo <span class="bld">ekāgāriko</span>. Parito sabbaso panthe hananaṃ <span class="bld">paripantho</span>. <span class="bld">Pāpaṃ na karīyati</span> pubbe asato uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā, tasmā <span class="bld">natthi pāpaṃ</span>. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ sattā pāpaṃ paṭipajjantīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sattā pana karomāti evaṃsaññino hontī’’</span>ti. Evaṃ kirassa hoti ‘‘imesañhi sattānaṃ hiṃsādikiriyā na attānaṃ phusati tassa niccatāya nibbikārattā, sarīraṃ pana acetanaṃ kaṭṭhakaliṅgarūpamaṃ, tasmiṃ vikopitepi na kiñci pāpa’’nti. <span class="bld">Khuraneminā</span>ti nisitakhuramayaneminā. Gaṅgāya dakkhiṇadisā appatirūpadeso, uttaradisā patirūpadesoti adhippāyena ‘‘dakkhiṇañce’’tiādi vuttanti <span class="bld">‘‘dakkhiṇatīre manussā kakkhaḷā’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    216. 

  216. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mahāyāga</span>nti <a name="V2.0052"></a> mahāvijitayaññasadisaṃ mahāyāgaṃ. <span class="bld">Sīlasaṃyamenā</span>ti kāyikavācasikasaṃvarena. <span class="bld">Saccavacanenā</span>ti saccavācāya. Tassa visuṃ vacanaṃ loke garutarapuññasammatabhāvato. Yathā hi pāpadhammesu musāvādo garu, evaṃ puññadhammesu saccavācā. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘ekaṃ dhammamatītassā’’tiādi (dha. pa. 176). <span class="bld">Vuttanayenevā</span>ti kaṇhapakkhe vuttanayena. Tattha hi – ‘‘natthi pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo’’ti āgataṃ, idha ‘‘atthi puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo’’ti āgataṃ, ayameva viseso. <span class="bld">Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevā</span>ti <a name="M2.0054"></a> ‘‘tesametaṃ pāṭikaṅkha’’nti evamādiṃ sandhāya vadati, taṃ heṭṭhā purimavārasadisaṃ.</p>
    217. 

  217. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para100"></a><a name="para100_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">100</span>. <span class="bld">Ubhayenā</span>ti hetupaccayapaṭisedhavacanena. <span class="bld">Saṃkilesapaccaya</span>nti saṃsāre paribbhamanena kilinnassa malinabhāvassa kāraṇaṃ. Vuttavipariyāyena <span class="bld">visuddhipaccaya</span>nti saddattho veditabbo. <span class="bld">Bala</span>ntiādīsu sattānaṃ saṃkilesāvahaṃ vodānāvahañca ussāhasaṅkhātaṃ <span class="bld">balaṃ vā,</span> sūravīrabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ <span class="bld">vīriyaṃ vā,</span> purisena kattabbo <span class="bld">purisathāmo vā,</span> so eva paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanappattiyā <span class="bld">purisaparakkamo vā natthi na</span> upalabbhati.</p>
    218. 

  218. <p class="bodytext">Satvayogato, rūpādīsu sattavisattatāya ca <span class="bld">sattā</span>. Pāṇanato assāsapassāsavasena pavattiyā <span class="bld">pāṇā</span>. Te pana so ekindriyādivasena vibhajitvā vadatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ekindriyo’’</span>tiādi. Aṇḍakosādīsu bhavanato <span class="bld">bhūtā</span>ti vuccantīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aṇḍakosa…pe… vadantī’’</span>ti. Jīvanato pāṇaṃ dhārento viya vaḍḍhanato <span class="bld">jīvā</span>ti evaṃ sattapāṇabhūtajīvesu saddattho veditabbo. Natthi etesaṃ saṃkilesavisuddhīsu vasoti <span class="bld">avasā</span>. Natthi nesaṃ balaṃ vīriyañcāti <span class="bld">abalā avīriyā. Niyatatā</span>ti acchejjasuttāvutābhejjamaṇi viya niyatapavattanatāya gatijātibandhapajahavasena niyāmo. <span class="bld">Tattha tattha gamana</span>nti channaṃ abhijātīnaṃ tāsu tāsu gatīsu upagamanaṃ samavāyena samāgamo. <span class="bld">Sabhāvoyevā</span>ti yathā kaṇṭakassa tikkhatā, kabiṭṭhaphalānaṃ parimaṇḍalatā, migapakkhīnaṃ vicittākāratā, evaṃ sabbassapi lokassa hetupaccayena vinā tathā tathā pariṇāmo, ayaṃ sabhāvoyeva akittimoyeva. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yena hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    219. 

  219. <p class="bodytext">Sakuṇe hanatīti <span class="bld">sākuṇiko,</span> tathā <span class="bld">sūkariko. Luddo</span>ti aññopi yo koci māgaviko nesādo. Pāpakammapasutatāya <span class="bld">kaṇhābhijāti nāma. Bhikkhū</span>ti sākiyā bhikkhū, macchamaṃsakhādanato <span class="bld">nīlābhijātīti vadanti</span>. Ñāyaladdhepi paccaye bhuñjamānā ājīvakasamayassa vilomagāhitāya <span class="bld">‘‘paccayesu kaṇṭake pakkhipitvā khādantī’’</span>ti vadanti. <span class="bld">Eke pabbajitā</span><a name="V2.0053"></a>, ye savisesaṃ attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā. Tathā <a name="M2.0055"></a> hi te kaṇṭake vattentā viya hontīti <span class="bld">kaṇṭakavuttikā</span>ti vuttā. Ṭhatvā bhuñjanadānapaṭikkhepādivatasamāyogena <span class="bld">paṇḍaratarā. Acelakasāvakā</span>ti ājīvakasāvake vadati. <span class="bld">Te kira</span> ājīvakaladdhiyā visuddhacittatāya nigaṇṭhehipi <span class="bld">paṇḍaratarā</span>. Nandādayo hi tathārūpāya paṭipattiyā pattabbā, tasmā nandādayo nigaṇṭhehi ājīvakasāvakehi ca paṇḍaratarāti vuttā <span class="bld">‘‘sukkābhijātī’’</span>ti.</p>
    220. 

  220. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ayametesaṃ laddhī</span>ti sākuṇikādibhāvūpagamanena kaṇhābhijātiādīsu dukkhaṃ sukhañca paṭisaṃvedentā anukkamena mahākappānaṃ cullāsītisahassāni khepetvā ājīvakabhāvūpagamanena paramasukkābhijātiyaṃ ṭhatvā saṃsārato sujjhantīti ayaṃ tesaṃ niyati ājīvakānaṃ laddhi.</p>
    221. 

  221. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Natthi dinna’’nti vadanto natthiko dānassa phalaṃ paṭikkhipatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘natthikadiṭṭhi vipākaṃ paṭibāhatī’’</span>ti. Tathā ceva heṭṭhā saṃvaṇṇitaṃ ‘‘natthikadiṭṭhi hi natthitamāhā’’ti. <span class="bld">Ahetukadiṭṭhi ubhaya</span>nti kammaṃ vipākañca ubhayaṃ. So hi ‘‘ahetū apaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti visujjhantī’’ti vadanto kammassa viya vipākassapi saṃkilesavisuddhīnaṃ paccayattābhāvavacanato tadubhayaṃ paṭibāhati nāma. <span class="bld">Vipāko paṭibāhito hoti</span> asati kamme vipākābhāvato. <span class="bld">Kammaṃ paṭibāhitaṃ hoti</span> asati vipāke kammassa niratthakabhāvāpattito. <span class="bld">Atthato</span>ti sarūpena. <span class="bld">Ubhayapaṭibāhakā</span>ti visuṃ visuṃ taṃtaṃdiṭṭhitā vuttāpi sabbe te natthikādayo natthikadiṭṭhiādivasena paccekaṃ tividhadiṭṭhikā eva ubhayapaṭibāhakattā. ‘‘Ubhayapaṭibāhakā’’ti hi hetuvacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Ahetukavādā cā</span>tiādi paṭiññāvacanaṃ. Yo hi vipākapaṭibāhanena natthikadiṭṭhiko, so atthato kammapaṭibāhanena akiriyadiṭṭhiko, ubhayapaṭibāhanena ahetukadiṭṭhiko ca hoti. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo.</p>
    222. 

  222. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sajjhāyantī</span>ti taṃ diṭṭhidīpakaṃ ganthaṃ uggahetvā paṭhanti. <span class="bld">Vīmaṃsantī</span>ti tassa atthaṃ vicārenti. <span class="bld">Tesa</span>ntiādi vīmaṃsanākāradassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ ārammaṇe</span>ti yathāparikappitakammaphalābhāvadīpake ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattāya laddhiyā ārammaṇe. <span class="bld">Micchāsati santiṭṭhatī</span>ti ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādivasena <a name="M2.0056"></a> anussavūpaladdhe atthe tadākāraparivitakkanehi saviggahe viya sarūpato cittassa paccupaṭṭhite cirakālaparicayena ‘‘evameta’’nti nijjhānakkhamabhāvūpagamanena nijjhānakkhantiyā tathā gahite punappunaṃ tatheva āsevantassa bahulīkarontassa micchāvitakkena samādiyamānā micchāvāyāmupatthambhitā ataṃsabhāvaṃ ‘‘taṃsabhāva’’nti gaṇhantī micchāsatīti laddhanāmā taṃladdhisahagatā taṇhā santiṭṭhati<a name="V2.0054"></a>. <span class="bld">Cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hotī</span>ti yathāvuttavitakkādipaccayalābhena tasmiṃ ārammaṇe avaṭṭhitatāya anekaggaṃ pahāya ekaggaṃ appitaṃ viya hoti. Micchāsamādhipi hi paccayavisesehi laddhabhāvanābalehi kadāci samādhānapatirūpakiccakaro hotiyeva vālavijjhanādīsu viyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Javanāni javantī</span>ti anekakkhattuṃ tenākārena pubbabhāgiyesu javanavāresu pavattesu sabbapacchime javanavāre satta javanāni javanti. <span class="bld">Paṭhamajavane pana satekicchā honti, tathā dutiyādīsū</span>ti dhammasabhāvadassanametaṃ, na pana tasmiṃ khaṇe tesaṃ satekicchabhāvāpādanaṃ kenaci sakkā kātuṃ.</p>
    223. 

  223. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti tesu tīsu micchādassanesu. <span class="bld">Koci ekaṃ dassanaṃ okkamatī</span>ti yassa ekasmiṃyeva abhiniveso āsevanā ca pavattā, so ekaṃyeva dassanaṃ okkamati. Yassa pana dvīsu, tīsupi vā abhinivesanā pavattā, so <span class="bld">dve tīṇi okkamati</span>. Etena yā pubbe ubhayapaṭibāhanatāmukhena vuttā atthasiddhā sabbadiṭṭhikatā, sā pubbabhāgiyā. Yā pana micchattaniyāmokkanti bhūtā, sā yathāsakaṃ paccayasamudāgamasiddhito bhinnārammaṇānaṃ viya visesādhigamānaṃ aññamaññaṃ ekajjhaṃ anuppattiyā asaṃkiṇṇā evāti dasseti. <span class="bld">Ekasmiṃ okkantepī</span>tiādinā tissannampi diṭṭhīnaṃ samānabalataṃ samānaphalatañca dasseti, tasmā tissopi cetā ekassa uppannā aññamaññaṃ abbokiṇṇā eva, ekāya vipāke dinne itarā anubalappadāyikā honti. <span class="bld">Vaṭṭakhāṇu nāmā</span>ti idaṃ vacanaṃ neyyatthaṃ, na nītatthanti taṃ vivaritvā dassetuṃ <span class="bld">kiṃ panesā</span>tiādi vuttaṃ, akusalaṃ nāmetaṃ abalaṃ dubbalaṃ, na kusalaṃ viya mahābalanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekasmiṃyeva attabhāve niyato’’</span>ti. Aññathā sammattaniyāmo viya micchattaniyāmopi accantiko siyā. Yadi evaṃ vaṭṭakhāṇukajotanā kathanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘āsevanavasena panā’’</span>tiādi, tasmā yathā ‘‘sakiṃ nimuggo <a name="M2.0057"></a> nimuggova hotī’’ti (a. ni. 7.15) vuttaṃ, evaṃ vaṭṭakhāṇukajotanā. Yādise hi paccaye paṭicca ayaṃ taṃtaṃdassanaṃ okkanto puna kadāci tappaṭipakkhe paccaye paṭicca tato sīsukkhipanamassa na hotīti na vattabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yebhuyyenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    224. 

  224. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā evaṃ saṃsārakhāṇubhāvassapi paccayo akalyāṇajano, tasmā. <span class="bld">Bhūtikāmo</span>ti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthānaṃ vasena attano guṇehi vaḍḍhikāmo. Yaṃ panettha keci vadanti ‘‘yathā cirakālabhāvanāya paripākūpagamaladdhabalattā upanissayakusalā akusale sabbaso samucchindanti, evaṃ akusaladhammā tatopi cirakālabhāvanāsambhavato laddhabalā hutvā kadāci kusaladhammepi samucchindanti. Evañca katvā daḷhamicchābhinivesassa micchādiṭṭhikassa vaṭṭakhāṇukabhāvajotanāpi <a name="V2.0055"></a> samatthitā hotī’’ti yathā taṃ ‘‘vassabhaññānaṃ diṭṭhī’’ti, taṃ na, micchattaniyatadhammānaṃ cirakālabhāvanāmattena na paṭipakkhassa pajahanasamatthatā, atha kho dhammatāsiddhena paccayavisesāhitasāmatthiyena attano pahāyakasabhāvena pahāyakabhāvo bhāvanākusalānaṃyeva vutto, akusalānaṃyeva ca pahātabbabhāvo ‘‘dassanena pahātabbā’’tiādinā nayena, akusalānaṃyeva dubbalabhāvo ‘‘abalānaṃ balīyantī’’tiādinā (su. ni. 776; mahāni. 5) (yuttināpi nāmato vā adhigamaniyo āloko ālokabhāvato bāhirāraṇekā viya na cettha paṭiññatte bhāvesatā sotuno āsaṃkitabbā visesavassa sādhetabbato sāmaññassa ca sotubhāvena adhippetattā veda-saddassa lopo dīpe sabhāve sādhane yathā taṃ saddayabhāvassa nāpi visuddhakaanumānādivirodhasambhāvato. Na hi sakkā antarālokassa bāhirālokassa viya rūpakāyaṃ upādāya rūpatā cakkhuviññeyyattādike patiṭṭhāpetuṃ sakkāti vuttaṃ, nanupi antarāloko aviggahattā vedanā viyāti saddheva ñāṇālokassa avijjandhakārā viya vidhamaniyabhāve sabbesampi kusaladhammānaṃ kenacipi akusaladhammena samucchindaniyatā siddhāva hoti). Vaṭṭakhāṇukacodanāya yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttamevāti tiṭṭhatesā bālajanavikatthanā.</p>
    225. 

  225. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para103"></a><a name="para103_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">103</span>. <span class="bld">Jhānacittamayā</span>ti <a name="M2.0058"></a> rūpāvacarajjhānacittena nibbattā. Tathā hi tesaṃ visesena jhānamanasā nibbattattā ‘‘manomayā’’ti vuttā, avisesena pana abhisaṅkhāramanasā sabbepi sattā manomayā eva. <span class="bld">Saññāmayā</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘arūpajjhānasaññāyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Aya</span>nti rūpitābhāvapaṭipajjanakapuggalo. <span class="bld">Appaṭiladdhajjhāno</span>ti anadhigatarūpajjhāno. <span class="bld">Tassapī</span>ti takkinopi. <span class="bld">Rūpajjhāne kaṅkhā natthi</span> anussavavasena laddhavinicchayattā.</p>
    226. 

  226. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para104"></a><a name="para104_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">104</span>. <span class="bld">Sārāgāyā</span>ti sarāgabhāvāya. <span class="bld">Santike</span>ti samīpe, na thāmagatā diṭṭhinātidūrattā sarāgā, na sampayuttattā. Sā hi na thāmagatā vaṭṭapariyāpannesu dhammesu rajjatīti viññāyatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘rāgavasena vaṭṭe rajjanassā’’</span>ti. Sabbepi saṃyojanā taṇhāvaseneva sambhavantīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhāvasena saṃyojanatthāyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Āruppe panassa kaṅkhā natthī</span>ti anussavavasena laddhanicchayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kāmaṃ duggatidukkhānaṃ ekantasaṃvattanena natthikadiṭṭhiādīnaṃ apaṇṇakatā pākaṭā eva, nippariyāyena pana anavajjassa atthassa ekantasādhakaṃ apaṇṇakanti katvā codanā, sāvajjassapi atthassa sādhane ekaṃsikabhāvaṃ gahetvā parihāro. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘gahaṇavasenā’’</span>tiādi. Tena ruḷhīvasena ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādīni apaṇṇakaṅgāni jātānīti dasseti.</p>
    227. 

  227. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para105"></a><a name="para105_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">105</span>. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā</span> <a name="V2.0056"></a> <span class="bld">tayo puggalāva hontī</span>ti attantapo parantapoti imasmiṃ catukke heṭṭhā tayo puggalā honti. Yathāvuttā pañcapi puggalā duppaṭipannāva, tato <span class="bld">atthikavādādayo pañca</span>puggalā sammāpaṭipannatāya imasmiṃ catukke <span class="bld">eko catutthapuggalova hoti. Etamatthaṃ dassetu</span>nti idha heṭṭhā vuttapuggalapañcakadvayaṃ imasmiṃ catukke eva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vibhāgena duppaṭipattisuppaṭipattiyo dassetuṃ <span class="bld">bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhī</span>ti. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    228. 

  228. <p class="centered">Apaṇṇakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    229. 

  229. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca gahapativaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    230. 

  230. <a name="mn2_2"></a>
    231. 

  231. <p class="chapter">2. Bhikkhuvaggo</p>
    232. 

  232. <p class="subhead">1. Ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    233. 

  233. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para107"></a><a name="para107_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">107</span>. <span class="bld">Ambalaṭṭhikāya</span>nti <a name="M2.0059"></a><a name="V2.0057"></a> ettha ambalaṭṭhikā vuccati sujāto taruṇambarukkho, tassa pana avidūre kato pāsādo idha ‘‘ambalaṭṭhikā’’ti adhippeto. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘veḷuvanavihārassā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Padhānagharasaṅkhepe</span>ti bhāvanāgehappakāre yogīnaṃ geheti attho. <span class="bld">Tikhiṇova hoti,</span> na tassa tikhiṇabhāvo kenaci kātabbo sabhāvasiddhattā. <span class="bld">Evameva</span> attano vimuttiparipācanakammunā tikkhavisadabhāvappattiyā <span class="bld">ayampi āyasmā…pe… tattha vihāsi. Pakatipaññattamevā</span>ti pakatiyā paññattaṃ buddhānaṃ upagamanato puretarameva cārittavasena paññattaṃ.</p>
    234. 

  234. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para108"></a><a name="para108_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">108</span>. Udakaṃ anena dhīyati, ṭhapīyati vā etthāti <span class="bld">udakādhānaṃ. Udakaṭṭhāna</span>nti ca khuddakabhājanaṃ. <span class="bld">‘‘Ovādadānatthaṃ āmantesī’’</span>ti vatvā taṃ panassa ovādadānaṃ na idheva, atha kho bahūsu ṭhānesu bahukkhattuṃ pavattitanti tāni tāni saṅkhepato dassetvā idha saṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavatā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    235. 

  235. <p class="bodytext">Tattha <span class="bld">sabbabuddhehi avijahita</span>nti iminā sabbesaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsane kumārapañhā nāma hotīti dasseti. Ekekato paṭṭhāya yāva dasakā pavattā dasa pucchā etassāti <span class="bld">dasapucchaṃ,</span> ekekato paṭṭhāya yāva dasakā ekuttaravasena pavattaṃ vissajjanatthāya <span class="bld">pañcapaṇṇasavissajjanaṃ</span> sāmaṇerapañhanti sambandho. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ paramatthajotikāyaṃ <span class="bld">khuddakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> (khu. pā. aṭṭha. 4.kumārapañhavaṇṇanā) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Anādīnavadassitāya abhiṇhaṃ musā samudācaraṇato <span class="bld">‘‘piyamusāvādā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, udakāvasesachaḍḍanaudakādhānanikujjanaukkujjanadassanasaññitā <span class="bld">catasso udakādhānūpamāyo</span> sabbassa yuddhakammassa akaraṇakaraṇavasena dassitā <span class="bld">dve hatthiupamāyo</span>.</p>
    236. 

  236. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tattha</span> <a name="V2.0058"></a> <span class="bld">rāhulasutta</span>nti suttanipāte āgataṃ rāhulasuttaṃ (su. ni. 337 ādayo). <span class="bld">Abhiṇhovādavasena vutta</span>nti iminā antarantarā taṃ suttaṃ kathetvā bhagavā theraṃ ovadatīti dasseti. <span class="bld">Idañca panā</span>ti idaṃ yathāvuttaṃ bhagavato taṃtaṃkālānurūpaṃ attano ovādadānaṃ sandhāya. <span class="bld">Bīja</span>nti aṇḍaṃ. <span class="bld">Passasi nū</span>ti <a name="M2.0060"></a> <span class="bld">nu</span>-saddo anujānane, nanu passasīti attho. Saccadhammaṃ laṅghitvā ṭhitassa kiñcipi akattabbaṃ nāma pāpaṃ natthīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sampajānamusāvāde saṃvararahitassa opammadassanatthaṃ vuttā’’</span>ti. Tathā hi –</p>
    237. 

  237. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Ekaṃ dhammamatītassa, musāvādissa jantuno;</p>
    238. 

  238. <p class="gathalast">Vitiṇṇaparalokassa, natthi pāpamakāriya’’nti. (dha. pa. 176);</p>
    239. 

  239. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uruḷhavā</span>ti uruḷho hutvā ussito. So pana damavasena abhiruyha vaḍḍhito ārohanayogyo ca hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘abhivaḍḍhito ārohasampanno’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Āgatāgate</span>ti attano yogyapadesaṃ āgatāgate. <span class="bld">Paṭisenāya phalakakoṭṭhakamuṇḍapākārādayo</span>ti paṭisenāya attano ārakkhatthāya ṭhapite phalakakoṭṭhake ceva uddhacchadapākārādike ca. <span class="bld">Etaṃ padesa</span>nti etaṃ parasenāpadesaṃ. <span class="bld">Ettakenā</span>ti olokanamattena. Tassa olokanākāradassaneneva. <span class="bld">Satampi sahassampi senānīkaṃ dvedhā bhijjati,</span> tīrapātikaṃ madditaṃ hutvā padātā hutvā dvedhā hutvā palāyanti. <span class="bld">Kaṇṇehi paharitvā</span>ti pageva sarānaṃ āgamanasaddaṃ upadhāretvā yathā vego na hoti, evaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā tehi paharitvā <span class="bld">pātanaṃ. Paṭihatthipaṭiassā</span>tiādinā paccekaṃ pati-saddo yojetabboti. <span class="bld">Dīghāsilaṭṭhiyā</span>ti dīghalatāya asilaṭṭhiyā.</p>
    240. 

  240. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Karaṇe</span>ti kammakaraṇe. <span class="bld">Maññati</span> hatthāroho. <span class="bld">Ayamuggara</span>nti tādise kāle gahitamuggaraṃ. <span class="bld">Oloketvā</span>ti ñāṇacakkhunā disvā, abhiṇhaṃ sampajaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti attho.</p>
    241. 

  241. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para109"></a><a name="para109_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">109</span>. <span class="bld">Sasakka</span>nti passituṃ yuttaṃ katvā ussāhaṃ janetvā <span class="bld">na karaṇīyaṃ,</span> tādisaṃ niyamato akattabbaṃ hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ekaṃseneva na kātabba’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Paṭisaṃhareyyāsī</span>ti karaṇato saṅkocaṃ āpajjeyyāsi. Yathābhūto asanto nivatto akaronto nāma hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘nivatteyyāsi mā kareyyāsī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anupadeyyāsī</span>ti anubalappadāyī bhaveyyāsi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘upatthambheyyāsī’’</span>ti. Taṃ pana anubalappadānaṃ upatthambhanaṃ punappunaṃ karaṇamevāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘punappunaṃ kareyyāsī’’</span>ti<a name="M2.0061"></a>. <span class="bld">Sikkhamāno</span>ti taṃyeva adhisīlasikkhaṃ tannissayañca sikkhādvayaṃ sikkhanto sampādento.</p>
    242. 

  242. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para111"></a><a name="para111_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">111</span>. <span class="bld">Kittake</span> <a name="V2.0059"></a> <span class="bld">pana ṭhāne</span>ti kittake ṭhāne pavattāni. Avidūre eva pavattānīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘ekasmiṃ purebhatteyeva sodhetabbānī’’</span>ti āha. Evañhi tāni susodhitāni honti suparisuddhāni. <span class="bld">Paresaṃ appiyaṃ</span> garuṃ gārayhaṃ, yathāvuttaṭṭhānato pana aññaṃ vā kammaṭṭhānamanasikāreneva kāyakammādīni parisodhitāni hontīti na gahitaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭighaṃ vā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">vā</span>-saddena asamapekkhaṇe mohassa saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.</p>
    243. 

  243. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para112"></a><a name="para112_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">112</span>. Vuttanayena kāyakammādiparisodhanaṃ nāma idheva, na ito bahiddhāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘buddhā…pe… sāvakā vā’’</span>ti. Te hi atthato samaṇabrāhmaṇā vāti. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhasāvakehi āruḷhamaggo, rāhula, mayā tuyhaṃ ācikkhito, tasmā. Tena anusikkhantena tayā evaṃ sikkhitabbanti ovādaṃ adāsi. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.</p>
    244. 

  244. <p class="centered">Ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā</p>
    245. 

  245. <p class="bodytext">Samattā.</p>
    246. 

  246. <p class="subhead">2. Mahārāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    247. 

  247. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para113"></a><a name="para113_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">113</span>. <span class="bld">Iriyāpathānubandhanenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0060"></a> iriyāpathagamanānubandhanena, na paṭipattigamanānubandhanena. Aññameva hi buddhānaṃ paṭipattigamanaṃ aññaṃ sāvakānaṃ. <span class="bld">Vilāsitagamanenā</span>ti – ‘‘dūre pādaṃ na uddharati, na accāsanne pādaṃ nikkhipati, nātisīghaṃ gacchati nātisaṇika’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.4.243; udā. aṭṭha. 76; sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.285) vuttena sabhāvasīlena buddhānaṃ cāturiyagamanena. Tadeva hi sandhāya <span class="bld">‘‘pade padaṃ nikkhipanto’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Padānupadiko</span>ti rāhulattherassapi lakkhaṇapāripūriyā tādisameva gamananti yattakaṃ padesaṃ antaraṃ adatvā bhagavato piṭṭhito gantuṃ āraddho, sabbattha tameva gamanapadānupadaṃ gacchatīti padānupadiko.</p>
    248. 

  248. <p class="bodytext">Vaṇṇanābhūmi <a name="M2.0062"></a> cāyaṃ tattha bhagavantaṃ therañca anekarūpāhi upamāhi vaṇṇento <span class="bld">‘‘tattha bhagavā’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Nikkhantagajapotako viya</span> virocitthāti padaṃ ānetvā yojanā. Evaṃ taṃ <span class="bld">kesarasīho viyā</span>tiādīsupi ānetvā yojetabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Tārakarājā</span> nāma cando. <span class="bld">Dvinnaṃ candamaṇḍalāna</span>ntiādi parikappavacanaṃ, buddhāveṇikasantakaṃ viya buddhānaṃ ākappasobhā ahosi, aho sirīsampattīti yojanā.</p>
    249. 

  249. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ādiyamānā</span>ti gaṇhanti. ‘‘Pacchā jānissāmā’’ti <span class="bld">na ajjupekkhitabbo. Idaṃ na kattabbanti vutte</span>ti idaṃ pāṇaatipātanaṃ na kattabbanti vutte idaṃ daṇḍena vā leḍḍunā vā viheṭhanaṃ na kattabbaṃ, idaṃ pāṇinā daṇḍakadānañca antamaso kujjhitvā olokanamattampi na kattabbamevāti nayasatenapi nayasahassenapi paṭivijjhati, tathā idha tāva sammajjanaṃ kattabbanti vuttepi tattha paribhaṇḍakaraṇaṃ vihāraṅgaṇasammajjanaṃ kacavarachaḍḍanaṃ vālikāsamakiraṇanti evamādinā nayasatena nayasahassena paṭivijjhati. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘idaṃ kattabbanti vuttepi eseva nayo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paribhāsa</span>nti tajjanaṃ. <span class="bld">Labhāmī</span>ti paccāsīsati.</p>
    250. 

  250. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabbameta</span>nti sabbaṃ etaṃ mayi labbhamānaṃ sikkhākāmataṃ. <span class="bld">Abhiññāyā</span>ti jānitvā. <span class="bld">Sahāyo</span>ti raṭṭhapālattheraṃ sandhāyāha. So hi bhagavatā saddhāpabbajitabhāve etadagge ṭhapito. <span class="bld">Dhammārakkho</span>ti <a name="V2.0061"></a> satthu saddhammaratanānupālako dhammabhaṇḍāgāriko. <span class="bld">Pettiyo</span>ti cūḷapitā. <span class="bld">Sabbaṃ me jinasāsana</span>nti sabbampi buddhasāsanaṃ mayhameva.</p>
    251. 

  251. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Chandarāgaṃ ñatvā</span>ti chandarāgaṃ mama citte uppannaṃ ñatvā. <span class="bld">Aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle</span>ti vihārapariyante aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūlaṭṭhāne anucchavike.</p>
    252. 

  252. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tadā</span>ti aggasāvakehi pasādāpanakāle. Aññakammaṭṭhānāni caṅkamanairiyāpathepi piṭṭhipasāraṇakālepi samijjhanti, na evamidanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘idamassa etissā nisajjāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ anucchavika’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Ānāpānassati</span>nti ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ.</p>
    253. 

  253. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samasīsī hotī</span>ti sace samasīsī hutvā na parinibbāyati. <span class="bld">Paccekabodhiṃ sacchikaroti</span> no ce paccekabodhiṃ sacchikaroti. <span class="bld">Khippābhiñño</span>ti khippaṃ lahuṃyeva pattabbachaḷabhiñño.</p>
    254. 

  254. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paripuṇṇā</span>ti <a name="M2.0063"></a> soḷasasu ākāresu kassacipi atāpanena sabbaso puṇṇā. <span class="bld">Subhāvitā</span>ti samathabhāvanāya vipassanābhāvanāya ca anupubbasampādanena subhāvitā. Gaṇanāvidhānānupubbiyā āsevitattā <span class="bld">anupubbaṃ paricitā</span>.</p>
    255. 

  255. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Omānaṃ vā</span>ti avajānanaṃ uññātanti evaṃvidhaṃ mānaṃ vā. <span class="bld">Atimānaṃ vā</span>ti ‘‘kiṃ imehi, mameva ānubhāvena jīvissāmī’’ti evaṃ atimānaṃ vā kuto janessatīti.</p>
    256. 

  256. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para114"></a><a name="para114_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">114</span>. <span class="bld">Visaṅkharitvā</span>ti visaṃyutte katvā, yathā saṅgākārena gahaṇaṃ na gacchati, evaṃ vinibhuñjitvāti attho. Mahābhūtāni tāva vitthāretu, sammasanūpagattā, asammasanūpagaṃ ākāsadhātuṃ atha kasmā vitthāresīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘upādārūpadassanattha’’</span>nti. Āpodhātu sukhumarūpaṃ. Itarāsu oḷārikasukhumatāpi labbhatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘upādārūpadassanattha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā cattāri mahābhūtāneva kathitāni, na upādārūpa</span>nti tassa panettha lakkhaṇahāranayena ākāsadassanena dassitatā veditabbā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘iminā mukhena taṃ dassetu’’</span>nti. Na kevalaṃ upādārūpaggahaṇadassanatthameva ākāsadhātu vitthāritā, atha kho pariggahasukhatāyapīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘apicā’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha paricchinditabbassa rūpassa niravasesapariyādānatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘ajjhattikenā’’</span>ti visesanamāha. <span class="bld">Ākāsenā</span>ti ākāsadhātuyā gahitāya. <span class="bld">Paricchinnarūpa</span>nti tāya paricchinditakalāpagatampi pākaṭaṃ hoti vibhūtaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti.</p>
    257. 

  257. <p class="bodytext">Idāni <a name="V2.0062"></a> vuttamevatthaṃ sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ gāthāya dasseti. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti upādāyarūpassa. <span class="bld">Evaṃ āvibhāvattha</span>nti evaṃ paricchinnatāya ākāsassa vasena vibhūtabhāvatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti ākāsadhātuṃ.</p>
    258. 

  258. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para118"></a><a name="para118_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">118</span>. <span class="bld">Ākāsabhāvaṃ gata</span>nti catūhi mahābhūtehi asamphuṭṭhānaṃ tesaṃ paricchedakabhāvena ākāsanti gahetabbataṃ gataṃ, ākāsameva vā ākāsagataṃ yathā ‘‘diṭṭhigataṃ (dha. sa. 381; mahāni. 12), atthaṅgata’’nti (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.130) ca. <span class="bld">Ādinna</span>nti imanti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi ādinnaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭha’’</span>nti. Aññattha kammajaṃ ‘‘upādinna’’nti vuccati, na tathā idhāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sarīraṭṭhakanti attho’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pathavīdhātuādīsu</span> <a name="M2.0064"></a> <span class="bld">vuttanayenevā</span>ti mahāhatthipadopame (ma. ni. 1.300 ādayo) vuttanayadassanaṃ sandhāya vadati.</p>
    259. 

  259. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para119"></a><a name="para119_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">119</span>. <span class="bld">Tādibhāvo</span> nāma niṭṭhitakiccassa hoti, ayañca vipassanaṃ anuyuñjati, atha kimatthaṃ tādibhāvatā vuttāti? Pathavīsamatādilakkhaṇācikkhaṇāhi vipassanāya sukhappavattiatthaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘iṭṭhāniṭṭhesū’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Gahetvā</span>ti kusalappavattiyā okāsadānavasena pariggahetvā. <span class="bld">Na patiṭṭhito</span>ti na nissito na laggo.</p>
    260. 

  260. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para120"></a><a name="para120_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">120</span>. Brahmavihārabhāvanā asubhabhāvanā ānāpānassatibhāvanā ca upacāraṃ vā appanaṃ vā pāpento vipassanāya pādakabhāvāya aniccādisaññāya vipassanābhāvena ussakkitvā maggapaṭipāṭiyā arahattādhigamāya hotīti <span class="bld">‘‘mettādibhāvanāya pana hotī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Yattha katthaci sattesu saṅkhāresu ca paṭihaññanakileso</span>ti āghātabhāvameva vadati ñāyabhāvato aññesampi. <span class="bld">Asmimāno</span>ti rūpādike paccekaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti evaṃ pavattamāno.</p>
    261. 

  261. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para121"></a><a name="para121_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">121</span>. <span class="bld">Idaṃ kammaṭṭhāna</span>nti ettha gaṇanādivasena āseviyamānā assāsapassāsā yogakammassa patiṭṭhānatāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha pana tathāpavatto manasikāro bhāvanā. Ettha ca tasseva therassa bhagavatā bahūnaṃ kammaṭṭhānānaṃ desitattā caritaṃ anādiyitvā kammaṭṭhānāni sabbesaṃ puggalānaṃ sappāyānīti ayamattho siddho, atisappāyavasena pana kammaṭṭhānesu vibhāgakathā kathitāti veditabbā.</p>
    262. 

  262. <p class="centered">Mahārāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    263. 

  263. <p class="subhead">3. Cūḷamālukyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    264. 

  264. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para122"></a><a name="para122_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">122</span>. <span class="bld">Evaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0063"></a> <span class="bld">ṭhapitānī</span>ti ‘‘sassato loko’’tiādinayappavattāni diṭṭhigatāni aniyyānikatāya na byākātabbāni na kathetabbāni, evaṃ ṭhapanīyapakkhe <span class="bld">ṭhapitāni ceva</span> niyyānikasāsane chaḍḍanīyatāya <span class="bld">paṭikkhittāni ca,</span> apicettha atthato paṭikkhepo eva byākātabbato. Yathā eko <a name="M2.0065"></a> kammakilesavasena itthattaṃ āgato, tathā aparopi aparopīti satto tathāgato vuccatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tathāgatoti satto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Taṃ abyākaraṇaṃ mayhaṃ na ruccatī</span>ti yadi sassato loko, sassato lokoti, asassato loko, asassato lokoti jānāmāti byākātabbameva, yaṃ pana ubhayathā abyākaraṇaṃ, taṃ me cittaṃ na ārādheti ajānanahetukattā abyākaraṇassa. Tenāha – ‘‘ajānato kho pana apassato etadeva ujukaṃ, yadidaṃ na jānāmi na passāmī’’ti. <span class="bld">Sassato</span>tiādīsu <span class="bld">sassato</span>ti sabbakāliko, nicco dhuvo avipariṇāmadhammoti attho. So hi diṭṭhigatikehi lokīyanti ettha puññapāpatabbipākā, sayaṃ vā tabbipākākarādibhāvena aviyuttehi lokīyatīti <span class="bld">loko</span>ti adhippeto. Etena cattāropi sassatavādā dassitā honti. <span class="bld">Asassato</span>ti na sassato, anicco addhuvo bhedanadhammoti attho, asassatoti ca sassatabhāvapaṭikkhepena ucchedo dīpitoti sattapi ucchedavādā dassitā honti. <span class="bld">Antavā</span>ti parivaṭumo paricchinnaparimāṇo, asabbagatoti attho. Tena ‘‘sarīraparimāṇo, aṅguṭṭhaparimāṇo, yavaparimāṇo paramāṇuparimāṇo attā’’ti (udā. aṭṭha. 54; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.76-77) evamādivādā dassitā honti.</p>
    265. 

  265. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā</span>ti tathāgato jīvo attā maraṇato imassa kāyassa bhedato paraṃ uddhaṃ hoti atthi saṃvijjatīti attho. Etena sassatabhāvamukhena soḷasa saññīvādā, aṭṭha asaññīvādā, aṭṭha ca nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā dassitā honti. <span class="bld">Na hotī</span>ti natthi na upalabbhati. Etena ucchedavādo dassito hoti. Apica <span class="bld">hoti ca na ca hotī</span>ti atthi natthi cāti. Etena ekaccasassatavādo dassito. <span class="bld">Neva hoti na na hotī</span>ti pana iminā amarāvikkhepavādo dassitoti veditabbaṃ. Bhagavatā pana aniyyānikattā anatthasaṃhitāni imāni dassanānīti tāni na byākatāni, taṃ abyākaraṇaṃ sandhāyāha ayaṃ thero ‘‘taṃ me na ruccatī’’ti. <span class="bld">Sikkhaṃ paṭikkhipitvā</span> yathāsamādinnasikkhaṃ pahāya.</p>
    266. 

  266. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para125"></a><a name="para125_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">125</span>. <span class="bld">Tvaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0066"></a> <span class="bld">neva</span> <a name="V2.0064"></a> <span class="bld">yācako</span>ti ahaṃ bhante bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ carissāmītiādinā. <span class="bld">Na yācitako</span>ti tvaṃ mālukyaputta mayi brahmacariyaṃ carātiādinā.</p>
    267. 

  267. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para126"></a><a name="para126_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">126</span>. <span class="bld">Parasenāya ṭhitena</span> purisena. <span class="bld">Bahalalepanenā</span>ti bahalavilepanena. Mahāsupiyādi sabbo muduhidako veṇuviseso <span class="bld">saṇho. Maruvā</span>ti makaci. <span class="bld">Khīrapaṇṇino</span>ti khīrapaṇṇiyā, yassā chindanamatte paṇṇe khīraṃ paggharati. <span class="bld">Gaccha</span>nti gacchato jātaṃ sayaṃjātagumbato gahitanti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Sithilahanu</span> nāma dattā kaṇṇo pataṅgo. <span class="bld">Etāya diṭṭhiyā sati na hotī</span>ti ‘‘sassato loko’’ti etāya diṭṭhiyā sati maggabrahmacariyavāso na hoti, taṃ pahāya eva pattabbato.</p>
    268. 

  268. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para127"></a><a name="para127_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">127</span>. <span class="bld">Attheva jātī</span>tiādinā etā diṭṭhiyo paccekampi saṃsāraparibrūhanā kaṭasivaḍḍhanā nibbānavibandhanāti dasseti.</p>
    269. 

  269. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para128"></a><a name="para128_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">128</span>. <span class="bld">Tasmātihā</span>ti idaṃ aṭṭhāne uddhaṭaṃ, ṭhāneyeva pana ‘‘vuttapaṭipakkhanayena veditabba’’nti imassa parato katvā saṃvaṇṇetabbaṃ. Attano phalena araṇīyato anugantabbato kāraṇampi <span class="bld">‘‘attho’’</span>ti vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kāraṇanissita’’</span>nti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘brahmacariyassa ādimattampī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pubbapadaṭṭhāna</span>nti paṭhamārambho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    270. 

  270. <p class="centered">Cūḷamālukyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    271. 

  271. <p class="subhead">4. Mahāmālukyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    272. 

  272. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para129"></a><a name="para129_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">129</span>. Oraṃ <a name="V2.0065"></a> vuccati kāmadhātu, tattha pavattiyā saṃvattanato oraṃ bhajantīti <span class="bld">orambhāgiyāni,</span> heṭṭhimamaggavajjhatāya orambhāge heṭṭhākoṭṭhāse bhajantīti <span class="bld">orambhāgiyāni</span> ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhākoṭṭhāsikānī’’</span>tiādi. Kammunā hi vaṭṭena ca dukkhaṃ saṃyojentīti <span class="bld">saṃyojanāni,</span> orambhāgiyasaññitāni saṃyojanāni yassa appahīnāni, tasseva vaṭṭadukkhaṃ. Yassa pana tāni pahīnāni, tassa taṃ natthīti. <span class="bld">Appahīnatāya anusetī</span>ti ariyamaggena asamucchinnatāya kāraṇalābhe <a name="M2.0067"></a> sati uppajjati, appahīnabhāvena anuseti. <span class="bld">Anusayamāno saṃyojanaṃ nāma hotī</span>ti anusayattaṃ pharitvā pavattamāno pāpadhammo yathāvuttenatthena saṃyojanaṃ nāma hoti. Etena yadi pana anusayato saṃyojanaṃ pavattaṃ, tathāpi ye te kāmarāgādayo ‘‘anusayā’’ti vuccanti, teyeva bandhanaṭṭhena saṃyojanānīti dasseti.</p>
    273. 

  273. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Evaṃ santepī</span>ti yadeva orambhāgiyasaṃyojanaṃ bhagavatā pucchitaṃ, tadeva therenapi vissajjitaṃ, tathāpi ayaṃ laddhi sannissayā. Tattha dosāropanāti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tassa vāde’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Samudācārakkhaṇeyevā</span>ti pavattikkhaṇe eva. Na hi sabbe vattamānā kilesā saṃyojanatthaṃ pharantīti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti tena kāraṇena, tathāladdhikattāti attho. Cintesi ‘‘dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti yojanā. <span class="bld">Attano dhammatāyevā</span>ti ajjhattāsayeneva. <span class="bld">Visaṃvāditā</span>ti satthu cittassa anārādhanena vivecitā. <span class="bld">Evamakāsi</span> evaṃ dhammaṃ desāpesi.</p>
    274. 

  274. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para130"></a><a name="para130_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">130</span>. <span class="bld">Sakkāyadiṭṭhipariyuṭṭhitenā</span>ti pariyuṭṭhānasamatthasakkāyadiṭṭhikena. Tathābhūtañca cittaṃ tāya diṭṭhiyā vigayhitaṃ ajjhotthaṭañca nāma hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘gahitena abhibhūtenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhinissaraṇaṃ nāma</span> dassanamaggo tena samucchinditabbato, so pana nibbānaṃ āgamma taṃ samucchindati, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhinissaraṇaṃ nibbāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Avinoditā anīhaṭā</span>ti padadvayenapi samucchedavasena appahīnattaṃyeva vadati. <span class="bld">Aññaṃ saṃyojanaṃ añño anusayoti vadanti,</span> sahabhāvo nāma aññena hoti. Na hi tadeva tena sahāti vuccatīti tesaṃ adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Aññenā</span>ti atthato aññena. Avatthāmattato yadipi avayavavinimutto samudāyo natthi, avayavo pana samudāyo na hotīti so samudāyato añño evāti sakkā vattunti yathāvuttassa parihārassa appāṭihīrakataṃ āsaṅkitvā pakkhantaraṃ āsallitaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘athāpi siyā’’</span>tiādinā. Pakkhantarehi parihārā <a name="V2.0066"></a> hontīti yathāvuttañāyenapi añño puriso athāpi siyā, ayaṃ panettha añño dosoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yadi tadevā’’</span>tiādi. Athāpi siyā tuyhaṃ yadi parivitakko īdiso yadi tadeva saṃyojanantiādi. <span class="bld">Imamatthaṃ sandhāyā</span>ti paramatthato so eva <a name="M2.0068"></a> kileso saṃyojanamanusayo ca, bandhanatthaappahīnatthānaṃ pana attheva bhedoti imamatthaṃ sandhāya.</p>
    275. 

  275. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para132"></a><a name="para132_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">132</span>. <span class="bld">Tacacchedo viya samāpatti</span> kilesānaṃ samāpattivikkhambhanassa sāracchedassa anusayassa dūrabhāvato. <span class="bld">Pheggucchedo viya vipassanā</span> tassa āsannabhāvato. <span class="bld">Evarūpā puggalā</span>ti abhāvitasaddhādibalatāya dubbalanāmakāyā puggalā, yesaṃ sakkāyanirodhāya…pe… nādhimuccati. <span class="bld">Evaṃ daṭṭhabbā</span>ti yathā so dubbalako puriso, evaṃ daṭṭhabbo so puriso gaṅgāpāraṃ viya sakkāyapāraṃ gantuṃ asamatthattā. Vuttavipariyāyena sukkapakkhassa attho veditabbo.</p>
    276. 

  276. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para133"></a><a name="para133_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">133</span>. <span class="bld">Upadhivivekenā</span>ti iminā <span class="bld">upadhivivekā</span>ti karaṇe nissakkananti dasseti, <span class="bld">upadhivivekā</span>ti vā hetumhi nissakkavacanassa <span class="bld">upadhivivekenā</span>ti hetumhi karaṇavacanena pañcakāmaguṇaviveko kathito. Kāmaguṇāpi hi upadhīyati ettha dukkhanti upadhīti vuccantīti. Thinamiddhapaccayā kāyavijambhitādibhedaṃ <span class="bld">kāyālasiyaṃ. Tatthā</span>ti antosamāpattiyaṃ samāpattiabbhantare jātaṃ. Taṃ pana samāpattipariyāpannampi apariyāpannampīti tadubhayaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘antosamāpattikkhaṇeyevā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Rūpādayo dhamme</span>ti rūpavedanādike pañcakkhandhadhamme. <span class="bld">Na niccato</span>ti iminā niccapaṭikkhepato tesaṃ aniccatamāha. Tato eva udayavayantato vipariṇāmato tāvakālikato ca te aniccāti jotitaṃ hoti. Yañhi niccaṃ na hoti, taṃ udayabbayaparicchinnaṃ jarāya maraṇena cāti dvedhā vipariṇataṃ ittarakhaṇameva ca hoti. <span class="bld">Na sukhato</span>ti iminā sukhapaṭikkhepato tesaṃ dukkhatamāha, ato eva abhiṇhaṃ paṭipīḷanato dukkhavatthuto ca te dukkhāti jotitaṃ hoti. Udayabbayavantatāya hi te abhiṇhaṃ paṭipīḷanato nirantaradukkhatāya dukkhasseva ca adhiṭṭhānabhūtāti. Paccayayāpanīyatāya rogamūlatāya ca <span class="bld">rogato</span>. Dukkhatāsūlayogitāya kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātapakkabhijjanato ca <span class="bld">gaṇḍato</span>. Pīḷājananato antotudanato dunnīharaṇato ca avaddhiāvahato aghavatthuto ca aserībhāvato ābādhapadaṭṭhānatāya ca <span class="bld">ābādhato</span>. Avasavattanato avidheyyatāya <span class="bld">parato</span><a name="M2.0069"></a>. Byādhijarāmaraṇehi palujjanīyatāya <span class="bld">palokato</span>. Sāmīnivāsīkārakavedakaadhiṭṭhāyakavirahato <span class="bld">suññato</span>. Attapaṭikkhepaṭṭhena <span class="bld">anattato,</span> rūpādidhammāpi na ettha attā hontīti anattā, evaṃ ayampi na attā hotīti anattā. Tena <a name="V2.0067"></a> abyāpārato nirīhato tucchato anattāti dīpitaṃ hoti. Lakkhaṇattayameva avabodhatthaṃ ekādasahi padehi vibhajitvā gahitanti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    277. 

  277. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Antosamāpattiya</span>nti samāpattīnaṃ sahajātatāya samāpattīnaṃ abbhantare. <span class="bld">Cittaṃ paṭisaṃharatī</span>ti tappaṭibaddhachandarāgādiupakkilesavikkhambhanena vipassanācittaṃ paṭisaṃharati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mocetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Savanavasenā</span>ti ‘‘sabbasaṅkhārasamatho’’tiādinā savanavasena. <span class="bld">Thutivasenā</span>ti tatheva thomanāvasena guṇato saṃkittanavasena. <span class="bld">Pariyattivasenā</span>ti tassa dhammassa pariyāpuṇanavasena. <span class="bld">Paññattivasenā</span>ti tadatthassa paññāpanavasena. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇakaraṇavaseneva</span> upasaṃharati maggacittaṃ. <span class="bld">Etaṃ santa</span>ntiādi pana avadhāraṇanivattitatthadassanaṃ. Yathā vipassanā ‘‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇīta’’ntiādinā asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati, evaṃ maggo nibbānaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena abhisamento tattha labbhamāne sabbe visese asammohato <span class="bld">paṭivijānanto tattha cittaṃ upasaṃharati</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘iminā pana ākārenā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">So tattha ṭhito</span>ti so adandhavipassano yogī tattha tāya aniccādilakkhaṇattayārammaṇāya vipassanāya ṭhito. <span class="bld">Sabbaso</span>ti tassa maggassa adhigamāya nibbattitasamathavipassanāsu. <span class="bld">Asakkonto anāgāmī hotī</span>ti heṭṭhimamaggavahāsu eva samathavipassanāsu chandarāgaṃ pahāya aggamaggavahāsu tāsu nikantiṃ pariyādātuṃ asakkonto anāgāmitāyameva saṇṭhāti.</p>
    278. 

  278. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samatikkantattā</span>ti samathavasena vipassanāvasena cāti sabbathāpi rūpassa atikkantattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ayañhī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Anenā</span>ti yoginā. <span class="bld">Taṃ atikkammā</span>ti idaṃ yo vā paṭhamaṃ pañcavokārabhavapariyāpanne dhamme sammadeva sammasitvā te vivajjetvā tato arūpasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā arūpadhamme sammasati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘idāni arūpaṃ sammasatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    279. 

  279. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samathavasena</span> <a name="M2.0070"></a> <span class="bld">gacchato</span>ti samathappadhānaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ anuyuñjantassa. <span class="bld">Cittekaggatā dhuraṃ hotī</span>ti tassa vipassanābhāvanāya tathā pubbe pavattattā vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā samādhippadhānā hoti, maggepi cittekaggatā dhuraṃ hoti, samādhindriyaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ balavaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">So cetovimutto nāmā</span>ti so ariyo cetovimutto nāma hoti. <span class="bld">Vipassanāvasena gacchato</span>ti ‘‘samathavasena gacchato’’ti ettha vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. Ayañca puggalavibhāgo suttantanayena idhābhihito pariyāyo nāma, abhidhammanayena parato kīṭāgirisuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ dassayissāma. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ sabhāvadhammoyevā</span>ti pubbabhāgapaṭipadā samathappadhānā ce samādhi dhuraṃ, vipassanāpadhānā ce paññā dhuranti ayaṃ dhammasabhāvoyeva, ettha kiñci na āsaṅkitabbaṃ.</p>
    280. 

  280. <p class="bodytext">Indriyaparopariyattaṃ <a name="V2.0068"></a> <span class="bld">indriyavemattatā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘indriyanānattaṃ vadāmī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Indriyanānattatā kāraṇa</span>nti idaṃ dasseti – aniccādivasena vipassanābhiniveso viya samathavasena vipassanāvasena ca yaṃ pubbabhāgagamanaṃ, taṃ appamāṇaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanaṃ, yassa samādhi dhuraṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ balavaṃ hoti, <span class="bld">so</span> ariyo <span class="bld">cetovimutti nāma hoti</span>. Yassa paññā dhuraṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ balavaṃ hoti <span class="bld">so</span> ariyo <span class="bld">paññāvimutto nāma hoti</span>. Idāni tamatthaṃ buddhivisiṭṭhena nidassanena dassento <span class="bld">‘‘dve aggasāvakā’’</span>tiādimāha, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    281. 

  281. <p class="centered">Mahāmālukyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    282. 

  282. <p class="subhead">5. Bhaddālisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    283. 

  283. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para134"></a><a name="para134_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">134</span>. Asiyatīti <a name="V2.0069"></a> asanaṃ, bhuñjanaṃ bhojanaṃ, asanassa bhojanaṃ asanabhojanaṃ, āhāraparibhogo, ekasmiṃ kāle asanabhojanaṃ <span class="bld">ekāsanabhojanaṃ</span>. So pana kālo sabbabuddhānaṃ sabbapaccekabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇavasena pubbaṇho eva idhādhippetoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ekasmiṃ purebhatte asanabhojana’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Vippaṭisārakukkucca</span>nti ‘‘ayuttaṃ vata mayā kataṃ, yo attano sarīrapakatiṃ ajānanto ekāsanabhojanaṃ bhuñji, yena me idaṃ sarīraṃ kisaṃ jātaṃ brahmacariyānuggaho nāhosī’’ti evaṃ <a name="M2.0071"></a> vippaṭisārakukkuccaṃ bhaveyya. <span class="bld">Etaṃ sandhāya satthā āha,</span> na bhaddālimeva tādisaṃ kiriyaṃ anujānanto. <span class="bld">Itarathā</span>ti yadi ekaṃyeva bhattaṃ dvidhā katvā tato ekassa bhāgassa bhuñjanaṃ ekadesabhuñjanaṃ adhippetaṃ. <span class="bld">Ko sakkotī</span>ti ko evaṃ yāpetuṃ sakkoti. Atītajātiparicayopi nāma imesaṃ sattānaṃyeva anubandhatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘atīte’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Viravantassevā</span>ti anādare sāmivacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Taṃ madditvā</span>ti ‘‘ayaṃ sikkhā sabbesampi buddhānaṃ sāsane āciṇṇaṃ, ayañca bhikkhu imaṃ sikkhatevā’’ti vatvā taṃ bhaddāliṃ tassa vā anussāhapavedanaṃ abhibhavitvā. Bhikkhācāragamanatthaṃ <span class="bld">na vitakkamāḷakaṃ</span> agamāsi, vihāracārikaṃ caranto <span class="bld">tassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ bhagavā gacchati</span>.</p>
    284. 

  284. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para135"></a><a name="para135_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">135</span>. Dūsayanti garahanti etenāti doso, aparādho, so eva kucchitabhāvena <span class="bld">dosako</span>. Garahāya pavattiṭṭhānato <span class="bld">okāso</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘etaṃ okāsaṃ etaṃ aparādha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Dukkaratara</span>nti patikāravasena atisayena dukkaraṃ. Aparādho hi na khamāpentaṃ yathāpaccayaṃ vitthārito hutvā duppatikāro hoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vassañhī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    285. 

  285. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Alaggitvā</span>ti imampi nāma apanītaṃ akāsīti evaṃ avinetvā, taṃ taṃ tassa hitapaṭipattiṃ nivāraṇaṃ katvāti attho. Ñāyapaṭipattiṃ aticca eti pavattatīti <span class="bld">accayo,</span> aparādho, purisena madditvā pavattito aparādho atthato purisaṃ aticca abhibhavitvā pavatto nāma hoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā’’</span>ti. Avasesapaccayānaṃ samāgame eti phalaṃ etasmā uppajjati pavattati cāti <span class="bld">samayo,</span> hetu yathā ‘‘samudāyo’’ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ekaṃ kāraṇa’’</span>nti. Yaṃ panettha bhaddālittherassa aparipūrakāritāya bhikkhuādīnaṃ jānanaṃ, tampi kāraṇaṃ katvā ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, na ussahāmī’’tiādinā vattabbanti dasseti.</p>
    286. 

  286. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para136"></a><a name="para136_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">136</span>. <span class="bld">Ekacittakkhaṇikā</span>ti <a name="V2.0070"></a> paṭhamamaggacittakkhaṇena ekacittakkhaṇikā. <span class="bld">Evaṃ āṇāpetuṃ na yutta</span>nti saṅkamatthāya āṇāpetuṃ na yuttaṃ payojanābhāvato. Anāciṇṇañcetaṃ buddhānaṃ, yadidaṃ padasā akkamanaṃ. Tathā hi –</p>
    287. 

  287. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu;</p>
    288. 

  288. <p class="gathalast">Mā naṃ kalalaṃ akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.53);</p>
    289. 

  289. <p class="bodytext">Sumedhapaṇḍitena <a name="M2.0072"></a> paccāsīsitaṃ na kataṃ. Yathāha –</p>
    290. 

  290. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;</p>
    291. 

  291. <p class="gathalast">Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.60);</p>
    292. 

  292. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Bhagavatā āṇatte sati tesampi evaṃ kātuṃ na yutta</span>nti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Etesaṃ paṭibāhituṃ yutta</span>nti idaṃ aṭṭhānaparikappanavaseneva vuttaṃ. Na hi buddhānaṃ kātuṃ āraddhaṃ nāma kiccaṃ kehici paṭibāhituṃ yuttaṃ nāma atthi paṭibāhituṃyeva akaraṇato. Sammattaniyāmassa anokkantattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘bāhirako’’</span>ti.</p>
    293. 

  293. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para137"></a><a name="para137_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">137</span>. <span class="bld">Na kammaṭṭhānaṃ allīyatī</span>ti cittaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ na otarati.</p>
    294. 

  294. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para140"></a><a name="para140_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">140</span>. <span class="bld">Punappunaṃ kārentī</span>ti daṇḍakammapaṇāmanādikāraṇaṃ punappunaṃ kārenti. <span class="bld">Sammāvattamhi na vattatī</span>ti tassā tassā āpattiyā vuṭṭhānatthaṃ bhagavatā paññattasammāvattamhi na vattati. <span class="bld">Anulomavatte na vattatī</span>ti yena yena vattena saṅgho anulomiko hoti, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ anulomavatte na vattati vilomameva gaṇhāti, paṭilomena hoti. <span class="bld">Nitthāraṇakavattamhī</span>ti yena vattena saṅgho anulomiko hoti, sāpattikabhāvato nitthiṇṇo hoti, tamhi nitthāraṇavattasmiṃ na vattati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘āpattī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Dubbacakaraṇe</span>ti dubbacassa bhikkhuno karaṇe.</p>
    295. 

  295. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para144"></a><a name="para144_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">144</span>. <span class="bld">Yāpetī</span>ti vattati, sāsane tiṭṭhatīti attho. <span class="bld">Abhiññāpattā</span>ti ‘‘asuko asuko ca thero sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo bahussuto’’tiādinā abhiññātabhāvaṃ pattā adhigataabhiññātā.</p>
    296. 

  296. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para145"></a><a name="para145_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">145</span>. <span class="bld">Sattesu hāyamānesū</span>ti kilesabahulatāya paṭipajjanakasattesu parihāyantesu paṭipathesu <a name="V2.0071"></a> jāyamānesu. <span class="bld">Antaradhāyati nāma</span> tadādhāratāya. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhadhammikā</span> parūpavādādayo. <span class="bld">Samparāyikā</span> apāyadukkhavisesā. Āsavanti tena tena paccayena pavattantīti <span class="bld">āsavā. Nesa</span>nti parūpavādādiāsavānaṃ. <span class="bld">Te</span>ti vītikkamadhammā.</p>
    297. 

  297. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Akālaṃ dassetvā</span>ti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā akālaṃ dassetvā. <span class="bld">Uppatti</span>nti āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānamuppattiṃ. Sikkhāpadapaññattiyā <span class="bld">kālaṃ, tāva</span> <a name="M2.0073"></a> <span class="bld">senāsanāni pahonti,</span> tena āvāsamacchariyādihetunā sāsane ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā na uppajjanti. <span class="bld">Iminā nayenā</span>ti iminā pana hetunā padasodhammasikkhāpadānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.</p>
    298. 

  298. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yasa</span>nti kittisaddaṃ parivārañca. Sāgatattherassa nāgadamanakittiyasādivasena surāpānasaṅkhāto āsavaṭṭhāniyo dhammo uppajji.</p>
    299. 

  299. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rasena rasaṃ saṃsandetvā</span>ti upādinnakaphassarasena anupādinnakaphassarasaṃ saṃsandetvā.</p>
    300. 

  300. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para146"></a><a name="para146_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">146</span>. Na kho, bhaddāli, eseva hetu, atha kho aññampi atthīti dassento bhagavā <span class="bld">‘‘apicā’’</span>tiādimāha. Tena dhammassa sakkaccasavane theraṃ niyojeti.</p>
    301. 

  301. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para147"></a><a name="para147_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">147</span>. <span class="bld">Visevanācāra</span>nti adantakiriyaṃ. <span class="bld">Parinibbāyatī</span>ti vūpasammati. Tattha adantakiriyaṃ pahāya danto hoti. <span class="bld">Yugassā</span>ti rathadhurassa.</p>
    302. 

  302. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anukkame</span>ti anurūpaparigame. Tadavatthānurūpaṃ pādānaṃ <span class="bld">ukkhipane nikkhipane</span> ca. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘cattāro pāde’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Rajjubandhanavidhānenā</span>ti pādato bhūmiyā mocanavidhānena. <span class="bld">Evaṃ karaṇattha</span>nti yathā asse nisinnasseva bhūmiṃ gahetuṃ sakkā, evaṃ cattāro pāde tathā katvā attano niccalabhāvakaraṇatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Maṇḍale</span>ti maṇḍaladhāvikāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Pathavīkamane</span>ti pathaviṃ phuṭṭhamattena gamane. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘aggaggakhurehī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Okkantakaraṇasmi</span>nti okkantetvā parasenāsammaddana okkantakaraṇe. <span class="bld">Ekasmiṃ ṭhāne</span>ti catūsu pādesu yattha katthaci ekasmiṃ ṭhāne gamanaṃ codentīti attho, so panettha sīghataro adhippeto. <span class="bld">Davatte</span>ti mariyādākopanehi nānappayojane, parasenāya pavattamahānādapaharaṇehi attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yuddhakālasmi’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    303. 

  303. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Raññā jānitabbaguṇe</span>ti yathā rājā assassa guṇe jānāti, evaṃ tena jānitabbaguṇakāraṇaṃ <a name="V2.0072"></a> kāreti. <span class="bld">Assarājavaṃse</span>ti dussahaṃ dukkhaṃ patvāpi yathā ayaṃ rājavaṃsānurūpakiriyaṃ na jahissati, evaṃ sikkhāpane. Sikkhāpanameva hi sandhāya sabbattha <span class="bld">‘‘kāraṇaṃ kāretī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ tassa karaṇakārāpanapariyāyattā.</p>
    304. 

  304. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yathā</span> <a name="M2.0074"></a> <span class="bld">uttamajavo hotī</span>ti javadassanaṭṭhāne yathā hayo uttamajavaṃ na hāpesi, evaṃ sikkhāpeti. <span class="bld">Uttamahayabhāve, yathā uttamahayo hotī</span>ti kammakaraṇakāle attano uttamasabhāvaṃ aniguhitvā avajjetvā yathā atthasiddhi hoti, evaṃ paramajavena sikkhāpeti. Yathā kiriyā vinā dabbampi vinā kiriyaṃ na bhavati, evaṃ daṭṭhabbanti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tattha pakatiyā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    305. 

  305. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti tasmiṃ pakatiyā uttamahayasseva uttamahayakāraṇārahattā uttamajavapaṭipajjane. <span class="bld">Māsakhādakaghoṭakāna</span>nti māsaṃ khāditvā yathā tathā viguṇakhaluṅgakānaṃ. <span class="bld">Valañjakadaṇḍa</span>nti raññā gahetabbasuvaṇṇadaṇḍaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhātupatthaddho</span>ti attanāva samuppāditadhātuyā upatthambhito hutvā.</p>
    306. 

  306. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uttame sākhalye</span>ti paramasakhilabhāve sakhilavācāya eva dametabbatāya. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘muduvācāya hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    307. 

  307. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Arahattaphalasammādiṭṭhiyā</span>ti phalasamāpattikāle pavattasammāñāṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Sammāñāṇaṃ pubbe vuttasammādiṭṭhiyevā</span>ti pana idaṃ phalasammādiṭṭhibhāvasāmaññena vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘paccavekkhaṇañāṇa’’nti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati ‘‘asekkhenā’’ti visesitattā. Tampi asekkhañāṇanti ce? Evampi nippariyāya sekkhaggahaṇe pariyāyasekkhaggahaṇaṃ na yuttameva, kiccabhedena vā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekā eva hi sā paññā nibbānassa paccakkhakiriyāya sammādassanakiccaṃ upādāya ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti vuttā, sammājānanakiccaṃ upādāya ‘‘sammāñāṇa’’nti. Aññātāvindriyavasena vā <span class="bld">sammādiṭṭhi,</span> paññindriyavasena <span class="bld">sammāñāṇa</span>nti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Maggaphalāvahāya desanāya saṅkhepatova āgatattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘ugghaṭitaññupuggalassa vasenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    308. 

  308. <p class="centered">Bhaddālisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    309. 

  309. <p class="subhead">6. Laṭukikopamasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    310. 

  310. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para148"></a><a name="para148_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">148</span>. <span class="bld">Mahāudāyitthero</span>ti <a name="V2.0073"></a> kāḷudāyilāḷudāyittherehi añño mahādehatāya mahāudāyīti sāsane paññāto thero. Apahari apaharati apaharissatīti <span class="bld">apahattā</span>. Tekāliko hi ayaṃ <a name="M2.0075"></a> saddo. <span class="bld">Upahattā</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Apahārako</span>ti apanetā. <span class="bld">Upahārako</span>ti upanetā.</p>
    311. 

  311. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para149"></a><a name="para149_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">149</span>. <span class="bld">Ya</span>nti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, tena ca anantaraniddiṭṭhasamayo paccāmaṭṭhoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmiṃ samaye’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Na bhagavantaṃ paṭiccā</span>ti na bhagavantaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā.</p>
    312. 

  312. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kammanipphannattha</span>nti attanā āyāciyamānakammasiddhiatthaṃ. Bhavatīti bhū, na bhūti <span class="bld">abhū,</span> bhayavasena pana sā itthī ‘‘abhu’’nti āha. <span class="bld">Ātu mātū</span>ti ettha yathā –</p>
    313. 

  313. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Aṅgā aṅgā sambhavasi, hadayā adhijāyase;</p>
    314. 

  314. <p class="gathalast">Attā eva putta nāmāsi, sa jīva saradosata’’nti. –</p>
    315. 

  315. <p class="bodytext">Ādīsu putto ‘‘attā’’ti vuccati kulavasena santāne pavattanato. Evaṃ pitāpi ‘‘puttassa attā’’ti vuccati. Yasmā ‘‘bhikkhussa attā mātā’’ti vatthukāmā bhayavasena <span class="bld">‘‘ātu mātū’’</span>ti āha. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ātūti pitā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    316. 

  316. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para150"></a><a name="para150_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">150</span>. <span class="bld">Evameva</span>nti idaṃ garahatthajotananipātapadanti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘garahanto āhā’’</span>ti. Tathā hi naṃ vācakasaddeneva dassento <span class="bld">‘‘idhekacce moghapurisā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Āhaṃsū</span>ti tesaṃ tathā vacanassa avicchedena pavattidīpananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vadantī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kiṃ panimassa appamattakassā</span>ti pahātabbavatthuṃ avamaññamānehi vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kiṃ panā’’</span>ti. Hetumhi jotetabbe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ yathā ‘‘anussavassa hetu, ajjhenassa hetū’’ti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘appamattakassa hetū’’</span>ti. Nanu apassantena viya asuṇantena viya bhavitabbanti? Satthārā nāma appamattakesu dosesu apassantena viya ca asuṇantena viya ca bhavitabbanti tesaṃ adhippāyena vivaraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Tesu cā</span>ti sikkhākāmesu ca. Appaccayaṃ upaṭṭhāpentīti ānetvā sambandhitabbanti dasseti. <span class="bld">Tesa</span>nti ye ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vuttā puggalā, tesaṃ. <span class="bld">Gale baddhaṃ mahākaṭṭha</span>nti gale olambetvā baddhaṃ rukkhadaṇḍamāha. <a name="V2.0074"></a> <span class="bld">Pūtilatāyā</span>ti galociyā. <span class="bld">Pārājikavatthu viya duppajahaṃ hotī</span>ti chandakappahānavasena taṃ pajahituṃ na sakkoti.</p>
    317. 

  317. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para151"></a><a name="para151_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">151</span>. <span class="bld">Anussukkā</span>ti <a name="M2.0076"></a> tassa pahātabbassa pahāne ussukkarahitā. <span class="bld">Apaccāsīsanapakkhe</span>ti tāya paradattavuttitāya kassaci paccayassa kutoci apaccāsīsakapakkhe ṭhitā hutvā suppajahaṃ hoti, na tassa pahāne bhāriyaṃ atthi.</p>
    318. 

  318. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para152"></a><a name="para152_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">152</span>. <span class="bld">Daliddo</span> duggato. <span class="bld">Assako</span>ti asāpateyyo. <span class="bld">Gehayaṭṭhiyo</span>ti gehachadanassa ādhārā, tā ujukaṃ tiriyaṃ ṭhapetabbadaṇḍā. Samantato bhittipādesu ṭhapetabbadaṇḍā <span class="bld">maṇḍalā. Kākātidāyi</span>nti ito cito kākehi atipātavasena uḍḍetabbaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yattha kiñcidevā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Sūrakākā</span>ti kākānaṃ uḍḍepanākāramāha. <span class="bld">Naparamarūpa</span>nti hīnarūpaṃ. <span class="bld">Vilīvamañcako</span>ti tālavettakādīhi vītamañcako. Sā panassa santānānaṃ chinnabhinnatāya oluggaviluggatā, tathā sati sā visamarūpā hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘oṇatā’’</span>tiādi. So puggalo lūkhabhojī hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dhaññaṃ nāma kudrūsako’’</span>ti. Samakālaṃ vapitabbatāya <span class="bld">samavāpakaṃ,</span> yathāutu vapitabbabījaṃ. <span class="bld">Jāyikā</span>ti kucchitā bhariyā, sabbattha garahāyaṃ ka-saddo. <span class="bld">So vatāhaṃ pabbajeyya</span>nti sohaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā pabbajeyyaṃ, yohaṃ puriso nāma assaṃ vatāti pabbajjāvasena attano purisaṃ bodheyya. Taṃsabhāve ṭhitassa bodhā na tu dukkarā, sā <span class="bld">khaṭopikā. Sā</span> kumbhī. Meṇḍakaseṭṭhino <span class="bld">aḍḍhateḷasāni koṭṭhāgārasatāni viya</span>.</p>
    319. 

  319. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para153"></a><a name="para153_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">153</span>. <span class="bld">Suvaṇṇanikkhasatāna</span>nti anekesaṃ suvaṇṇanikkhasatānaṃ. <span class="bld">Cayo</span>ti santānehi nicayo avīci niccappabandhanicayo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘santānato katasannicayo’’</span>ti.</p>
    320. 

  320. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para154"></a><a name="para154_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">154</span>. Heṭṭhā kiñcāpi appajahanakā paṭhamaṃ dassitā, pajahanakā padhānā, tesañca vasenettha puggalacatukkaṃ dassitaṃ. <span class="bld">Te tañceva pajahantī</span>ti pajahanakā paṭhamaṃ gahitā. <span class="bld">Rāsivasenā</span>ti ‘‘idhudāyi ekacco puggalo’’tiādinā catukke āgatavibhāgaṃ anāmasitvā ‘‘te te’’ti pacuravasena vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na pāṭiyekkaṃ vibhattā’’</span>ti. Avibhāgena gahitavatthūsu vibhāgato gahaṇaṃ lokasiddhametanti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā nāmā’’</span>tiādi <a name="M2.0077"></a> vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Pajahanakapuggalā</span>ti ‘‘te tañceva pajahantī’’ti evaṃ pajahanakapuggalā eva.</p>
    321. 

  321. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upadhianudhāvanakā</span>ti upadhīsu anuanudhāvanakā upadhiyo ārabbha pavattanakā. <span class="bld">Vitakkāyevā</span>ti <a name="V2.0075"></a> kāmasaṅkappādivitakkāyeva. <span class="bld">Indriyanānattatā</span>ti vimuttiparipācakānaṃ indriyānaṃ paropariyattaṃ. Tassa hi vaseneva te cattāro puggalā jātā. Aggamaggatthāya vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā yāva na taṃ maggena samugghātenti, tāva nappajahanti nāma. Iti heṭṭhimā tayopi ariyā appahīnassa kilesassa vasena ‘‘nappajahantī’’ti vuttā, pageva puthujjanā. Vuttanayena pana vipassanaṃ maggena ghaṭentā te cattāro janā aggamaggakkhaṇe pajahanti nāma. Te eva tattha sīghakārino khippaṃ pajahanti nāma, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    322. 

  322. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saṃvegaṃ katvā</span> aggiṃ akkantapuriso viya. <span class="bld">Maggenā</span>ti anukkamāgatena aggamaggena. <span class="bld">Mahāhatthipadopame</span>ti mahāhatthipadopamasutte (ma. ni. 1.300 ādayo). Tattha hi ‘‘tassa dhātārammaṇameva cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.302) ettha atitikkhanātitikkha-nātimandaatimanda-puggalavasena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.302) tayo vārā uddhaṭā, tattha majjhimavaseneva pañho kathito. <span class="bld">Indriyabhāvane</span>ti indriyabhāvanāsutte, tatthāpi majjhimanayeneva pañho kathito. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘imesū’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    323. 

  323. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ta</span>nti ‘‘upadhī’’ti vuttaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ. <span class="bld">Dukkhassa mūla</span>nti sabbassapi vaṭṭadukkhassa kāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Niggahaṇo</span>ti nirupādāno. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nittaṇho’’</span>ti.</p>
    324. 

  324. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para155"></a><a name="para155_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">155</span>. <span class="bld">Ye pajahantī</span>ti ‘‘te tañceva pajahantī’’ti evaṃ vuttapuggalā. <span class="bld">Te ime nāma ettake kilese pajahantī</span>ti ye te puthujjanā lābhino ca pañca kāmaguṇe ettake taṃtaṃjhānādivatthuke ca taṃtaṃmaggavajjhatāya paricchinnattā ettake kilese pajahanti. <span class="bld">Ye nappajahantī</span>ti ettha vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. <span class="bld">Asucisukhaṃ</span> kāyāsucisannissitattā. <span class="bld">Anariyehī</span>ti aparisuddhehi. <span class="bld">Paṭilābhato bhāyitabbaṃ</span> kilesadukkhagatikattā. <span class="bld">Vipākato bhāyitabbaṃ</span> apāyadukkhagatikattā. <span class="bld">Gaṇatopi kilesatopi vivittasukha</span>nti gaṇasaṅgaṇikato ca kilesasaṅgaṇikato <a name="M2.0078"></a> ca vivittasukhaṃ. <span class="bld">Rāgādivūpasamatthāyā</span>ti rāgādivūpasamāvahaṃ sukhaṃ. <span class="bld">Na bhāyitabbaṃ</span> sampati āyatiñca ekantahitabhāvato.</p>
    325. 

  325. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para156"></a><a name="para156_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">156</span>. <span class="bld">Iñjitasmi</span>nti paccatte bhummavacananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘iñjana’’</span>ntiādi. Iñjati tenāti <span class="bld">iñjitaṃ,</span> tassa tassa jhānassa khobhakaraṃ oḷārikaṃ jhānaṅgaṃ. <span class="bld">Catutthajjhānaṃ aniñjanaṃ</span> sannisinnābhāvato. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘ṭhite āneñjappatte’’ti (dī. ni. 1.244-245; ma. ni. 1.384-386; pārā. 12-13).</p>
    326. 

  326. <p class="bodytext">Alaṃ-saddo <a name="V2.0076"></a> yuttatthopi hoti – ‘‘alameva nibbindituṃ, alaṃ vimuccitu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.272; saṃ. ni. 2.124, 128, 134, 143), tasmā <span class="bld">analaṃ</span> anusaṅgaṃ kātuṃ ayuttanti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘akattabbaālayanti vadāmī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sanniṭṭhāna</span>nti sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ alaṃ ettāvatāti ussāhapaṭippassambhanavasena sanniṭṭhānaṃ na kātabbanti yojanā. Uddhambhāgiyasaññitaṃ <span class="bld">aṇuṃ vā</span> orambhāgiyasaññitaṃ <span class="bld">thūlaṃ vā,</span> rūparāgoti evarūpaṃ <span class="bld">aṇuṃ vā</span> kāmāsavo paṭighanti evarūpaṃ <span class="bld">thūlaṃ vā,</span> mudunā pavattiākāravisesena <span class="bld">appasāvajjaṃ,</span> kammabandhanaṭṭhena vā <span class="bld">appasāvajjaṃ,</span> tabbipariyāyato <span class="bld">mahāsāvajjaṃ</span> veditabbaṃ. Nātitikkhapaññassa vasena desanāya pavattattā <span class="bld">‘‘neyyapuggalassa vasenā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Sabbaso hi pariyādinnanikantikassa ariyapuggalassa vasena saññāvedayitanirodhassa āgatattā <span class="bld">‘‘arahattanikūṭeneva niṭṭhāpitā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ panettha atthato na vibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    327. 

  327. <p class="centered">Laṭukikopamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    328. 

  328. <p class="subhead">7. Cātumasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    329. 

  329. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para157"></a><a name="para157_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">157</span>. <span class="bld">Yathāupanissayenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0077"></a> yo yo upanissayo yathāupanissayo, tena yathāupanissayena sammāpayogena. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhahissa</span>nti sāsane patiṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhissanti. <span class="bld">Vasanaṭṭhānānī</span>ti vassaggādivasena vasanaṭṭhānāni. <span class="bld">Saṇṭhāpayamānā</span>ti suvibhattabhāvena ṭhapentā.</p>
    330. 

  330. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Avinibbhogasadda</span>nti vinibhuñjitvā gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyasaddaṃ. Vacīghosopi hi bahūhi ekaccaṃ pavattito ṭhānato ca dūrataro kevalaṃ mahānigghoso <a name="M2.0079"></a> eva hutvā sotapathamāgacchati. <span class="bld">Macchavilope</span>ti macche vilumpitvā viya gahaṇe, macchānaṃ vā nayane.</p>
    331. 

  331. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para158"></a><a name="para158_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">158</span>. <span class="bld">Vavassaggatthe</span>ti nicchayatthe, idaṃ tāva amhehi vuccamānavacanaṃ ekantasotabbaṃ, pacchā tumhehi kātabbaṃ karothāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Vacanaparihāro</span>ti tehi sakyarājūhi vuttavacanassa parihāro. <span class="bld">Lesakappa</span>nti kappiyalesaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhuravahā</span>ti dhuravāhino, dhorayhāti attho. <span class="bld">Pādamūla</span>nti upacāraṃ vadati. <span class="bld">Vigacchissatī</span>ti hāyissati. <span class="bld">Paṭippharito</span>ti na bhagavato sammukhāva, sakyarājūnaṃ puratopi vippharitova hoti.</p>
    332. 

  332. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para159"></a><a name="para159_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">159</span>. <span class="bld">Abhinandatū</span>ti abhimukho hutvā pamodatu. <span class="bld">Abhivadatū</span>ti abhirūpavasena vadatu. <span class="bld">Pasādaññathatta</span>nti appasādassa vipariṇāmo hīnāyāvattanasaṅkhātaṃ parivattanaṃ, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vibbhamantānaṃ. Vipariṇāmaññathatta’’</span>nti. Kāraṇūpacārena sassesu bījapariyāyoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘bījānaṃ taruṇānanti taruṇasassāna’’</span>nti. Taruṇabhāveneva tassa bhāvino phalassa abhāvena <span class="bld">vipariṇāmo</span>.</p>
    333. 

  333. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para160"></a><a name="para160_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">160</span>. Kattabbassa saraseneva karaṇaṃ cittaruciyaṃ, na tathā parassa ussādanenāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pakkosiyamānānaṃ gamanaṃ nāma na phāsuka’’</span>nti. Mayampi bhagavā viya <span class="bld">diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāreneva viharissāmāti dīpeti</span> pakatiyā vivekajjhāsayabhāvato viraddho āgatassa bhārassa avahanatoyeva. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘attano bhārabhāvaṃ na aññāsī’’</span>ti.</p>
    334. 

  334. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para161"></a><a name="para161_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">161</span>. <span class="bld">Kasmā</span> <a name="V2.0078"></a> <span class="bld">ārabhī</span>ti? Sappāyato. Pañcasatā hi bhikkhū abhinavā, tasmā tesaṃ ovādadānatthaṃ bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhīti.</p>
    335. 

  335. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para162"></a><a name="para162_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">162</span>. <span class="bld">Kodhupāyāsassā</span>ti ettha kujjhanaṭṭhena kodho, sveva cittassa kāyassa ca atippamaddanamathanuppādanehi daḷhaṃ āyāsaṭṭhena upāyāso. Anekavāraṃ pavattitvā attanā samavetaṃ sattaṃ ajjhottharitvā sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ adatvā anayabyasanapāpanena kodhupāyāsassa ūmisadisatā daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kodhupāyāse’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    336. 

  336. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para163"></a><a name="para163_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">163</span>. <span class="bld">Odarikattena khādito</span>ti odarikabhāvena āmisagedhena micchājīvena jīvikākappanena nāsitasīlādiguṇatāya khāditadhammasarīro.</p>
    337. 

  337. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para164"></a><a name="para164_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">164</span>. <span class="bld">Pañcakāmaguṇāvaṭṭe</span> <a name="M2.0080"></a> <span class="bld">nimujjitvā</span>ti ettha kāmarāgābhibhūte satte ito ca etto, etto ca itoti evaṃ manāpiyarūpādivisayasaṅkhāte āvaṭṭe attānaṃ saṃsāretvā yathā tato bahibhūte nekkhamme cittampi na uppādeti, evaṃ āvaṭṭetvā byasanāpādanena kāmaguṇānaṃ āvaṭṭasadisatā daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    338. 

  338. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para165"></a><a name="para165_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">165</span>. <span class="bld">Rāgānuddhaṃsitenā</span>ti rāgena anuddhaṃsitena. Caṇḍamacchaṃ āgammāti susukādicaṇḍamacchaṃ āgamma. <span class="bld">Mātugāmaṃ āgammā</span>ti mātugāmo hi yonisomanasikārarahitaṃ adhīrapurisaṃ itthikuttabhūtehi attano hāvabhāvavilāsehi abhibhuyya gahetvā dhīrajātiyampi attano rūpādīhi palobhanavasena anavasesaṃ attano upakāradhamme sīlādike sampādetuṃ asamatthaṃ karonto anayabyasanaṃ pāpeti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘mātugāmaṃ āgamma uppannakāmarāgo vibbhamatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    339. 

  339. <p class="bodytext">Bhayaṃ nāma yattha bhāyitabbavatthu, tattha otarantasseva hoti, na anotarantassa, taṃ otaritvā bhayaṃ vinodetvā tattha kiccaṃ sādhetabbaṃ, itarathā catthasiddhi na hotīti imamatthaṃ upamopamitabbasarūpavasena dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">udakaṃ nissāya ānisaṃso</span> pipāsavinayanaṃ sarīrasuddhi pariḷāhūpasamo kāyautuggāhāpananti evamādi. <span class="bld">Sāsanaṃ nissāya ānisaṃso</span> pana saṅkhepato vaṭṭadukkhūpasamo, vitthārato pana sīlānisaṃsādivasena anekavidho, so <span class="bld">visuddhimagge</span> (visuddhi. 1.9) vuttanayena veditabbo. <span class="bld">Vuttappakāro ānisaṃso hoti</span> tāni bhayāni abhibhuyya pavattassāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Imāni abhāyitvā</span>ti imāni kodhūpāyāsādibhayāni <a name="V2.0079"></a> abhibhuyya pavattitvā abhāyitvā. Kodhūpāyāsādayo hi bhāyati etasmāti bhayanti vuttā. <span class="bld">Thero</span>ti mahādhammarakkhitatthero. Kāmaṃ pahānābhisamayakālo eva sacchikiriyābhisamayo, sammādiṭṭhiyā pana saṃkilesavodānadhammesu kiccaṃ asaṃkiṇṇaṃ katvā dassetuṃ samānakālikampi asamānakālikaṃ viya vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhāsotaṃ chinditvā nibbānapāraṃ daṭṭhuṃ na sakkotī’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    340. 

  340. <p class="centered">Cātumasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    341. 

  341. <p class="subhead">8. Naḷakapānasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    342. 

  342. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para166"></a><a name="para166_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">166</span>. Yattha <a name="V2.0080"></a><a name="M2.0081"></a> bodhisattapamukho vānaro naḷakena pānīyaṃ pivi, sā pokkharaṇī, tassāmanto bhūmippadeso, tattha niviṭṭhagāmo ca ‘‘naḷakapāna’’nteva paññāyittha, idha pana gāmo adhippetoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘naḷakapāneti evaṃnāmake gāme’’</span>ti. Idāni tamatthaṃ āgamanato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pubbe kirā’’</span>ti āraddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Paññavā</span>ti itikattabbatāya paññāya paññavā.</p>
    343. 

  343. <p class="bodytext">Thūladīghabahulabhāvena mahatīhi dāṭhikāhi samannāgatattā <span class="bld">mahādāṭhiko</span>. ‘‘Udakarakkhaso aha’’nti vatvā vānarānaṃ kañci amuñcitvā ‘‘sabbe tumhe mama hatthagatā’’ti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘tumhe pana sabbe khādissāmī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Dhami…pe… piviṃsū</span>ti bodhisattena gahitanaḷo anavaseso abbhantare sabbasandhīnaṃ nibbādhena ekacchiddo ahosi. <span class="bld">Neva maṃ tvaṃ vadhissasī</span>ti udakarakkhasa tvaṃ vadhitukāmopi mama purisathāmena na vadhissasi.</p>
    344. 

  344. <p class="bodytext">Evaṃ pana vatvā mahāsatto ‘‘ayaṃ pāpo ettha pānīyaṃ pivante aññepi satte mā bādhayitthā’’ti karuṇāyamāno ‘‘ettha jāyantā naḷā sabbe apabbabandhā ekacchiddāva hontū’’ti adhiṭṭhāya gato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tato paṭṭhāyā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    345. 

  345. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para167"></a><a name="para167_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">167</span>. Anuruddhappamukhā bhikkhū bhagavatā ‘‘kacci tumhe anuruddhā’’ti pucchitāti thero <span class="bld">‘‘taggha mayaṃ, bhante’’</span>ti āha.</p>
    346. 

  346. <p class="bodytext">Sace pabbajati, jīvitaṃ labhissati, no aññathāti raññā pabbajjāya abhinītāti <span class="bld">rājābhinītā. Corābhinītā</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Corānaṃ mūlaṃ chindanto</span> ‘‘kaṇṭakasodhanaṃ karissāmī’’ti. <span class="bld">Ājīvikāyā</span>ti ājīvena jīvitavuttiyā. <span class="bld">Imesu pana</span> anuruddhattherādīsu.</p>
    347. 

  347. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Viveka</span>nti pubbakālikakiriyappadhānaṃ ‘‘abyāpajjaṃ upeta’’ntiādīsu viyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘viviccā’’</span>ti, viviccitvā vivitto hutvā vinā hutvāti attho. <span class="bld">Pabbajitakicca</span>nti pabbajitassa sāruppakiccaṃ. <span class="bld">Samaṇakicca</span>nti samaṇabhāvakaraṇakiccaṃ. Yadaggena hi pabbajitakiccaṃ <a name="V2.0081"></a> kātuṃ na sakkoti tadaggena samaṇabhāvakarampi kiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘so yevā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    348. 

  348. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para168"></a><a name="para168_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">168</span>. <span class="bld">Appaṭisandhike</span> <a name="M2.0082"></a> tāva byākaronto pavattīsu ṭhānaṃ atītoti katvā upapattīsu byākaroti nāma tattha paṭisandhiyā abhāvakittanato. <span class="bld">Mahantatuṭṭhino</span>ti vipulapamodā.</p>
    349. 

  349. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para169"></a><a name="para169_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">169</span>. <span class="bld">Imassā</span>ti ‘‘assā’’ti padassa atthavacanaṃ. Imassa ṭhitassa āyasmato sāmaṃ diṭṭho vā hoti anussavasuto vāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Samādhipakkhikā dhammā dhammāti adhippetā,</span> samādhi pana <span class="bld">evaṃvihārī</span>ti ettha vihārasaddena gahito. <span class="bld">Evaṃvimuttā</span>ti ettha pana vimuttisaddena phalavimutti gahitā. <span class="bld">Caratopī</span>ti samathavipassanācārena caratopi viharantassapi. Upāsakaupāsikāṭhānesu labbhamānampi arahattaṃ appakabhāvato pāḷiyaṃ anuddhaṭanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    350. 

  350. <p class="centered">Naḷakapānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    351. 

  351. <p class="subhead">9. Goliyānisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    352. 

  352. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para173"></a><a name="para173_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">173</span>. <span class="bld">Padasamācāro</span>ti <a name="V2.0082"></a> taṃtaṃpaccayabhedadassanāya vigatattā pakārehi daliddasamācāro sithilasamācāroti attho. Yasmā pana tādiso samācāro thiro daḷho nāma na hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘dubbalasamācāro’’</span>ti. ‘‘Sākhasamācāro’’ti vā pāṭho, tattha tattha lagganaṭṭhena sākhāsadisasīloti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘oḷārikācāro’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paccayesu sāpekkho</span>ti paccayesu sāpekkhatāya eva hissa oḷārikācāratā veditabbā. Garunā kismiñci vutte gāravavasena patissavanaṃ patisso, patissavacanabhūtaṃ taṃsabhāgañca yaṃ kiñci gāravanti attho. Saha patissenāti <span class="bld">sappatissena,</span> sappatissavena ovādasampaṭicchanena. Patissīyatīti vā patisso, garukātabbo, tena saha patissenāti sabbaṃ pubbe viya. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sajeṭṭhakenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Serivihāro</span> nāma attappadhānavāso. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘niraṅkusavihārenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    353. 

  353. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anupakhajjā</span>ti anupakaḍḍhitvā. Garuṭṭhāniyānaṃ antaraṃ anāpucchā anupavisitvāti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tattha yo’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    354. 

  354. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ābhisamācārika</span>nti <a name="M2.0083"></a> abhisamācāre bhavaṃ. Kiṃ pana tanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vattapaṭipattimattampī’’</span>ti. Nātikālasseva saṅghassa purato pavisitabbaṃ, na pacchā paṭikkamitabbanti adhippāyena atikāle ca gāmappaveso atidivā paṭikkamanañca nivāritaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘na atipāto’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Uddhaccapakatiko</span>ti vibbhantacitto. <span class="bld">Avacāpalyenā</span>ti daḷhavātāpahatapallavasadisena lolabhāvena.</p>
    355. 

  355. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paññavatā</span>ti iminā bhikkhusāruppesu itikattabbesu upāyapaññā adhippetā, na sutamayapaññā. <span class="bld">Abhidhamme abhivinaye yogo</span>ti iminā bhāvanāpaññāuttarimanussadhamme yogo pakāsito. <span class="bld">Yogo</span>ti ca paricayo uggaṇhavasena.</p>
    356. 

  356. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Āruppā</span>ti iminā catassopi arūpasamāpattiyo gahitā, tā pana catūhi rūpasamāpattīhi vinā na sampajjantīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘āruppāti ettāvatā aṭṭhapi samāpattiyo vuttā hontī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kasiṇe</span>ti dasavidhe kasiṇe. <span class="bld">Ekaṃ parikammakammaṭṭhāna</span>nti yaṃ kiñci ekabhāvanā <a name="V2.0083"></a> parikammadīpanaṃ khandhakammaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paguṇaṃ katvā’’</span>ti. Kasiṇaparikammaṃ pana taggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ hoti, lokiyā uttarimanussadhammā heṭṭhā gahitāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uttarimanussadhammeti iminā sabbepi lokuttaradhamme dassetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Neyyapuggalassa vasenā</span>ti jānitvā vitthāretvā ñātabbapuggalassa vasenāti.</p>
    357. 

  357. <p class="centered">Goliyānisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    358. 

  358. <p class="subhead">10. Kīṭāgirisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    359. 

  359. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para174"></a><a name="para174_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">174</span>. <span class="bld">Pañca</span> <a name="V2.0084"></a> <span class="bld">ānisaṃse</span>ti appābādhatādike pañca guṇe. Tattha akkhirogakucchirogādīnaṃ abhāvo <span class="bld">appābādhatā</span>. Sarīre tesaṃ kuppanadukkhassa abhāvo <span class="bld">appātaṅkaṃ</span>. Sarīrassa uṭṭhānasukhatā <span class="bld">lahuṭṭhānaṃ. Balaṃ</span> nāma kāyabalaṃ. <span class="bld">Phāsuvihāro</span> iriyāpathasukhatā. <span class="bld">Anupakkhandānī</span>ti duccajanavasena sattānaṃ anupaviṭṭhāni. <span class="bld">Sañjānissathā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo ādiattho, tasmā iti evaṃ ānisaṃsanti attho.</p>
    360. 

  360. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para175"></a><a name="para175_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">175</span>. Āvāse niyuttāti <span class="bld">āvāsikā</span> tassa anativattanato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nibaddhavāsino’’</span>ti, niyatavāsinoti attho. <span class="bld">Tannibandhā</span>ti <a name="M2.0084"></a> nibandhaṃ vuccati byāpāro, tattha bandhā pasutā ussukāti tannibandhā. Kathaṃ te tattha nibandhāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘akataṃ senāsana’’</span>ntiādi. Uppajjanakena kālena pattabbaṃ <span class="bld">kālikaṃ</span> so pana kālo anāgato eva hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anāgate kāle pattabba’’</span>nti.</p>
    361. 

  361. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para178"></a><a name="para178_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">178</span>. <span class="bld">Ettakā vedanā sevitabbā</span>ti aṭṭhārasapi nekkhammanissitā vedanā sevitabbā, gehassitā <span class="bld">na sevitbbā</span>.</p>
    362. 

  362. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para181"></a><a name="para181_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">181</span>. <span class="bld">Taṃ kataṃ</span> soḷasavidhassapi kiccassa niṭṭhitattā. <span class="bld">Anulomikānī</span>ti utusukhabhāvena anurūpāni. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kammaṭṭhānasappāyānī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Samānaṃ kurumānā</span>ti omattataṃ adhimattatañca pahāya samakiccataṃ sampādentā.</p>
    363. 

  363. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para182"></a><a name="para182_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">182</span>. <span class="bld">Te dve hontī</span>ti te ādito vuttā dve.</p>
    364. 

  364. <p class="bodytext">Ubhato (a. ni. ṭī. 3.7.14) ubhayathā ubhohi bhāgehi vimuttoti <span class="bld">ubhatobhāgavimutto</span> ekadesasarūpekasesanayena. Tathā hi vuttaṃ <span class="bld">abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> (pu. pa. aṭṭha. 24) ‘‘dvīhi bhāgehi dve vāre vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti. Tattha keci tāva therā – ‘‘samāpattiyā vikkhambhanavimokkhena, maggena samucchedavimokkhena vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti <a name="V2.0085"></a> vadanti. Aññe therā – ‘‘ayaṃ ubhatobhāgavimutto rūpato muccitvā nāmaṃ nissāya ṭhito puna tato muccanato nāmanissitako’’ti vatvā tassa ca sādhakaṃ –</p>
    365. 

  365. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Acci yathā vātavegena khittā, (upasivāti bhagavā,)</p>
    366. 

  366. <p class="gatha2">Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ;</p>
    367. 

  367. <p class="gatha3">Evaṃ muni nāmakāyā vimutto,</p>
    368. 

  368. <p class="gathalast">Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkha’’nti. (su. ni. 1080; cūḷani. upasīvamāṇavapucchā 11; upasīvamāṇavapucchāniddesa 43) –</p>
    369. 

  369. <p class="unindented">Imaṃ suttapadaṃ vatvā ‘‘nāmakāyato ca rūpakāyato ca suvimuttattā ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti vadanti. Sutte hi ākiñcaññāyatanalābhino upasivabrāhmaṇassa bhagavatā nāmakāyā vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimuttoti akkhātoti. Apare pana ‘‘samāpattiyā vikkhambhanavimokkhena <a name="M2.0085"></a> ekavāraṃ vimutto, maggena samucchedavimokkhena ekavāraṃ vimuttoti evaṃ ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti vadanti. Ettha paṭhamavāde dvīhi bhāgehi vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto. Dutiyavāde ubhatobhāgato vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto. Tatiyavāde pana dvīhi bhāgehi dve vāre vimuttoti ayametesaṃ viseso. Kilesehi vimutto kilesā vā vikkhambhanasamucchedehi kāyadvayato vimuttā assāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dvīhi bhāgehī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    370. 

  370. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">So</span>ti ubhatobhāgavimutto. Kāmañcettha rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānampi arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ viya duvaṅgikaṃ āneñjappattanti vuccati. Taṃ pana padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā arahattaṃ patto ubhatobhāgavimutto nāma na hoti rūpakāyato avimuttattā. Tañhi kilesakāyatova vimuttaṃ, na rūpakāyato, tasmā tato vuṭṭhāya arahattaṃ patto ubhatobhāgavimutto na hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘catunnaṃ arūpa…pe… pañcavidho hotī’’</span>ti. ‘‘Rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādike nirodhasamāpattiante aṭṭha vimokkhe vatvā – ‘‘yato ca kho, ānanda, bhikkhu ime aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, ayaṃ vuccati, ānanda, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti yadipi <span class="bld">mahānidāne</span> (dī. ni. 2.129-130) vuttaṃ, taṃ pana ubhatobhāgavimuttaseṭṭhavasena vuttanti idha sabbaubhatobhāgavimuttasaṅgahaṇatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pañcavidho hotī’’</span>ti vatvā <span class="bld">‘‘pāḷi panettha…pe… abhidhamme aṭṭhavimokkhalābhino vasena āgatā’’</span>ti āha. Idhāpi hi kīṭāgirisutte ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo…pe… ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti <a name="V2.0086"></a> arūpasamāpattivasena cattāro ubhatobhāgavimuttā, seṭṭho ca vutto vuttalakkhaṇūpapattito. Yathāvuttesu hi pañcasu purimā cattāro nirodhaṃ na samāpajjantīti pariyāyena ubhatobhāgavimuttā nāma. Aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī anāgāmī taṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pattoti nippariyāyena ubhatobhāgavimuttaseṭṭho nāma.</p>
    371. 

  371. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Katamo ca puggalo</span>tiādīsu <span class="bld">katamo</span>ti pucchāvacanaṃ, <span class="bld">puggalo</span>ti asādhāraṇato pucchitabbavacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Idhā</span>ti imasmiṃ sāsane. <span class="bld">Ekacco</span>ti eko<a name="M2.0086"></a>. <span class="bld">Aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharatī</span>ti aṭṭha samāpattiyo sahajātanāmakāyena paṭilabhitvā viharati. <span class="bld">Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī</span>ti vipassanāpaññāya saṅkhāragataṃ, maggapaññāya cattāri saccāni passitvā cattāropi āsavā parikkhīṇā hontīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.</p>
    372. 

  372. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paññāvimutto</span>ti visesato paññāya eva vimutto, na tassā patiṭṭhānabhūtena aṭṭhavimokkhasaṅkhātena sātisayena samādhināti paññāvimutto. Yo ariyo anadhigataaṭṭhavimokkhena sabbaso āsavehi vimutto, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Adhigatepi hi rūpajjhānavimokkhe na so sātisayasamādhinissitoti na tassa vasena ubhatobhāgavimutto hotīti vuttovāyamattho. Arūpajjhānesu pana ekasmimpi sati ubhatobhāgavimuttoyeva nāma hoti. Tena hi aṭṭhavimokkhekadesena taṃnāmadānasamatthena aṭṭhavimokkhalābhītveva vuccati. Samudāye hi pavatto vohāro avayavepi dissati yathā ‘‘sattisayo’’ti. <span class="bld">Pāḷī</span>ti abhidhammapāḷi. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti etissaṃ paññāvimuttikathāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhavimokkhapaṭikkhepavasenevā</span>ti avadhāraṇena idhāpi paṭikkhepavaseneva āgatabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kāyena phusitvā viharatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    373. 

  373. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Phuṭṭhantaṃ sacchikarotī</span>ti phuṭṭhānaṃ anto phuṭṭhanto, phuṭṭhānaṃ arūpajjhānānaṃ anantaro kāloti adhippāyo. Accantasaṃyoge cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, phuṭṭhānantarakālameva sacchikaroti sacchikātabbopāyenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ vā etaṃ ‘‘ekamantaṃ nisīdī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 2) viya. Yo hi arūpajjhānena rūpakāyato nāmakāyekadesato ca vikkhambhanavimokkhena vimutto, tena nirodhasaṅkhāto vimokkho ālocito pakāsito viya hoti, na pana kāyena sacchikato, nirodhaṃ pana ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaccesu āsavesu khepitesu tena so sacchikato hoti, tasmā so sacchikātabbaṃ nirodhaṃ yathāālocitaṃ nāmakāyena sacchikarotīti <span class="bld">‘‘kāyasakkhī’’</span>ti vuccati, na tu ‘‘vimutto’’ti ekaccānaṃ āsavānaṃ <a name="V2.0087"></a> aparikkhīṇattā. Tenāha <a name="M2.0087"></a> – <span class="bld">‘‘jhānaphassaṃ paṭhamaṃ phusati, pacchā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikarotī’’</span>ti. Ayaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnaṃ ekekato vuṭṭhāya saṅkhāre sammasitvā kāyasakkhibhāvaṃ pattānaṃ catunnaṃ, nirodhā vuṭṭhāya aggamaggappattaanāgāmino ca vasena ubhatobhāgavimutto viya pañcavidho nāma hoti. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">abhidhammaṭīkāyaṃ</span> ‘‘kāyasakkhimhipi eseva nayo’’ti.</p>
    374. 

  374. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Diṭṭhantaṃ patto</span>ti dassanasaṅkhātassa sotāpattimaggañāṇassa anantaraṃ pattoti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Diṭṭhattā patto’’tipi pāṭho. Etena catusaccadassanasaṅkhātāya diṭṭhiyā nirodhassa pattataṃ dīpeti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dukkhā saṅkhārā, sukho nirodhoti ñātaṃ hotī’’</span>ti. Tattha <span class="bld">paññāyā</span>ti maggapaññāya. Paṭhamaphalaṭṭhato yāva aggamaggaṭṭhā, tāva <span class="bld">diṭṭhippatto</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sopi kāyasakkhi viya chabbidho hotī’’</span>ti. Yathā pana paññāvimutto pañcavidho vutto, evaṃ ayampi sukkhavipassako, catūhi rūpajjhānehi vuṭṭhāya diṭṭhippattabhāvappattā cattāro cāti pañcavidho hotīti veditabbo. Saddhāvimuttepi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Idaṃ dukkha</span>nti ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ, na ito uddhaṃ dukkhanti. <span class="bld">Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī</span>ti ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ dukkhasaccanti yāthāvato pajānāti. Yasmā pana taṇhā dukkhaṃ janeti nibbatteti, tato taṃ dukkhaṃ samudeti, tasmā naṃ <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti</span> yasmā pana idaṃ dukkhaṃ samudayo ca nibbānaṃ patvā nirujjhati appavattiṃ gacchati, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti</span>. Ariyo pana aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo taṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ gacchati, tena <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti</span>. Ettāvatā nānakkhaṇe saccavavatthānaṃ dassitaṃ. Idāni taṃ ekakkhaṇe dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tathāgatappaveditā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ, tassattho āgamissati.</p>
    375. 

  375. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saddhāya vimutto</span>ti etena sabbathā avimuttassapi saddhāmattena vimuttabhāvo dīpito hoti. <span class="bld">Saddhāvimutto</span>ti vā saddhāya adhimuttoti attho. <span class="bld">Vuttanayenevā</span>ti ‘‘sotāpattiphala’’ntiādinā vuttanayena. <span class="bld">Saddahantassā</span>ti ‘‘ekaṃsato ayaṃ paṭipadā kilesakkhayaṃ āvahati sammāsambuddhena bhāsitattā’’ti evaṃ saddahantassa. Yasmā panassa aniccānupassanādīhi <a name="M2.0088"></a> niccasaññāpahānavasena bhāvanāya pubbenāparaṃ visesaṃ passato tattha tattha paccakkhatāpi atthi, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘saddahantassa viyā’’</span>ti. Sesapadadvayaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Ettha ca <span class="bld">pubbabhāgamaggabhāvanā</span>ti vacanena āgamanīyapaṭipadānānattena saddhāvimuttadiṭṭhippattānaṃ paññānānattaṃ hotīti dassitaṃ. <span class="bld">Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyampi</span> (pu. pa. aṭṭha. 28) ‘‘nesaṃ kilesappahāne <a name="V2.0088"></a> nānattaṃ natthi, paññāya nānattaṃ atthiyevā’’ti vatvā – ‘‘āgamanīyanānatteneva saddhāvimutto diṭṭhippattaṃ na pāpuṇātīti sanniṭṭhānaṃ kata’’nti vuttaṃ.</p>
    376. 

  376. <p class="bodytext">Paññāsaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ adhimattatāya pubbaṅgamaṃ hutvā pavattaṃ anussaratīti <span class="bld">dhammānusārī</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dhammo’’</span>tiādi. Saddhaṃ anussarati saddhāpubbaṅgamaṃ maggaṃ bhāvetīti imamatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘eseva nayo’’</span>ti atidisati. Paññaṃ vāhetīti <span class="bld">paññāvāhī,</span> paññaṃ sātisayaṃ pavattetīti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paññāpubbaṅgamaṃ ariyamaggaṃ bhāvetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Saddhāvāhi</span>nti ettha vuttanayena attho veditabbo. <span class="bld">Ubhatobhāgavimuttādikathā</span>ti ubhatobhāgavimuttādīsu āgamanato paṭṭhāya vattabbakathā. <span class="bld">Etesa</span>nti yathāvuttānaṃ ubhatobhāgavimuttādīnaṃ. <span class="bld">Idhā</span>ti imasmiṃ kīṭāgirisutte. Nanu ca aṭṭhasamāpattilābhivasena ubhatobhāgavimutto kāyasakkhīādayo ca abhidhamme āgatā, kathamidha arūpajjhānalābhīvaseneva uddhaṭāti codanaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    377. 

  377. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Phusitvā</span> patvā. <span class="bld">Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī</span>ti na āsavā paññāya passīyanti, dassanakāraṇā paññāya parikkhīṇā ‘‘disvā paññāya parikkhīṇā’’ti vuttā. Dassanāyattaparikkhayattā eva hi dassanaṃ āsavānaṃ khayassa purimakiriyā hotīti. <span class="bld">Tathāgatena paveditā</span>ti bodhimaṇḍe nisīditvā tathāgatena paṭividdhā viditā pacchā paresaṃ pākaṭīkatā. <span class="bld">‘‘Catusaccadhammā’’</span>ti vatvā tadantogadhattā sīlādīnaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne sīlaṃ kathita’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Atthenā</span>ti avippaṭisārādipayojanena tasmiṃ tasmiṃ pītiādikena atthena. <span class="bld">Kāraṇenā</span>ti sappurisūpanissayādinā kāraṇena tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samādhiādipadaṭṭhānatāya sīlādi <a name="M2.0089"></a> <span class="bld">kāraṇe. Ciṇṇacaritattā</span>ti saddhāciṇṇabhāvena sambodhāvahabhāve. Tattha tattha <span class="bld">vicaritā</span> visesena caritā, tesu tena paññā suṭṭhu carāpitāti attho. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhitā hoti</span> maggena āgatattā. <span class="bld">Mattāya</span> parittappamāṇena. <span class="bld">Olokanaṃ khamanti,</span> paññāya gahetabbataṃ upenti.</p>
    378. 

  378. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tayo</span>ti kāyasakkhidiṭṭhippattasaddhāvimuttā. <span class="bld">Yathāṭhitova pāḷiattho,</span> na tattha kiñci niddhāretvā vattabbaṃ atthīti suttantapariyāyena avuttaṃ vadati. <span class="bld">Tassa maggassā</span>ti sotāpattimaggassa yaṃ kātabbaṃ, tassa adhigatattā. <span class="bld">Upari pana tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ atthāya sevamānā</span> anulomasenāsanaṃ, <span class="bld">bhajamānā</span> kalyāṇamitte, <span class="bld">samannānayamānā</span> indriyāni <span class="bld">anupubbena</span> bhāvanāmaggappaṭipāṭiyā <span class="bld">arahattaṃ pāpuṇissanti</span> maggassa anekacittakkhaṇikatāyāti ayamettha suttapadese pāḷiyā attho.</p>
    379. 

  379. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Imameva</span> <a name="V2.0089"></a> <span class="bld">pāḷiṃ gahetvā</span>ti ‘‘katamo ca puggalo saddhānusārī’’ti maggaṭṭhe puggale vatvā ‘‘imassa kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave’’tiādinā tesaṃ vasena anulomasenāsanasevanādīnaṃ vuttattā imameva yathāvuttaṃ pāḷipadesaṃ gahetvā <span class="bld">‘‘lokuttaradhammo bahucittakkhaṇiko’’</span>ti vadati. <span class="bld">So vattabbo</span>ti so vitaṇḍavādī evaṃ vattabbo. Yadi maggaṭṭhapuggale vatvā anulomikasenāsanasevanādi pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti maggasamaṅgino eva hutvā te tathā paṭipajjanti, evaṃ sante senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttarūpādivipassanaggahaṇasmiṃ tava matena maggasamaṅgino eva āpajjeyyuṃ, na cetaṃ evaṃ hoti, tasmā suttaṃ me laddhanti yaṃ kiñci mā kathehīti vāretabbo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yadi aññena cittenā’’</span>tiādi. Tattha <span class="bld">evaṃ sante</span>ti nānācitteneva senāsanapaṭisevanādike sati. Tattha pāḷiyaṃ yadi lokuttaradhammasamaṅgino eva pañcaviññāṇasamaṅgikālepi lokuttarasamaṅgitaṃ <span class="bld">sace sampaṭicchasi, satthārā saddhiṃ paṭivirujjhasi</span> suttavirodhadīpanato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘satthārā hī’’</span>tiādi. Dhammavicāraṇā nāma tuyhaṃ avisayo, tasmā <span class="bld">yāguṃ pivāhīti uyyojetabbo</span>.</p>
    380. 

  380. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para183"></a><a name="para183_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">183</span>. <span class="bld">Ādikenevā</span>ti paṭhameneva. <span class="bld">Anupubbasikkhā</span>ti anupubbeneva pavattasikkhāya. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘karaṇatthe paccattavacana’’</span>nti. Saddhā jātā etassāti <span class="bld">saddhājāto,</span> agyāhitātipakkhepena jāta-saddassa pacchāvacanaṃ<a name="M2.0090"></a>. Evametanti adhimuccanaṃ <span class="bld">okappaniyasaddhā. Santike nisīdati</span> upaṭṭhānavasena. <span class="bld">Sādhukaṃ katvā dhāretī</span>ti yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ vācuggatakaraṇavasena taṃ paguṇaṃ katvā sāravasena dhāreti. <span class="bld">Chando jāyatī</span>ti dhammesu nijjhānakkhamesu ime dhamme bhāvanāpaññāya paccakkhato ussāmīti kattukamyatākusalacchando jāyati. <span class="bld">Ussahatī</span>ti chando uppādamatte aṭṭhatvā tato bhāvanārambhavasena ussahati. <span class="bld">Tulayati</span>ti sammasanavasena saṅkhāre. <span class="bld">Tīraṇavipassanāya tulayanto</span>ti tīraṇapariññāya jānitvā upari pahānapariññāya vasena paritulayanto paṭijānanto. <span class="bld">Maggapadhānaṃ padahatī</span>ti maggalakkhaṇaṃ padhānikaṃ maggaṃ padahati. <span class="bld">Pesitacitto</span>ti nibbānaṃ pati pesitacitto. <span class="bld">Nāmakāyenā</span>ti maggappaṭipāṭiyā taṃtaṃmaggasampayuttanāmakāyena. <span class="bld">Na pana kiñci āhā</span>ti dūratāya samānaṃ na kiñci vacanaṃ bhagavā āha te daḷhataraṃ niggaṇhituṃ.</p>
    381. 

  381. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para184"></a><a name="para184_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">184</span>. Paṇena vohārena byākaraṇaṃ <span class="bld">paṇaviyā,</span> paṇaviyā abhāvena <span class="bld">opaṇaviyā, na upetī</span>ti na yujjati. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti idaṃ idha adhippetaṃ <span class="bld">paṇo paṇaviyaṃ dassetuṃ</span>. Tayidaṃ sabbaṃ bhagavā ‘‘mayaṃ kho, āvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāmā’’ti assajipunabbasukehi vuttaṃ sikkhāya avattanabhāvadīpanavacanaṃ sandhāya vadati.</p>
    382. 

  382. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ukkhipitvā</span>ti <a name="V2.0090"></a> sīsena gahetvā viya samādāya. <span class="bld">Anudhammo</span>ti anurūpo sabhāvo, sāvakabhāvassa anucchavikā paṭipatti. <span class="bld">Rohanīya</span>nti viruḷhibhāvaṃ. Siniyhati ettha, etena vāti sineho, kāraṇaṃ. Taṃ ettha atthīti <span class="bld">sinehavantaṃ,</span> pādakanti attho. <span class="bld">Taco ekaṃ aṅga</span>nti taco vīrapakkhabhāve ekamaṅgaṃ. Padhānaṃ anuyuñjantassa hi tace palujjamānepi taṃnimittaṃ avosānaṃ anāpajjanakasseva vīriyassa ekaṃ aṅgaṃ ekaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Evaṃ sesesu vattabbaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘arahattaṃ appatvā na vuṭṭhahissāmīti evaṃ paṭipajjatī’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    383. 

  383. <p class="centered">Kīṭāgirisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    384. 

  384. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca bhikkhuvaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    385. 

  385. <a name="mn2_3"></a>
    386. 

  386. <p class="chapter">3. Paribbājakavaggo</p>
    387. 

  387. <p class="subhead">1. Tevijjavacchasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    388. 

  388. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para185"></a><a name="para185_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">185</span>. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti <a name="V2.0091"></a><a name="M2.0091"></a> ekapuṇḍarīkasaññite paribbājakārāme. Anāgatapubbo lokiyasamudāhāravasena <span class="bld">‘‘cirassaṃ kho, bhante’’</span>tiādinā vuccati, ayaṃ panettha āgatapubbataṃ upādāya tathā vutto. Bhagavā hi kesañci vimuttijananatthaṃ, kesañci indriyaparipākatthaṃ, kesañci visesādhigamatthaṃ kadāci titthiyārāmaṃ upagacchati. <span class="bld">Ananuññāya ṭhatvā</span>ti ananujānitabbe ṭhatvā. <span class="bld">Anujānitabbaṃ siyā</span> anaññātassa ñeyyassa abhāvato. Yāvatakañhi ñeyyaṃ, tāvatakaṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakañca bhagavato ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘na tassa adiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabba’’ntiādi (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 32; paṭi. ma. 1.121). <span class="bld">Sabbaññutaññāṇena hi</span> bhagavā <span class="bld">āvajjetvā pajānāti</span>. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘āvajjanapaṭibaddhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇa’’nti (mi. pa. 4.1.2). Yadi evaṃ ‘‘caraṃ samāhito nāgo, tiṭṭhaṃ nāgo samāhito’’ti (a. ni. 6.43) idaṃ suttapadaṃ kathanti? Vikkhepābhāvadīpanapadametaṃ, na anāvajjanenapi ñāṇānaṃ pavattiparidīpanaṃ. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vitthārato vuttameva.</p>
    389. 

  389. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para186"></a><a name="para186_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">186</span>. <span class="bld">Yāvadevā</span>ti idaṃ yathāruci pavatti viya aparāparuppattipi icchitabbāti tadabhāvaṃ dassento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sakiṃ khīṇānaṃ āsavānaṃ puna khepetabbābhāvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paccuppannajānanaguṇa</span>nti idaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇassa paribhaṇḍañāṇaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ anādiyitvā vuttaṃ, tassa pana vasena anāgataṃsañāṇaguṇaṃ dassetīti vattabbaṃ siyā.</p>
    390. 

  390. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gihiparikkhāresū</span>ti vatthābharaṇādidhanadhaññādigihiparikkhāresu. Gihiliṅgaṃ pana appamāṇaṃ, tasmā gihibandhanaṃ chinditvā dukkhassantakarā hontiyeva. Sati pana dukkhassantakiriyāya gihiliṅge te na tiṭṭhantiyevāti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘yepī’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Sukkhāpetvā</span> samucchinditvā. Arahattaṃ <a name="V2.0092"></a> pattadivaseyeva pabbajanaṃ vā parinibbānaṃ vāti ayaṃ nayo na sabbasādhāraṇoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘bhūmadevatā pana tiṭṭhantī’’</span>ti. Tattha kāraṇavacanaṃ <a name="M2.0092"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘nilīyanokāsassa atthitāyā’’</span>ti. Araññapabbatādipavivekaṭṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">nilīyanokāso. Sesakāmabhave</span>ti kāmaloke. <span class="bld">Laḷitajanassā</span>ti ābharaṇālaṅkāranaccagītādivasena vilāsayuttajanassa.</p>
    391. 

  391. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sopī</span>ti ‘‘so aññatra ekenā’’ti vutto sopi. Karato na karīyati pāpanti evaṃ <span class="bld">na kiriyaṃ paṭibāhati</span>. Yadi attānaṃyeva gahetvā katheti, atha kasmā mahāsatto tadā ājīvakapabbajjaṃ upagacchīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tadā kirā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tassapī</span>ti na kevalaṃ aññesaṃ eva pāsaṇḍānaṃ, tassapi. <span class="bld">Vīriyaṃ na hāpesī</span>ti tapojigucchavādaṃ samādiyitvā ṭhito virāgatthāya taṃ samādiṇṇavattaṃ na pariccaji, satthusāsanaṃ na chaḍḍesi. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kiriyavādī hutvā sagge nibbattatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    392. 

  392. <p class="centered">Tevijjavacchasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    393. 

  393. <p class="subhead">2. Aggivacchasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    394. 

  394. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para187"></a><a name="para187_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">187</span>. Lokassa <a name="V2.0093"></a> sassatatāpavattipaṭikkhepavasena pavatto vādo ucchedavādo eva hotīti sassataggāhābhāve ucchedaggāhabhāvato puna paribbājakena ‘‘asassato loko’’ti vadantena ucchedaggāho pucchito, bhagavatāpi so eva paṭikkhittoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dutiye nāhaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiko’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Antānantikādivasenā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">antānantika</span>ggahaṇena antavā loko anantavā lokoti imaṃ vādadvayamāha. <span class="bld">Ādi</span>-saddena ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’ntiādivādacatukkaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, itaraṃ pana dvayaṃ sarūpeneva gahitanti. <span class="bld">Paṭikkhepo veditabbo</span>ti ‘‘tatiye nāhaṃ antavādiṭṭhiko, catutthe nāhaṃ anantavādiṭṭhiko’’ti evamādinā paṭikkhepo veditabbo. ‘‘Hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti ayampi sassatavādo, so ca kho aparantakappikavasena, ‘‘sassato loko’’ti pana pubbantakappikavasenāti ayametesaṃ viseso. ‘‘Na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti ayampi ucchedavādo, so ca kho sattavasena, ‘‘asassato loko’’ti pana sattasaṅkhāravasenāti vadanti.</p>
    395. 

  395. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para189"></a><a name="para189_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">189</span>. Sappatibhayaṃ <a name="M2.0093"></a> uppajjanato saha dukkhenāti <span class="bld">sadukkhaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kilesadukkhenā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tesaṃyevā</span>ti kilesadukkhavipākadukkhānaṃyeva. <span class="bld">Saupaghātaka</span>nti sabādhaṃ. <span class="bld">Saupāyāsa</span>nti saparissamaṃ saupatāpaṃ sapīḷaṃ. <span class="bld">Sapariḷāha</span>nti sadarathaṃ.</p>
    396. 

  396. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kiñci diṭṭhigata</span>nti imā tāva aṭṭha diṭṭhiyo mā hontu, atthi pana, bho gotama, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhigataṃ gahitaṃ. Na hi tāya diṭṭhiyā vinā kañci samayaṃ pavattetuṃ yujjatīti adhippāyena pucchati. <span class="bld">Apaviddha</span>nti samucchedappahānavasena chaḍḍitaṃ. <span class="bld">Paññāya diṭṭha</span>nti vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya bhagavatā paṭividdhaṃ. Yattha uppajjanti, taṃ sattaṃ mathenti sammaddantīti <span class="bld">mathitā</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘mathitānanti tesaṃyeva vevacana’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Kañci dhamma</span>nti rūpadhammaṃ arūpadhammaṃ vā. <span class="bld">Anupādiyitvā</span>ti aggahetvā.</p>
    397. 

  397. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para190"></a><a name="para190_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">190</span>. <span class="bld">Na upetī</span>ti saṅkhaṃ na gacchatīti atthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na yujjatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anujānitabbaṃ siyā</span> anupādāvimuttassa kañcipi uppattiyā abhāvato. ‘‘Evaṃ vimuttacitto na upapajjatī’’ti kāmañcetaṃ sabhāvapavedanaṃ parinibbānaṃ, eke pana ucchedavādino ‘‘mayampi ‘satto āyatiṃ na upapajjatī’ti vadāma, samaṇo gotamopi tathā vadatī’’ti ucchedabhāveyeva patiṭṭhahissanti, tasmā bhagavā <a name="V2.0094"></a> ‘‘na upapajjatīti kho vaccha na upetī’’ti āha. ‘‘Upapajjatī’’ti pana vutte sassatameva gaṇheyyāti yojanā. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Appatiṭṭho</span>ti ucchedavādādivasena patiṭṭhārahito. <span class="bld">Anālambo</span>ti tesaṃyeva vādānaṃ olambārammaṇassa abhāvena anālambo. <span class="bld">Sukhapavesanaṭṭhāna</span>nti tesaññeva vādānaṃ sukhapavesanokāsaṃ <span class="bld">mā labhatūti. Ananuññāya ṭhatvā</span>ti ‘‘na upapajjatī’’tiādinā anujānitabbāya paṭiññāya ṭhānahetu. <span class="bld">Anuññampī</span>ti anujānitabbampi dutiyapañhaṃ <span class="bld">paṭikkhipi</span>. Pariyatto pana dhammo atthato paccayākāro evāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dhammoti paccayākāradhammo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Aññattha payogenā</span>ti imamhā niyyānikasāsanā aññasmiṃ micchāsamaye pavattappayogena, aniyyānikaṃ vividhaṃ micchāpaṭipattiṃ paṭipajjantenāti attho. ‘‘Aññavādiyakenā’’tipi pāṭho, paccayākārato aññākāradīpakaācariyavādaṃ paggayha tiṭṭhantenāti attho.</p>
    398. 

  398. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para191"></a><a name="para191_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">191</span>. <span class="bld">Appaccayo</span>ti <a name="M2.0094"></a> anupādāno, nirindhanoti attho.</p>
    399. 

  399. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para192"></a><a name="para192_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">192</span>. <span class="bld">Yena rūpenā</span>ti yena bhūtupādādibhedena rūpadhammena. <span class="bld">Taṃ rūpaṃ</span> tappaṭibaddhasaṃyojanappahānena khīṇāsava-<span class="bld">tathāgatassa pahīnaṃ</span> anuppattidhammataṃ āpannaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘anuppādadhamma’’ntiādi. Aññesaṃ jānanāya abhāvaguṇatāya <span class="bld">guṇagambhīro</span>. ‘‘Ettakā guṇā’’ti <span class="bld">pamāṇaṃ gaṇhituṃ na sakkuṇeyyo</span>. ‘‘Īdisā etassa guṇā’’ti pariyogāhituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya <span class="bld">duppariyogāḷho</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dujjāno</span>ti agādhatāya gambhīro ‘‘ettakāni udakaḷhakasatānī’’tiādinā pametuṃ na sakkāti appameyyo, tato eva dujjāno. <span class="bld">Evamevā</span>nti yathā mahāsamuddo gambhīro appameyyo dujjāno, evameva khīṇāsavopi guṇavasena, tasmā ayaṃ rūpādiṃ gahetvā rūpītiādivohāro bhaveyya, parinibbutassa pana tadabhāvā tathā paññāpetuṃ na sakkā, tato taṃ ārabbha upapajjatītiādi na yujjeyya. Yathā pana vijjamāno eva jātavedo byattena purisena nīyamāno puratthimādidisaṃ gatoti vucceyya, na nibbuto, evaṃ khīṇāsavopīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘evamevā’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    400. 

  400. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aniccatā</span>ti ettha aniccatāgahaṇaṃ asāranidassanaṃ. Tena yathā so sālarukkho sākhāpalāsādiasārāpagamena suddho sāre patiṭṭhito, evamayaṃ dhammavinayo sāsavasaṅkhātaasāravigamena lokuttaradhammasāre patiṭṭhitoti dasseti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    401. 

  401. <p class="centered">Aggivacchasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    402. 

  402. <p class="subhead">3. Mahāvacchasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    403. 

  403. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para193"></a><a name="para193_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">193</span>. Saha <a name="V2.0095"></a> kathā etassa atthīti <span class="bld">sahakathī,</span> ‘‘mayaṃ pucchāvasena tumhe vissajjanavasenā’’ti evaṃ sahapavattakathoti attho. <span class="bld">Etasseva kathitāni,</span> tattha paṭhame vijjāttayaṃ desitaṃ, dutiye agginā dassitanti tevijjavacchasuttaṃ aggivacchasuttanti nāmaṃ visesetvā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sīghaṃ laddhiṃ na vissajjenti,</span> yasmā saṅkhārānaṃ niyatoyaṃ vināso anaññasamuppādo, hetusamuppannāpi na cirena nijjhānaṃ khamanti, na lahuṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vasātela</span> <a name="M2.0095"></a> <span class="bld">…pe… sujjhantī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pacchimagamanaṃ</span> ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā. Yaṭṭhiṃ ālambitvā udakaṃ tarituṃ otaranto puriso <span class="bld">‘‘yaṭṭhiṃ otaritvā udake patamāno’’</span>ti vutto. <span class="bld">Kammapathavasena vitthāradesana</span>nti saṃkhittadesanaṃ upādāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mūlavasena cetthā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Vitthārasadisā</span>ti kammapathavasena idha desitadesanāva mūlavasena desitadesanaṃ upādāya vitthārasadisā. <span class="bld">Vitthāradesanā nāma natthī</span>ti na kevalaṃ ayameva, atha kho sabbāpi buddhānaṃ nippariyāyena ujukena niravasesato vitthāradesanā nāma natthi desanāñāṇassa mahāvisayatāya karaṇasampattiyā ca tajjāya mahānubhāvattā sabbaññutaññāṇassa. Sabbaññutaññāṇasamaṅgitāya hi avasesapaṭisambhidānubhāvitāya aparimitakālasambhatañāṇasambhārasamudāgatāya kadācipi parikkhayānarahāya anaññasādhāraṇāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya pahūtajivhāditadanurūparūpakāyasampattisampadāya vitthāriyamānā bhagavato desanā kathaṃ parimitā paricchinnā bhaveyya, mahākāruṇikatāya pana bhagavā veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ tattha tattha parimitaṃ paricchinnaṃ katvā niṭṭhapeti. Ayañca attho <span class="bld">mahāsīhanādasuttena</span> (ma. ni. 1.146 ādayo) dīpetabbo. <span class="bld">Sabbaṃ saṃkhittameva</span> attajjhāsayavasena akathetvā bodhaneyyapuggalajjhāsayavasena desanāya niṭṭhāpitattā. Na cettha dhammasāsanavirodho pariyāyaṃ anissāya yathādhammaṃ dhammānaṃ bodhitattā sabbalahuttā cāti.</p>
    404. 

  404. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para194"></a><a name="para194_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">194</span>. <span class="bld">Satta dhammā kāmāvacarā</span> sampattasamādānaviratīnaṃ idhādhippetattā.</p>
    405. 

  405. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aniyametvā</span>ti ‘‘sammāsambuddho, sāvako’’ti vā niyamaṃ visesena akatvā. <span class="bld">Attānameva…pe… veditabbaṃ,</span> tathā hi paribbājako ‘‘tiṭṭhatu bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti āha.</p>
    406. 

  406. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para195"></a><a name="para195_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">195</span>. <span class="bld">Satthāva</span> <a name="V2.0096"></a> <span class="bld">arahā hoti</span> paṭipattiyā pāripūribhāvato. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ byākate</span>ti tasmiṃ ‘‘ekabhikkhupi sāvako’’tiādinā suṭṭhu pañhe kathite.</p>
    407. 

  407. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para196"></a><a name="para196_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">196</span>. <span class="bld">Sampādako</span>ti paṭipattisampādako.</p>
    408. 

  408. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para197"></a><a name="para197_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">197</span>. <span class="bld">Sekhāya</span> <a name="M2.0096"></a> <span class="bld">vijjāyā</span>ti sekhalakkhaṇappattāya maggapaññāya sātisayaṃ katvā karaṇavasena vuttā, phalapaññā pana tāya pattabbattā kammabhāvena vuttā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhimaphalattayaṃ pattabba’’</span>nti. Imaṃ panettha aviparītamatthaṃ pāḷito eva viññāyamānaṃ appaṭivijjhanato vitaṇḍavādī ‘‘yāvatakaṃ sekhena pattabbaṃ, anuppattaṃ taṃ mayā’’ti vacanalesaṃ gahetvā ‘‘arahattamaggopi anena pattoyevā’’ti vadati. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti idāni vuccamānāya gāthāya.</p>
    409. 

  409. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kilesāni pahāya pañcā</span>ti pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanasaṅkhāte saṃkilese pahāya pajahitvā, pahānahetu vā. <span class="bld">Paripuṇṇasekho</span>ti sabbaso vaḍḍhitasekhadhammo. <span class="bld">Aparihānadhammo</span>ti aparihānasabhāvo. Na hi yassa phātigatehi sīlādidhammehi parihāni atthi, samādhimhi paripūrakāritāya <span class="bld">cetovasippatto</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘samāhitindriyo’’</span>ti. Aparihānadhammattāva <span class="bld">ṭhitatto</span>.</p>
    410. 

  410. <p class="bodytext">Anāgāminā hi asekhabhāvāvahā dhammā paripūretabbā, na sekhabhāvāvahāti so ekantaparipuṇṇe sekho vutto. <span class="bld">Etaṃ na buddhavacana</span>nti ‘‘maggo bahucittakkhaṇiko’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ na buddhavacanaṃ anantarekantavipākadānato, bahukkhattuṃ pavattane payojanābhāvato ca lokuttarakusalassa, ‘‘samādhimānantarikaññamāhu (khu. pā. 6.5; su. ni. 228), na pāraṃ diguṇaṃ yantī’’ti (su. ni. 719) evamādīni suttapadāni etassatthasādhakāni. Orambhāgiyasaṃyojanappahānena sekkhadhammaparipūribhāvassa vuttatāya <span class="bld">attho</span> tava vacanena <span class="bld">virujjhatī</span>ti. <span class="bld">Assa</span> āyasmato vacchassa.</p>
    411. 

  411. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para198"></a><a name="para198_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">198</span>. <span class="bld">Abhiññā vā kāraṇa</span>nti yañhi taṃ tatra tatra sakkhibhabbatāsaṅkhātaṃ iddhividhapaccanubhavanādi, tassa abhiññā kāraṇaṃ. Atha iddhividhapaccanubhavanādi abhiññā, evaṃ sati <span class="bld">abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Avasāne</span> chaṭṭhābhiññāya <span class="bld">pana arahattaṃ</span>. Ettha ca yasmā paṭhamasutte āsavakkhayo adhippeto, āsavā khīṇā eva, na puna khepetabbā, tasmā tattha ‘‘yāvadevā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Idha phalasamāpatti adhippetā, sā ca punappunaṃ samāpajjīyati, tasmā ‘‘yāvadevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tato eva hi <span class="bld">‘‘arahattaṃ vā kāraṇa’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Tañhi ‘‘kudāssu <a name="V2.0097"></a> nāmāhaṃ tadāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharissāmi, <a name="M2.0097"></a> yadariyā etarahi upasampajja viharantī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.465; 3.307) anuttaresu vimokkhesu pihaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā abhiññā nibbattentassa kāraṇaṃ, tayidaṃ sabbasādhāraṇaṃ na hotīti sādhāraṇavasena naṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘arahattassa vipassanā vā’’</span>ti āha.</p>
    412. 

  412. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para200"></a><a name="para200_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">200</span>. <span class="bld">Paricaranti nāma</span> vippakatabrahmacariyavāsattā. <span class="bld">Pariciṇṇo hoti</span> sāvakena nāma satthu dhamme kattabbā paricariyā sammadeva niṭṭhāpitattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘iti…pe… thero evamāhā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tesaṃ guṇāna</span>nti tesaṃ asekkhaguṇānaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    413. 

  413. <p class="centered">Mahāvacchasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    414. 

  414. <p class="subhead">4. Dīghanakhasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    415. 

  415. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para201"></a><a name="para201_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">201</span>. Khananaṃ <a name="V2.0098"></a> khataṃ, sūkarassa khataṃ ettha atthīti sūkarakhatā, sūkarassa vā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde paṭhamaṃ khataṃ upādāya <span class="bld">sūkarakhatā,</span> tāya. <span class="bld">Evaṃnāmake</span>ti evaṃ itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmake. <span class="bld">Paṃsudhote</span>ti dhotapaṃsuke. <span class="bld">Otaritvā abhiruhitabba</span>nti pakatibhūmito anekehi sopānaphalakehi otaritvā puna leṇadvāraṃ katipayehi abhiruhitabbaṃ.</p>
    416. 

  416. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ṭhitakovā</span>ti mātulassa ṭhitattā tattha sagāravasapatissavasena ṭhitakova. Kiñcāpi sabba-saddo avisesato anavasesapariyādāyako, vatthuadhippāyānurodhī pana saddappayogoti tamatthaṃ sandhāya paribbājako <span class="bld">‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’</span>ti āha. Yā loke manussaupapattiyotiādikā upapattiyo, tā anatthasamudāgatā tattha tattheva sattānaṃ ucchijjanato, tasmā samayavādīhi vuccamānā sabbā āyatiṃ uppajjanaupapatti na hoti. Jalabubbuḷakā viya hi ime sattā tattha tattha samaye uppajjitvā bhijjanti, tesaṃ tattha paṭisandhi natthīti assa adhippāyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisandhiyo’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Assa adhippāyaṃ muñcitvā</span>ti yenādhippāyena paribbājako ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti āha, taṃ tassa adhippāyaṃ jānantopi ajānanto viya hutvā tassa <span class="bld">akkhare tāva dosaṃ dassento</span>ti <a name="M2.0098"></a> padesasabbaṃ sandhāya tena vuttaṃ, sabbasabbavisayaṃ katvā tattha dosaṃ gaṇhanto. Yathā loke kenaci ‘‘sabbaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ musā’’ti vutte tassa vacanassa sabbantogadhattā musābhāvo āpajjeyya, evaṃ imassapi ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti vadato tathā pavattā diṭṭhipi nakkhamatīti atthato āpannameva hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘esāpi te diṭṭhi nakkhamatī’’ti. Yathā pana kenaci ‘‘sabbaṃ vuttaṃ musā’’ti vutte adhippāyānurodhinī saddappavatti, tassa vacanaṃ muñcitvā tadaññesameva musābhāvo ñāyāgato, evamidhāpi ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti vacanato yassā diṭṭhiyā vasena ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti tena vuttaṃ, taṃ diṭṭhiṃ muñcitvā tadaññameva yathādhippetaṃ sabbaṃ nakkhamatīti ayamattho ñāyāgato, bhagavā pana vādīvaro sukhumāya āṇiyā thūlaṃ āṇiṃ nīharanto viya upāyena tassa diṭṭhigataṃ nīharituṃ tassa adhippāyena avatvā saddavasena tāva labbhamānaṃ dosaṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘yāpi kho te’’</span>tiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘assa adhippāyaṃ muñcitvā akkhare tāva dosaṃ dassento’’ti.</p>
    417. 

  417. <p class="bodytext">Paribbājako <a name="V2.0099"></a> pana yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti mayā vuttaṃ, ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti yathāvuttadosapariharaṇatthaṃ tasmiṃ atthe vuccamāne esa doso sabbo na hoti, evampi samaṇo gotamo mama vāde dosameva āropeyyāti attano ajjhāsayaṃ niguhitvā yathāvuttadosaṃ pariharitukāmo <span class="bld">‘‘esā me’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha <span class="bld">tampassa tādisamevā</span>ti yaṃ ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti gahitaṃ vatthu, tampi tādisameva bhaveyyāti. Ayañca sabbantogadhadiṭṭhi mayhampi diṭṭhivatthu, taṃ me khameyyavāti. Yasmā pana ‘‘esāpi diṭṭhi tuyhaṃ nakkhamatī’’ti yāpi diṭṭhi vuttā bhavatā gotamena, sāpi mayhaṃ nakkhamati, tasmā sabbaṃ me nakkhamatevāti paribbājakassa adhippāyo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ pariharāmīti saññāya vadatī’’</span>ti. Tathā ca vakkhati <span class="bld">‘‘tasmāpi ucchedadiṭṭhi mayhaṃ nakkhamatī’’</span>ti. ‘‘Esā me diṭṭhī’’ti yā ṭhitibhūtā diṭṭhi, tāya ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti panettha sabbaggahaṇena gahitattā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘atthato panassa esā diṭṭhi na me khamatīti āpajjatī’’</span>ti. Ayaṃ dosoti dassento āha <span class="bld">‘‘yassa panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Esā</span>ti diṭṭhi. <span class="bld">Rucita</span>nti diṭṭhidassanena abhinivisitvā rocetvā gahitaṃ. <span class="bld">Tena hi diṭṭhiakkhamena arucitena bhavitabbanti</span> sati diṭṭhiyā akkhamabhāve tato tāya gahitāya khameyya rucceyya yathā, evaṃ sabbassa akkhamabhāveti <a name="M2.0099"></a> aparabhāge <span class="bld">sabbaṃ khamati ruccatīti āpajjati. Na panesa taṃ sampaṭicchatī</span>ti esa ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti evaṃ vadanto ucchedavādī taṃ vuttanayena sabbassa khamanaṃ ruccanaṃ na sampaṭicchati. Ñāyena vuttamatthaṃ kathaṃ na sampaṭicchatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kevalaṃ tassāpi ucchedadiṭṭhiyā ucchedameva gaṇhātī’’</span>ti. Sabbesañhi dhammānaṃ āyatiṃ uppādaṃ aruccitvā taṃ sandhāya ayaṃ ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti vadati, ucchedadiṭṭhikesu ca ucchinnesu kuto ucchedadiṭṭhisabhāvoti.</p>
    418. 

  418. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti tena kāraṇena, yasmā idhekacce sattā īdisaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paggayha tiṭṭhanti, tasmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Pajahanakena vā cittena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā pajahanakehi appajahanake niddhāretuṃ bhagavā ‘‘ato…pe… bahutarā’’ti avocāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pajahanakesu nissakka’’</span>nti yathā ‘‘pañcasīlehi pabhāvanā paññavantatarā’’ti. <span class="bld">‘‘Bahū’’</span>ti vatvā na kevalaṃ bahū, atha kho ativiya bahūti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘bahutarā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">‘‘Bahū hī’’</span>ti nayidaṃ nissakkavacanaṃ, atha kho paccattavacanaṃ. Kathaṃ hi-saddoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘hi-kāro nipātamatta’’</span>nti. Anissakkavacanaṃ tāva tassa pajahanakānaṃ bahubhāvato tepi parato ‘‘bahutarā’’ti vuccīyanti. <span class="bld">Mūladassana</span>nti ye tādisaṃ dassanaṃ paṭhamaṃ upādiyanti, tajjātikameva pacchā gahitadassanaṃ. Vijātiyañhi paṭhamaṃ gahitadassanaṃ appahāya vijātiyassa gahaṇaṃ na sambhavati viruddhassa abhinivesassa saha anavaṭṭhānato<a name="V2.0100"></a>. Aviruddhaṃ pana mūladassanaṃ avissajjitvā visayādibhedabhinnaṃ aparadassanaṃ gahetuṃ labbhati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ettha cā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    419. 

  419. <p class="bodytext">Tattha kiñcāpi ekaccasassatavādo sassatucchedābhinivesānaṃ vasena yathākkamaṃ sassatucchedaggāhanajātiko, ucchedaggāhena pana sassatābhinivesassa taṃgāhena ca asassatābhinivesassa virujjhanato ubhayatthapi <span class="bld">‘‘ekaccasassataṃ vā gahetuṃ na sakkā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, tathā <span class="bld">‘‘sassataṃ vā ucchedaṃ vā na sakkā gahetu’’</span>nti ca. Mūlasassatañhi paṭhamaṃ gahitaṃ. <span class="bld">Āyatanesupi yojetabba</span>nti paṭhamaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ sassatanti gahetvā aparabhāge na kevalaṃ cakkhāyatanameva sassataṃ, sotāyatanampi sassataṃ, ghānāyatanādipi sassatanti gaṇhātītiādinā yojetabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Āyatanesupī</span>ti pi-saddena dhātūnaṃ indriyānampi gāho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Idaṃ sandhāyā</span>ti <a name="M2.0100"></a> ‘‘mūle sassata’’ntiādinā vuttapaṭhamaggāhassa samānajātiyaṃ aparaggāhaṃ sandhāya.</p>
    420. 

  420. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dutiyavāre</span> paṭhamavāre vuttasadisaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Tattha ādīnavaṃ disvā</span>ti ‘‘yadi rūpaṃ sassataṃ siyā, nayidaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya. Yasmā ca kho idaṃ rūpaṃ asassataṃ, tasmā abhiṇhapaṭipīḷanaṭṭhena udayavayavantatāya rūpaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ, sassatābhiniveso micchā’’tiādinā tattha sassatavāde ādīnavaṃ dosaṃ disvā. <span class="bld">Oḷārika</span>nti tasmā paṭipīḷanaṭṭhena ayāthāvaggāhatāya rūpaṃ na saṇhaṃ oḷārikameva. Vedanādīnampi aniccādibhāvadassanaṃ rūpavedanāādīnaṃ samānayogakkhamattā. <span class="bld">Vissajjetī</span>ti pajahati.</p>
    421. 

  421. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tisso laddhiyo</span>ti sassatucchedaekaccasassatadiṭṭhiyo. Yasmā sassatadiṭṭhikā vaṭṭe rajjanassa āsannā. Tathā hi te olīyantīti vuccanti, bhavābhavadiṭṭhīnaṃ vasena imesaṃ sattānaṃ saṃsārato sīsukkhipanaṃ natthīti etāva tisso visesato gahetabbā.</p>
    422. 

  422. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Idhalokaṃ paralokañca atthīti jānātī</span>ti ettāvatā sassatadassanassa appasāvajjatākāraṇamāha, <span class="bld">vaṭṭaṃ assādeti, abhinandatī</span>ti iminā dandhavirāgatāya. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tasmā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Idhalokaṃ paralokañca atthīti jānātī</span>ti iminā tāsu tāsu gatīsu sattānaṃ saṃsaraṇaṃ paṭikkhipatīti dasseti, <span class="bld">sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ atthīti jānātī</span>ti iminā kammaphalaṃ. <span class="bld">Kusalaṃ na karotī</span>ti iminā kammaṃ, <span class="bld">akusalaṃ karonto na bhāyatī</span>ti iminā puññāpuññāni sabhāvato jāyantīti dasseti. <span class="bld">Vaṭṭaṃ assādeti abhinandati</span> tanninnabhāvato<a name="V2.0101"></a>. <span class="bld">Sīghaṃ laddhiṃ jahituṃ na sakkoti</span> vaṭṭupacchedassa aruccanato. Ucchedavādī hi tasmiṃ bhave ucchedaṃ maññati. Tato paraṃ <span class="bld">idhalokaṃ paralokañca atthīti jānāti</span> sukatadukkaṭānaṃ phalaṃ atthīti jānāti kammaphalavādībhāvato. Yebhuyyena hi ucchedavādī sabhāvaniyatiyadicchābhinivesesu aññatrābhiniveso hoti. <span class="bld">Sīghaṃ dassanaṃ pajahati</span> vaṭṭābhiratiyā abhāvato. <span class="bld">Pāramiyo pūretuṃ sakkonto paccekabuddho hutvā,</span> lokavohāramatteneva so sammāsambuddho hutvā parinibbāyatīti yojanā. <span class="bld">Asakkonto</span>ti buddho hotuṃ asakkonto. <span class="bld">Abhinīhāraṃ</span> <a name="M2.0101"></a> <span class="bld">katvā</span> aggasāvakādibhāvassa abhinīhāraṃ sampādetvā. <span class="bld">Sāvako hutvā</span>ti aggasāvako mahāsāvako hutvā, tatthāpi tevijjo chaḷabhiñño paṭisambhidāppatto vā sukkhavipassako eva vā buddhasāvako hutvā parinibbāyati. Sabbamidaṃ ucchedavādino kalyāṇamittanissayena sammattaniyāmokkamane khippavirāgatādassanatthaṃ āgataṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tasmā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    423. 

  423. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para202"></a><a name="para202_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">202</span>. <span class="bld">Kañjiyenevā</span>ti āranāḷena. Kañjiyasadisena ucchedadassanena. <span class="bld">Pūrito</span>ti paripuṇṇajjhāsayo. <span class="bld">So</span>ti paribbājako. <span class="bld">Appahāyā</span>ti abhinditvā. <span class="bld">Viggahoti kalaho</span> idameva saccaṃ, moghamaññanti aññamaññaṃ viruddhaggāhoti katvā. <span class="bld">Vivāda</span>nti viruddhavādaṃ. <span class="bld">Vighāta</span>nti virodhahetukaṃ cittavighātaṃ. <span class="bld">Vihesa</span>nti viggahavivādanimittaṃ kāyikaṃ cetasikañca kilamathaṃ. <span class="bld">Ādīnavaṃ disvā</span>ti etāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ evarūpo ādīnavo, aniyyānikabhāvatāya pana sampati āyatiñca mahādīnavoti evaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā.</p>
    424. 

  424. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para205"></a><a name="para205_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">205</span>. ‘‘Esohamasmi, eso me attā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.241; saṃ. ni. 3.8) kāyaṃ anvetīti kāyanvayo, soyeva, tassa vā samūho <span class="bld">kāyanvayatā,</span> kāyapaṭibaddho kileso. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kāyaṃ…pe… attho’’</span>ti.</p>
    425. 

  425. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Asammissabhāva</span>nti asaṅkarato vavatthitabhāvaṃ. Tena tāsaṃ yathāsakaṃ paccayānaṃ uppajjitvā vigamaṃ dasseti. Evañhi tāsaṃ kadācipi saṅkaro natthi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho’’</span>tiādi. Sarūpaṃ aggahetvā ‘‘aññā vedanā’’ti aniyamena vuttattā tameva vigamaṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘anuppannāva honti antarahitā vā’’</span>ti āha. Sarūpato niyametvā vuccamāne kāci anuppannā vā hoti, kāci antarahitā vāti. <span class="bld">Cuṇṇavicuṇṇabhāvadassanattha</span>nti khaṇe khaṇe bhijjamānabhāvadassanatthaṃ.</p>
    426. 

  426. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na kenaci</span> <a name="V2.0102"></a> <span class="bld">saṃvadatī</span>ti kenaci puggalena saddhiṃ diṭṭhirāgavasena saṃkiliṭṭhacitto na vadati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sassataṃ gahetvā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Na vivadatī</span>ti viruddhabhāvo hutvā na vivadati. <span class="bld">Parivattetvā</span>ti ucchedaṃ gahetvā ekaccasassataṃ gahetvā evaṃ vuttanayena tayopi vādā parivattetvā yojetabbā<a name="M2.0102"></a>. <span class="bld">Tena voharatī</span>ti tena lokavohārena lokasamaññaṃ anatidhāvanto satto puriso puggalotiādinā voharati, na pana ito bāhirakā viya abhinivisati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘aparāmasanto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kañci dhamma</span>nti rūpādīsu ekaṃ dhammampi. <span class="bld">Parāmāsaggāhena aggaṇhanto</span>ti ‘‘nicca’’ntiādinā, ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā ca dhammasabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā parato āmasitvā gahaṇena aggaṇhanto.</p>
    427. 

  427. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Katāvī</span>ti katakicco. <span class="bld">So vadeyyā</span>ti khīṇāsavo bhikkhu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāresu sabbaso samucchinnesupi ahaṃ vadāmīti vadeyya. Tattha <span class="bld">aha</span>nti niyakajjhattasantāne. <span class="bld">Mama</span>nti tassa santakabhūte vatthusmiṃ lokaniruḷhe. <span class="bld">Samañña</span>nti tattha sukusalatāya loke samaññā kusalo viditvā. <span class="bld">Vohāramattenā</span>ti kevalaṃ paccekabuddho hutvā mahābodhipāramiyo pūretuṃ asakkonto sāvako hutvā desavohāramattena na appahīnataṇho viya andhaputhujjano abhinivesanavasena.</p>
    428. 

  428. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para206"></a><a name="para206_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">206</span>. <span class="bld">Sassatādīsū</span>ti sassatābhinivesādīsu. <span class="bld">Tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammāna</span>nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Sassataṃ abhiññāyā</span>ti sassatadiṭṭhiṃ samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato nissaraṇato abhivisiṭṭhāya paññāya paṭivijjhitvā. <span class="bld">Pahāna</span>nti accantappahānaṃ samucchedaṃ. <span class="bld">Rūpassa pahāna</span>nti rūpassa tappaṭibaddhasaññojanappahānena pahānaṃ. <span class="bld">Anuppādanirodhena niruddhehi āsavehi aggahetvāva cittaṃ vimucci</span>. ‘‘Āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccī’’ti ettha kiñcipi aggahetvā asesetvā. <span class="bld">Soḷasa paññā</span>ti mahāpaññādikā soḷasa paññā. <span class="bld">Caturaṅgasamannāgato</span>ti puṇṇauposathadivasatā, kenaci anāmantitameva anekasatānaṃyeva anekasahassānaṃ vā bhikkhūnaṃ sannipatitatā, sabbesaṃ ehibhikkhubhāvena upasampannatā, chaḷabhiññatā cāti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatrimāni aṅgānī’’</span>tiādi. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    429. 

  429. <p class="centered">Dīghanakhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    430. 

  430. <p class="subhead">5. Māgaṇḍiyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    431. 

  431. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para207"></a><a name="para207_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">207</span>. <span class="bld">Dve</span> <a name="M2.0103"></a> <span class="bld">māgaṇḍiyā</span>ti dve <a name="V2.0103"></a> māgaṇḍiyanāmakā. <span class="bld">Devagabbhasadisa</span>nti devānaṃ vasanaovarakasadisaṃ. <span class="bld">Etaṃ vutta</span>nti ‘‘bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāre tiṇasanthārake’’ti etaṃ vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Na kevalaṃ taṃ divasamevā</span>ti yaṃ divasaṃ māgaṇḍiyo paribbājako tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññattaṃ, na kevalaṃ taṃ divasameva bhagavā yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo, tenupasaṅkamīti yojanā. <span class="bld">Gāmūpacāre</span>ti gāmasamīpe. <span class="bld">Saññāṇaṃ katvā</span>ti saññāṇaṃ katvā viya. Na hi bhagavato tassa saññāṇakaraṇe payojanaṃ atthi.</p>
    432. 

  432. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samaṇaseyyānurūpa</span>nti samaṇassa anucchavikā seyyā. Pāsaṃsattho hi ayaṃ rūpa-saddo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘imaṃ tiṇasanthāraka’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Anākiṇṇo</span>ti viluḷito aghaṭṭito. Hatthapādasīsehi tattha tattha pahaṭena na calito <span class="bld">abhinno,</span> acalitattā eva abhinnaṃ attharaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Paricchinditvā paññatto viyā</span>ti ayaṃ chekena cittakārena cintetvā tulikāya paricchinnalekhāya paricchinditvā likhitā cittakataseyyā viya. Bhūnaṃ vuccati vaḍḍhitaṃ, taṃ hantīti <span class="bld">bhūnahuno</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘hatavaḍḍhino’’</span>ti. Taṃ panāyaṃ cakkhādīsu saṃvaravidhānaṃ vaḍḍhihananaṃ maññati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mariyādakārakassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Brūhetabba</span>nti uḷāravisayūpahārena vaḍḍhetabbaṃ pīṇetabbaṃ. Taṃ pana ananubhūtānubhavanena hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ dakkhitabba’’</span>nti. Anubhūtaṃ pana apaṇītaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhaṃ samatikkamitabba’’</span>nti. Sesavāresupi eseva nayo. Paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānavādī kiresa paribbājako, tasmā <span class="bld">evaṃ chasu dvāresu vaḍḍhiṃ paññapeti</span>. Yasmā yaṃ channampi cakkhādīnaṃ yathāsakaṃ visayaggahaṇaṃ paṭikkhipanto lokassa avaḍḍhitaṃ vināsameva paññapeti, <span class="bld">tasmā so</span> sayampi <span class="bld">vaḍḍhihato</span> hatavaḍḍhito.</p>
    433. 

  433. <p class="bodytext">Saṃkilesato ārakattā <span class="bld">ariyo</span> niyyānikadhammabhāvato <span class="bld">ñāyo dhammo</span>. Vajjalesassapi abhāvato <span class="bld">kusalo</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘parisuddhe kāraṇadhamme anavajje’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Uggatassā</span>ti uccakulīnatādinā uḷārassa. <span class="bld">Mukhe ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā</span>ti mukhena saṃyato hutvā. <span class="bld">Ambajambūādīni gahetvā viya apūrayamāno</span>ti ambajambūādīni aññamaññavisadisāni viya pūraṇakathānayena yaṃ kiñci akathetvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mayā kathitaniyāmenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    434. 

  434. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para208"></a><a name="para208_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">208</span>. <span class="bld">Phalasamāpattiyā</span> <a name="M2.0104"></a><a name="V2.0104"></a> <span class="bld">vuṭṭhito</span>ti divāvihārato vuṭṭhitoti attho. Divāvihāropi hi ‘‘paṭisallāna’’nti vuccati ‘‘rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 18). Bhagavā hi phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhānuttarakālaṃ tesaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ sutvā divāvihārato vuṭṭhāya tattha gato. Saṃvego nāma sahottappañāṇaṃ, taṃ nibbindanavasenapi hoti, saṃveganissitaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘pītisaṃvegena saṃviggo’’</span>ti. So pana yasmā purimāvatthāya calanaṃ hoti cittassa, tasmā āha <span class="bld">‘‘calito kampito’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tikhiṇasotena purisenā</span>ti bhagavantaṃ sandhāyāha.</p>
    435. 

  435. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para209"></a><a name="para209_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">209</span>. <span class="bld">Dhammadesanaṃ ārabhi</span> yathā vineyyadamanakusalo <span class="bld">vasanaṭṭhānaṭṭhenā</span>ti idaṃ āramitabbabhāvassa bhāvalakkhaṇavacanaṃ. Āramati etthāti ārāmo, rūpaṃ ārāmo etassāti <span class="bld">rūpārāmaṃ,</span> tato eva tanninnabhāvena <span class="bld">rūpe ratanti rūparataṃ,</span> tena sammo duppattiyā rūpena sammuditanti <span class="bld">rūpasammuditaṃ,</span> tadetaṃ tadabhihatajavanakiccaṃ tattha āropetvā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Danta</span>ntiādīsupi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Dantaṃ</span> damitaṃ. <span class="bld">Nibbisevana</span>nti vigatavisukāyikaṃ. <span class="bld">Gutta</span>nti satiyā guttaṃ. <span class="bld">Rakkhita</span>nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Saṃvuta</span>nti apanītaṃ pavesanivāraṇena. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘pihita’’</span>nti.</p>
    436. 

  436. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para210"></a><a name="para210_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">210</span>. <span class="bld">Uppajjanapariḷāha</span>nti uppajjanakilesapariḷāhaṃ. <span class="bld">Kiṃ vacanaṃ vattabbaṃ assā</span>ti rūpārammaṇaṃ anubhavitvā samudayādipahānaṃ pariggaṇhitvā parinibbinditvā virajjitvā yo vimutto, tattha kiṃ vuddhihatapariyāyo avassaṃ labhati na labhatīti pucchati. Paribbājako tādise sārabaddhavimuttike vuddhihatoti na vadeyyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na kiñci, bho, gotamā’’</span>ti.</p>
    437. 

  437. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para211"></a><a name="para211_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">211</span>. <span class="bld">Te</span>ti tayā, ayameva vā pāṭho. <span class="bld">Vassaṃ vāso vassaṃ</span> uttarapadalopena, vassituṃ arahatīti <span class="bld">vassiko,</span> vassakāle nivāsānucchavikoti attho.</p>
    438. 

  438. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nātiucco hoti nātinīco</span>ti gimhiko viya ucco, hemantiko viya nīco na hoti, atha kho tadubhayavemajjhalakkhaṇatāya nātiucco hoti nātinīco. <span class="bld">Nātitanūnī</span>ti <a name="M2.0105"></a> hemantikassa viya na khuddakāni. <span class="bld">Nātibahūnī</span>ti gimhikassa viya na atibahūni. <span class="bld">Missakānevā</span>ti hemantikagimhikesu vuttalakkhaṇavomissakāni. <span class="bld">Uṇhapavesanatthāyā</span>ti niyūhesu purebhattaṃ pacchābhattañca patitasūriyobhāsavasena uṇhassa abbhantarapavesanatthāya. <span class="bld">Bhittiniyūhāni nīharīyantī</span>ti <a name="V2.0105"></a> dakkhiṇapasse bhittīsu niyūhāni nīharitvā karīyanti. <span class="bld">Vipulajālānī</span>ti puthulachiddāni. <span class="bld">Udakayantānī</span>ti udakavāhakayantāni.</p>
    439. 

  439. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nīluppalagacchake katvā</span>ti vikasitehi nīluppalehi gacchake naḷinike katvā. <span class="bld">Gandhakalala</span>nti gandhamissakakaddamaṃ. <span class="bld">Yamakabhittī</span>ti yugaḷabhitti, tassā antare nāḷi, yato udakaṃ abhiruhati. <span class="bld">Lohanāḷi</span>nti lohamayayantanāḷiṃ. <span class="bld">Jāla</span>nti tambalohamayaṃ jālaṃ. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā yantaṃ parivattentī</span>ti heṭṭhābhāge udakayantaṃ gamenti. <span class="bld">Udakaphusite temente vivaṇṇatā māhosī</span>ti <span class="bld">nīlapaṭaṃ nivāseti. Divākāle</span>ti divasavelāya. <span class="bld">Ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto viharāmī</span>ti etena attano phalasamāpattivihāro bhagavatā dassitoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tāya ratiyā ramamānoti idaṃ catutthajjhānikaphalasamāpattiratiṃ sandhāya vutta’’</span>nti.</p>
    440. 

  440. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para212"></a><a name="para212_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">212</span>. <span class="bld">Mahā</span> <span class="bld">ca nesaṃ papañco</span>ti nesaṃ rājūnaṃ mahāpapañco rājiddhivasena sabbadā sampattivisayo ca, anubhavituṃ na labhantīti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Mante gavesantā vicaranti,</span> na bhogasukhaṃ. <span class="bld">Gaṇanā</span> nāma acchinnagaṇanā, na vigaṇagaṇanā na paṇagaṇanā. <span class="bld">Āvaṭṭo</span>ti yathādhigate dibbe kāme pahāya kāmahetu āvaṭṭo nivatto parivattito <span class="bld">bhaveyya. Evaṃ mānusakā kāmā</span>ti yathā koci kusaggena udakaṃ gahetvā mahāsamudde udakaṃ mineyya. Tattha mahāsamudde udakameva mahantaṃ vipulaṃ paṇītañca, evaṃ dibbānaṃ kāmānaṃ samīpe upanidhāya mānusakā kāmā appamattakā oramattakā nihīnā, dibbāva kāmā mahantā vipulā uḷārā paṇītā. <span class="bld">Samadhigayhā</span>ti sammā adhigamanavasena niggayha dibbampi sukhaṃ hīnaṃ katvā <span class="bld">tiṭṭhati</span>.</p>
    441. 

  441. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para213"></a><a name="para213_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">213</span>. Ārogyahetukaṃ sukhaṃ assa atthīti <span class="bld">sukhī,</span> taṃ panassa rogavigamatovāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamaṃ dukkhito pacchā sukhito’’</span>ti. Serī nāma attādhīnavuttīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘serī ekako bhaveyyā’’</span>ti. Attano vaso <a name="M2.0106"></a> sayaṃvaso, so etassa atthīti <span class="bld">sayaṃvasī. Aṅgārakapallaṃ viya</span> kāmavatthupariḷāhahetuto. <span class="bld">Tacchetvā</span>ti ghaṭṭetvā, kaṇḍūyitvāti attho.</p>
    442. 

  442. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para214"></a><a name="para214_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">214</span>. Yena kāyo madhurakajāto hoti, taṃ kira kuṭṭhaṃ chaviṃ vināseti, cammaṃ chiddajātaṃ viya hoti. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘upahatakāyappasādo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paccalatthā</span>ti paṭilabhi. Avijjābhibhūtatāya virodhipaccayasamāyogena <span class="bld">paññindriyassa upahatattā</span>. Āyatiṃ dukkhaphalatāya etarahi ca kilesadukkhabahulatāya kāmānaṃ <span class="bld">dukkhasamphassatā,</span> tadubhayasaṃyuttesu tesu ca taṃ asallakkhitvā <a name="V2.0106"></a> ekantasukhābhiniveso viparītasaññāya, na kevalāya sukhavedanāya sukhāti pavattasaññī.</p>
    443. 

  443. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para215"></a><a name="para215_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">215</span>. <span class="bld">Tānī</span>ti kuṭṭhasarīre vaṇamukhāni. <span class="bld">Asucīnī</span>ti asubhāni. <span class="bld">Duggandhānī</span>ti vissagandhāni. <span class="bld">Pūtīnī</span>ti kuṇapabhūtāni. <span class="bld">Idānī</span>ti etarahi. Nakhehi vippatacchanaaggiparitāpanehi atinippīḷanakāle <span class="bld">pāṇakā…pe… paggharanti,</span> tena vedanā tanukā hoti. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti vuttanayena vedanāya tanukabhāvato.</p>
    444. 

  444. <p class="bodytext">Ārogyabhāve dhanalābhādilābhuppattito, asati ca ārogye lābhassa niratthakabhāvato, diṭṭhadhammikādisabbasampattīnaṃ lābhassa nimittabhāvato ca <span class="bld">ārogyaparamā lābhā</span>. Nibbāne sukhuppattito, asati ca nibbānādhigame tādisassa sukhassa anupalabbhanato, sabbasaṅkhatavivittattā ca sabbaso ca saṃsāradukkhābhāvato, adhigate ca tasmiṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhābhāvato ca <span class="bld">nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukhaṃ. Pubbabhāgamaggāna</span>nti kāyānupassanādibhedabhinnānaṃ ariyamaggassa pubbabhāgiyānaṃ maggānaṃ. Tesañca amatagāmitā nāma tanninnatāvaseneva sacchikiriyāvasenāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pubbabhāgagamaneneva amatagāmina’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhaṅgiko</span> ariyamaggo <span class="bld">khemo</span> sabbaparissayasamugghātanena anupaddutattā, taṃsamaṅgīnaṃ sabbaso anupaddutattā taṃsamaṅgīnaṃ sabbaso anupaddavahetuto ca. <span class="bld">Laddhivasena gahitā</span>ti sassatavādādīhi kevalaṃ tesaṃ laddhivasena tathā gahitā. <span class="bld">Khemaamatagāmina</span>nti iminā hi ‘‘khemaṃamatagāmina’’nti vibhattialopena niddeso, attho pana vibhattilopena daṭṭhabboti dasseti.</p>
    445. 

  445. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para216"></a><a name="para216_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">216</span>. <span class="bld">Anomajjatī</span>ti <a name="M2.0107"></a> anu anu omajjati. Aparāparaṃ hatthaṃ <span class="bld">heṭṭhā otārento majjati</span>.</p>
    446. 

  446. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para217"></a><a name="para217_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">217</span>. <span class="bld">Cheka</span>nti ghanabhāvena vītaṃ. Ghanamaṭṭhabhāvena sundaraṃ hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sampanna’’</span>nti. Sādhūhi paramappicchasantuṭṭhehi lāto gahitoti <span class="bld">sāhuḷi. Saṅkāracoḷakaṃ</span> niccakāḷakaṃ.</p>
    447. 

  447. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para218"></a><a name="para218_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">218</span>. Tattha tattha rujanaṭṭhena vibādhanaṭṭhena <span class="bld">rogova bhūto</span>. Vipassanāñāṇenapi sikhāppattena ārogyaṃ ekadesena passati, nibbānañca vaṭṭapaṭipakkhatoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanāñāṇañcevā’’</span>ti.</p>
    448. 

  448. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para219"></a><a name="para219_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">219</span>. <span class="bld">Antarā</span>ti <a name="V2.0107"></a> paṭhamuppatti jarāmaraṇānaṃ vemajjhe. <span class="bld">Upahato</span>ti pittasemhādidosehi dūsitabhāvena kathito. Pittādidose pana bhesajjasevanāya nivattento upahataṃ paṭipākatikaṃ karonto <span class="bld">cakkhūni uppādeti nāma. Vinaṭṭhānī</span>ti anuppattidhammataṃ āpannāni.</p>
    449. 

  449. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para220"></a><a name="para220_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">220</span>. <span class="bld">Pubbe vutte</span> sāhuḷiyacīre. <span class="bld">Vaṭṭe anugatacittenā</span>ti anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe anādīnavadassitāya anugāmicittena.</p>
    450. 

  450. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para221"></a><a name="para221_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">221</span>. <span class="bld">Dhammassā</span>ti nibbānassa. <span class="bld">Anudhamma</span>nti anurūpaṃ niyyānadhammaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anucchavikaṃ paṭipada’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Pañcakkhandhe</span>ti pañcupādānakkhandhe dasseti. ‘‘Dīgharattaṃ vata, bho’’tiādinā pāḷiyaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ dassitaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘upādānanirodhāti vivaṭṭaṃ dassento’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    451. 

  451. <p class="centered">Māgaṇḍiyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    452. 

  452. <p class="subhead">6. Sandakasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    453. 

  453. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para223"></a><a name="para223_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">223</span>. Devena <a name="V2.0108"></a> vassena kato sobbho devakatasobbho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vasso…pe… rahado’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Guhā</span>ti paṃsuguhā pāsāṇaguhā missakaguhāti tisso guhā. Tattha <span class="bld">paṃsuguhā</span> udakamuttaṭṭhāne ahosi ninnaṭṭhānaṃ pana udakena ajjhotthataṃ. <span class="bld">Umaṅgaṃ katvā</span>ti heṭṭhā suduggaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Anamataggiyaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0108"></a> <span class="bld">paccavekkhitvā</span>ti ‘‘na kho so sattāvāso sulabharūpo, yo iminā dīghena addhunā anāvuṭṭhapubbo’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.160) idañca taḷākaṃ mayā vutthapubbaṃ bhavissati, tampi ṭhānaṃ so ca attabhāvo apaññattikabhāvaṃ gatoti evaṃ anamataggiyaṃ paccavekkhitvā tādisaṃ ṭhānaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Iminā nayena samuddapabbatadassanādīsupi paccavekkhaṇāvidhi veditabbo.</p>
    454. 

  454. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uccaṃ nadamānāyā</span>ti uccaṃ katvā saddaṃ karontiyā <span class="bld">kāmassādabhavassādādivatthu</span>nti ‘‘ayañca ayañca kāmo iṭṭho kanto manāpo, asuko bhavo iṭṭho kanto manāpo, evamayaṃ loko piyehi piyataro’’ti evaṃ kāmassādabhavassādalokassādādisaṅkhātaṃ vatthuṃ. Duggatito saṃsārato ca niyyāti etenāti niyyānaṃ, saggamaggo mokkhamaggo ca, taṃ niyyānaṃ arahati, niyyāne vā niyuttāti niyyānikā, niyyānaṃ vā phalaṃ etissā atthīti niyyānikā, vacīduccaritādisaṃkilesato niyyātīti vā niyyānīyā, ī-kārassa rassattaṃ ya-kārassa ca ka-kāraṃ katvā niyyānikā, cetanāya saddhiṃ samphappalāpā veramaṇi. Tappaṭipakkhato aniyyānikā, tassā bhāvo aniyyānikattaṃ, tasmā <span class="bld">aniyyānikattā. Tiracchānabhūtā</span>ti tirokaraṇabhūtā. <span class="bld">Gehassitakathā</span>ti kāmapaṭisaṃyuttakathā. <span class="bld">Kammaṭṭhānabhāve</span>ti aniccatāpaṭisaṃyuttacatusaccakammaṭṭhānabhāve. Saha atthenāti <span class="bld">sātthakaṃ,</span> hitapaṭisaṃyuttanti attho. <span class="bld">Visikhā</span>ti gharasanniveso, visikhāgahaṇena ca tannivāsino gahitā ‘‘gāmo āgato’’tiādīsu (sārattha. ṭī. 1.ācariyaparamparakathāvaṇṇanā) viya. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘sūrā samatthā’’</span>ti <span class="bld">‘‘saddhā pasannā’’</span>ti ca. Kumbhaṭṭhānappadesena kumbhadāsiyo vuttāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kumbhadāsikathā vā’’</span>ti.</p>
    455. 

  455. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para228"></a><a name="para228_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">228</span>. Vohāro viya tesaṃ tathā vohāramattaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘brahmacariyavāse’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Akatā</span>ti samena, visamena vā kenaci hetunā na katā na vihitā. Katavidho karaṇavidhi natthi <a name="V2.0109"></a> etesanti <span class="bld">akaṭavidhā</span>. Padadvayenapi loke kenaci hetupaccayena nesaṃ anibbattataṃ dasseti. <span class="bld">Iddhiyāpi na nimmitā</span>ti kassaci iddhimato cetovasippattassa devassa, issarādino vā iddhiyāpi na nimmitā. <span class="bld">Animmātā</span>ti kassaci animmāpitā. <span class="bld">Rūpādijanakabhāva</span>nti rūpasaddādīnaṃ paccayabhāvaṃ, rūpādayopi pathaviyādīhi <a name="M2.0109"></a> appaṭibaddhavuttikāti tassa adhippāyo. Yathā pabbatakūṭaṃ kenaci anibbattitaṃ kassaci ca anibbattanakaṃ, evametepīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pabbatakūṭā viya ṭhitāti kūṭaṭṭhā’’</span>ti. Yamidaṃ bījato aṅkurādi jāyatīti vuccati, taṃ vijjamānameva tato nikkhamati nāvijjamānaṃ, aññathā aññatopi aññassa upaladdhi siyāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Evaṃ ṭhitā</span>ti evaṃ nibbikārā ṭhitā. <span class="bld">Ubhayenapī</span>ti atthadvayenapīti vadanti. ‘‘Kūṭaṭṭhā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā’’ti padadvayenapi. <span class="bld">Tesaṃ</span> sattannaṃ kāyānaṃ. <span class="bld">Ṭhitattā</span>ti nibbikārābhāvena ṭhitattā. <span class="bld">Na calantī</span>ti vikāraṃ nāpajjanti. Vikārābhāvato hi tesaṃ sattannaṃ kāyānaṃ esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitatā. Aniñjanañca atthato pakatiyā avaṭṭhānamevāti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘na vipariṇāmentī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tathā avipariṇāmadhammattā eva te <span class="bld">aññamaññaṃ na byābādhenti</span>. Sati hi vikāraṃ āpādetabbatāya byābādhakatāpi siyā, tathā anuggahetabbatāya anuggāhakatāti tadabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘nāla’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    456. 

  456. <p class="bodytext">Pathavī eva kāyekadesattā <span class="bld">pathavīkāyo. Hantuṃ vā ghātetuṃ vā samattho nāma natthi</span> jīvasattamānaṃ kāyānaṃ niccatāya nibbikārabhāvato, eteneva nesamahantabbatā aghātetabbatā atthato vuttāyevāti daṭṭhabbā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘sattannaṃtveva kāyāna’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Sotuṃ vā sāvetuṃ vā samattho nāma natthī</span>ti paccekaṃ nesaṃ savanesu asamatthattā tadekadesādīsupi asamatthataṃ dīpeti. Yadi koci hantā natthi, kathaṃ satthappahāroti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā muggarāsiādīsū’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Kevalaṃ saññāmattameva hoti,</span> hananaghātanādi pana paramatthato nattheva kāyānaṃ avikopanīyabhāvatoti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Kevalaṃ takkamattena niratthakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ dīpetī</span>ti etena yasmā takkikā niraṅkusatāya parikappanassa yaṃ kiñci attanā parikappitaṃ sārato maññamānā tatheva abhinivissa takkadiṭṭhiggāhaṃ gaṇhanti, tasmā na tesaṃ diṭṭhivatthusmiṃ viññūhi vicāraṇā kattabbāti dasseti. <span class="bld">Kecī</span>ti sārasamāsācariyā. <span class="bld">Pañcindriyavasenā</span>ti pañcarūpindriyavasena. <span class="bld">Kammanti laddhi</span> kammabhāvena supākaṭattā. Avaṅkakathātāraṇādikā <span class="bld">dvāsaṭṭhi paṭipadā. Ekasmiṃ kappe</span>ti ekasmiṃ mahākappe.</p>
    457. 

  457. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Purisabhūmiyo</span>ti <a name="M2.0110"></a> padhānapuggalena niddeso, itthīnampetā bhūmiyo icchanteva. <span class="bld">Bhikkhu ca pannako</span>tiādi tesaṃ pāḷiyeva. Tattha <span class="bld">pannako</span>ti bhikkhāya vicaraṇakoti vadanti, tesaṃ vā paṭipattiṃ <a name="V2.0110"></a> paṭipannako. <span class="bld">Jino</span>ti jiṇṇo, jarāvasena nihīnadhātukoti vadanti, attano vā paṭipattiyā paṭipakkhaṃ jinitvā ṭhito. So kira tathābhūto kassacipi dhammaṃ na katheti, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na kiñci āhā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Alābhi</span>nti ‘‘so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.394) nayena vuttaalābhahetusamāyogena alābhiṃ. Tato eva jighacchādubbalaparetatāya sayanaparāyaṇaṃ <span class="bld">samaṇaṃ pannabhūmīti vadati</span>.</p>
    458. 

  458. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ājīvavuttisatānī</span>ti sattānaṃ ājīvabhūtāni jīvikāvuttisatāni. Pasuggahaṇena eḷakajāti gahitā, migaggahaṇena rurugavayādisabbamigajāti. <span class="bld">Bahū devā</span>ti cātumahārājikādibrahmakāyikādivasena nesaṃ antarabhedavasena bahū devā. Tattha cātumahārājikānaṃ ekacco antarabhedo <span class="bld">‘‘mahāsamayasuttena’’</span> (dī. ni. 2.331 ādayo) dīpetabbo. <span class="bld">Mānusāpi anantā</span>ti dīpadesakulavaṃsājīvādivibhāgavasena mānusāpi anantabhedā. Pisācā eva pesācā, te aparapetādayo <span class="bld">mahantā</span> veditabbā.</p>
    459. 

  459. <p class="bodytext">Chaddantadahamandākiniyo <span class="bld">kuḷīramucalinda</span>nāmena vadati. <span class="bld">Gaṇṭhikā</span>ti pabbagaṇṭhikā. <span class="bld">Paṇḍitopi…pe… uddhaṃ na gacchati,</span> kasmā? Sattānaṃ saṃsaraṇakālassa niyatabhāvato.</p>
    460. 

  460. <p class="bodytext">Aparipakkaṃ saṃsaraṇanimittaṃ sīlādinā <span class="bld">paripāceti nāma</span> sīghaṃyeva visuddhippattiyā. <span class="bld">Paripakkaṃ phussa phussa</span> patvā patvā paripakkabhāvāpādanena <span class="bld">byantiṃ karoti nāma. Suttaguḷe</span>ti suttavaṭṭiyaṃ. <span class="bld">Nibbeṭhiyamānameva paletī</span>ti upamāya sattānaṃ saṃsāro anukkamena khīyateva, na tassa vaddhīti dasseti paricchinnarūpattā.</p>
    461. 

  461. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para229"></a><a name="para229_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">229</span>. <span class="bld">Niyativāde pakkhipanto</span>ti sabbaññutaṃ paṭijānitvāpi padesaññutāya asampāyamāno tattha attano aññāṇakiriyaṃ pariharituṃ asakkonto ca ‘‘evamesā niyatī’’ti niyativāde pakkhipanto.</p>
    462. 

  462. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para230"></a><a name="para230_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">230</span>. Dhammakathāya <a name="M2.0111"></a> apassayabhūto anussavo etassa atthīti <span class="bld">anussavī,</span> tenevassa apassayavādaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘anussavanissito’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Savanaṃ saccato</span>ti yaṃ kiñci anussavaṃ, taṃ savanaṃ saccanti gahetvā ṭhito. <span class="bld">Piṭakasampadāyā</span>ti ganthasampādanena, tādisaṃ ganthaṃ paguṇaṃ vācuggataṃ katvā taṃ nissāya dhammaṃ katheti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vaggapaṇṇāsakāyā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    463. 

  463. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para232"></a><a name="para232_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">232</span>. <span class="bld">Mandapañño</span>ti <a name="V2.0111"></a> parittapañño. <span class="bld">Momūho</span>ti sammuyhako. ‘‘Evantipi me no’’tiādinā vividho nānappakāro khepo vācāya paravādānaṃ khīpanaṃ vācāvikkhepo, taṃ <span class="bld">vācāvikkhepaṃ,</span> na marati na pacchijjati yathāvutto vādavikkhepo etāyāti amarā, tattha pavattā diṭṭhi amarāvikkhepo, taṃ <span class="bld">amarāvikkhepaṃ. Apariyantavikkhepa</span>nti ‘‘evampi me no’’tiādinā pucchitassa apariyosāpanavasena vikkhepaṃ. <span class="bld">Ito cito ca sandhāvati</span> ekasmiṃ sabhāve anavaṭṭhānato. <span class="bld">Gāhaṃ na upagacchatī</span>ti micchāgāhatāya uttaravidhānāya purimapakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā gāhaṃ na upagacchati. Amarāsadisāya amarāya vikkhepoti <span class="bld">amarāvikkhepo</span>.</p>
    464. 

  464. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Idaṃ kusala</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo pakārattho, iminā pakārenāti attho. Amarāvikkhepiko yathā kusale, evaṃ aññasmiṃ yaṃ kiñci kenaci pucchitaṃ atthaṃ attano aruccanatāya ‘‘evantipi me no’’tiādinā tattha tattha vikkhepaññeva āpajjati, tasmā ‘‘evantipi me no’’tiādi tattha tattha pucchitākārapaṭisedhanavasena vikkhipanākāradassanaṃ. Nanu cettha vikkhepavādino vikkhepapakkhassa ananujānanaṃ vikkhepapakkhe avaṭṭhānaṃ yuttanti? Na, tatthāpi tassa sammūḷhassa paṭikkhepavaseneva vikkhepavādassa pavattanato. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘no’’</span>ti. Tathā hi sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto raññā ajātasattunā sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ puṭṭho paralokattikādīnaṃ paṭisedhanamukhena vikkhepaṃ byākāsi.</p>
    465. 

  465. <p class="bodytext">Etthāha – ‘‘nanu cāyaṃ sabbopi amarāvikkhepiko kusalādayo dhamme paralokattikādīni ca yathābhūtaṃ anavabujjhamāno tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno pucchāya vikkhepamattaṃ āpajjati, tassa kathaṃ diṭṭhigatabhāvo. Na hi avattukāmassa viya pucchitamatthaṃ ajānantassa vikkhepakaraṇamattena <a name="M2.0112"></a> tassa diṭṭhigatikatā yuttā’’ti? Vuccate – na heva kho pucchāya vikkhepakaraṇamattena tassa diṭṭhigatikatā, atha kho micchābhinivesavasena. Sassatābhinivesena micchābhiniviṭṭhoyeva hi puggalo mandabuddhitāya kusalādidhamme paralokattikādīni ca yāthāvato appaṭipajjamāno attanā aviññātassa atthassa paraṃ viññāpetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya musāvādabhayena ca vikkhepaṃ āpajjatīti. Atha vā puññapāpānaṃ tabbipākānañca anavabodhena asaddahanena ca tabbisayāya pucchāya vikkhepakaraṇaṃyeva sundaranti khantiṃ ruciṃ uppādetvā abhinivisantassa uppannā visuṃyeva sā ekā diṭṭhi sattabhaṅgadiṭṭhi viyāti daṭṭhabbā, indriyabaddhato ca tatiyaṭṭhānabhāve dassito.</p>
    466. 

  466. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para234"></a><a name="para234_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">234</span>. <span class="bld">Sannidhikārakaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0112"></a> <span class="bld">kāme</span>ti ettha anindriyabaddhāni adhippetānīti tilataṇḍulādiggahaṇaṃ, tassa lokassa appasādaparihāratthaṃ kadāci taṇḍulanāḷiādisaṅgahaṇakaraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tilataṇḍulādayo paññāyantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    467. 

  467. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para236"></a><a name="para236_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">236</span>. <span class="bld">Ājīvakā matā nāmā</span>ti ime ājīvakā sabbaso sammāpaṭipattirahitā micchā eva ca paṭipajjamānā adhisīlasaṅkhātassa sīlajīvitassa abhāvena matā nāma. <span class="bld">Puttamatā</span>ti mataputtā. <span class="bld">Samaṇe gotame brahmacariyavāso atthī</span>ti samaṇaṃ eva gotamaṃ parisuddho suparipuṇṇo takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāvaho brahmacariyavāso atthi. Etenettha dhammasudhammatādidīpanena buddhasubuddhatañca dīpeti, <span class="bld">aññattha natthī</span>ti iminā bāhirakesu tassa abhāvaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    468. 

  468. <p class="centered">Sandakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    469. 

  469. <p class="subhead">7. Mahāsakuludāyisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    470. 

  470. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para237"></a><a name="para237_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">237</span>. <span class="bld">Abhiññātā</span>ti <a name="V2.0113"></a> ediso ediso cāti abhilakkhaṇavasena ñātā. Appasaddassa vinīto, appasaddatāya mandabhāṇitāya vinītoti ca <span class="bld">appasaddavinīto</span>ti vuccamāne aññena vinītabhāvo dīpito hoti, bhagavā pana sayambhuñāṇena sayameva vinīto. Tasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘appasaddavinīto’’ti na vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na hi bhagavā aññena vinīto’’</span>ti.</p>
    471. 

  471. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para238"></a><a name="para238_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">238</span>. <span class="bld">Hiyyodivasaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0113"></a> <span class="bld">upādāya</span> tato āsannāni katipayāni divasāni <span class="bld">purimāni nāma honti, purimānī</span>ti ca pubbakāni, atītānīti attho. <span class="bld">Tato para</span>nti yathā vuttaatītadivasato anantaraṃ paraṃ purimataraṃ atisayena purimattā. Iti imesu dvīsu pavattito yathākkamaṃ purimapurimatarabhāvo, evaṃ santepi yadettha ‘‘purimatara’’nti vuttaṃ, tato pabhuti yaṃ yaṃ oraṃ, taṃ taṃ paraṃ, yaṃ yaṃ paraṃ, taṃ taṃ ‘‘purimatara’’nti vuttaṃ hoti. Kutūhalayuttā sālā <span class="bld">kutūhalasālā</span> yathā ‘‘ājaññaratho’’ti. <span class="bld">Ime</span> dassanādayo.</p>
    472. 

  472. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ayathābhūtaguṇehī</span>ti ayathābhūtaṃ micchādīpitaatthamatteneva ugghositaguṇehi <span class="bld">samuggato</span> ghosito. Taranti atikkamanti etenāti titthaṃ, aggamaggo. Diṭṭhigatikamaggo pana ayathābhūtopi tesaṃ tathā vitaraṇaṃ upādāya titthanti voharīyatīti taṃ karontā <span class="bld">titthakarā. Osaratī</span>ti pavisati.</p>
    473. 

  473. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para239"></a><a name="para239_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">239</span>. <span class="bld">Sahita</span>nti pubbāparāviruddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Na kiñci jāta</span>nti paṭiññādosahetudosaudāharaṇadosaduṭṭhadosatāya na kiñci jātaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘āropito te vādo’’</span>ti. Vadanti tena paribhāsantīti <span class="bld">vādo</span> doso. <span class="bld">Sabhāvakkosenā</span>ti sabhāvato pavattakoṭṭhāsena.</p>
    474. 

  474. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para240"></a><a name="para240_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">240</span>. <span class="bld">Pīḷeyyā</span>ti madhubhaṇḍena saha bhājane pīḷetvā dadeyya. <span class="bld">Sabrahmacārīhi sampayojetvā</span>ti sahadhammikehi viheṭhanapayogaṃ katvā, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vivādaṃ katvā’’</span>ti.</p>
    475. 

  475. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para241"></a><a name="para241_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">241</span>. <span class="bld">Itarītarenā</span>ti paṇītato itarena. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘lāmakalāmakenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    476. 

  476. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para242"></a><a name="para242_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">242</span>. <span class="bld">Bhattakosakenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0114"></a> kosakabhattena, khuddakasarāvabhattakenāti attho. <span class="bld">Beluvamattabhattāhārā</span>ti billapamāṇabhattabhojanā. <span class="bld">Oṭṭhavaṭṭiyā</span>ti mukhavaṭṭiyā. <span class="bld">Sabbākārenevā</span>ti sabbappakāreneva. <span class="bld">Anappāhāroti na vattabbo</span> kadāci appāhāroti katvā. Tattha ativiya aññehi avisayhaṃ appāhārataṃ bhagavato dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘padhānabhūmiya’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Mayā</span>ti nissakkavacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Visesatarā</span>ti tena dhammena visesavantatarā.</p>
    477. 

  477. <p class="bodytext">Vatasamādānavaseneva <a name="M2.0114"></a> paṃsukūlaṃ dhārentīti <span class="bld">paṃsukūlikā</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘samādinnapaṃsukūlikaṅgā’’</span>ti, saddattho pana <span class="bld">‘‘visuddhimagge’’</span> (visuddhi. 1.24) vuttanayena veditabbo. <span class="bld">Piṇḍapātikā sapadānacārino</span>tiādīsupi eseva nayo. Tattha tattha satthena chinditattā <span class="bld">satthalūkhāni</span>. Yaṃ yaṃ sappāyaṃ, tasseva gahaṇaṃ <span class="bld">uccina</span>nti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uccinitvā…pe… thiraṭṭhānameva gahetvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Alābulomasānī</span>ti alābulomāni viya sukhumatarāni cīvarasuttaṃsūni etesaṃ santīti alābulomasāni. <span class="bld">Pātitasāṇapaṃsukūla</span>nti kaḷevarena saddhiṃ chaḍḍitasāṇamayaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ, yaṃ tumbamatte puḷave odhunitvā satthā gaṇhi.</p>
    478. 

  478. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Yathāpi bhamaro puppha’’ntiādinā (dha. pa. 49) vuttaṃ madhukarabhikkhācāravataṃ ‘‘piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā’’ti (mahāva. 73, 128) vacanato bhikkhūnaṃ pakatibhūtaṃ vatanti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘uñchāsake vate ratā’’</span>ti. Vata-saddo cettha pakativatasaṅkhātaṃ sakavataṃ vadati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘uñchācariyasaṅkhāte bhikkhūnaṃ pakativate’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Uccanīcagharadvāraṭṭhāyino</span>ti mahantakhuddakagehānaṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhakaṭṭhāyino. <span class="bld">Kabaramissakaṃ bhattaṃ saṃharitvā</span>ti kaṇājakamissakaṃ bhattaṃ sampiṇḍitvā. <span class="bld">Ummārato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti gharummārato paṭṭhāya.</p>
    479. 

  479. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cīvarānuggahattha</span>nti cīvarānurakkhaṇatthaṃ. Ettha ca yasmā buddhā nāma sadevake loke anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ, sā cassa puññakkhettatā paramukkaṃsagatā, tasmā sattānaṃ tādisaṃ upakāraṃ ācikkhitvā te ca anuggaṇhantā gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyanti, catupaccayasantose pana ne paramukkaṃsagatā evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    480. 

  480. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para244"></a><a name="para244_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">244</span>. <span class="bld">Sappaccaya</span>nti sahetukaṃ sakāraṇaṃ hutvā dhammaṃ desetīti ayamettha attho. Codako pana adhippāyaṃ ajānanto <span class="bld">‘‘kiṃ panā’’</span>tiādimāha. Itaro <span class="bld">‘‘no na desetī’’</span>tiādinā adhippāyaṃ vivarati. <span class="bld">Nidāna</span>nti cettha ñāpakaṃ uppattikāraṇaṃ adhippetaṃ, tañca tassa tassa anuppattiyuttassa atthassa paṭipakkhaharaṇato <span class="bld">‘‘sappāṭihāriya’’</span>nti vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘purimassevetaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0115"></a> <span class="bld">vevacana’’</span>nti. Rāgādīnaṃ vā paṭiharaṇaṃ paṭihāriyaṃ, tadeva pāṭihāriyaṃ, saha pāṭihāriyenāti <span class="bld">sappāṭihāriyaṃ</span>. Rāgādipaṭisedhavaseneva hi satthā dhammaṃ deseti.</p>
    481. 

  481. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para245"></a><a name="para245_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">245</span>. <span class="bld">Tassa</span> <a name="M2.0115"></a> <span class="bld">tassa pañhassā</span>ti yaṃ yaṃ pañhaṃ paro abhisaṅkharitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchati, tassa tassa pañhassa. <span class="bld">Upari āgamanavādapatha</span>nti vissajjane kate tato upari āgacchanakaṃ vādamaggaṃ. <span class="bld">Visesetvā vadanto</span>ti vattati, ‘‘bho gotama, vattumarahatī’’ti attano vādabhedanatthaṃ āhataṃ kāraṇaṃ attano māraṇatthaṃ āvudhaṃ nidassento viya visesetvā vadanto pahārakena vacanena. <span class="bld">Antarantare</span>ti mayā vuccamānakathāpabandhassa antarantare. <span class="bld">Dadeyya</span> vadeyya. <span class="bld">Evarūpesu ṭhānesū</span>ti paravādīhi saddhiṃ vādapaṭivādaṭṭhānesu. Te niggahetuṃ mayā desitaṃ suttapadaṃ ānetvā <span class="bld">mamayeva anusāsaniṃ ovādaṃ paccāsīsanti</span>.</p>
    482. 

  482. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para246"></a><a name="para246_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">246</span>. <span class="bld">Sampādemī</span>ti manorathaṃ sampādemi. <span class="bld">Paripūremī</span>ti ajjhāsayaṃ paripūremi. <span class="bld">Adhisīle</span>ti adhike uttamasīle. Sāvakasīlato ca paccekabuddhasīlato ca buddhānaṃ sīlaṃ <span class="bld">adhikaṃ</span> ukkaṭṭhaṃ paramukkaṃsato anaññasādhāraṇabhāvato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘buddhasīlaṃ nāma kathita’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Ṭhānuppattikapaññā</span>ti tattha tattha ṭhānaso uppannapaññā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Avasesā paññā</span>ti idha pāḷiyaṃ āgatā anāgatā ca yathāvuttañāṇadvayavinimuttā paññā.</p>
    483. 

  483. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para247"></a><a name="para247_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">247</span>. <span class="bld">Visesādhigamāna</span>nti satipaṭṭhānādīnaṃ adhigandhabbavisesānaṃ. Abhiññā nāma cha abhiññā, tāsu ukkaṭṭhaniddesena chaḷabhiññārahatova aggamaggapaññā idha abhiññāti adhippetā, tassa vosānaṃ pariyosānaṃ pāramī paramukkaṃsāti avakaṃsāti ca aggaphalaṃ vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘abhiññā…pe… arahattaṃ pattā’’</span>ti.</p>
    484. 

  484. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upāyapadhāne</span>ti ariyaphalādhigamanassa upāyabhūte padhāne. ‘‘Anuppannapāpakānuppādādiatthā’’ti gahitā tatheva honti, taṃ atthaṃ sādhentiyevāti etassa atthassa dīpako sammā-saddoti yathāadhippetatthassa anuppannapāpakānuppādādino upāyabhūte, padhānaupāyabhūteti attho. Sammā-saddassa vā yoniso atthadīpakataṃ sandhāya ‘‘yoniso padhāne’’ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Chandaṃ janetī</span>ti kattukamyatākusalacchandaṃ uppādeti pavatteti vā. <span class="bld">Vāyamatī</span>ti payogaparakkamaṃ karoti. <span class="bld">Vīriyaṃ ārabhatī</span>ti kāyikacetasikavīriyaṃ karoti. <span class="bld">Cittaṃ ukkhipatī</span>ti <a name="M2.0116"></a> teneva sahajātavīriyena kosajjapakkhato cittaṃ ukkhipati. <span class="bld">Padahatī</span>ti sammappadhānabhūtaṃ vīriyaṃ pavatteti. Paṭipāṭiyā panetāni cattāri padāni āsevanābhāvanābahulīkammasātaccakiriyāhi <a name="V2.0116"></a> yojetabbāni. ‘‘Padahatī’’ti vā iminā āsevanādīhi saddhiṃ sikhāpattaṃ ussoḷhivīriyaṃ yojetabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Vaḍḍhiyā paripūraṇattha</span>nti yāvatā bhāvanāpāripūriyā paripūraṇatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Yā ṭhitī</span>ti yā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭipakkhavigamena avaṭṭhiti. <span class="bld">So asammoso</span>ti so avināso. <span class="bld">Yaṃ vepulla</span>nti yo sabbaso vipulabhāvo mahantatā. <span class="bld">Bhāvanāpāripūrī</span>ti bhāvanāya paripūritā. <span class="bld">Atthotipi veditabbaṃ purimapacchimapadānaṃ samānatthabhāvato.</span></p>
    485. 

  485. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pubbabhāgapaṭipadā kathitā</span>taṃtaṃvisesādhigamassa paṭipadāvibhāvanāya āraddhattā. Akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppajjanena anatthāvahatā nāma natthīti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘uppajjamānā’’</span>ti vacanaṃ uppannānaṃ rāsantarabhāvena gahitattā. Tathā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppajjanenāti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">anuppajjamānā</span>ti vacanaṃ uppannānaṃ rāsantarabhāvena gahitattā.<span class="bld"> Nirujjhamānā</span>ti paṭipakkhasamāyogena vinassamānā, na khaṇanirodhavasena nirujjhamānā.</p>
    486. 

  486. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Lobhādayo veditabbā,</span> ye āraddhavipassakānaṃ uppajjanārahā. <span class="bld">Sakiṃ uppajjitvā</span>ti sabhāvakathanamattametaṃ. Ekavārameva hi maggo uppajjati. <span class="bld">Nirujjhamāno</span>ti saraseneva nirujjhamāno. Na hi tassa paṭipakkhasamāyogo nāma atthi. <span class="bld">Phalassā</span>ti anantarakāleva uppajjanakaphalassa. <span class="bld">Paccayaṃ datvāva nirujjhatī</span>ti iminā maggo sampati āyatiñca ekanteneva atthāvahoti dasseti. <span class="bld">Purimasmimpī</span>ti ‘‘anuppannā me kusalā dhammā anuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyu’’nti etasmiṃ tatiyavārepi. <span class="bld">‘‘Samathavipassanā gahetabbā’’ti vuttaṃ</span> aṭṭhakathāyaṃ, <span class="bld">taṃ pana</span> maggassa anuppannatāya sabbhāvato, anuppajjamāne ca tasmiṃ vaṭṭānatthasabbhāvatoti maggassapi sādhāraṇabhāvato <span class="bld">na yutta</span>nti paṭikkhipati. Yadi samathavipassanānampi anuppatti anatthāvahā, maggassa anuppattiyā vattabbaṃ natthīti.</p>
    487. 

  487. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mahantaṃ</span><a name="M2.0117"></a>, <span class="bld">gāravaṃ hoti,</span> tasmā ‘‘saṅghagāravena yathāruci vandituṃ na labhāmī’’ti saṅghena saha na nikkhami. <span class="bld">Ettakaṃ dhātūnaṃ nidhānaṃ nāma aññatra natthi,</span> mahādhātunidhānato hi nīharitvā katipayā dhātuyo tattha tattha cetiye upanītā, idha pana rāmagāmathūpe vinaṭṭhe nāgabhavanaṃ paviṭṭhā doṇamattā dhātuyo upanītā. <span class="bld">Atimandāni no</span>ti nanu ativiya mandāni.</p>
    488. 

  488. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saṃvijjitvā</span>ti ‘‘kathañhi nāma mādiso īdisaṃ anatthaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti saṃvegaṃ janetvā. Īdisaṃ nāma mādisaṃ ārabbha vattabbanti <span class="bld">kiṃ vadatīti</span> taṃ vacanaṃ anādiyanto.</p>
    489. 

  489. <p class="bodytext">Santasamāpattito <a name="V2.0117"></a> aññaṃ santhambhanakāraṇaṃ balavaṃ natthīti tato parihīno sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ patiṭṭhā kathaṃ bhavissatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘santāya…pe… na sakkotī’’</span>ti. Na hi mahārajjuyā chinnāya suttatantū santhambhetuṃ sakkontīti. Samathe dassetvā tena samānagatikā imasmiṃ visaye vipassanāpīti iminā adhippāyenāha <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ uppannā samathavipassanā…pe… saṃvattantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    490. 

  490. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāsāva</span>nti kāsāvavatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Kacchaṃ pīḷetvā nivattha</span>nti pacchimaṃ ovaṭṭikaṃ pīḷento viya daḷhaṃ katvā nivatthaṃ addasaṃsūti yojanā.</p>
    491. 

  491. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vuttanayenā</span>ti (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.394) ‘‘kāmā nāmete aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā’’tiādinā vatthukāmakilesakāmesu ādīnavadassanapubbakanekkhammapaṭipattiyā chandarāgaṃ vikkhambhayato samucchindantassa ca ‘‘anuppanno ca kāmāsavo na uppajjatī’’tiādinā heṭṭhā sabbāsavasuttavaṇṇanādīsu (ma. ni. 1.15 ādayo; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.15 ādayo) vuttanayena. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavitvā niruddhavipāko</span>ti tadārammaṇamāha. Anubhavitvā bhavitvā ca vigataṃ <span class="bld">bhūtavigataṃ</span>. Anubhūtabhūtā hi bhūtatāsāmaññena bhūta-saddena vuttā. Sāmaññameva hi upasaggena visesīyatīti. Anubhūtasaddo ca kammavacanicchāya abhāvato anubhavakavācako daṭṭhabbo. Vipāko ārammaṇe uppajjitvā niruddho bhutvāvigatoti vattabbataṃ arahati, <a name="M2.0118"></a> vikappagāhavasena rāgādīhi tabbipakkhehi ca akusalaṃ kusalañca kammaṃ ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavitvā vigatanti vattabbataṃ arahati. Yathāvutto pana vipāko kevalaṃ ārammaṇarasānubhavanavaseneva pavattatīti anubhavitvā vigatattā nippariyāyeneva vutto, tassa ca tathā vuttattā kammaṃ bhavitvā vigatapariyāyena, yaṃ ‘‘uppannānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā’’ti ettha ‘‘uppanna’’nti gahetvā taṃsadisānaṃ pahānaṃ, vuddhi ca vuttā. Vipaccituṃ okāsakaraṇavasena uppatitaṃ atītakammañca tato uppajjituṃ āraddho anāgato vipāko ca ‘‘okāsakatuppanno’’ti vutto. Yaṃ uppannasaddena vināpi viññāyamānaṃ uppannaṃ sandhāya ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sañcetanikāna’’ntiādi (a. ni. 10.217, 219) vuttaṃ.</p>
    492. 

  492. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tesū</span>ti vipassanāya bhūmibhūtesu khandhesu. <span class="bld">Anusayitakilesā</span>ti anusayavasena pavattā appahīnā maggena pahātabbā kilesā adhippetā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘atītā…pe… na vattabbā’’</span>ti. Tesañhi ambarukkhopamāya vattamānāditā na vattabbā maggena pahātabbānaṃ tādisassa vibhāgassa anuppajjanato. <span class="bld">Appahīnāva hontī</span>ti iminā appahīnaṭṭhena anusayaṭṭhoti dasseti. <span class="bld">Idaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0118"></a> <span class="bld">bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāmā</span>ti idaṃ tesu khandhesu uppattirahakilesajātaṃ tāya eva uppattirahatāya bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāma, tebhūmakabhūmiladdhā nāma hotīti attho. <span class="bld">Tāsu tāsu bhūmīsū</span>ti manussadevādiattabhāvasaṅkhātesu upādānakkhandhesu. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ santāne anuppattianāpāditatāya <span class="bld">asamugghātitā</span>. Ettha ca laddhabhūmikaṃ <span class="bld">bhūmiladdha</span>nti vuttaṃ aggiāhito viya.</p>
    493. 

  493. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Okāsakatuppanna</span>-saddepi ca okāso kato etenāti okāso kato etassāti ca atthadvayepi kata-saddassa paranipāto daṭṭhabbo. Āhatakhīrarukkho viya nimittaggāhavasena adhiggahitaṃ ārammaṇaṃ, anāhatakhīrarukkho viya avikkhambhitatāya antogadhakilesaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. Nimittaggāhakāvikkhambhitakilesā vā puggalā āhatānāhatakhīrarukkhasadisā. <span class="bld">Purimanayenevā</span>ti avikkhambhituppanne viya ‘‘imasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne nuppajjissantīti na vattabbā. Kasmā? Asamugghātitattā’’ti yojetvā vitthāretabbaṃ.</p>
    494. 

  494. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vuttaṃ</span> paṭisambhidāmagge. Tattha ca maggena pahīnakilesānameva tidhā navattabbataṃ apākaṭaṃ supākaṭaṃ kātuṃ <span class="bld">ajātaphalarukkho</span> upamābhāvena <span class="bld">āgato</span><a name="M2.0119"></a>. Atītādīnaṃ appahīnatā dassanatthampi <span class="bld">‘‘jātaphalarukkhena dīpetabba’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Tattha yathā acchinne rukkhe nibbattārahāni phalāni chinne anuppajjamānāni na kadāci sasabhāvāni ahesuṃ honti bhavissanti cāti tāni atītādibhāvena na vattabbāni, evaṃ maggena pahīnakilesā ca daṭṭhabbā. Yathā chede asati phalāni uppajjissanti, sati ca nuppajjissantīti chedassa sātthakatā, evaṃ maggabhāvanāya ca sātthakatā yojetabbā.</p>
    495. 

  495. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tepi pajahatiyeva</span> kilesappahāneneva tesampi anuppattidhammatāpādanato. <span class="bld">Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassā</span>ti paṭisandhiviññāṇassa. <span class="bld">Upādinnaanupādinnato</span>ti upādinnakhandhato ceva kilesato ca. Upapattivasena vuṭṭhānaṃ dassetumāha – <span class="bld">‘‘bhavavasena panā’’</span>tiādi. Ye sotāpannassa satta bhavā appahīnā, tato pañca ṭhapetvā itare dve <span class="bld">‘‘sugatibhavekadesā’’</span>ti adhippetā. <span class="bld">Sugatikāmabhavato</span>ti sugatibhavekadesabhūtakāmabhavato. <span class="bld">Arahattamaggo rūpārūpabhavato vuṭṭhāti</span> uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanasamugghātabhāvato. Yadi arahattamaggo eva ariyamaggo siyā, so eva sabbakilese pajaheyya, sabbabhavehipi vuṭṭhaheyya. Yasmā pana odhisova kilesā pahīyanti, tasmā heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimamaggehi pahīnāvasese kilese so pajahati, iti imaṃ sāmatthiyaṃ sandhāya <a name="V2.0119"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘sabbabhavehi vuṭṭhātiyevātipi vadantī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi so eva ‘‘vajirūpamo’’ti vutto.</p>
    496. 

  496. <p class="bodytext">Hotu tāva vuttanayena anuppannānaṃ akusalānaṃ anuppādāya, uppannānaṃ uppannasadisānaṃ pahānāya anuppattidhammatāpādanāya maggabhāvanā, <span class="bld">atha maggakkhaṇe kathaṃ anuppannānaṃ</span> kusalānaṃ <span class="bld">uppādāya uppannānañca ṭhitiyā bhāvanā hoti</span> ekacittakkhaṇikattā tassāti codeti, itaro ‘‘maggappavattiyāyevā’’ti parihāramāha. Maggo hi kāmañcekacittakkhaṇiko, tathārūpo panassa pavattiviseso, yaṃ anuppannā kusalā dhammā sātisayaṃ uppajjanti, uppannā ca savisesaṃ pāripūriṃ pāpuṇanti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘maggo hī’’</span>tiādi. Kiñcāpi ariyamaggo vattamānakkhaṇe anuppanno nāma na hoti, anuppannapubbataṃ upādāya upacāravasena tathā vuccatīti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘anāgatapubbaṃ hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ayamevā</span>ti ayaṃ maggassa yathāpaccayapavatti <a name="M2.0120"></a> eva <span class="bld">ṭhiti nāmā</span>ti, maggasamaṅgī puggalo maggampi bhāvento eva tassa <span class="bld">ṭhitiyā bhāvetīti vattuṃ vaṭṭati</span>.</p>
    497. 

  497. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upasamamānaṃ gacchatī</span>ti vikkhambhanavasena samucchedavasena kilese upasamentaṃ vattati. Pubbabhāgindriyāni eva vā adhippetāni. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘kilesūpasamatthaṃ vā gacchatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    498. 

  498. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para248"></a><a name="para248_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">248</span>. <span class="bld">Adhimuccanaṭṭhenā</span>ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.129; a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.66) adhikaṃ savisesaṃ muccanaṭṭhena, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘suṭṭhu muccanaṭṭho’’</span>ti. Etena satipi sabbassapi rūpāvacarajjhānassa vikkhambhanavasena paṭipakkhato vimuttabhāve yena bhāvanāvisesena taṃ jhānaṃ sātisayaṃ paṭipakkhato vimuccitvā pavattati, so bhāvanāviseso dīpito. Bhavati hi samānajātiyuttopi bhāvanāvisesena pavattiākāraviseso. Yathā taṃ saddhāvimuttato diṭṭhippattassa, tathā paccanīkadhammehi suṭṭhu vimuttatāya eva aniggahitabhāvena nirāsaṅkatāya abhirativasena suṭṭhu adhimuccanaṭṭhenapi vimokkho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ārammaṇe cā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ panattho</span>ti ayaṃ adhimuccanattho <span class="bld">pacchimavimokkhe</span> nirodhe <span class="bld">natthi</span>. Kevalo vimuttattho eva tattha labbhati, taṃ sayameva parato vakkhati.</p>
    499. 

  499. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rūpī</span>ti yenāyaṃ sasantatipariyāpannena rūpena samannāgato, taṃ yassa jhānassa hetubhāvena visiṭṭhaṃ rūpaṃ hoti. Yena visiṭṭhena rūpena ‘‘rūpī’’ti vucceyya rūpī-saddassa atisayatthadīpanato, tadeva sasantatipariyāpannarūpanimittaṃ jhānamiva paramatthato rūpībhāvasādhakanti <a name="V2.0120"></a> daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ajjhatta’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Rūpajjhānaṃ rūpaṃ</span> uttarapadalopena. <span class="bld">Rūpānī</span>ti panettha purimapadalopo daṭṭhabbo. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘nīlakasiṇādīni rūpānī’’</span>ti.</p>
    500. 

  500. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Antoappanāyaṃ subhanti ābhogo natthī</span>ti iminā pubbābhogavasena adhimutti siyāti dasseti. Evañhettha tathāvattabbatāpatticodanā anavakāsā hoti. Yasmā suvisuddhesu nīlādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇesu tattha katādhikārānaṃ abhirativasena suṭṭhu adhimutti siyā, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tathā tatiyo vimokkho saṃvaṇṇito. Yasmā pana mettādivasena pavattamānā bhāvanā satte appaṭikūlato dahati, <a name="M2.0121"></a> te subhato adhimuccitvāva pavattati, tasmā paṭisambhidāmagge (paṭi. ma. 1.212) brahmavihārabhāvanā ‘‘subhavimokkho’’ti vuttā, tayidaṃ ubhayampi tena tena pariyāyena vuttattā na virujjhatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    501. 

  501. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabbaso</span>ti anavasesato. Na hi catunnaṃ arūpakkhandhānaṃ ekadesopi tattha avasiṭṭhoti. <span class="bld">Vissaṭṭhattā</span>ti yathāparicchinne kāle nirodhitattā. <span class="bld">Uttamo vimokkho nāma</span> ariyeheva samāpajjitabbato, ariyaphalapariyosānattā diṭṭheva dhamme nibbānappattibhāvato ca.</p>
    502. 

  502. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para249"></a><a name="para249_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">249</span>. Abhibhavatīti abhibhu (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.173; a. ni. ṭī. 3.6.61-65) parikammaṃ, ñāṇaṃ vā. Abhibhu āyatanaṃ etassāti <span class="bld">abhibhāyatanaṃ,</span> jhānaṃ. Abhibhavitabbaṃ vā ārammaṇasaṅkhātaṃ āyatanaṃ etassāti<span class="bld"> abhibhāyatanaṃ,</span> jhānaṃ. Ārammaṇābhibhavanato abhibhu ca taṃ āyatanañca yogino sukhavisesānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvato manāyatanadhammāyatanabhāvato cātipi sasampayuttaṃ jhānaṃ <span class="bld">abhibhāyatanaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘abhibhavanakāraṇānī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tānī</span>ti abhibhāyatanasaññitāni jhānāni. Samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa ābhogo pubbabhāgabhāvanāvasena jhānakkhaṇe pavattaṃ abhibhavanākāraṃ gahetvā pavattoti daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Parikammavasena ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī,</span> na appanāvasena. Na hi paṭibhāganimittārammaṇā appanā ajjhattavisayā sambhavati. <span class="bld">Taṃ pana</span> ajjhatta parikammavasena laddhaṃ kasiṇanimittaṃ <span class="bld">asuvisuddhameva hoti,</span> na bahiddhā parikammavasena laddhaṃ viya visuddhaṃ.</p>
    503. 

  503. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Parittānī</span>ti yathāladdhāni suppasarāvamattāni. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘avaḍḍhitānī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Parittavasenevā</span>ti vaṇṇavasena ābhoge vijjamānepi parittavaseneva <span class="bld">idamabhibhāyatanaṃ vuttaṃ</span>. Parittatā hettha abhibhavanassa kāraṇaṃ. Vaṇṇābhoge satipi asatipi abhibhāyatanabhāvanā nāma tikkhapaññasseva sambhavati, na itarassāti <span class="bld">‘‘ñāṇuttariko puggalo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Abhibhavitvā samāpajjatī</span>ti <a name="V2.0121"></a> ettha abhibhavanaṃ samāpajjanañca upacārajjhānādhigamasamanantarameva appanājhānuppādananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ pāpetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Saha nimittuppādenā</span>ti ca appanāparivāsābhāvassa lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ. Yo ‘‘khippābhiñño’’ti vuccati<a name="M2.0122"></a>, tatopi ñāṇuttarasseva abhibhāyatanabhāvanā. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti etasmiṃ nimitte. <span class="bld">Appanaṃ pāpetī</span>ti bhāvanā appanaṃ neti.</p>
    504. 

  504. <p class="bodytext">Ettha ca keci ‘‘uppanne upacārajjhāne taṃ ārabbha ye heṭṭhimantena dve tayo javanavārā pavattanti, te upacārajjhāna pakkhikā eva, tadanantarañca bhavaṅgaparivāsena upacārāsevanāya ca vinā appanā hoti, saha nimittuppādeneva appanaṃ pāpetī’’ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ. Na hi pārivāsikaparikammena appanāvāro icchito, nāpi mahaggatappamāṇajjhānesu viya upacārajjhāne ekantato paccavekkhaṇā icchitabbā, tasmā upacārajjhānādhigamato paraṃ katipayabhavaṅgacittāvasāne appanaṃ pāpuṇanto ‘‘saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ pāpetī’’ti vutto. ‘‘Saha nimittuppādenā’’ti ca adhippāyikamidaṃ vacanaṃ, na nītatthaṃ, adhippāyo vuttanayeneva veditabbo.</p>
    505. 

  505. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na antosamāpattiyaṃ</span> tadā tathārūpassa ābhogassa asambhavato, samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa ābhogo pubbabhāgabhāvanāvasena jhānakkhaṇe pavattaṃ abhibhavanākāraṃ gahetvā pavattoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 204) pana ‘‘iminā panassa pubbabhāgo kathito’’ti vuttaṃ. Antosamāpattiyaṃ tathā ābhogābhāve kasmā ‘‘jhānasaññāyapī’’ti vuttanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘abhibhava…pe… atthī’’</span>ti.</p>
    506. 

  506. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vaḍḍhitappamāṇānī</span>ti vipulappamāṇānīti attho, na ekaṅguladvaṅgulādivasena vaḍḍhitappamāṇānīti tathā vaḍḍhanassevettha asambhavato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mahantānī’’</span>ti.</p>
    507. 

  507. <p class="bodytext">Rūpe saññā rūpasaññā, sā assa atthīti rūpasaññī, na rūpasaññī <span class="bld">arūpasaññī</span>. Saññāsīsena jhānaṃ vadati. Rūpasaññāya anuppādanamevettha <span class="bld">alābhitā. Bahiddhāva uppanna</span>nti bahiddhāvatthusmiṃyeva uppannaṃ. <span class="bld">Abhidhamme</span> pana ‘‘ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti evaṃ catunnaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ āgatattā <span class="bld">abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 204) ‘‘kasmā pana yathā suttante – ‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittānī’tiādi vuttaṃ, evaṃ avatvā <a name="V2.0122"></a> idha catūsupi abhibhāyatanesu ajjhattaṃ <a name="M2.0123"></a> arūpasaññitāva vuttā’’ti codanaṃ katvā ‘‘ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyato’’ti kāraṇaṃ vatvā ‘‘tattha vā hi idha vā bahiddhārūpāneva abhibhavitabbāni, tasmā tāni niyamato vattabbānīti tatrāpi idhāpi vuttāni. ‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī’ti idaṃ pana satthu desanāvilāsamattamevā’’ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    508. 

  508. <p class="bodytext">Ettha ca vaṇṇābhogarahitāni sahitāni ca sabbāni ‘‘parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti vuttāni, tathā ‘‘appamāṇānī’’ti daṭṭhabbāni. Atthi hi eso pariyāyo ‘‘parittāni abhibhuyya tāni ce kadāci vaṇṇavasena ābhujitāni honti suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni abhibhuyyā’’ti. Pariyāyakathā hi suttantadesanāti. Abhidhamme pana nippariyāyadesanattā vaṇṇābhogarahitāni visuṃ vuttāni, tathā sahitāni. Atthi hi ubhayattha abhibhavanapariyāyoti ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī’’tiādinā paṭhamadutiyaabhibhāyatanesu paṭhamavimokkho, tatiyacatutthābhibhāyatanesu dutiyavimokkho, vaṇṇābhibhāyatanesu tatiyavimokkho ca abhibhavanappavattito saṅgahito, abhidhamme pana nippariyāyadesanattā vimokkhābhibhāyatanāni asaṅkarato dassetuṃ vimokkhe vajjetvā abhibhāyatanāni kathitāni, sabbāni ca vimokkhakiccāni jhānāni vimokkhadesanāyaṃ vuttāni. Tadetaṃ ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī’’ti āgatassa abhibhāyatanadvayassa abhidhamme abhibhāyatanesu avacanato ‘‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīnañca sabbavimokkhakiccasādhāraṇavacanabhāvato vavatthānaṃ katanti viññāyati.</p>
    509. 

  509. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyato’’ti idaṃ abhidhamme katthacipi ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpāni passatī’’ti avatvā sabbattha yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘bahiddhārūpāni passatī’’ti, tassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Tena yaṃ aññahetukaṃ, taṃ tena hetunā vuttaṃ, yaṃ pana desanāvilāsahetukaṃ ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññitāya eva abhidhamme vacanaṃ, na tassa aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ maggitabbanti dasseti. Ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyatā ca tesaṃ bahiddhārūpānaṃ viya avibhūtattā, desanāvilāso ca yathāvuttavavatthānavasena veditabbo, veneyyajjhāsayavasena vijjamānapariyāyakathanabhāvato. ‘‘Suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti eteneva siddhattā nīlādiabhibhāyatanāni na vattabbānīti ce? Na, nīlādīsu <a name="M2.0124"></a> katādhikārānaṃ nīlādibhāvasseva abhibhavanakāraṇattā. Na hi tesaṃ parisuddhāparisuddhavaṇṇānaṃ parittatā tadappamāṇatā vā abhibhavanakāraṇaṃ, atha kho nīlādibhāvo evāti. Etesu ca parittādikasiṇarūpesu yaṃ caritassa imāni abhibhāyatanāni ijjhanti, taṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘imesu panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    510. 

  510. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabbasaṅgāhikavasenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0123"></a> sakalanīlavaṇṇanīlanidassananīlanibhāsānaṃ sādhāraṇavasena. <span class="bld">Vaṇṇavasenā</span>ti sabhāvavaṇṇavasena. <span class="bld">Nidassanavasenā</span>ti passitabbatāvasena. <span class="bld">Obhāsavasenā</span>ti sappabhāsatāya avabhāsanavasena. <span class="bld">Umāpuppha</span>nti atasipupphaṃ. <span class="bld">Nīlameva hoti</span> vaṇṇasaṅkarābhāvato. <span class="bld">Bārāṇasiyaṃ bhava</span>nti bārāṇasiyaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ.</p>
    511. 

  511. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Te dhamme</span>ti te satipaṭṭhānādidhamme ceva aṭṭhavimokkhadhamme ca. <span class="bld">Ciṇṇavasībhāvāyeva</span> tattha abhivisiṭṭhāya paññāya pariyosānuttaraṃ sataṃ gatā <span class="bld">abhiññāvosānapāramippattā</span>.</p>
    512. 

  512. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para250"></a><a name="para250_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">250</span>. <span class="bld">Sakalaṭṭhenā</span>ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 3.346; a. ni. ṭī. 3.10.25) sakalabhāvena, asubhanimittādīsu viya ekadese aṭṭhatvā anavasesato gahetabbaṭṭhenāti attho. Yathā khettaṃ sassānaṃ uppattiṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhiṭṭhānañca, evameva taṃtaṃsampayuttadhammānanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘khettaṭṭhenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paricchinditvā</span>ti idaṃ uddhaṃ adho tiriyanti yojetabbaṃ. Paricchinditvā eva hi sabbattha kasiṇaṃ vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Tena tena kāraṇenā</span>ti upariādīsu tena tena kasiṇena. Yathā kinti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ālokamiva rūpadassanakāmo’’</span>ti, yathā dibbacakkhunā uddhaṃ ce rūpaṃ daṭṭhukāmo, uddhaṃ ālokaṃ pasāreti, adho ce, adho, samantato ce rūpaṃ daṭṭhukāmo, samantato ālokaṃ pasāreti, evaṃ sabbakasiṇanti attho. <span class="bld">Ekassā</span>ti pathavīkasiṇādīsu ekekassa. <span class="bld">Aññabhāvānupagamanattha</span>nti aññakasiṇabhāvānupagamanadīpanatthaṃ, aññassa vā kasiṇabhāvānupagamanadīpanatthaṃ. Na hi aññena pasāritakasiṇaṃ tato aññena pasāritakasiṇabhāvaṃ upagacchati, evampi nesaṃ aññakasiṇasambhedābhāvo veditabbo. <span class="bld">Na aññaṃ</span> pathavīādi. Na hi udakena ṭhitaṭṭhāne sasambhārapathavī atthi. <span class="bld">Aññakasiṇasambhedo</span>ti āpokasiṇādinā saṅkaro<a name="M2.0125"></a>. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti sabbesu sesakasiṇesu. Ekadese aṭṭhatvā anavasesapharaṇaṃ pamāṇassa aggahaṇato <span class="bld">appamāṇaṃ</span>. Teneva hi nesaṃ kasiṇasamaññā. Tathā hi <span class="bld">‘‘tañhī’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha <span class="bld">cetasā pharanto</span>ti bhāvanācittena ārammaṇaṃ karonto. Bhāvanācittañhi kasiṇaṃ parittaṃ vā vipulaṃ vā sakalameva manasi karoti.</p>
    513. 

  513. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattaṃ viññāṇaṃ</span> pharaṇaappamāṇavasena ‘‘viññāṇakasiṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘viññāṇa’’nti vuccati. <span class="bld">Kasiṇavasenā</span>ti ugghāṭitakasiṇavasena kasiṇugghāṭimākāse uddhaṃadhotiriyatā veditabbā. Yattakañhi ṭhānaṃ kasiṇaṃ pasāritaṃ, tattakaṃ ākāsabhāvanāvasena ākāsaṃ hotīti. Evaṃ yattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ ākāsaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhitaṃ, tattakaṃ ākāsameva hutvā viññāṇassa pavattanato āgamanavasena viññāṇakasiṇepi uddhaṃadhotiriyatā <a name="V2.0124"></a> vuttāti <span class="bld">‘‘kasiṇugghāṭimākāsavasena tattha pavattaviññāṇe uddhaṃadhotiriyatā veditabbā’’</span>ti āha.</p>
    514. 

  514. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para252"></a><a name="para252_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">252</span>. <span class="bld">Vuttoyeva</span> vammikasutte. <span class="bld">Nissitañca</span> chavatthunissitattā vipassanāñāṇassa. <span class="bld">Paṭibaddhañca</span> tena vinā appavattanato kāyasaññitānaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ ārammaṇakaraṇato ca. Suṭṭhu bhāti obhāsatīti vā <span class="bld">subho</span>. Kuruvindajātiādijātivisesopi maṇi ākarapārisuddhimūlako evāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘suparisuddhaākarasamuṭṭhito’’</span>ti. Dosanīharaṇavasena parikammanipphattīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘suṭṭhu kataparikammo apanītapāsāṇasakkharo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dhovanavedhanādīhī</span>ti catūsu pāsāṇesu dhovanena ceva kāḷakādiapaharaṇatthāya suttena āvunanatthāya ca vijjhanena. Tāpasaṇhakaraṇādīnaṃ saṅgaho ādi-saddena. <span class="bld">Vaṇṇasampatti</span>nti suttassa vaṇṇasampattiṃ.</p>
    515. 

  515. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Maṇi viya karajakāyo</span> paccavekkhitabbato. <span class="bld">Āvutasuttaṃ viya vipassanāñāṇaṃ</span> anupavisitvā ṭhitattā. <span class="bld">Cakkhumā puriso viya vipassanālābhī bhikkhu</span> sammadeva tassa dassanato. <span class="bld">Tadārammaṇāna</span>nti rūpadhammārammaṇānaṃ. <span class="bld">Phassapañcamakacittacetasika</span>ggahaṇena gahitadhammāpi vipassanācittuppādapariyāpannā evāti veditabbaṃ. Evañhi tesaṃ vipassanāñāṇagatikattā ‘‘āvutasuttaṃ viya vipassanāñāṇa’’nti vacanaṃ avirodhitaṃ hoti.</p>
    516. 

  516. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ñāṇassā</span>ti <a name="M2.0126"></a> paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa. Yadi evaṃ ñāṇassa vasena vattabbaṃ, na puggalassāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tassa panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Maggassa anantaraṃ,</span> tasmā lokiyābhiññānaṃ parato chaṭṭhābhiññāya purato vattabbaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Evaṃ santepī</span>ti yadipāyaṃ ñāṇānupubbaṭṭhiti, evaṃ santepi <span class="bld">etassa antarā vāro natthī</span>ti pañcasu lokiyābhiññāsu kathitāsu <span class="bld">ākaṅkheyyasuttā</span>dīsu (ma. ni. 1.64 ādayo) viya chaṭṭhābhiññā kathetabbāti etassa anabhiññālakkhaṇassa vipassanāñāṇassa tāsaṃ antarā vāro na hoti, tasmā tattha avasarābhāvato idheva rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānānantarameva dassitaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Yasmā cā</span>ti <span class="bld">ca</span>-saddo samuccayattho. Tena na kevalaṃ tadeva, atha kho idampi kāraṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇassa idheva dassaneti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. <span class="bld">Dibbena cakkhunā bheravarūpaṃ passato</span>ti ettha iddhividhañāṇena bheravaṃ rūpaṃ nimminitvā cakkhunā passatoti vattabbaṃ, evampi abhiññālābhino apariññāṇavatthukassa bhayasantāso uppajjati uccavālikavāsīmahānāgattherassa viya. <span class="bld">Idhāpī</span>ti imasmiṃ vipassanāñāṇepi, na satipaṭṭhānādīsu evāti adhippāyo.</p>
    517. 

  517. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para253"></a><a name="para253_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">253</span>. Manomayiddhiyaṃ <a name="V2.0125"></a> ciṇṇavasitāya abhiññā vosānapāramippattatā veditabbāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Manena nibbatta</span>nti abhiññāmanena nibbattitaṃ. <span class="bld">Taṃ sadisabhāvadassanatthamevā</span>ti saṇṭhānatopi vaṇṇatopi avayavavisesatopi sadisabhāvadassanatthameva. <span class="bld">Sajātiyaṃ ṭhito,</span> na nāgiddhiyā aññajātirūpo. <span class="bld">Suparikammakatamattikādayo viya iddhividhañāṇaṃ</span> vikubbanakiriyāya nissayabhāvato.</p>
    518. 

  518. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para255"></a><a name="para255_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">255</span>. <span class="bld">Appakasirenevā</span>ti akiccheneva.</p>
    519. 

  519. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para256"></a><a name="para256_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">256</span>. Mando uttānaseyyakadārakopi <span class="bld">‘‘daharo’’</span>ti vuccatīti tato visesanatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yuvā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Yuvāpi koci anicchanato amaṇḍanasīlo hotīti tato visesanatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘maṇḍanakajātiko’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yuvāpī’’</span>tiādi. Kāḷatilappamāṇā bindavo <span class="bld">kāḷatilakāni</span>. Nātikammāsatilappamāṇā bindavo <span class="bld">tilakāni. Vaṅkaṃ</span> nāma piyaṅgaṃ. Yobbanapīḷakādayo <span class="bld">mukhadūsipīḷakā</span>. Mukhagato doso <span class="bld">mukhadoso,</span> lakkhaṇavacanañcetaṃ mukhe adosassapi pākaṭabhāvassa adhippetattā<a name="M2.0127"></a>. Yathā vā mukhe doso, evaṃ mukhe adosopi mukhadoso saralopena, mukhadoso ca mukhadoso ca mukhadosoti ekasesanayenapettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Evañhi <span class="bld">paresaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ cittaṃ pākaṭaṃ hotī</span>ti vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti.</p>
    520. 

  520. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para259"></a><a name="para259_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">259</span>. <span class="bld">Paṭipadāvasenā</span>ti yathārahaṃ samathavipassanāmaggapaṭipadāvasena. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhasu koṭṭhāsesū</span>ti satipaṭṭhānādīsu bodhipakkhiyadhammakoṭṭhāsesu, vimokkhakoṭṭhāsesu vāti imesu aṭṭhasu koṭṭhāsesu. <span class="bld">Sesesū</span>ti vuttāvasesesu abhibhāyatanakoṭṭhāsādīsu. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    521. 

  521. <p class="centered">Mahāsakuludāyisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    522. 

  522. <p class="subhead">8. Samaṇamuṇḍikāputtasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    523. 

  523. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para260"></a><a name="para260_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">260</span>. <span class="bld">Uggahitu</span>nti <a name="V2.0126"></a> sikkhituṃ. <span class="bld">Uggāhetu</span>nti sikkhāpetuṃ, pāṭhato attanā yathāuggahitamatthaṃ tabbibhāvanatthāya uccāraṇavasena paresaṃ gāhetunti attho. <span class="bld">Samaya</span>nti diṭṭhiṃ. Sā hi saṃyojanabhāvato sameti sambandhā eti pavattati, daḷhaggahaṇabhāvato vā saṃyuttā ayanti pavattanti sattā yathābhinivesaṃ etenāti <span class="bld">samayo</span>ti vuccati. Diṭṭhisaṃyojanena hi sattā ativiya bajjhantīti. Sūriyassa uggamanato atthaṅgamā ayaṃ ettako kālo rattandhakāravidhamanato divā nāma, tassa pana majjhimapahārasaññito kālo samujjalitapabhātejadahanabhāvena divā nāma. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘divasassapi divābhūte’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paṭisaṃharitvā</span>ti nivattetvā. Evaṃ cittassa paṭisaṃharaṇaṃ nāma gocarakkhette ṭhapananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘jhānaratisevanavasena ekībhāvaṃ gato’’</span>ti. Etena kāyavivekapubbakaṃ cittavivekamāha. Sīlādiguṇavisesayogato manasā sambhāvanīyā, te pana yasmā attano sīlādiguṇehi viññūnaṃ manāpā honti (kilesaaniggahassa pañcapasādāyattattā,) tasmā āha <span class="bld">‘‘manavaḍḍhanakāna’’</span>ntiādi. Tattha <span class="bld">unnamatī</span>ti udaggaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Vaḍḍhatī</span>ti saddhāvasena vaḍḍhati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘anussaraṇampahaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahūpakāraṃ vadāmī’’ti (itivu. 104; saṃ. ni. 5.184).</p>
    524. 

  524. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para261"></a><a name="para261_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">261</span>. <span class="bld">Paññapemī</span>ti <a name="M2.0128"></a> pajānanabhāvena ñāpemi tathā vavatthapemi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dassemi ṭhapemī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paripuṇṇakusala</span>nti sabbaso puṇṇakusaladhammaṃ, <span class="bld">uttamakusala</span>nti uttamabhāvaṃ seṭṭhabhāvaṃ pattakusaladhammaṃ. <span class="bld">Ayojjha</span>nti vādayuddhena ayodhanīyaṃ, vādayuddhaṃ hotu, tena parājayo na hotīti dasseti, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vādayuddhenā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Saṃvarappahāna</span>nti pañcasu saṃvaresu yena kenaci saṃvarena saṃvaralakkhaṇaṃ pahānaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭisevanappahānaṃ vā</span>ti vā-saddena parivajjanappahānādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Sesapadesūti ‘‘na bhāsatī’’tiādīsu padesu. <span class="bld">Eseva nayo</span>ti iminā ‘‘abhāsanamattameva vadatī’’ti evamādiṃ atidisati.</p>
    525. 

  525. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nābhinandī</span>ti na sampaṭicchi. Sāsane tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ micchājīvassa vivajjanaṃ vaṇṇīyati, ayañca evaṃ katheti, tasmā <span class="bld">sāsanassa anulomaṃ viya vadati,</span> vadanto ca sammāsambuddhe dhamme cassa appasādaṃ na dasseti, tasmā <span class="bld">pasannakārampi vadatīti maññamāno</span> tassa vādaṃ <span class="bld">na paṭisedheti</span>.</p>
    526. 

  526. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para262"></a><a name="para262_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">262</span>. <span class="bld">Yathā</span> <a name="V2.0127"></a> <span class="bld">tassa vacanaṃ, evaṃ sante</span>ti yathā tassa paribbājakassa vacanaṃ, evaṃ samaṇabhāve sante labbhamāne. <span class="bld">Mayaṃ pana evaṃ na vadāmā</span>ti etena samaṇabhāvo nāma evaṃ na hotīti dasseti. Yo hi dhammo yādiso, tatheva taṃ buddhā dīpenti. <span class="bld">Visesañāṇaṃ na hotī</span>ti kāyavisesavisayañāṇaṃ tassa tadā natthi, yato parakāye upakkamaṃ kareyyāti dasseti, tassa pana tattha visesañāṇampi natthevāti. Yasmā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ kāyakammaṃ, tasmā taṃ nivattento āha <span class="bld">‘‘aññatra phanditamattā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kilesasahagatacittenevā</span>ti dukkhasamphassassa asahananimittena domanassasahagatacitteneva. Dutiyavārepi eseva nayo. Jighacchāpipāsadukkhassa asahananimittena domanasseneva. <span class="bld">Vikūjitamattā</span>ti ettha virūpaṃ kūjitaṃ vikūjitaṃ pubbenivāsasannissayaṃ upayaṃ, taṃ panettha rodanahasanasamuṭṭhāpakacittasahagatanti dosasahagataṃ lobhasahagatañcāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Citta</span>nti kusalacittaṃ. Akusalacittaṃ pana atītārammaṇaṃ pavattatīti vattabbameva natthi. <span class="bld">Saritvā</span>ti yāva na satisaṇṭhāpanā dhammā uppajjanti, tāva supinante anubhūtaṃ viya dukkhaṃ saritvā rodanti. <span class="bld">Hasantī</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Ayañca nayo ye laddhasukhārammaṇā hutvā gahitapaṭisandhikā mātukucchitopi sukheneva nikkhamanti, tesaṃ vasena vuttoti daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Pāyantiyā</span>ti attano janapadadesarūpena <a name="M2.0129"></a> pāyantiyā. <span class="bld">Ayampī</span>ti ājīvopi mātu aññavihitakāle ca lokassādavasena <span class="bld">kilesasahagatacitteneva hoti</span>.</p>
    527. 

  527. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para263"></a><a name="para263_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">263</span>. <span class="bld">Samadhigayhā</span>ti sammā adhigatabhāvena gahetvā abhibhavitvā visesetvā visiṭṭho hutvā. <span class="bld">Khīṇāsavaṃ sandhāyā</span>ti byatirekavasena khīṇāsavaṃ sandhāya. Ayañhettha attho – khīṇāsavampi sotāpannakusalaṃ paññapeti sekkhabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitattā. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.</p>
    528. 

  528. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tīṇi padāni nissāyā</span>ti na kāyena pāpakaṃ kammaṃ karoti, na pāpakaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, na pāpakaṃ ājīvaṃ ājīvatīti imāni tīṇi padāni nissāya kusalasīlamūlakā ca akusalasīlamūlakā cāti <span class="bld">dve paṭhamacatukkā ṭhapitā. Ekaṃ padaṃ nissāyā</span>ti na pāpakaṃ saṅkappaṃ saṅkappetīti imaṃ ekapadaṃ nissāya kusalasaṅkappamūlakā akusalasaṅkappamūlakā cāti ime <span class="bld">dve pacchimacatukkā ṭhapitā</span>.</p>
    529. 

  529. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para264"></a><a name="para264_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">264</span>. <span class="bld">Vicikicchuddhaccasahagatacittadvayampi vaṭṭati</span> balavatā mohena samannāgatattā. Tathā hi tāni ‘‘momūhacittānī’’ti vuccanti.</p>
    530. 

  530. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kuhi</span>nti kiṃnimittaṃ. <span class="bld">Kataraṃṭhānaṃ pāpuṇitvā</span>ti kiṃ kāraṇaṃ āgamma. <span class="bld">Etthete</span>ti <span class="bld">etthā</span>ti kāyavacīmanosucaritabhāvanāsājīvanipphattiyaṃ<a name="V2.0128"></a>. Sā pana heṭṭhimakoṭiyā sotāpattiphalena dīpetabbāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sotāpattiphale bhumma’’</span>nti. Yasmā ājīvaṭṭhamakaṃ avasiṭṭhañca sīlaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlassa ca pārisuddhipātimokkhādhigamena sotāpattiphalappattiyā siddho hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pātimokkha…pe… nirujjhatī’’</span>ti. ‘‘Sukhasīlo dukkhasīlo’’tiādīsu viya pakatiatthasīlasaddaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘akusalasīla’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    531. 

  531. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para265"></a><a name="para265_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">265</span>. <span class="bld">Kāmāvacarakusalacittameva vuttaṃ</span> sampattasamādānaviratipubbakassa sīlassa adhippetattā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘etena hi kusalasīlaṃ samuṭṭhātī’’</span>ti.</p>
    532. 

  532. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sīlavā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">vā</span>-saddo pāsaṃsatthova veditabboti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sīlasampanno hotī’’</span>ti. Yo sīlamatte patiṭṭhito, na samādhipaññāsu, so <a name="M2.0130"></a> sīlamayadhammapūritatāya <span class="bld">sīlamayo</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘alamettāvatā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Yatthā</span>ti yassaṃ cetovimuttiyaṃ paññāvimuttiyañca. Tadubhayañca yasmā arahattaphale saṅgahitaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘arahattaphale bhumma’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Asesaṃ nirujjhati</span> sukhavipākabhāvassa sabbaso paṭippassambhanato.</p>
    533. 

  533. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para266"></a><a name="para266_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">266</span>. Kāmapaṭisaṃyuttā saññā <span class="bld">kāmasaññā.</span> Sesesupi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Itarā dve</span>ti byāpādavihiṃsāsaññā.</p>
    534. 

  534. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anāgāmiphalapaṭhamajjhāna</span>nti anāgāmiphalasahagataṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti yathāvutte paṭhamajjhāne. Ettha ca ujuvipaccanīkena paṭipakkhappahānaṃ sātisayanti paṭhamajjhānaggahaṇaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘aparisesā nirujjhantī’’</span>ti. Nekkhammasaññānaṃ kāmāvacaracittasahagatatā tassa sīlassa samuṭṭhānatā ca sampayuttanayena veditabbā.</p>
    535. 

  535. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para267"></a><a name="para267_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">267</span>. Kusalasaṅkappanirodhadutiyajjhānikaarahattaphalaakusalasaṅkappanirodha- paṭhamajjhānikaanāgāmiphalaggahaṇena samaṇo dassito. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    536. 

  536. <p class="centered">Samaṇamuṇḍikāputtasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    537. 

  537. <p class="subhead">9. Cūḷasakuludāyisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    538. 

  538. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para271"></a><a name="para271_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">271</span>. <span class="bld">Pañho</span>ti <a name="V2.0129"></a> ñātuṃ icchito attho, tadeva dhammadesanāya nimittabhāvato <span class="bld">kāraṇaṃ. Upaṭṭhātū</span>ti ñāṇassa gocarabhāvaṃ upagacchatu. <span class="bld">Yena kāraṇenā</span>ti yena tuyhaṃ upaṭṭhitena kāraṇena dhammadesanā upaṭṭhaheyya, taṃ pana paribbājakassa ajjhāsayavasena tathā vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘etena hi…pe… dīpetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ekaṅgaṇānī</span>ti pidhānābhāvena ekaṅgaṇasadisāni. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘pākaṭānī’’</span>ti.</p>
    539. 

  539. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Jānanto</span>ti attano tathābhāvaṃ sayaṃ jānanto. <span class="bld">Sakkaccaṃ sussūsatī</span>ti ‘‘tathābhūtaṃyeva maṃ tathā avocā’’ti sādaraṃ sussūsati. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti dibbacakkhulābhino anāgataṃsañāṇalābhato. <span class="bld">Evamāhā</span>ti ‘‘yo <a name="M2.0131"></a> kho, udāyi, dibbena cakkhunā’’ti ārabhitvā ‘‘so vā maṃ aparantaṃ ārabbha pañhaṃ puccheyyā’’ti evaṃ avoca.</p>
    540. 

  540. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Itara</span>nti avasiṭṭhaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne vattabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Vuttanayamevā</span>ti ‘‘yo hi lābhī’’tiādinā vuttanayameva. <span class="bld">Atīte</span>ti pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇassa visayabhūte atthe. <span class="bld">Anāgate</span>ti anāgataṃsañāṇassa visayabhūte anāgate atthe.</p>
    541. 

  541. <p class="bodytext">Paṃsupadese nibbattanato paṃsusamokiṇṇasarīratāya <span class="bld">paṃsupisācakaṃ. Ekaṃ mūlaṃ gahetvā</span>ti dīghaso heṭṭhimantena caturaṅgulaṃ, uparimantena vidatthikaṃ rukkhagacchalatādīsu yassa kassaci ekaṃ mūlaṃ gahetvā aññajātikānaṃ <span class="bld">adissamānakāyo hoti</span>. Ayaṃ kira nesaṃ jātisiddhā dhammatā. <span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti tassa mūlavasena adissamānakatāya. <span class="bld">Na dissati</span> ñāṇena na passati.</p>
    542. 

  542. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para272"></a><a name="para272_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">272</span>. <span class="bld">Na ca atthaṃ dīpeyyā</span>ti adhippetamatthaṃ sā vācā sarūpato na ca dīpeyya, kevalaṃ vācāmattamevāti adhippāyo. Paṭiharitabbaṭṭhena parasantāne netabbaṭṭhena paṭihāriya-saddadvārena viññātabbo bhāvattho, sova pāṭihīrako niruttinayena, natthi etassa pāṭihīrakanti <span class="bld">appāṭihīrakataṃ,</span> ta-saddena padaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tathā vuttaṃ, aniyyānaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘niratthakaṃ sampajjatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Subhakiṇhadevaloke khandhā viya jotetī</span>ti iminā – ‘‘dibbo rūpī manomayo sabbaṅgapaccaṅgī ahīnindriyo attā’’ti imamatthaṃ dasseti.</p>
    543. 

  543. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para273"></a><a name="para273_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">273</span>. Saupasaggapadassa <a name="V2.0130"></a> attho upasaggena vināpi viññāyatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘viddheti ubbiddhe’’</span>ti. Sā cassa ubbiddhatā upakkilesavigamena sucibhāvena upaṭṭhānanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘meghavigamena dūrībhūte’’</span>ti. Indanīlamaṇi viya dibbati jotetīti <span class="bld">devo, ākāso. ‘‘Aḍḍharattasamaye’’</span>ti vattabbe bhummatthe vihitavacanānaṃ accantasaṃyogābhāvā upayogavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Puṇṇamāsiyañhi gaganamajjhassa purato vā pacchato vā ante ṭhite aḍḍharatte samayo bhinno nāma hoti, majjhe eva pana ṭhito abhinno nāma. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘abhinne aḍḍharattasamaye’’</span>ti.</p>
    544. 

  544. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ye anubhontī</span>ti ye devā candimasūriyānaṃ ābhā anubhonti vinibhuñjanti vaḷañjanti ca <span class="bld">tehi</span> devehi <span class="bld">bahū ceva bahutarā ca</span> candimasūriyānaṃ ābhā <a name="M2.0132"></a> ananubhonto. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘attano sarīrobhāseneva ālokaṃ pharitvā viharantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    545. 

  545. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para274"></a><a name="para274_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">274</span>. <span class="bld">Pucchāmūḷho pana jāto</span> ‘‘ayaṃ paramo vaṇṇo’’ti gahitapadassa vidhamanena. <span class="bld">Acelakapāḷi</span>nti ‘‘acelako hoti muttācāro’’tiādinayappavattaṃ (dī. ni. 1.394) acelakapaṭipattidīpakaganthaṃ, ganthasīseneva tena pakāsitavādāni vadati. Surāmerayapānamanuyuttapuggalassa surāpānato virati tassa kāyaṃ cittañca tāpentī saṃvattatīti surāpānavirati (tapo, soyeva guṇo. Tenāha ‘‘surāpānaviratīti attho’’ti).</p>
    546. 

  546. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para275"></a><a name="para275_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">275</span>. Ekantaṃ accantameva sukhaṃ assāti <span class="bld">ekantasukhaṃ. Pañcasu dhammesū</span>ti ‘‘pāṇātipātā paṭiviratī’’tiādīsu pañcasu sīlācāradhammesu. <span class="bld">Na jāniṃsū</span>ti sammosena anupaṭṭhahanti tadatthaṃ na bujjhanti. Buddhuppādena kira vihatatejāni mahānubhāvāni mantapadāni viya bāhirakānaṃ yogāvacaraganthena saddhiṃ yogāvacarapaṭipadā nassati. <span class="bld">Uggaṇhiṃsū</span>ti ‘‘pañca pubbabhāgadhamme’’tiādivacanamattaṃ uggaṇhiṃsu. <span class="bld">Tatiyajjhānato</span>ti kāraṇopacārena phalaṃ vadati, phalabhūtato <span class="bld">tatiyajjhānato</span>.</p>
    547. 

  547. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para276"></a><a name="para276_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">276</span>. Ekantasukhassa lokassa paṭilābhena pattiyā tattha nibbatti <span class="bld">paṭilābhasacchikiriyā</span>. Ekantasukhe loke anabhinibbattitvā eva iddhiyā tattha gantvā tassa sattalokassa bhājanalokassa ca paccakkhato dassanaṃ <span class="bld">paccakkhasacchikiriyā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    548. 

  548. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para277"></a><a name="para277_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">277</span>. <span class="bld">Udañcaniko</span>ti <a name="V2.0131"></a> udañcano. Viñjhupabbatapasse gāmānaṃ aniviṭṭhattā tiṃsayojanamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ aṭavī nāma, tattha senāsanaṃ, tasmiṃ <span class="bld">aṭavisenāsane</span> padhānakammikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahūnaṃ tattha nivāsena <span class="bld">ekaṃ padhānagharaṃ ahosi</span>.</p>
    549. 

  549. <p class="centered">Cūḷasakuludāyisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    550. 

  550. <p class="subhead">10. Vekhanasasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    551. 

  551. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para280"></a><a name="para280_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">280</span>. Saha <a name="M2.0133"></a><a name="V2.0132"></a> vatthukāmena kilesakāmo garu garukātabbo etassāti <span class="bld">kāmagaru</span>. Tesveva kāmesu ninnapoṇapabbhārajjhāsayoti <span class="bld">kāmādhimutto</span>. Pabbajjāpaṭhamajjhānādikaṃ nekkhammaṃ garu garukātabbaṃ etassāti <span class="bld">nekkhammagaru</span>. Tattha ninnapoṇapabbhārajjhāsayo <span class="bld">nekkhammādhimutto</span> svāyamattho yathā ekacce gahaṭṭhe labbhati, evaṃ ekacce anagārepīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pabbajitopī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ pana</span> vekhanaso paribbājako. So hi vekhanasatāpasapabbajjaṃ upagantvā vekhanasena iminā diṭṭhimādāya samādiyitvā ṭhitattā ‘‘vekhanaso’’ti vuccati. Yathā loko sayaṃ ekādasahi aggīhi ādittopi samāno paccakkhato anubhaviyamānaṃ sālākikaṃ aggisantāpaṃ viya anādikālānugatasammākavacarasantāpaṃ ādittatāya na sallakkheti, sammāsambuddhena pana mahākaruṇāsamussāhitamānasena ‘‘sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, āditta’’nti <span class="bld">ādittapariyāye</span> (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) desiyamāne sallakkheti, evaṃ ayampi anādikālaparibhāvitaṃ attaajjhāsaye avaṭṭhitaṃ kāmādhimuttaṃ sarasena anupadhārento satthārā – ‘‘pañca kho ime, kaccāna, kāmaguṇā’’tiādinā kāmaguṇesu kāmasukhe bhāsiyamāne ‘‘kāmādhimuttaṃ vata pabbajitassa citta’’nti upadhāressatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘imāya kathāya kathiyamānāya attano kāmādhimuttataṃ sallakkhessatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kāmaggasukha</span>nti kāmetabbavatthūhi aggabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ. Sabbe hi tebhūmakadhammā kāmanīyaṭṭhena kāmā, te paṭicca uppajjanasukhato nibbānasukhameva aggabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34) – ‘‘nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukha’’nti (ma. ni. 2.215, 217; dha. pa. 203) ca. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘nibbānaṃ adhippeta’’</span>nti.</p>
    552. 

  552. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para281"></a><a name="para281_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">281</span>. Pubbenivāsañāṇalābhino pubbantaṃ ārabbha vuccamānakathā anucchavikā tadatthassa paccakkhabhāvato, tadabhāvato vekhanasassa ananucchavikāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā…pe… natthī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anāgatakathāya…pe… natthī</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Ārakkhatthāyā</span>ti devatāhi mantapadehi saha ṭhitā <a name="M2.0134"></a> tattha ārakkhatthāya. <span class="bld">Avijjāyā</span>ti idaṃ lakkhaṇavacanaṃ, taṃmūlakattā vā sabbakilesadhammānaṃ avijjāva gahitā. <span class="bld">Jānanaṃ</span> pahīnakilesapaccavekkhaṇañāṇena. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    553. 

  553. <p class="centered">Vekhanasasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    554. 

  554. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca paribbājakavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    555. 

  555. <a name="mn2_4"></a>
    556. 

  556. <p class="chapter">4. Rājavaggo</p>
    557. 

  557. <p class="subhead">1. Ghaṭikārasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    558. 

  558. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para282"></a><a name="para282_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">282</span>. <span class="bld">Cariya</span>nti <a name="M2.0135"></a><a name="V2.0133"></a> bodhicariyaṃ, bodhisambhārasambharaṇavasena pavattitaṃ bodhisattapaṭipattinti attho. <span class="bld">Sukāraṇa</span>nti bodhiparipācanassa ekantikaṃ sundaraṃ kāraṇaṃ, kassapassa bhagavato payirupāsanādiṃ sandhāya vadati. Tañhi tena saddhiṃ mayā idha katanti vattabbataṃ labhati. <span class="bld">Mandahasita</span>nti īsakaṃ hasitaṃ. <span class="bld">Kuhaṃ kuha</span>nti hāsa-saddassa anukaraṇametaṃ. <span class="bld">Haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākāramatta</span>nti haṭṭhapahaṭṭhamattaṃ. Yathā gahitasaṅketā ‘‘pahaṭṭho bhagavā’’ti sañjānanti, evaṃ ākāradassanamattaṃ.</p>
    559. 

  559. <p class="bodytext">Idāni iminā pasaṅgena tāsaṃ samuṭṭhānaṃ vibhāgato dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘hasitañca nāmeta’’</span>ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ajjhupekkhanavasenapi hāso na sambhavati, pageva domanassavasenāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘terasahi somanassasahagatacittehī’’</span>ti. Nanu ca keci kodhavasenapi hasantīti? Na, tesampi yaṃ taṃ kodhavatthu, tassa mayaṃ dāni yathākāmakāritaṃ āpajjissāmāti duviññeyyantarena somanassacitteneva hāsassa uppajjanato. <span class="bld">Tesū</span>ti pañcasu somanassasahagatacittesu. <span class="bld">Balavārammaṇe</span>ti uḷāraārammaṇe yamakamahāpāṭihāriyasadise. <span class="bld">Dubbalārammaṇe</span>ti anuḷāre ārammaṇe. <span class="bld">Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne…pe… uppādesī</span>ti idaṃ porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ tathā āgatattā vuttaṃ. Na ahetukasomanassasahagatacittena bhagavato sitaṃ hotīti dassanatthaṃ.</p>
    560. 

  560. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Abhidhammaṭīkāyaṃ</span> (dha. sa. mūlaṭī. 568) pana ‘‘atītaṃsādīsu appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ vatvā ‘imehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgatassa buddhassa bhagavato sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatta’ntiādivacanato (mahāni. 69, 156; cūḷani. māgharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5; netti. 15; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.305; vibha. mūlaṭī. suttantabhājanīyavaṇṇanā; dī. ni. ṭī. 3.141, 305) ‘bhagavato <a name="V2.0134"></a> idaṃ cittaṃ uppajjatī’ti vuttavacanaṃ vicāretabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha iminā hasituppādacittena pavattiyamānampi bhagavato sitakaraṇaṃ pubbenivāsa-anāgataṃsa-sabbaññutaññāṇānaṃ anuvattakattā ñāṇānuparivattiyevāti, evaṃ pana ñāṇānuparivattibhāve sati na koci pāḷiaṭṭhakathānaṃ virodho. Tathā hi <span class="bld">abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 568) ‘‘tesaṃ <a name="M2.0136"></a> ñāṇānaṃ ciṇṇapariyante idaṃ cittaṃ uppajjatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Avassañca etaṃ evaṃ icchitabbaṃ, aññathā āvajjanassapi bhagavato pavatti tathārūpe kāle na saṃyujjeyya, tassapi hi viññattisamuṭṭhāpakabhāvassa icchitattā, tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘‘evañca katvā manodvārāvajjanassapi viññattisamuṭṭhāpakattaṃ upapannaṃ hotī’’ti, na ca viññattisamuṭṭhāpakatte taṃsamuṭṭhitāya viññattiyā kāyakammādibhāvaṃ āpajjanabhāvo vibandhatīti tameva sandhāya vadati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ appamattakampī’’</span>ti. Sateritā vijjulatā nāma <span class="bld">sateratāvijjulatā</span>. Sā hi itaravijjulatā viya khaṇaṭṭhitikā sīghanirodhā ca na hoti, apica kho dandhanirodhā, tañca sabbakālaṃ catudīpikamahāmeghatova niccharati tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘cātuddīpikamahāmeghamukhato’’</span>ti. Ayaṃ kira tāsaṃ rasmivaṭṭīnaṃ dhammatā, yadidaṃ tikkhattuṃ siravaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā dāṭhaggesuyeva antaradhānaṃ.</p>
    561. 

  561. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para283"></a><a name="para283_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">283</span>. Yadipi cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappānaṃ satasahassañca paññāpāramitā paribhāvitā, tathāpi idāni taṃ buddhantaraṃ tassā paṭipādetabbattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘aparipakkañāṇattā’’</span>ti. Kāmañcassa ñāṇāya idānipi paṭipādetabbatā atthi, evaṃ santepi nanu sammāsambuddhesu pasādena sambhāvanāya bhavitabbaṃ tathā cirakālaṃ paribhāvitattā, kathaṃ tattha hīḷanāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘brāhmaṇakule’’</span>tiādi. Cirakālaparicitāpi hi guṇabhāvanā appakenapi akalyāṇamittasaṃsaggena viparivattati aññathattaṃ gacchati. Tena mahāsattopi jātisiddhāyaṃ laddhiyaṃ ṭhatvā jātisiddhena mānena evamāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kiṃ pana tena muṇḍakena samaṇakena diṭṭhenā’’</span>ti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ <span class="bld">aṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> –</p>
    562. 

  562. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Tasmā akalyāṇajanaṃ, āsīvisamivoragaṃ,</p>
    563. 

  563. <p class="gathalast">Ārakā parivajjeyya, bhūtikāmo vicakkhaṇo’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.170-172);</p>
    564. 

  564. <p class="bodytext">Nhānacuṇṇena suttena katā <span class="bld">sotti,</span> kuruvindaguḷikā, sā eva sināyanti kāyaṃ visodhenti etāyāti <span class="bld">sinānaṃ</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sotti sinānanti sinānatthāya katasotti’’</span>nti.</p>
    565. 

  565. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para284"></a><a name="para284_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">284</span>. <span class="bld">Ariyaparihārenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0135"></a> ariyānaṃ parihārena, anāgāmīnaṃ nhānakāle attano kāyassa parihāraniyāmenāti attho. Attano <a name="M2.0137"></a> ñāṇasampattiyā vibhavasampattiyā <span class="bld">pasannakāraṃ kātuṃ sakkhissati. Etadattha</span>nti ‘‘ahitanivāraṇaṃ, hite niyojanaṃ byasane parivajjana’’nti yadidaṃ, etadatthaṃ mittā nāma honti. Keci ‘‘yāvettha ahupī’’ti paṭhanti, tesaṃ yāva ettha kesaggagahaṇaṃ tāva ayaṃ nibandho ahupīti attho.</p>
    566. 

  566. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para285"></a><a name="para285_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">285</span>. <span class="bld">Satipaṭilābhatthāyā</span>ti bodhiyā mahābhinīhāraṃ katvā bodhisambhārapaṭipadāya pūraṇabhāve satiyā paṭilābhatthāya. Idāni tassa satuppādanīyakathāya pavattitākāraṃ saṅkhepeneva dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tassa hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">na lāmakaṭṭhānaṃ otiṇṇasatto</span>ti iminā mahāsattassa paṇītādhimuttataṃ dassetvā evaṃ paṇītādhimuttikassa pamādakiriyā na yuttāti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘tādisassa nāma pamādavihāro na yutto’’</span>ti āha. Tadā bodhisattassa nekkhammajjhāsayo telappadīpo viya visesato nibbatti, taṃ disvā bhagavā tadanurūpaṃ dhammakathaṃ karonto <span class="bld">‘‘tādisassa…pe… kathesī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Parasamuddavāsī therā</span> aññathā <span class="bld">vadanti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> pana nāyaṃ buddhānaṃ bhāro, yadidaṃ pūritapāramīnaṃ bodhisattānaṃ tathā dhammadesanā tesaṃ mahābhinīhārasamanantarampi bodhisambhārassa sayambhuñāṇeneva paṭividitattā. Tasmā bodhisattabhāvapavedanameva tassa bhagavā akāsīti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘satipaṭilābhatthāyā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Satipaṭilābhatthāyā</span>ti sammāpaṭipattiyā ujjalane pākaṭakarasatipaṭilābhāya.</p>
    567. 

  567. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para286"></a><a name="para286_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">286</span>. Ñāṇañhi kilesadhammavidālanapadālanehi siṅgaṃ viyāti <span class="bld">siṅgaṃ</span>. Tañhi paṭipattiyā upatthambhitaṃ ussitaṃ nāma hoti, tadabhāve <span class="bld">patitaṃ</span> nāma. Keci pana vīriyaṃ siṅganti vadanti. Tasmiṃ sammappadhānavasena pavatte bāhirapabbajjaṃ upagatāpi mahāsattā visuddhāsayā appicchatādiguṇasamaṅgino yathārahaṃ ganthadhuraṃ vāsadhurañca paribrūhayantā viharanti, pageva buddhasāsane appicchatādīhīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘catupārisuddhisīle panā’’</span>tiādi. Vipassanaṃ brūhentā sikhāppattavipassanā hontīti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘yāva anulomañāṇaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhantī’’</span>ti, anulomañāṇato orameva vipassanaṃ ṭhapentīti attho. <span class="bld">Maggaphalatthaṃ vāyāmaṃ na karonti</span> paññāpāramitāya sabbaññutaññāṇagabbhassa aparipuṇṇattā aparipakkattā ca.</p>
    568. 

  568. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para287"></a><a name="para287_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">287</span>. <span class="bld">Therehī</span>ti <a name="M2.0138"></a> vuddhatarehi. <span class="bld">Nivāse satī</span>ti yasmiṃ ṭhāne pabbajito, tattheva nivāse. <span class="bld">Vappakālato</span>ti sassānaṃ vappakālato. Pubbe viya tato paraṃ tikhiṇena sūriyasantāpena payojanaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘vappakāle vitānaṃ viya upari vatthakilañjaṃ bandhitvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Puṭake</span>ti kalāpe.</p>
    569. 

  569. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para288"></a><a name="para288_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">288</span>. Paccayasāmaggihetukattā <a name="V2.0136"></a> dhammappattiyā padesato pariññāvatthukāpi ariyā upaṭṭhite cittavighātapaccaye yadetaṃ nātisāvajjaṃ, tadevaṃ gaṇhantīti ayamettha dhammatāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘alābhaṃ ārabbha cittaññathatta’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">So</span>ti kikī kāsirājā. <span class="bld">Brāhmaṇabhatto</span>ti brāhmaṇesu bhatto. <span class="bld">Deve</span>ti brāhmaṇe sandhāyāha. <span class="bld">Bhūmidevā</span>ti tesaṃ samaññā, tadā brāhmaṇagaruko loko. Tadā hi kassapopi bhagavā brāhmaṇakule nibbatti. <span class="bld">Dhītu avaṇṇaṃ vatvā</span>ti, ‘‘mahārāja, tava dhītā brāhmaṇasamayaṃ pahāya muṇḍapāsaṇḍikasamayaṃ gaṇhī’’tiādinā rājaputtiyā aguṇaṃ vatvā. <span class="bld">Varaṃ gaṇhiṃsu</span> ñātakā. <span class="bld">Rajjaṃ niyyātesi</span> ‘‘mā me vacanaṃ musā ahosi, aṭṭhame divase niggaṇhissāmī’’ti.</p>
    570. 

  570. <p class="bodytext">Pāvanaasmanayanavasena sammā pāvīkatattā <span class="bld">parisuddhataṇḍulāni</span>. Pāḷiyaṃ <span class="bld">taṇḍulapaṭibhastānī</span>ti taṇḍulakhaṇḍāni. <span class="bld">Muggapaṭibhastakaḷāyapaṭibhastesupi</span> eseva nayo.</p>
    571. 

  571. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para289"></a><a name="para289_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">289</span>. <span class="bld">Ko nu kho</span>ti bhummatthe paccattavacananti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kuhiṃ nu kho’’</span>ti pāripūriṃ yojīyanti byañjanabhojanāni etthāti pariyogo, tato <span class="bld">pariyogā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sūpabhājanato’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Saññaṃ datvā</span>ti vuttaṃ sabbaṃ ācikkhitvā tumhākaṃ atthāya sampādetvā nikkhitto upaṭṭhākoti bhagavato ārocethāti saññaṃ datvā. <span class="bld">Ativissattho</span>ti ativiya vissattho. <span class="bld">Pañcavaṇṇā</span>ti khuddikādivasena pañcappakārā.</p>
    572. 

  572. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para290"></a><a name="para290_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">290</span>. <span class="bld">Ki</span>nti nissakke paccattavacanaṃ, kasmāti attho? <span class="bld">Dhammiko</span>ti iminā āgamanasuddhiṃ dasseti<a name="M2.0139"></a>. <span class="bld">Bhikkhūnaṃ patte bhattasadiso</span>ti iminā upāsakena satthu pariccattabhāvaṃ tattha satthuno ca aparisaṅkataṃ dasseti. <span class="bld">Sikkhāpadavelā nāma natthī</span>ti dhammassāmibhāvato sikkhāpadamariyādā nāma natthi paṇṇattivajje, pakativajje pana setughāto eva.</p>
    573. 

  573. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para291"></a><a name="para291_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">291</span>. Chadanaṭṭhāne yadākāsaṃ, tadeva tassa gehassa chadananti <span class="bld">ākāsacchadanaṃ. Pakatiyā utupharaṇamevā</span>ti chādite yādisaṃ utu, chadane uttiṇabhāvepi tamhi gehe tādisameva utupharaṇaṃ ahosi. <span class="bld">Tesaṃyevā</span>ti tesaṃ ghaṭikārassa mātāpitūnaṃ eva.</p>
    574. 

  574. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para292"></a><a name="para292_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">292</span>. ‘‘Catasso <a name="V2.0137"></a> muṭṭhiyo eko kuḍuvo, cattāro kuḍuvā eko pattho, cattāro patthā eko āḷhako, cattāro āḷhakā ekaṃ doṇaṃ, cattāri doṇāni ekā mānikā, catasso mānikā ekā khārī, vīsati khārikā eko vāhoti tadeva ekasakaṭa’’nti <span class="bld">suttanipātaṭṭhakathādīsu</span> (su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.662) vuttaṃ, idha pana <span class="bld">‘‘dve sakaṭāni eko vāho’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Telaphāṇitādi</span>nti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena sappiādiṃ maricādikaṭukabhaṇḍañca saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Nāhaṃ raññā diṭṭhapubbo,</span> kuto paripphassoti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Naccitvāti</span> naccaṃ datvā.</p>
    575. 

  575. <p class="centered">Ghaṭikārasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    576. 

  576. <p class="subhead">2. Raṭṭhapālasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    577. 

  577. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para293"></a><a name="para293_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">293</span>. Thūlameva <a name="V2.0138"></a> thullaṃ, thullā vipulā mahantā koṭṭhā jātā imassāti <span class="bld">thullakoṭṭhika</span>nti odanapūpapahūtavasena laddhanāmo nigamo. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> pana <span class="bld">thullakoṭṭha</span>nti attho vutto. Tena pāḷiyaṃ ika-saddena padavaḍḍhanaṃ katanti dasseti.</p>
    578. 

  578. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para294"></a><a name="para294_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">294</span>. <span class="bld">Raṭṭhapālo</span>ti idaṃ tassa kulaputtassa nāmaṃ. Paveṇivasena āgatakulavaṃsānugatanti samudāgamato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kasmā raṭṭhapālo’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sandhāretu</span>nti vināsanato pubbe yādisaṃ, tatheva sammadeva dhāretuṃ samattho. <span class="bld">Saddhā</span>ti kammaphalasaddhāya sampannā. <span class="bld">Sāmaṇeraṃ disvā</span>ti sikkhākāmatāya etadagge ṭhapiyamānaṃ disvā.</p>
    579. 

  579. <p class="bodytext">Saha <a name="M2.0140"></a> raññāti <span class="bld">sarājikaṃ,</span> raññā saddhiṃ rājaparisaṃ. <span class="bld">Cātuvaṇṇa</span>nti brāhmaṇādicatuvaṇṇasamudāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Posetu</span>nti vaddhetuṃ dānādīhi saṅgahavatthūhi saṅgaṇhituṃ. <span class="bld">Yaṃ</span> kulaṃ. <span class="bld">Pahossatī</span>ti sakkhissati.</p>
    580. 

  580. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tena tena me upaparikkhato</span>ti ‘‘kāmā nāmete aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.234; pāci. 417; mahāni. 3, 6) ca ādinā yena yena ākārena kāmesu ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, tabbipariyāyato nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ guṇaṃ pakāsentaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, tena tena pakārena upaparikkhato vīmaṃsantassa mayhaṃ <span class="bld">evaṃ hoti</span> evaṃ upaṭṭhāti. <span class="bld">Sikkhattayabrahmacariya</span>nti adhisīlādisikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ seṭṭhacariyaṃ. Akhaṇḍādibhāvāpādanena <span class="bld">akhaṇḍaṃ</span> lakkhaṇavacanañhetaṃ. Kañcipi sikkhekadesaṃ asesetvā ekanteneva paripūretabbatāya <span class="bld">ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ</span>. Cittuppādamattampi saṃkilesamalaṃ anuppādetvā accantameva visuddhaṃ katvā pariharitabbatāya <span class="bld">ekantaparisuddhaṃ</span>. Tato eva saṅkhaṃ viya likhitanti <span class="bld">saṅkhalikhitaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘likhitasaṅkhasadisa’’</span>nti. Dāṭhikāpi massuggahaṇeneva gahetvā <span class="bld">‘‘massu’’</span>tveva vuttaṃ, uttarādharamassunti attho. Kasāyena rattāni <span class="bld">kāsāyāni. Ananuññātaṃ puttaṃ na pabbājeti</span> ‘‘mātāpitūnaṃ lokiyamahājanassa cittaññathattaṃ mā hotū’’ti. Tathā hi suddhodanamahārājassa tathā varo dinno.</p>
    581. 

  581. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para295"></a><a name="para295_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">295</span>. Piyāyitabbato <a name="V2.0139"></a> <span class="bld">piyo</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pītijanako’’</span>ti. Manassa appāyanato <span class="bld">manāpo</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘manavaḍḍhanako’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sukhedhito</span> taruṇadārakakāle. Tato parañca sappikhīrādisādurasamanuññabhojanādiāhārasampattiyā <span class="bld">sukhaparibhato.</span> Atha vā daḷhabhattikadhātijanādiparijanasampattiyā ceva paricchadasampattiyā ca uḷārapaṇītasukhapaccayūpahārehi ca <span class="bld">sukhedhito</span>, akiccheneva dukkhappaccayavinodanena <span class="bld">sukhaparibhato</span>. Ajjhattikaṅgasampattiyā vā <span class="bld">sukhedhito,</span> bāhiraṅgasampattiyā <span class="bld">sukhaparibhato. Kassacī</span>ti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, kiñcīti vuttaṃ hoti, ayameva vā pāṭho. Tathā hi <span class="bld">‘‘appamattakampi kalabhāgaṃ dukkhassa na jānāsī’’</span>ti attho vutto. <span class="bld">Evaṃ sante</span>ti nanu mayaṃ raṭṭhapāla maraṇādīsu kenaci upāyena appatīkārena maraṇenapi tayā akāmakāpi <a name="M2.0141"></a> vinā bhavissāma, evaṃ sati. <span class="bld">Yenā</span>ti yena kāraṇena. <span class="bld">Kiṃ panā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">ki</span>nti kāraṇatthe paccattavacananti dassento āha <span class="bld">‘‘kena pana kāraṇenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    582. 

  582. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para296"></a><a name="para296_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">296</span>. <span class="bld">Paricārehī</span>ti parito tattha tattha yathāsakaṃ visayesu cārehi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ito cito ca upanehī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paricārehī</span>ti vā sukhūpakaraṇehi attānaṃ paricārehi, attano paricaraṇaṃ kārehi. Tathābhūto ca yasmā laḷanto kīḷanto nāma hoti, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘laḷā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Niccadānaṃ <span class="bld">dānaṃ</span> nāma, uposathadivasādīsu dātabbaṃ atirekadānaṃ <span class="bld">padānaṃ</span> nāma. Paveṇīrakkhaṇavasena vā dīyamānaṃ <span class="bld">dānaṃ</span> nāma, attanāva paṭṭhapetvā dīyamānaṃ <span class="bld">padānaṃ</span> nāma. Pacurajanasādhāraṇaṃ vā nātiuḷāraṃ <span class="bld">dānaṃ</span> nāma, anaññasādhāraṇaṃ atiuḷāraṃ <span class="bld">padānaṃ</span> nāma. <span class="bld">Uddassetabbāti uddhaṃ dassetabbā</span>. Kuto uddhaṃ te dassetabbā? Pabbajitato uddhaṃ attānaṃ mātāpitaro dassetabbā, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    583. 

  583. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para299"></a><a name="para299_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">299</span>. <span class="bld">Balaṃ gahetvā</span>ti ettha balaggahaṇaṃ nāma kāyabalassa uppādanamevāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kāyabalaṃ janetvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Evaṃ viharanto</span>ti yathā pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ evaṃ eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto viharanto. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā neyyo, na ugghaṭitaññū, na ca vipañcitaññū, tasmā. Cirena pabbajito <span class="bld">dvādasame vasse arahattaṃ pāpuṇi</span>. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘na cirassevā’’ti, taṃ saṭṭhi vassāni tato adhikampi vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasante upādāya vuttaṃ.</p>
    584. 

  584. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sattadvārakoṭṭhakassā</span>ti sattagabbhantaradvārakoṭṭhakasīsena gabbhantarāni vadati. <span class="bld">Paharāpetī</span>ti vayovuḍḍhānurūpaṃ kappāpanādinā alaṅkārāpeti. Antojātatāya ñātisadisī dāsī <span class="bld">ñātidāsī</span>. Pūtibhāveneva lakkhitabbo doso vā abhidoso, sova <span class="bld">ābhidosiko,</span> abhidosaṃ vā paccūsakālaṃ gato patto atikkantoti <span class="bld">ābhidosiko</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ekarattātikkantassā’’</span>tiādi<a name="V2.0140"></a>. <span class="bld">Aparibhogāraho</span> pūtibhūtabhāvena. <span class="bld">Ariyavohārenā</span>ti ariyasamudācārena. Ariyā hi mātugāmaṃ bhaginivādena samudācaranti. <span class="bld">Nissaṭṭhapariggaha</span>nti pariccattālayaṃ. <span class="bld">Vattuṃ vaṭṭatī</span>ti nirapekkhabhāvato vuttaṃ, idha pana visesato aparibhogārahattāva vatthuno. Nimīyati saññāyatīti <span class="bld">nimittaṃ,</span> tathāsallakkhito ākāroti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ākāraṃ aggahesī’’</span>ti.</p>
    585. 

  585. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para300"></a><a name="para300_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">300</span>. <span class="bld">Gharaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0142"></a> <span class="bld">pavisitvā</span>ti gehasāminiyā nisīditabbaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ antogehaṃ pavisitvā. <span class="bld">Ālapane</span>ti dāsijanassa ālapane. <span class="bld">Bahi nikkhamantā</span>ti yathāvuttaantogehato bahi nikkhamantiyo. <span class="bld">Gharesu sālā hontī</span>ti gharesu ekamante bhojanasālā honti pākāraparikkhittā susaṃvihitadvārabandhā susammaṭṭhavālikaṅgaṇā.</p>
    586. 

  586. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anokappanaṃ</span> asaddahanaṃ. <span class="bld">Amarisanaṃ</span> asahanaṃ. <span class="bld">Anāgatavacanaṃ</span> anāgatasaddappayogo, attho pana vattamānakālikova. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paccakkhampī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ariyiddhiya</span>nti ‘‘paṭikūle apaṭikūlasaññī viharatī’’ti (a. ni. 5.144) evaṃ vuttaariyiddhiyaṃ.</p>
    587. 

  587. <p class="bodytext">Pūtikummāso chaḍḍanīyadhammo tassa gehato laddhopi na dātabbayuttako dāsijanena dinnoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘deyyadhammavasena neva dānaṃ alatthamhā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Imehi muṇḍakehī’’tiādinā nitthunanavacanena paccakkhānaṃ atthato laddhameva, tassa pana ujukaphāsusamācāravasena aladdhattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘na paccakkhāna’’</span>nti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisanthāravasena paccakkhānampi na alatthamhā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Neva dāna’’ntiādi paccāsīsāya akkhantiyā ca vuttaṃ viya pacurajano maññeyyāti tannivattanatthaṃ adhippāyamassa vivarituṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kasmā panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Suttikāpaṭicchanna</span>nti sippikāchadāhi channaṃ.</p>
    588. 

  588. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ukkaṭṭhaekāsanikatāyā</span>ti idaṃ bhūtakathanamattaṃ therassa tathābhāvadīpanato. Mudukassapi hi ekāsanikassa yāya nisajjāya kiñcimattaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuttaṃ, vattasīsenapi tato vuṭṭhitassa puna bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Tenāha tipiṭakacūḷābhayatthero ‘‘āsanaṃ vā rakkheyya bhojanaṃ vā’’ti. <span class="bld">Ukkaṭṭhasapadānacāriko</span>ti purato pacchato ca āhaṭabhikkhampi aggahetvā bahidvāre ṭhatvā pattavissajjanameva karoti. Eteneva therassa ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikabhāvo dīpito. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘svātanāya bhikkhaṃ nāma nādhivāsetī’’</span>ti. Atha kasmā adhivāsesīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘mātu anuggahenā’’</span>tiādi<a name="V2.0141"></a>. Paṇḍitā hi mātāpitūnaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ vā kātabbaṃ anuggahaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā dhutaṅgasuddhikā na bhavanti.</p>
    589. 

  589. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para301"></a><a name="para301_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">301</span>. <span class="bld">Payutta</span>nti vaddhivasena payojitaṃ, taddhitalopaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ yathā aññatthāpi ‘‘pitāmahaṃ dhanaṃ laddhā, sukhaṃ jīvati sañcayo’’ti<a name="M2.0143"></a>. <span class="bld">Jeṭṭhakitthiyo</span>ti padhānitthiyo. <span class="bld">Ito</span>ti imasmiṃ kule anubhavitabbavibhavasampattito. <span class="bld">Aññato</span>ti imassa dinnattā aññasmiṃ kule anubhavitabbasampattito.</p>
    590. 

  590. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para302"></a><a name="para302_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">302</span>. <span class="bld">Cittavicitta</span>nti kappanāya ceva araharūpena alaṅkārādinā ca cittitañceva vicittitañca. <span class="bld">Vaṇakāya</span>nti vaṇabhūtaṃ kāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Samantato ussita</span>nti heṭṭhimakāyavasena heṭṭhā upari ca sannissitaṃ. <span class="bld">Niccātura</span>nti abhiṇhappaṭipīḷitaṃ, sadā dukkhitaṃ vā. <span class="bld">Bahusaṅkappa</span>nti rāgavatthubhāvena abhijanehi hāvabhāvavilāsavasena, āmisavasena ca soṇasiṅgālādīhi bahūhi saṅkappetabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Ṭhitī</span>ti avaṭṭhānaṃ avipariṇāmo natthi. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘bhijjanadhammatāva niyatā’’</span>ti, parissavabhāvāpatti ceva vināsapatti ca ekantikāti attho.</p>
    591. 

  591. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cittakatampī</span>ti gandhādīhi cittakatampi. <span class="bld">Rūpa</span>nti sarīraṃ.</p>
    592. 

  592. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Alattakakatā</span>ti piṇḍialattakena suvaṇṇakatā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘alattakena rañjitā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Cuṇṇakamakkhita</span>nti dosanīharaṇehi tāpadahanādīhi katābhisaṅkhāramukhaṃ gorocanādīhi obhāsanakacuṇṇehi makkhitaṃ, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sāsapakakkenā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    593. 

  593. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rasodakenā</span>ti saralaniyyāsarasamissena udakena. <span class="bld">Āvattanaparivatte katvā</span>ti āvattanaparivattanavasena nate katvā. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhapadakaracanāyā</span>ti bhittikūṭaddhacandādivibhāgāya aṭṭhapadakaracanāya.</p>
    594. 

  594. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Viravamāne</span>ti ‘‘ayaṃ palāyati, gaṇha gaṇhā’’ti viravamāne. Hiraññasuvaṇṇaorodheti vattabbaṃ.</p>
    595. 

  595. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para303"></a><a name="para303_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">303</span>. <span class="bld">Ussitāya ussitāyā</span>ti kulavibhavabāhusaccapaññāsampattiyā uggatāya uggatāya. <span class="bld">Abhilakkhito</span> uḷārabhāvena.</p>
    596. 

  596. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para304"></a><a name="para304_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">304</span>. <span class="bld">Parijuññānī</span>ti <a name="V2.0142"></a> parihānāni. Ye byādhinā abhibhūtā sattā jiṇṇakappā vayohānisattā viya honti, tato nivattento <span class="bld">‘‘jarājiṇṇo’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Vayovuḍḍho,</span> na sīlādivuḍḍho. Mahattaṃ lāti gaṇhātīti mahallako, jātiyā mahallako, na vibhavādināti <span class="bld">jātimahallako</span><a name="M2.0144"></a>. Dvattirājaparivattasaṅkhātaṃ addhānaṃ kālaṃ gato vītivattoti <span class="bld">addhagato</span>. Tathā ca paṭhamavayaṃ majjhimavayañca atīto hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘addhānaṃ atikkanto’’</span>ti. Jiṇṇādipadehi paṭhamavayamajjhimavayassa bodhitattā anuppattatāvisiṭṭho vaya-saddo osānavayavisayoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pacchimavayaṃ anuppatto’’</span>ti.</p>
    597. 

  597. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Appiccho, appaḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso’’ti (a. ni. 10.11) evamādīsu viya appa-saddo abhāvatthoti adhippāyenāha <span class="bld">‘‘appābādhoti arogo, appātaṅkoti niddukkho’’</span>ti. Appattho vā idha, tatthāpi appa-saddo daṭṭhabbo. Evañhi ‘‘yo hi, gahapati, imaṃ pūtikāyaṃ pariharanto muhuttampi ārogyaṃ paṭijāneyya kimaññatra bālyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.1) suttapadaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. Vipaccanaṃ vipāko, so eva vepāko. Samo vepāko etissā atthīti <span class="bld">samavepākinī,</span> tāya. Teneva samavepākinibhāvena sabbampi sammadeva gaṇhāti dhāretīti <span class="bld">gahaṇī</span>. Gahaṇisampattiyā hi yathābhuttaāhāro sammadeva jīranto sarīre tiṭṭhati, no aññathā <span class="bld">bhuttabhutto āhāro jīrati</span> gahaṇiyā tikkhabhāvena. <span class="bld">Tatheva tiṭṭhatī</span>ti bhuttākāreneva tiṭṭhati gahaṇiyā mandabhāvato. <span class="bld">Bhattacchando uppajjateva</span> bhuttaāhārassa sammā pariṇāmaṃ gatattā. <span class="bld">Tenevā</span>ti samavepākinibhāveneva. Pattānaṃ bhogānaṃ parikkhiyamānaṃ na sahasā ekajjhaṃyeva parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, atha kho anukkamena, tathā ñātayopīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anupubbenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Chātakabhayādinā</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena byādhibhayādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.</p>
    598. 

  598. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para305"></a><a name="para305_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">305</span>. Uddesasīsena niddeso gahitoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dhammaniddesā uddiṭṭhā’’</span>ti. Yasmā vā ye dhammā uddisitabbaṭṭhena ‘‘uddesā’’ti vuccanti. Teva dhammā niddisitabbaṭṭhena niddesāti <span class="bld">‘‘dhammaniddesā uddiṭṭhā’’</span>ti attho vutto. Atha vā ye dhammā aniccatādivibhāvanavasena uddhaṃ uddhaṃ desessanti, te dhammā tatheva nissesato desessantīti evaṃ uddesaniddesapadānaṃ anatthantaratā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti jarāmaraṇasantike. Addhuvoti niddhuvo na thiro, aniccoti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dhuvaṭṭhānavirahito’’</span>ti, ajātābhūtāsaṅkhatadhuvabhāvakāraṇavivittoti attho. <span class="bld">Upanīyyatī</span>ti vā <a name="M2.0145"></a> jarāmaraṇena loko sammā nīyati, tasmā addhuvoti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Tāyitu</span>nti jātiādibyasanato rakkhituṃ <span class="bld">samatthena</span> issarena attanā <span class="bld">virahito</span>ti. ‘‘Imaṃ lokaṃ ito vaṭṭadukkhato mocessāmi, jarābyādhimaraṇānaṃ taṃ adhibhavituṃ na dassāmī’’ti evaṃ abhisaratīti <a name="V2.0143"></a> abhissaraṇaṃ, lokassa sukhassa dātā hitassa vidhātā koci issaro, tadabhāvato āha <span class="bld">‘‘anabhissaroti asaraṇo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Nissako</span> mamāyitabbavatthuabhāvato, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sakabhaṇḍavirahito’’</span>tiādi. Taṇhāya vase jāto taṇhāya vijitoti katvā <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhāya dāso’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    599. 

  599. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para306"></a><a name="para306_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">306</span>. Hatthivisayattā hatthisannissitattā vā hatthisippaṃ ‘‘hatthī’’ti gahitanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘hatthisminti hatthisippe’’</span>ti, sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Sātisayaṃ ūrubalaṃ etassa atthīti <span class="bld">ūrubalī</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ūrubalasampanno’’</span>ti, tamevatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yassa hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Abhinnaṃ</span> parasenaṃ <span class="bld">bhindato bhinnaṃ</span> sakasenaṃ sandhārayato upatthambhayato. <span class="bld">Bāhubalī</span>ti etthāpi ‘‘yassa hi phalakañca āvudhañca gahetvā’’tiādinā attho vattabbo, idha pana parahatthagataṃ rajjaṃ āharituṃ bāhubalanti yojanā. Yathā hi ‘‘ūrubalī’’ti etthāpi bāhubalaṃ anāmasitvā attho, evaṃ ‘‘bāhubalī’’ti ettha ūrubalaṃ anāmasitvā attho veditabbo, āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti attā, attabhāvo. Alaṃ samattho attā etassāti alamatthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘samatthaattabhāvo’’</span>ti.</p>
    600. 

  600. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pariyodhāyā</span>ti vā parito ārakkhaṃ odahitvā. ‘‘Saṃvijjante kho, bho raṭṭhapāla, imasmiṃ rājakule hatthikāyāpi…pe… vattissantī’’ti <span class="bld">idampi so rājā upari dhammuddesassa kāraṇaṃ āharanto āha</span>.</p>
    601. 

  601. <p class="bodytext">Vuttasseva anu pacchā gāyanavasena kathanaṃ <span class="bld">anugīti</span>. Tā pana gāthā dhammuddesānaṃ desanānupubbiṃ anādiyitvāpi yathārahaṃ saṅgaṇhanavasena anugītāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘catunnaṃ dhammuddesānaṃ anugīti’’</span>nti.</p>
    602. 

  602. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para307"></a><a name="para307_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">307</span>. <span class="bld">Eka</span>nti ekajātiyaṃ. Vatthukāmakilesakāmā visayabhedena bhinditvā tathā vuttāti daṭṭhabbo.</p>
    603. 

  603. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sāgarantenā</span>ti <a name="M2.0146"></a> sāgarapariyantena.</p>
    604. 

  604. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aho vatā</span>ti socane nipāto, ‘‘aho vata pāpaṃ kataṃ mayā’’tiādīsu viya. <span class="bld">Amarā</span>tiādīsu <a name="V2.0144"></a> <span class="bld">āhū</span>ti kathenti. Mataṃ uddissa ‘‘amha’’nti vattabbe sokavasena ‘‘amara’’nti vuccati.</p>
    605. 

  605. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vosāna</span>nti niṭṭhaṃ, pariyosānanti attho. <span class="bld">Sāvā</span>ti paññā eva. <span class="bld">Dhanato</span>ti sabbadhanato. <span class="bld">Uttamatarā</span> seṭṭhā, tenevāha ‘‘paññājīviṃ jīvitamāhu seṭṭha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 184).</p>
    606. 

  606. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tesu pāpaṃ karontesu</span> sattesu, niddhāraṇe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Paramparāyā</span>ti attabhāvaparamparāya. <span class="bld">Saṃsāraṃ āpajjitvā</span>ti bhavādīsu saṃsārassa āpajjanahetuṃ āpajjanto paralokaṃ upeti, paralokaṃ upentova bahuvidhadukkhasaṅkhātaṃ gabbhañca upeti. <span class="bld">Tādisassā</span>ti tathārūpassa gabbhavāsadukkhādīnaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhūtassa <span class="bld">appapaññassa añño appapañño</span> ca <span class="bld">abhisaddahanto</span> hitasukhāvahanti pattiyāyanto.</p>
    607. 

  607. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Pāpadhammo’’ti vuttattā tādisassa paraloko nāma duggati evāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paramhi apāyaloke’’</span>ti.</p>
    608. 

  608. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vividharūpenā</span>ti rūpasaddādivasena tatthapi paṇītatarādivasena bahuvidharūpena.</p>
    609. 

  609. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sāmaññamevā</span>ti samaṇabhāvo eva seyyo. Ettha ca ādito dvīhi gāthāhi catuttho dhammuddeso anugīto. Catutthagāthāya tatiyo. Pañcamagāthāya dutiyo. Chaṭṭhagāthāya dutiyatatiyā. Sattamagāthāya paṭhamo dhammuddeso anugīto, aṭṭhamādīhi pavattinivattīsu kāmesu nekkhamme ca yathārahaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsaṃ vibhāvetvā attano pabbajjakāraṇaṃ paramato dassento yathāvuttadhammuddesaṃ nigameti, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tā pana gāthā dhammuddesānaṃ desanānupubbiṃ anādiyitvāpi yathārahaṃ saṅgaṇhanavasena anugītā’’ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    610. 

  610. <p class="centered">Raṭṭhapālasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    611. 

  611. <p class="subhead">3. Maghadevasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    612. 

  612. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para308"></a><a name="para308_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">308</span>. <span class="bld">Pubbe</span> <a name="M2.0147"></a><a name="V2.0145"></a> <span class="bld">maghadevo nāma rājā</span>ti atītakāle imasmiṃyeva kappe anekavassasahassāyukesu manussesu paṭipāṭiyā uppannānaṃ caturāsītisahassānaṃ cakkavattirājūnaṃ ādipuriso maghadevoti evaṃnāmo rājā.</p>
    613. 

  613. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dhammo</span>ti rājadhammoti lokikā vadanti. Mahābodhinidhānapāramitāsaṅkhāto pana dhammo atthīti <span class="bld">dhammiko. Dhammenā</span>ti ñāyena. Tadā brahmavihārādibhāvanādhammassa rañño anadhigatattā tassapi vā anabhijjhādīhi samānayogakkhamattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘dasakusalakammapathe ṭhito’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dhamma</span>nti dhammato anapetaṃ. Tathā hi ca so pakkhapātābhāvato ‘‘samo’’ti vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘samaṃ caratī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pakatiniyāmenevā</span>ti paveṇiyā āgataniyāmeneva. Yasmā nigamajanapadesu yebhuyyena gahapatīnaṃ saṅgaho, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘gahapatikāna’’</span>ntveva vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana aññameva nāgaracārittaṃ, aññaṃ negamajanapadacārittanti te visuṃ gahitā ‘‘negamesu ceva janapadesu cā’’ti. Paccuggamananiggamanavasena uposathassa paṭiharaṇaṃ pāṭihāriyo, so eva <span class="bld">pāṭihāriko, pakkho. Ime divasā</span>ti ime cattāro divasā.</p>
    614. 

  614. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para309"></a><a name="para309_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">309</span>. <span class="bld">Devoti maccu</span> abhibhavanaṭṭhena. Yathā hi devo pakatisatte abhibhavati, evaṃ maccu satte abhibhavati. ‘‘Ahaṃ asukaṃ maddituṃ āgamissāmi, tvaṃ tassa kese gahetvā mā vissajjehī’’ti maccudevassa āṇākarā dūtā viyāti <span class="bld">dūtāti vuccanti. Alaṅkatapaṭiyattāyā</span>ti idaṃ attano dibbānubhāvaṃ āvikatvā ṭhitāyāti dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Devatābyākaraṇasadisameva hoti</span> na cireneva maraṇasambhavato. <span class="bld">Visuddhidevāna</span>nti khīṇāsavabrahmānaṃ. Te hi carimabhave bodhisattānaṃ jiṇṇādike dassenti.</p>
    615. 

  615. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dukhitañca byādhita</span>nti byādhibhāvena sañjātadukkhanti attho. Antimabhavikabodhisattānaṃ visuddhidevehi upaṭṭhāpitabhāvaṃ upādāya tadaññesaṃ tehi anupaṭṭhāpitānampi paṇḍitānaṃ tathā voharitabbatā pariyāyasiddhāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘iminā pariyāyenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    616. 

  616. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Disampatī</span>ti <a name="M2.0148"></a> vibhattialopena niddeso, disāsīsena desā vuttāti desānaṃ adhipatirājāti <a name="V2.0146"></a> attho. Uttamaṅge sirasi ruhantīti <span class="bld">uttamaṅgaruhā,</span> kesā. Te panettha yasmā palitattā avisesato sabbapacchimavayasandassakā honti, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘vayoharā’’</span>ti vuttā.</p>
    617. 

  617. <p class="bodytext">Purisayugo yasmā tasmiṃ vaṃse sañjātapurisaṭṭhitiyā paricchinno, tasmā āha <span class="bld">‘‘vaṃsasambhave purise’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Rājagehato āhaṭabhikkhāya yāpento</span>ti iminā kumārakapabbajjāya upagatabhāvaṃ dasseti.</p>
    618. 

  618. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Parihariyamānovā</span>ti aññena aññena parihariyamāno viya velāya velāya tena mahatā parijanena upaṭṭhiyamāno kumārakīḷaṃ kīḷīti attho. Keci pana ‘‘parihariyamāno evā’’ti avadhāraṇavasena atthaṃ vadanti, tathā sati caturāsītivassasahassāni thaññapāyī taruṇadārako ahosīti āpajjatīti tadayuttaṃ. Kumārakālaṃ vatvā tadanantaraṃ oparajjavacanato viruddhañcetaṃ. (<span class="bld">Pañcamaṅgala</span>vacanena unnaṅgalamaṅgalaukkantanamaṅgalakammahāyamaṅgaladussamaṅgalāni samupagatāni eva ahesunti daṭṭhabbaṃ).</p>
    619. 

  619. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para311"></a><a name="para311_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">311</span>. Savaṃsavasena āgatā puttanattuādayo puttā ca paputtā ca etissāti <span class="bld">puttapaputtakā</span> paramparā. <span class="bld">Nihata</span>nti nihitaṃ ṭhapitaṃ, pavattitanti attho. <span class="bld">Nihata</span>nti vā satataṃ patiṭṭhitabhāvena vaḷañjitanti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kalyāṇavatta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Atirekatarā dve guṇā</span>ti mahāsattassa maghadevakālato atirekatarā dve guṇā itararājūhi pana atirekatarā anekasatasahassappabhedā eva guṇā ahesunti.</p>
    620. 

  620. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para312"></a><a name="para312_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">312</span>. Tettiṃsa sahapuññakārino ettha nibbattāti taṃsahacaritaṭṭhānaṃ tettiṃsaṃ, tadeva tāvatiṃsaṃ, taṃnivāso etesanti <span class="bld">tāvatiṃsā</span>. Nivāsabhāvo ca tesaṃ tattha nibbattanapubbakoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānanti tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbattadevāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Rañño</span>ti nimimahārājassa. <span class="bld">Ovāde ṭhatvā</span>ti ‘‘sīlaṃ arakkhanto mama santikaṃ mā āgacchatū’’ti niggaṇhanavasenapi, ‘‘ekantato mama vijite vasantena sīlaṃ rakkhitabba’’nti evaṃ pavattitaovādavasenapi ovāde ṭhatvā.</p>
    621. 

  621. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Atha</span> <a name="M2.0149"></a> <span class="bld">na</span>nti mahājutikaṃ mahāvipphāraṃ mahānubhāvaṃ nimirājānaṃ. ‘‘Sakkohamasmi devindo, tava santikamāgato’’ti attano sakkabhāvaṃ pavedetvā <span class="bld">‘‘kaṅkhaṃ te paṭivinodessāmī’’</span>ti āha. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sabbabhūtānamissarā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    622. 

  622. <p class="bodytext">Sīlaṃ <a name="V2.0147"></a> upādāya omakatāya <span class="bld">‘‘ki’’</span>nti hīḷento vadati. <span class="bld">Guṇavisiṭṭhatāyāti</span> lābhayasādīnañceva piyamanāpatādīnañca āsavakkhayapariyosānānaṃ nimittabhāvena uttamaguṇatāya. Tadā sakko anuruddhatthero, so attano purimajātiyaṃ paccakkhasiddhaṃva dānato sīlaṃ mahantaṃ vibhāvento <span class="bld">‘‘ahañhī’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha attanā vasiyamānaṃ kāmāvacaradevalokaṃ sandhāya <span class="bld">‘‘pettivisayato’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tassa hi kappasatasahassaṃ vivaṭṭajjhāsayassa pūritapāramissa devaloko petaloko viya upaṭṭhāsi. Tenevāha ‘‘accharāgaṇasaṅghuṭṭhaṃ, pisācagaṇasevita’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.46).</p>
    623. 

  623. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Khattiye</span>ti khattiyajātiyaṃ. <span class="bld">Visujjhatī</span>ti brahmalokūpapattiṃ sandhāya vadati kāmasaṃkilesavisujjhanato. <span class="bld">Kāyāti</span> ca brahmakāyamāha.</p>
    624. 

  624. <p class="bodytext">Imassa mama adiṭṭhapubbarūpaṃ disvā ‘‘ahudeva bhaya’’nti cintetvā āha <span class="bld">‘‘avikampamāno’’</span>ti. Bhāyanto hi cittassa aññathattena kāyassa ca chambhitattena vikampati nāma. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘abhāyamāno’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sukhaṃ kathetuṃ hotī</span>ti puññaphalaṃ kathetuṃ sukhaṃ hoti.</p>
    625. 

  625. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para313"></a><a name="para313_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">313</span>. <span class="bld">Manaṃ āgamma yuttāyeva hontī</span>ti mātalissa sakkasseva cittaṃ jānitvā yuttā viya honti, rathe yuttaājānīyakiccaṃ karonti devaputtā. Evaṃ tādise kāle tathā paṭipajjanti, yathā erāvaṇo devaputto hatthikiccaṃ. <span class="bld">Naddhito paṭṭhāyā</span>ti rathapañjarapariyantena akkhassa sambandhaṭṭhānaṃ naddhī, tato paṭṭhāya. Akkho bajjhati etthāti <span class="bld">akkhabaddho,</span> akkhena rathassa baddhaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā devalokato yāva candamaṇḍalassa gamanavīthi, tāva attano ānubhāvena heṭṭhāmukhameva rathaṃ pesesi, evaṃ candamaṇḍalassa gamanavīthito yāva rañño pāsādo, tāva tatheva pesesi. <span class="bld">Dve magge dassetvā</span>ti patodalaṭṭhiyā ākāsaṃ vilikhanto viya attano ānubhāvena nirayagāmī devalokagāmī cāti dve magge <a name="M2.0150"></a> dassetvā. <span class="bld">Katamenā</span>tiādi desanāmattaṃ, yathā tena rathena gacchantassa nirayo devaloko ca pākaṭā honti, tathā karaṇaṃ adhippetaṃ.</p>
    626. 

  626. <p class="bodytext">Vuttakāraṇameva sandhāyāha mahāsatto <span class="bld">‘‘ubhayeneva maṃ mātali nehī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dugga</span>nti duggamaṃ. <span class="bld">Vettaraṇi</span>nti evaṃnāmakaṃ nirayaṃ. <span class="bld">Kuthita</span>nti pakkuthitaṃ nipakkatelasadisajālaṃ. <span class="bld">Khārasaṃyutta</span>nti khārodakasadisaṃ.</p>
    627. 

  627. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rathaṃ nivattetvā</span>ti nirayābhimukhato nivattetvā. <span class="bld">Bīraṇīdevadhītāyā</span>ti ‘‘bīraṇī’’ti evaṃnāmikāya <a name="V2.0148"></a> accharāya. <span class="bld">Soṇadinnadevaputtassā</span>ti ‘‘soṇadinno’’ti evaṃnāmakassa devaputtassa. <span class="bld">Gaṇadevaputtāna</span>nti gaṇavasena puññaṃ katvā gaṇavaseneva nibbattadevaputtānaṃ.</p>
    628. 

  628. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pattakāle</span>ti upakaṭṭhāya velāya. <span class="bld">Atithi</span>nti paccekasambuddhaṃ. Kassapassa bhagavato sāsane ekaṃ khīṇāsavattherantipi vadanti. <span class="bld">Mātāva puttaṃ sakimābhinandī</span>ti yathā pavāsato āgataṃ puttaṃ mātā sakiṃ ekavāraṃ āgatakāle abhinandati, tathā niccakāle abhinandi sakkaccaṃ parivisi. <span class="bld">Saṃyamā saṃvibhāgā</span>ti sīlasaṃyamā saṃvibhāgasīlā. <span class="bld">Jātake</span>ti nimijātake.</p>
    629. 

  629. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cittakūṭa</span>nti devanagarassa dakkhiṇadisāya dvārakoṭṭhakaṃ. <span class="bld">Sakko cittaṃ sandhāretuṃ asakkonto</span>ti mahāsatte pavattaṃ devatānaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ attano usūyacittaṃ bahi anāvikatvā abbhantareyeva ca naṃ ṭhapetuṃ asakkonto. <span class="bld">Aññesaṃ puññena vasāhī</span>ti sakkassa mahāsattaṃ rosetukāmatāya ārādhanaṃ nidasseti. Purāṇasakko dīghāyuko, taṃ upādāya jarājiṇṇaṃ viya katvā <span class="bld">‘‘jarasakko’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    630. 

  630. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para315"></a><a name="para315_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">315</span>. <span class="bld">Sesaṃ sabba</span>nti pabbajjupagamanā sesaṃ attano vaṃse porāṇarājūnaṃ rājacārittaṃ. <span class="bld">Pākatika</span>nti puna sabhāvattameva gato ahosi, apabbajitabhāvavacanenevassa brahmavihārabhāvanādīnaṃ pabbajjāguṇānaṃ abhāvo dīpito hoti.</p>
    631. 

  631. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para316"></a><a name="para316_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">316</span>. <span class="bld">Vīriyaṃ akaronto samucchindati,</span> na tāva samucchinnaṃ, kalyāṇamittasaṃsaggādipaccayasamavāye sati sīlavataṃ kalyāṇavattaṃ pavattetuṃ sakkoti<a name="M2.0151"></a>. <span class="bld">Dussīlena samucchinnaṃ nāma hoti</span> tassa tattha nirāsabhāvena paṭipattiyā eva asambhavato. <span class="bld">Satta sekhā pavattenti</span> kalyāṇavattassa apariniṭṭhitakiccattā. <span class="bld">Khīṇāsavena pavattitaṃ nāma</span> pariniṭṭhitakiccattā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    632. 

  632. <p class="centered">Maghadevasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    633. 

  633. <p class="subhead">4. Madhurasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    634. 

  634. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para317"></a><a name="para317_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">317</span>. <span class="bld">Madhurāya</span>nti <a name="V2.0149"></a> uttaramadhurāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Gundāvane</span>ti kāḷasippalivane. Atimuttakavaneti ca vadanti. Catūsu vaṇṇesu <span class="bld">brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo. Paṇḍaro</span>ti parisuddho. <span class="bld">Kāḷako</span>ti aparisuddho. <span class="bld">Jātigottādipaññāpanaṭṭhānesū</span>ti jātigottādivasena suddhacintāyaṃ brāhmaṇā eva suddhajātikā, na itareti adhippāyo. Saṃsārato vā suddhacintāyaṃ brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti vedavihitassa suddhavidhino aññesaṃ avisayattāti adhippāyo. Taṃ panetaṃ tesaṃ virujjhati khattiyavessānampi mantajjhenassa anuññātattā, mantajjhenavidhinā ca saṃsārasuddhiyābhāvato. Puttā nāma anorasāpi honti, na tathā imeti āha <span class="bld">‘‘orasā’’</span>ti. Ure saṃvaḍḍhitaputtopi ‘‘orasa’’nti vuccati. Ime pana mukhato niggato hutvā ure saṃvaḍḍhāti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘orasā mukhato jātā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tato eva brahmato jātāti <span class="bld">brahmajā,</span> brahmasambhūtāpi <span class="bld">‘‘brahmajā’’</span>ti vuccanti, na tathā ime. Ime pana paccakkhato brahmunā nimmitāti <span class="bld">brahmanimmitā,</span> tato eva brahmato laddhabbavijjādidāyajjadāyādāti <span class="bld">brahmadāyādā</span>ti sabbametaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ katthanāpalāpasadisaṃ viññūnaṃ appamāṇaṃ avimaddakkhamaṃ vācāvatthumattaṃ brahmakuttasseva abhāvato. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ <span class="bld">visuddhimaggavaṇṇanāyaṃ</span> vuttameva. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ghosoyevā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Vohāramattameveta</span>nti etaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo’’tiādi vacanamattameva, na tassa attho tehi adhippetappakāro atthi.</p>
    635. 

  635. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para318"></a><a name="para318_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">318</span>. <span class="bld">Samijjheyyā</span>ti diṭṭhidīpanavasena attano ajjhāsayo nipphajjeyya. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘manoratho pūreyyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Khattiyopī</span>ti parakhattiyopi<a name="M2.0152"></a>. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti samiddhadhanādiṃ pattassa. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘issariyasampattassā’’</span>ti <span class="bld">nesa</span>nti etesaṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ ettha pubbuṭṭhāyibhāvādinā itarehi upacaritabbatāya na kiñci nānākaraṇanti yojanā.</p>
    636. 

  636. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para322"></a><a name="para322_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">322</span>. Ahaṃ <a name="V2.0150"></a> cīvarādīhi upaṭṭhāko, tumhākaṃ icchitacchitakkhaṇe vadeyyātha yenatthoti yojanā. Corādiupaddavanisedhanena <span class="bld">rakkhāgutti,</span> dānādinimittaupaddavanisedhanena <span class="bld">āvaraṇagutti</span>. Paccuppannānatthanisedhanena vā <span class="bld">rakkhāgutti,</span> āgāmianatthanisedhanena <span class="bld">āvaraṇagutti</span>. Ettha ca khattiyādīsu yo yo issaro, tassa itarena anuvattetabbabhāve, kusalākusalakaraṇena nesaṃ vasena laddhabbaabhisamparāye, pabbajitehi laddhabbasāmīcikiriyāya ca aṇumattopi viseso natthi, tasmā so visesābhāvo pāḷiyaṃ tattha tattha vāre <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ sante’’</span>tiādinā vibhāvito. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    637. 

  637. <p class="centered">Madhurasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    638. 

  638. <p class="subhead">5. Bodhirājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    639. 

  639. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para324"></a><a name="para324_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">324</span>. <span class="bld">Olokanakapaduma</span>nti <a name="V2.0151"></a> līlāaravindaṃ. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti kokanadasaṇṭhānattā <span class="bld">kokanadoti saṅkhaṃ labhi</span>.</p>
    640. 

  640. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para325"></a><a name="para325_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">325</span>. <span class="bld">Yāva pacchima…pe… phalakaṃ vuttaṃ</span> tassa sabbapacchā santhatattā. Uparimaphalagatañhi sopānamatthakaṃ. <span class="bld">Olokanatthaṃyevā</span>ti na kevalaṃ bhagavato āgamanaññeva olokanatthaṃ, atha kho attano patthanāya santharāpitāya celapaṭikāya akkamanassapi.</p>
    641. 

  641. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sakuṇapotake</span>ti kādambaṭiṭṭibhaputtake. <span class="bld">Aññova bhaveyyā</span>ti tasmiṃ attabhāve mātugāmato añño idāni bhariyābhūto mātugāmo bhaveyya. <span class="bld">Puttaṃ labheyyā</span>ti attano kammavasena puttaṃ, no tassa. <span class="bld">Ubhohī</span>ti imehi eva ubhohi. <span class="bld">Imehi kāraṇehī</span>ti tassa rājakumārassa buddhaṃ paṭicca micchāgahaṇaṃ, titthiyānaṃ ujjhāyanaṃ, anāgate manussānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ uddissa vippaṭisāroti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi. <span class="bld">Paññatta</span>nti santhataṃ celapaṭikaṃ. Maṅgalaṃ icchantīti <span class="bld">maṅgalikā</span>.</p>
    642. 

  642. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para326"></a><a name="para326_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">326</span>. <span class="bld">Tatiyaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0153"></a> <span class="bld">kāraṇa</span>nti iminā bhikkhūsu vippaṭisārānuppādanamāha. Yaṃ kiñci paribhuñjana-sukhaṃ kāmasukhallikānuyogoti adhippāyena <span class="bld">kāmasukhallikānuyogasaññī hutvā…pe… maññamāno evamāha</span>.</p>
    643. 

  643. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para327"></a><a name="para327_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">327</span>. Atha naṃ bhagavā tato micchābhinivesato vivecetukāmo <span class="bld">‘‘so kho aha’’</span>ntiādinā attano dukkaracariyaṃ dassetuṃ ārabhi. <span class="bld">Mahāsaccake</span>(ma. ni. 1.364 ādayo) <span class="bld">vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ</span> ‘‘so kho aha’’ntiādipāṭhassa tattha āgataniyāmeneva āgatattā. <span class="bld">Pāsarāsisutte</span> (ma. ni. 1.272 ādayo) <span class="bld">vuttanayenā</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo.</p>
    644. 

  644. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para343"></a><a name="para343_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">343</span>. Aṅkusaṃ gaṇhanti etena tassa gahaṇe cheko hotīti <span class="bld">aṅkusagahaṇasippaṃ. Meghautu</span>nti meghaṃ paṭicca uppannasītautuṃ. <span class="bld">Pabbatautu</span>nti pabbataṃ paṭicca uṇhautuṃ. Ubhayavasena ca tassa <a name="V2.0152"></a> tathā sītuṇhaututo eno āgatoti ta-kārassa da-kāraṃ katvā <span class="bld">udenoti nāmaṃ akāsi</span>.</p>
    645. 

  645. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tāpaso</span> ogāḷhañāṇavasena <span class="bld">rañño matabhāvaṃ ñatvā. Ādito paṭṭhāyā</span>ti kosambinagare parantaparañño aggamahesibhāvato paṭṭhāya. <span class="bld">Pubbe</span>ti sīlavantakāle. <span class="bld">Hatthigantha</span>nti hatthīnaṃ attano vase vattāpanasatthaṃ. Tenevassa taṃ sikkhāpeti, kiccañca ijjhati.</p>
    646. 

  646. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para344"></a><a name="para344_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">344</span>. <span class="bld">Padahanabhāvo</span>ti bhāvanānuyogo. Padhāne vā niyutto padhāniyo, padhāniyassa bhikkhuno, tasseva padhāniyabhāvassa aṅgāni kāraṇāni <span class="bld">padhāniyaṅgāni</span>. Saddhā etassa atthīti <span class="bld">saddho</span>. Kiñcāpi paccekabodhisattānampi abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya āgatā āgamanasaddhā eva, mahābodhisattānaṃ pana saddhā garutarāti sā eva gahitā. <span class="bld">Acalabhāvena okappanaṃ</span> ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākhyāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti kenaci akampiyabhāvena ratanattayaguṇe ogāhitvā kappanaṃ. <span class="bld">Pasāduppatti</span> ratanattaye pasīdanameva. <span class="bld">Bodhinti catumaggañāṇa</span>nti vuttaṃ taṃnimittattā sabbaññutaññāṇassa, <span class="bld">bodhī</span>ti vā sammāsambodhi. Sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi maggañāṇaṃ, maggañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ ‘‘sammāsambodhī’’ti vuccati. Nicchitasubuddhatāya dhammassa sudhammatā saṅghassa suppaṭipatti vinicchitā eva <a name="M2.0154"></a> hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘desanāsīsameva ceta’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Tassa padhānaṃ vīriyaṃ ijjhati</span> ratanattayasaddhāya ‘‘imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇato muccissāmī’’ti padhānānuyoge avaṃmukhasambhavato.</p>
    647. 

  647. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Appābādho</span>tiādi heṭṭhā vuttameva. <span class="bld">Aguṇaṃ pakāsetā</span> āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjitā sammāpaṭipattiyā visodhanatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Udayañca atthañca gantu</span>nti ‘‘avijjāsamudayā’’tiādinā pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ udayañca vayañca jānituṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘etenā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Parisuddhāya</span> upakkilesavinimuttāya. <span class="bld">Nibbijjhitu</span>nti tadaṅgavasena pajahituṃ samucchedappahānassa paccayo bhavituṃ. <span class="bld">Yaṃ dukkhaṃ khīyatī</span>ti kilesesu appahīnesu tena tadupanissayakammaṃ paṭicca yaṃ dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.</p>
    648. 

  648. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para345"></a><a name="para345_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">345</span>. <span class="bld">Sesadivase</span>ti sattadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva dve rattindivā.</p>
    649. 

  649. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para346"></a><a name="para346_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">346</span>. Kucchisannissito <a name="V2.0153"></a> gabbho nissayavohārena ‘‘kucchī’’ti vuccati, so etissā atthīti <span class="bld">kucchimatī</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘āpannasattā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ārakkho panassa paccupaṭṭhito hotī</span>ti mātarā gahitasaraṇaṃ gabbhavuṭṭhitassa tassa saraṇagamanaṃ pavedayitassa kusalaṃ saraṇaṃ nāma, mātu katarakkho puttassapi paccupaṭṭhitoti. <span class="bld">Mahallakakāle</span>ti vacanatthaṃ jānanakāle. <span class="bld">Sārentī</span>ti yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathābalaṃ ratanattayaguṇapatiṭṭhāpanavasena assa sārenti. <span class="bld">Sallakkhetvā</span>ti vuttamatthaṃ upadhāretvā. <span class="bld">Saraṇaṃ gahitaṃ nāma hoti</span> ratanattayassa saraṇabhāvasallakkhaṇapubbakatanninnacittabhāvatova. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    650. 

  650. <p class="centered">Bodhirājakumārasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    651. 

  651. <p class="subhead">6. Aṅgulimālasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    652. 

  652. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para347"></a><a name="para347_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">347</span>. <span class="bld">Aṅgulīnaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0154"></a> <span class="bld">mālaṃ dhāretī</span>ti iminā anvatthā tassa samaññāti dasseti. <span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti tasmiṃ ācariyavacanena aṅgulimālassa dhāraṇe. <span class="bld">Karīsasahassakhette ekasālisīsaṃ viya</span> apaññāyamānasakakicco hotīti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Takkasīlaṃ pesayiṃsu</span> ‘‘tādisassa ācariyassa santike <a name="M2.0155"></a> sippuggahasammāpayogena diṭṭhadhammike samparāyike ca atthe jānanto bhāriyaṃ na kareyyā’’ti. <span class="bld">Bāhirakā ahesuṃ</span> ahiṃsakassa vattasampattiyā ācariyassa cittasabhāvato nibbattanatibhāvena. <span class="bld">Sineheneva vadante</span>ti sinehena viya vadante.</p>
    653. 

  653. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gaṇanampi na uggaṇhātī</span>ti gaṇanavidhimpi na sallakkheti. Tattha kāraṇamāha <span class="bld">‘‘pakatiyā’’</span>tiādinā. <span class="bld">Ṭhapitaṭṭhāne</span>ti rukkhagacchantarādike ṭhapitaṭṭhāne sakuntasiṅgālānaṃ vasena <span class="bld">aṅguliyo vinassanti. Bhaggavo</span>ti kosalarañño purohitaṃ gottena vadati. <span class="bld">Coro avissāsanīyo</span> sāhasikabhāvato. <span class="bld">Purāṇasanthatā sākhā avissāsanīyā</span> vicchikādīnaṃ pavesanayogyattā. <span class="bld">Rājā avissāsanīyo</span> issariyamadena dhanalobhena ca kadāci jīvite saṅkābhāvato. <span class="bld">Itthī avissāsanīyā</span> lolasīlacittabhāvato. <span class="bld">Anuddharaṇīyo bhavissati</span> saṃsārapaṅkato.</p>
    654. 

  654. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para348"></a><a name="para348_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">348</span>. <span class="bld">Saṅkaritvā</span>ti ‘‘mayaṃ ekajjhaṃ sannipatitvā coraṃ māretvā vā palāpetvā gamissāmā’’ti saṅkaraṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Iddhābhisaṅkhāra</span>nti abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Abhisaṅkhāsī</span>ti adhiṭṭhahi. <span class="bld">Saṃharitvā</span>ti saṃkhipitvā. <span class="bld">Orabhāge</span>ti corassa orabhāge.</p>
    655. 

  655. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para349"></a><a name="para349_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">349</span>. <span class="bld">Daṇḍo</span>ti paharaṇahatthacchedanādiko daṇḍanasaṅkhāto daṇḍo. <span class="bld">Pavattayitabbo</span>ti ānetabbo. <span class="bld">Apanetvā</span>ti attano santānato samucchedavasena pahāya. <span class="bld">Paṭisaṅkhāyā</span>ti paṭisaṅkhānena. <span class="bld">Avihiṃsāyā</span>ti karuṇāya. <span class="bld">Sāraṇīyadhammesū</span>ti chasupi sāraṇīyadhammesu, <span class="bld">ṭhito</span> aṭṭhitānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ bodhimūle eva samucchinnattā. Yathā atīte aparimitaṃ kālaṃ sandhāvitaṃ, evaṃ imāya paṭipattiyā anāgatepi sandhāvissatīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘idānī’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    656. 

  656. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Itvevā</span>ti iti eva, <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo nidassanattho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ vatvā yevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Akirī</span>ti ākiri, pañcapi āvudhāni vikiri. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘khipi chaḍḍesī’’</span>ti.</p>
    657. 

  657. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para350"></a><a name="para350_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">350</span>. <span class="bld">Ettovā</span>ti <a name="V2.0155"></a> ato eva āgatamaggeneva sāvatthiṃ <span class="bld">gatā. Adhivāsessatī</span>ti ‘‘coraṃ paṭisedhetuṃ gamissāmī’’ti vutte tuṇhī bhavissati<a name="M2.0156"></a>. <span class="bld">Dāruṇakammena uppannanāma</span>nti ‘‘aṅgulimālo’’ti imaṃ nāmaṃ sandhāya vadati.</p>
    658. 

  658. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para351"></a><a name="para351_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">351</span>. <span class="bld">Hatthī araññahatthī</span> honti manussānaṃ tattha gantuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā, evaṃ <span class="bld">assāpi. Kūṭasahassānaṃ bhijjanakāraṇaṃ hoti</span> therassa āgamanabhayena ghaṭe chaḍḍetvā palāyanena. <span class="bld">Gabbhamūḷhāyā</span>ti byākulagabbhāya. <span class="bld">Pabbajjābalenā</span>ti vuttaṃ, satthu desanānubhāvenāti pana vattabbaṃ. So hi tassāpi kāraṇanti. <span class="bld">Ariyā nāma jāti</span> pabbajjā ariyabhāvatthāya jātīti katvā.</p>
    659. 

  659. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mahāparittaṃ nāmeta</span>nti mahānubhāvaṃ parittaṃ nāmetaṃ. Tathā hi naṃ thero sabbabhāvena ariyāya jāto saccādhiṭṭhānena akāsi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘saccakiriyakataṭṭhāne’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Gabbhamūḷha</span>nti mūḷhagabbhaṃ. Gabbho hi paripakko sampajjamāno vijāyanakāle kammajavātehi sañcāletvā parivattito uddhaṃpādo adhosīso hutvā yonimukhābhimukho hoti, evaṃ so kassaci alaggo sotthinā bahi nikkhamati, vipajjamāno pana viparivattanavasena yonimaggaṃ pidahitvā tiriyaṃ nipajjati, tathā yassā yonimaggo pidahati, sā tattha kammajavātehi aparāparaṃ parivattamānā byākulā mūḷhagabbhāti vuccati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘gabbhamūḷha’’</span>nti.</p>
    660. 

  660. <p class="bodytext">Saccakiriyā nāma buddhāsayaṃ attano sīlaṃ paccavekkhitvā katā, tasmā saccakiriyā vejjakammaṃ na hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Therassapi cā</span>tiādinā upasaṅkamitabbakāraṇaṃ vadati. Ime dve hetū paṭicca bhagavā theraṃ saccakiriyaṃ kāresi. <span class="bld">Jāti</span>nti mūlajātiṃ.</p>
    661. 

  661. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para352"></a><a name="para352_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">352</span>. Pariyādāya āhacca <span class="bld">bhinnena sīsena. Sabhāgadiṭṭhadhammavedanīyakamma</span>nti niraye nibbattanasakakammasabhāgabhūtaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyakammaṃ. Sabhāgatā ca samānavatthukatā samānārammaṇatāekavīthipariyāpannatādivasena sabbathā sarikkhatā, sadisampi ca nāma tadevāharīyati yathā ‘‘tasseva kammassa vipāko’’ti ca ‘‘sā eva tittirī tāneva osadhānī’’ti ca. Idāni tameva sabhāgataṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kammaṃ hī’’</span>tiādi āraddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Kariyamānamevā</span>ti paccayasamavāyena paṭipāṭiyā nibbattiyamānameva. <span class="bld">Tayo koṭṭhāse pūreti,</span> diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaaparāpariyāyavedanīyaupapajjavedanīyasaṅkhāte tayo bhāge pūreti, tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhāgānaṃ vasena pavattati.</p>
    662. 

  662. <p class="bodytext">Diṭṭhadhammo <a name="M2.0157"></a><a name="V2.0156"></a> vuccati paccakkhabhūto paccuppanno attabhāvo, tattha veditabbaphalaṃ kammaṃ <span class="bld">diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ</span>. Paccuppannabhavato anantaraṃ veditabbaphalaṃ kammaṃ <span class="bld">upapajjavedanīyaṃ</span>. Diṭṭhadhammānantarabhavato aññasmiṃ attabhāvapariyāye attabhāvaparivatte veditabbaphalaṃ kammaṃ <span class="bld">aparāpariyāyavedanīyaṃ</span>. Paṭipakkhehi anabhibhūtatāya, paccayavisesena paṭiladdhavisesatāya ca balavabhāvappattā tādisassa pubbābhisaṅkhārassa vasena sātisayā hutvā pavattā paṭhamajavanacetanā tasmiṃyeva attabhāve phaladāyinī diṭṭhadhammavedanīyā nāma. Sā hi vuttākārena balavati javanasantāne guṇavisesayuttesu upakārānupakāravasappavattiyā āsevanālābhena appavipākatāya ca itaradvayaṃ viya pavattasantānuparamāpekkhaṃ okāsalābhāpekkhañca kammaṃ na hotīti idheva pupphamattaṃ viya pavattivipākamattaṃ phalaṃ deti.</p>
    663. 

  663. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tathā asakkonta</span>nti kammassa phaladānaṃ nāma upadhipayogādipaccayantarasamavāyeneva hotīti tadabhāvato tasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontaṃ. <span class="bld">Ahosikamma</span>nti kammaṃyeva ahosi, na tassa vipāko ahosi, atthi bhavissati vāti evaṃ vattabbaṃ kammaṃ. <span class="bld">Atthasādhikā</span>ti dānādipāṇātipātādiatthassa nipphādikā. Kā pana sāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sattamajavanacetanā’’</span>ti. Sā hi sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā vuttanayena paṭiladdhavisesā purimajavanacetanāhi laddhāsevanā ca samānā anantare attabhāve vipākadāyinī upapajjavedanīyakammaṃ nāma. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anantare attabhāve vipākaṃ detī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sati saṃsārappavattiyā</span>ti iminā asati saṃsārappavattiyā ahosikammapakkhe tiṭṭhati vipaccanokāsassa abhāvatoti.</p>
    664. 

  664. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samugghāṭitāni</span> vipaccanokāsassa anuppattidhammatāpādanena. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ atthi</span> vipākārahābhāvassa anibbattitattā vipaccanokāsassa anupacchinnattā. Katūpacitañhi kammaṃ sati vipaccanokāse yāva na phalaṃ deti, tāva attheva nāma vipākārahabhāvato. ‘‘Yassa kho’’ti idaṃ aniyamākāravacanaṃ bhagavatā kammasarikkhatāvasena sādhāraṇato vuttanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yādisassa kho’’</span>ti.</p>
    665. 

  665. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pamādakilesavimutto</span>ti pamādahetukehi sabbehi kilesehi vimutto.</p>
    666. 

  666. <p class="bodytext">Pāpassa <a name="M2.0158"></a> pidhānaṃ nāma avipākadhammatāpādananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘appaṭisandhikaṃ karīyatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Buddhasāsane</span>ti <a name="V2.0157"></a> sikkhāttayasaṅgahe buddhassa bhagavato sāsane. <span class="bld">Yuttappayutto viharatī</span>ti akattabbassa akaraṇavasena, kattabbassa ca paripūraṇavasena pavattati.</p>
    667. 

  667. <p class="bodytext">Dissanti kujjhantīti <span class="bld">disā,</span> paṭipakkhāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sapattā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tappasaṃsapakāra</span>nti mettānisaṃsakittanākāraṃ. <span class="bld">Kālenā</span>ti āmeḍitalopena niddesoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘khaṇe khaṇe’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anukarontū</span>ti yesaṃ kalyāṇamittānaṃ santike suṇanti, yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ tesaṃ anukarontu diṭṭhānugatikaraṇaṃ āpajjantu, attano veripuggalānampi bhagavato santike dhammassavanaṃ sammāpaṭipattiñca paccāsīsati.</p>
    668. 

  668. <p class="bodytext">Tasanti gatiṃ patthayantīti <span class="bld">tasā</span> bhavantarādīsu saṃsaraṇabhāvato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tasā vuccanti sataṇhā’’</span>ti.</p>
    669. 

  669. <p class="bodytext">Netabbaṭṭhānaṃ udakaṃ nayantīti <span class="bld">nettikā. Bandhitvā</span>ti daḷhaṃ bandhitvā. <span class="bld">Telakañjikenā</span>ti telamissitena kañjikena.</p>
    670. 

  670. <p class="bodytext">Yādisova aniṭṭhe, tādisova iṭṭheti iṭṭhāniṭṭhe nibbikārena <span class="bld">tādī</span>. Yesaṃ pana kāmāmisādīnaṃ vantattā rāgādīnaṃ cattattā kāmoghādīnaṃ tiṇṇattā tādibhāvo bhaveyya, tesaṃ bhagavatā sabbaso vantā cattā tiṇṇā, tasmā bhagavā <span class="bld">vantāvīti tādī, cattāvīti tādī, tiṇṇāvīti tādī,</span> yehi anaññasādhāraṇehi sīlādiguṇehi samannāgatattā bhagavā tādibhāvena ukkaṃsapāramippatto taṃniddeso, tehi guṇehi yāthāvato niddisitabbatopi <span class="bld">tādī</span>. Yathā yantarajjuyā yantaṃ nīyati, evaṃ yāya taṇhāya bhavo nīyati, sā ‘‘bhavanetti bhavarajjū’’ti vuttā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tāya hī’’</span>tiādi, kammāni kusalādīni vipaccayanti apaccayanti etāyāti <span class="bld">kammavipāko</span>. Apaccayabhāvo nāma ariyamaggacetanāyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘maggacetanāyā’’</span>ti. Yāva na kilesā pahīyanti, tāva ime sattā saiṇā eva aserivihārabhāvatoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aṇaṇo nikkileso jāto’’</span>ti.</p>
    671. 

  671. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Theyyaparibhogo</span> (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.91) nāma sāmiparibhogābhāvato. Bhagavatāpi hi attano sāsane sīlavato paccayā anuññātā, na dussīlassa, dāyakānaṃ <a name="M2.0159"></a> sīlavatoyeva pariccāgo, na dussīlassa attano kārānaṃ mahapphalabhāvassa paccāsīsanato. Iti satthārā ananuññātattā dāyakehi ca apariccattattā <span class="bld">‘‘dussīlassa paribhogo theyyaparibhogo nāmā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ<a name="V2.0158"></a>. Iṇavasena paribhogo <span class="bld">iṇaparibhogo</span>. Paṭiggāhakato dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyā abhāvato iṇaṃ gahetvā paribhogo viyāti attho. Yasmā sekkhā bhagavato orasaputtā, tasmā te pitusantakānaṃ paccayānaṃ dāyādā hutvā te paccaye paribhuñjantīti tesaṃ paribhogo <span class="bld">dāyajjaparibhogo nāma</span>. Kiṃ pana te bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjanti, udāhu gihīhi dinnanti? Gihīhi dinnāpi te bhagavatā anuññātattā bhagavato santakā honti ananuññātesu sabbena sabbaṃ paribhogābhāvato anuññātesuyeva paribhogasambhavato. <span class="bld">Dhammadāyādasutta</span>ñcettha (ma. ni. 1.29 ādayo) sādhakaṃ.</p>
    672. 

  672. <p class="bodytext">Avītarāgānaṃ taṇhāparavasatāya paccayaparibhoge sāmibhāvo natthi, tadabhāvena vītarāgānaṃ tattha sāmibhāvo yathāruci paribhogasambhavato. Tathā hi te paṭikūlampi appaṭikūlākārena, appaṭikūlampi paṭikūlākārena tadubhayaṃ vivajjetvā upekkhākārena ca paccaye paribhuñjanti, dāyakānañca manorathaṃ paripūrenti. Sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ <span class="bld">visuddhimagge, taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu ca</span> vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Kilesaiṇānaṃ abhāvaṃ sandhāya ‘‘aṇaṇo’’ti vuttaṃ,</span> na paccavekkhitaparibhogamattaṃ. Tenāha āyasmā ca bākulo – ‘‘sattāhameva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saraṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñji’’nti (ma. ni. 3.211).</p>
    673. 

  673. <p class="bodytext">Vatthukāmakilesakāmehi taṇhāya pavattiākāraṃ paṭicca atthi ramaṇavohāroti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘duvidhesupi kāmesu taṇhāratisanthava’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Mantita</span>nti kathitaṃ. <span class="bld">Uppannehi</span> satthupaṭiññehi. <span class="bld">Saṃvibhattā</span>ti kusalādivasena khandhādīhi ākārehi vibhattā. Sundaraṃ āgamananti <span class="bld">svāgataṃ</span>. Tato eva na kucchitaṃ āgataṃ. Soḷasavidhakiccassa pariyositattā āha <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ sabbaṃ mayā kata’’</span>nti. Maggapaññāyameva tatiyavijjāsamaññāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tīhi vijjāhi navahi ca lokuttaradhammehī’’</span>ti.</p>
    674. 

  674. <p class="centered">Aṅgulimālasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    675. 

  675. <p class="subhead">7. Piyajātikasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    676. 

  676. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para353"></a><a name="para353_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">353</span>. <span class="bld">Pakatiniyāmenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0159"></a><a name="M2.0160"></a> yathā sokuppattito pubbe iti kattabbesu asammohavasena cittaṃ pakkhandati, tāni cassa upaṭṭhahanti, na evaṃ sokassa cittasaṅkocasabhāvato. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pakatiniyāmena pana na paṭibhantī’’</span>ti. Keci pana ‘‘sāmantā katipaye na kuṭumbaṃ sandhāreti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘na sabbena sabbaṃ paṭibhantī’</span>ti’’ vadanti. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti dutiyapade. Anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ ‘‘na paṭibhātī’’ti padassa ‘‘na ruccatī’’ti atthamāha. <span class="bld">Na paṭibhātī</span>ti vā bhuñjitukāmatācittaṃ na upaṭṭhitanti attho. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhitokāsa</span>nti indriyāviṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ vadati. Piyāyitabbato piyo jāti uppattiṭṭhānaṃ etesanti <span class="bld">piyajātikā</span>. Piyo pabhuti etesanti piyappabhutikāti vattabbe, u-kārassa va-kāraṃ, ta-kārassa ca lopaṃ katvā <span class="bld">‘‘piyappabhāvikā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘piyato pabhavantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    677. 

  677. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para355"></a><a name="para355_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">355</span>. Para-saddena samānatthaṃ ajjhattikabhāvanisedhanatthaṃ ‘‘pire’’ti padanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘amhākaṃ pare’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pire</span>ti vā ‘‘parato’’ti iminā samānatthaṃ nipātapadanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘cara pireti parato gacchā’’</span>ti.</p>
    678. 

  678. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para356"></a><a name="para356_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">356</span>. <span class="bld">Dvidhā chetvā</span>ti ettha yadi itthī tassa purisassa piyā, kathaṃ dvidhā chindatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yadi hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    679. 

  679. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para357"></a><a name="para357_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">357</span>. <span class="bld">Kathaṃ katheyya</span>nti yathā bhagavā etassa brāhmaṇassa kathesi, so ca me kathesi, tathā cāhaṃ katheyyaṃ. <span class="bld">Maraṇavasena vipariṇāmo</span> attabhāvassa parivattattā. <span class="bld">Palāyitvā gamanavasena</span> aññathābhāvo mittasanthavassa samāgamassa ca aññathābhūtattā.</p>
    680. 

  680. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Chaḍḍitabhāvenā</span>ti parivattitabhāvena. <span class="bld">Hatthagamanavasena aññathābhāvo</span> pubbe savase vattitānaṃ idāni vase avattanabhāvena.</p>
    681. 

  681. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ācamehī</span>ti <a name="V2.0160"></a> ācamanaṃ mukhavikkhālanaṃ kārehi. Yasmā mukhaṃ vikkhālentā hi hatthapāde dhovitvā vikkhālenti, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘ācamitvā’’</span>ti vatvā pacchāpi tassa atthaṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā’’</span>ti āha. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    682. 

  682. <p class="centered">Piyajātikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    683. 

  683. <p class="subhead">8. Bāhitikasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    684. 

  684. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para359"></a><a name="para359_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">359</span>. Sāvajjatāya <a name="V2.0161"></a><a name="M2.0161"></a> upārambhaṃ arahatīti <span class="bld">opārambho</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dosaṃ āropanāraho’’</span>ti. Bālā upārambhavatthumaññaṃ amūlakampi naṃ āropentā ugghosenti, tasmā te anāmasitvā <span class="bld">‘‘viññūhī’’ti idaṃ padaṃ gahetvā</span> pañhena ñātuṃ icchitena atthena upārambhādīnaṃ upari uttaraṃ <span class="bld">paripūretuṃ nāsakkhimhā. Taṃ kāraṇa</span>nti taṃ uppattikāraṇaṃ. Yadi hi mayā ‘‘viññūhī’’ti padaṃ pakkhipitvā vuttaṃ bhaveyya, pañhā me paripuṇṇā bhaveyya, na pana vuttā. Idāni pana taṃ kāraṇaṃ uttaraṃ <span class="bld">āyasmatā</span> ānandena ‘‘viññūhī’’ti <span class="bld">evaṃ vadantena paripūritaṃ</span>.</p>
    685. 

  685. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para360"></a><a name="para360_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">360</span>. Kosallapaṭipakkhato akosallaṃ vuccati avijjā, taṃsamuṭṭhānato <span class="bld">akosallasambhūto</span>. Avajjaṃ vuccati garahitabbaṃ, saha avajjehīti <span class="bld">sāvajjo,</span> gārayho. Rāgādidosehi <span class="bld">sadoso</span>. Tehi eva <span class="bld">sabyābajjho,</span> tato eva sampati āyatiñca <span class="bld">sadukkho</span>. Sabyābajjhādiko <span class="bld">nissandavipāko</span>.</p>
    686. 

  686. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tathā attho vutto bhaveyyā</span>ti pucchāsabhāgenapi attho vutto bhaveyya, pucchantassa pana na tāva cittārādhanaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ byākaraṇaṃ pana na bhāriya’’</span>nti, garukaraṇaṃ na hoti visārajjaṃ na siyāti adhippāyo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘appahīnaakusalopi hi pahānaṃ vaṇṇeyyā’’</span>ti. Evarūpo pana yathākārī tathāvādī na hoti, na evaṃ bhagavāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Evaṃ byākāsī</span>ti ‘‘sabbākusaladhammapahīno kho, mahārāja, tathāgato’’ti evaṃ byākāsi. <span class="bld">Sukkapakkhepi eseva nayo</span>ti iminā ‘‘sabbesaṃyeva kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadaṃ vaṇṇetī’’ti vutte yathā pucchā, tathā attho vutto bhaveyya, evaṃ byākaraṇaṃ pana na bhāriyaṃ, asampāditakusaladhammopi upasampadaṃ vaṇṇeyya. Bhagavā pana sammadeva sampāditakusalattā yathākārī tathāvādīti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ byākāsī’’</span>ti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    687. 

  687. <p class="centered">Bāhitikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    688. 

  688. <p class="subhead">9. Dhammacetiyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    689. 

  689. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para364"></a><a name="para364_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">364</span>. Medavaṇṇā <a name="V2.0162"></a><a name="M2.0162"></a> uḷupavaṇṇā ca tattha tattha pāsāṇā ussannā ahesunti <span class="bld">medāḷupa</span>nti gāmassa samaññā jātā. <span class="bld">Uḷupavaṇṇā</span>ti candasamānavaṇṇatāya medapāsāṇā vuttāti keci. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana <span class="bld">‘‘medavaṇṇā pāsāṇā kirettha ussannā ahesu’’</span>nti idaṃ vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti senāpatissa. <span class="bld">Kathāsamuṭṭhāpanattha</span>nti mallikāya sokavinodanadhammakathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ.</p>
    690. 

  690. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Raññā</span>ti pasenadīkosalaraññā. <span class="bld">Mahaccā</span>ti mahatiyā. Padavipallāsena cetaṃ vuttaṃ. Pasādamarahantīti <span class="bld">pāsādikāni</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘saha rañjanakānī’’</span>ti. Yāni pana pāsādikāni, tāni passituṃ yuttāni. <span class="bld">Pāsādikānī</span>ti vā saddahanasahitāni. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘pasādajanakānī’’</span>ti. ‘‘Appābādha’’nti ādīsu viya appasaddo abhāvatthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘nissaddānī’’</span>ti. Aniyamatthavācī ya-saddo aniyamākāravācakopi hotīti ‘‘yatthā’’ti padassa ‘‘yādisesū’’tiādimāha. Tathā hi <span class="bld">aṅgulimālasutte</span> (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.347 ādayo) ‘‘yassa kho’’ti padassa ‘‘yādisassa kho’’ti attho vutto.</p>
    691. 

  691. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para366"></a><a name="para366_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">366</span>. <span class="bld">Paṭicchada</span>nti paṭicchādakaṃ. <span class="bld">Rājakakudhabhaṇḍānī</span>ti rājabhaṇḍabhūtāni. <span class="bld">Rahāyatī</span>ti raho karoti, maṃ ajjhesatīti attho.</p>
    692. 

  692. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para367"></a><a name="para367_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">367</span>. Yathāsabhāvato ñeyyaṃ dhāreti avadhāretīti <span class="bld">dhammo,</span> ñāṇanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paccakkhañāṇasaṅkhātassa dhammassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anunayo</span>ti anugacchanako. Diṭṭhena hi adiṭṭhassa anumānaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anumānaṃ anubuddhī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Āpāṇakoṭika</span>nti yāva pāṇakoṭi, tāva jīvitapariyosānaṃ. <span class="bld">Eta</span>nti dhammanvayasaṅkhātaṃ anumānaṃ. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti ‘‘idha panāha’’nti vuttappakārena.</p>
    693. 

  693. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para369"></a><a name="para369_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">369</span>. <span class="bld">Cakkhuṃ abandhante viyā</span>ti apāsādikatāya passantānaṃ cakkhuṃ attani abandhante viya. Kulasantānānubandho rogo <span class="bld">kularogo. Uḷāra</span>nti sānubhāvaṃ. Yo hi ānubhāvasampanno, taṃ ‘‘mahesakkha’’nti vadanti. <span class="bld">Arahattaṃ gaṇhanto</span>ti ukkaṭṭhaniddesoyaṃ, heṭṭhimaphalāni gaṇhantopi.</p>
    694. 

  694. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para373"></a><a name="para373_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">373</span>. Jīvikā <a name="V2.0163"></a><a name="M2.0163"></a> <span class="bld">jīvitavutti</span>.</p>
    695. 

  695. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para374"></a><a name="para374_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">374</span>. Dhammaṃ ceteti saṃvedeti etehīti <span class="bld">dhammacetiyāni,</span> dhammassa pūjāvacanāni. Nanu cetāni buddhasaṅghaguṇadīpanānipi santi? Kathaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘dhammacetiyānīti dhammassa cittīkāravacanānī’’</span>ti vuttanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tīsu hī’’</span>tiādi. Tattha yasmā buddharatanamūlakāni sesaratanāni tassa vasena laddhabbato. Kosalaraññā cettha buddhagāravena dhammasaṅghagāravaṃ paveditaṃ, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavati cittīkāre kate dhammopi katova hotī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā ca ratanattayapasādapubbikā sāsane sammāpaṭipatti, tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘ādibrahmacariyakānīti maggabrahmacariyassa ādibhūtānī’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    696. 

  696. <p class="centered">Dhammacetiyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    697. 

  697. <p class="subhead">10. Kaṇṇakatthalasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    698. 

  698. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para375"></a><a name="para375_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">375</span>. <span class="bld">Anantarasutte</span> <a name="V2.0164"></a> <span class="bld">vuttakaraṇīyenevā</span>ti ‘‘pāsāde vā nāṭakesu vā cittassādaṃ alabhamāno tattha tattha vicarituṃ āraddho’’ti vuttakaraṇīyena. Appaduṭṭhapadosīnañhi evaṃ hotīti.</p>
    699. 

  699. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para376"></a><a name="para376_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">376</span>. <span class="bld">Pucchito</span>ti ‘‘aññaṃ dūtaṃ nālatthu’’nti pucchito. <span class="bld">So</span>ti rājā. Tāsaṃ vandanā sace uttarakālaṃ, <span class="bld">attano āgamanakāraṇaṃ kathessati</span>.</p>
    700. 

  700. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para378"></a><a name="para378_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">378</span>. <span class="bld">Ekāvajjanenā</span>ti ekavīthijavanena. Tena ekacittaṃ tāva tiṭṭhatu, ekacittavīthiyāpi sabbaṃ jānituṃ na sakkāti dasseti. ‘‘Idaṃ nāma atītaṃ jānissāmī’’ti aniyametvā āvajjato yaṃ kiñci atītaṃ jānāti, niyamite pana niyamitamevāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekena hi…pe… ekadesameva jānātī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tena cittenā</span>ti ‘‘atītaṃ sabbaṃ jānissāmī’’ti evaṃ pavattacittena. <span class="bld">Itaresū</span>ti anāgatapaccuppannesu. <span class="bld">Kāraṇajātika</span>nti yuttisabhāvaṃ, yuttiyā yuttanti attho. <span class="bld">Samparāyaguṇa</span>nti samparāye katakammassa visesaṃ.</p>
    701. 

  701. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para379"></a><a name="para379_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">379</span>. <span class="bld">Lokuttaramissakāni kathitāni</span> bodhirājakumārasutte viya lokiyā ceva lokuttarā ca. Yathālābhavasena cettha padhāniyaṅgānaṃ <a name="M2.0164"></a> lokuttaraggahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Paccekaṃ eva nesañca padhāniyaṅgatā daṭṭhabbā yathā ‘‘aṭṭhavimokkhā sandissanti lokuttaramissakā’’ti. <span class="bld">Lokuttarānevā</span>ti cettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato āvi bhavissati. <span class="bld">Padhānanānatta</span>nti padahananānattaṃ, bhāvanānuyogavisesanti attho. Saṅkhāre parimadditvā paṭipakkhadhamme ekadesato pajahitvā ṭhitassa bhāvanānuyogo sabbena sabbaṃ aparimadditasaṅkhārassa appahīnapaṭipakkhassa bhāvanānuyogato sukhumo visadova hoti, saccābhisamayena santānassa āhitavisesattāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘aññādisameva hi puthujjanassa padhānaṃ, aññādisaṃ sotāpannassā’’</span>tiādi. Ayañca viseso na kevalaṃ anariyaariyapuggalato eva, atha kho ariyesupi sekkhādivisesatopi labbhati abhisaṅkhāravisesato abhinīhārato ca ijjhanatoti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘aññādisaṃ sakadāgāmino’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Na pāpuṇātī</span>ti yasmā puthujjano sabbathāva padhānaṃ padahanto sotāpattimaggaṃ <a name="V2.0165"></a> adhigacchati, sotāpanno ca sakadāgāmimagganti heṭṭhimaṃ uparimato oḷārikaṃ, uparimañca itarato sukhumaṃ tena pahātuṃ asakkuṇeyyassa pajahanato, iti adhigantabbavisesena ca adhigamapaṭipadāya saṇhasukhumatā tikkhavisadatā ca viññāyatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘puthujjanassa padhānaṃ sotāpannassa padhānaṃ na pāpuṇātī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    702. 

  702. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Akūṭakaraṇa</span>nti avañcanakiriyaṃ. <span class="bld">Anavacchindana</span>nti atiyānaṃ. <span class="bld">Aviñchanaṃ na</span> ākaḍḍhanaṃ, niyuttataṃ viniveṭhetvā samantā viparivattitvā samadhārāya chaḍḍanaṃ vā. Tassa kāraṇaṃ <span class="bld">taṃkāraṇaṃ, taṃ kāraṇa</span>nti vā taṃ kiriyaṃ taṃ adhikāraṃ. <span class="bld">Dantehi gantabbabhūmi</span>nti dantehi pattabbaṭṭhānaṃ, pattabbavatthuṃ vā. <span class="bld">Cattāropi assaddhā nāma</span> uparimauparimasaddhāya abhāvato. Yena hi yaṃ appattaṃ, tassa taṃ natthi. <span class="bld">Ariyasāvakassa…pe… natthi</span> paṭhamamaggeneva māyāsāṭheyyānaṃ pahātabbattā. <span class="bld">Tenevā</span>ti sammadeva viruddhapakkhānaṃ saddhādīnaṃ idhādhippetattā. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ missakakathāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘assakhaḷuṅkasuttante panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Cattārova honti</span> puthujjanādivasena.</p>
    703. 

  703. <p class="bodytext">Opammasaṃsandane <span class="bld">adantahatthiādayo viyā</span>tiādinā kaṇhapakkhe, <span class="bld">yathā pana dantahatthiādayo</span>tiādinā sukkapakkhe ca sādhāraṇato ekajjhaṃ <a name="M2.0165"></a> katvā vuttaṃ, asādhāraṇato bhinditvā dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    704. 

  704. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para380"></a><a name="para380_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">380</span>. <span class="bld">Sammappadhānā</span> nibbisiṭṭhavīriyā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘na kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ vimuttiyā vimutti’’</span>nti. Na hi sukkhavipassakatevijjachaḷabhiññānaṃ vimuttiyā nānākaraṇaṃ atthi. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yaṃ ekassā’’</span>tiādi. Kiṃ tvaṃ na jānāsīti sambandho. <span class="bld">Āgacchantī</span>ti uppajjanavasena āgacchanti. <span class="bld">Nāgacchantī</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Idaṃ pucchanto</span>ti idaṃ pucchāmīti dassento. <span class="bld">Appahīnacetasikadukkhā</span> anadhigataanāgāmitā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘upapattivasena āgantāro’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Samucchinnadukkhā</span>ti samugghāṭitacetasikadukkhā.</p>
    705. 

  705. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para381"></a><a name="para381_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">381</span>. <span class="bld">Tamhā ṭhānā</span>ti tato yathādhigataissariyaṭṭhānato. Puna <span class="bld">tamhā ṭhānā</span>ti tato duggatā. <span class="bld">Sampannakāmaguṇa</span>nti uḷārakāmaguṇasamannāgataṃ.</p>
    706. 

  706. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti kāmadevaloke. <span class="bld">Ṭhānabhāvato</span>ti arahattañce adhigataṃ, tāvadeva parinibbānato. <span class="bld">Uparideve</span> <a name="V2.0166"></a> <span class="bld">cā</span>ti uparūpari bhūmivāse deve ca, cakkhuviññāṇadassanenapi dassanāya nappahontīti yojanā.</p>
    707. 

  707. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para382"></a><a name="para382_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">382</span>. <span class="bld">Vuttanayenevā</span>ti devapucchāya vutteneva nayena. <span class="bld">Sā kira kathā</span>ti ‘‘natthi so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā, yo sakideva sabbaṃ neyya’’nti kathā. <span class="bld">Te</span>ti viṭaṭūbhasañjayā. <span class="bld">Imasmiṃyeva ṭhāne</span>ti imasmiṃ migadāyeyeva. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    708. 

  708. <p class="centered">Kaṇṇakatthalasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    709. 

  709. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca rājavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    710. 

  710. <a name="mn2_5"></a>
    711. 

  711. <p class="chapter">5. Brāhmaṇavaggo</p>
    712. 

  712. <p class="subhead">1. Brahmāyusuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    713. 

  713. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para383"></a><a name="para383_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">383</span>. ‘‘Mahāsatto <a name="V2.0167"></a><a name="M2.0166"></a> mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 38) uḷāratā visayo, ‘‘mahājanakāyo sannipatī’’tiādīsu sambahulabhāvavisayo, idha pana tadubhayampissa atthoti ‘‘mahatāti guṇamahattenapi mahatā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Appicchatādī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena santuṭṭhisallekhapavivekaasaṃsaggavīriyārambhādīnaṃ saṅgaho. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhisīlasāmaññasaṅghātasaṅkhātenā</span>ti ettha ‘‘niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ (saṃ. ni. 2.41; 3.998, 1004) – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’tiādivacanato diṭṭhisīlānaṃ niyatasabhāvattā sotāpannāpi aññamaññaṃ diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṃhatā, pageva sakadāgāmiādayo. ‘‘Tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati (dī. ni. 3.324, 356; ma. ni. 1.492; 3.54; a. ni. 6.11; pari. 274) tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.324; ma. ni. 1.492; 3.54; a. ni. 6.12; pari. 274) vacanato puthujjanānampi diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṃhatabhāvo labbhatiyeva.</p>
    714. 

  714. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Oṭṭhapahatakaraṇavasena</span> atthavibhāgavasena. <span class="bld">Sanighaṇḍukeṭubhāna</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">nighaṇḍū</span>ti vacanīyavācakabhāvena atthaṃ saddañca khaṇḍati vibhajja dassetīti <span class="bld">nikhaṇḍu</span>. So eva idha kha-kārassa gha-kāraṃ katvā <span class="bld">‘‘nighaṇḍū’’</span>ti vutto. Kiṭati gameti kiriyādivibhāgaṃ, taṃ vā anavasesapariyādānato gamento pūretīti <span class="bld">keṭubhaṃ. Vevacanappakāsaka</span>nti pariyāyasaddadīpakaṃ, ekekassa atthassa anekapariyāyavacanavibhāvakanti attho. Nidassanamattañcetaṃ anekesampi atthānaṃ ekasaddavacanīyatāvibhāvanavasenapi tassa ganthassa pavattattā. Vacībhedādilakkhaṇā kiriyā kappīyati etenāti kiriyākappo, so pana vaṇṇapadasambandhapadatthavibhāgato bahuvikappoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kiriyākappavikappo’’</span>ti. Idañca mūlakiriyākappaganthaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. So hi <a name="V2.0168"></a> satasahassaparimāṇo nalacariyādipakaraṇaṃ. Ṭhānakaraṇādivibhāgato <a name="M2.0167"></a> nibbacanavibhāgato ca akkharā pabhedīyanti etehīti <span class="bld">akkharappabhedā,</span> sikkhāniruttiyo. <span class="bld">Etesa</span>nti vedānaṃ. Te eva vede padaso kāyatīti <span class="bld">padako</span>. Taṃ taṃ saddaṃ tadatthañca byākaroti byācikkhati etenāti <span class="bld">byākaraṇaṃ,</span> saddasatthaṃ. Āyatiṃ hitaṃ tena loko na yatati na īhatīti <span class="bld">lokāyataṃ</span>. Tañhi ganthaṃ nissāya sattā puññakiriyāya cittampi na uppādenti. Vayatīti vayo, na vayo avayo, na avayo <span class="bld">anavayo,</span> ādimajjhapariyosānesu katthaci aparikilanto avitthāyanto te ganthe sandhāreti pūretīti attho. Dve paṭisedhā pakatiṃ gamentīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘avayo na hotī’’</span>ti vatvā tattha avayaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘avayo…pe… na sakkotī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    715. 

  715. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para384"></a><a name="para384_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">384</span>. <span class="bld">Garū</span>ti bhāriyaṃ attānaṃ tato mocetvā gamanaṃ dukkaraṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Anatthopi uppajjati</span> nindābyārosaupārambhādi. <span class="bld">Abbhuggato</span>ti ettha abhisaddayogena <span class="bld">itthambhūtākhyānatthe upayogavacanaṃ</span>.</p>
    716. 

  716. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Lakkhaṇānī</span>ti lakkhaṇadīpanāni mantapadāni. <span class="bld">Antaradhāyantī</span>ti na kevalaṃ lakkhaṇamantāniyeva, aññānipi brāhmaṇānaṃ ñāṇabalābhāvena anukkamena antaradhāyanti. Tathā hi vadanti ‘‘ekasataṃ addhariyaṃ dipaññāsamattato sāmā’’tiādi. Paṇidhimahato samādānamahatotiādinā paccekaṃ <span class="bld">maha</span>-saddo yojetabbo. Paṇidhimahantatādi cassa <span class="bld">buddhavaṃsacariyāpiṭakavaṇṇanā</span>divaseneva veditabbo. <span class="bld">Niṭṭhā</span>ti nipphattiyo. <span class="bld">Jātisāmaññato</span>ti lakkhaṇajātiyā lakkhaṇabhāvena samānabhāvato. Yathā hi buddhānaṃ lakkhaṇāni suvisuddhāni suparibyattāni paripuṇṇāni ca honti, na evaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na teheva buddho hotī’’</span>ti.</p>
    717. 

  717. <p class="bodytext">Abhirūpatā dīghāyukatā, appātaṅkatā brāhmaṇādīnaṃ piyamanāpatāti <span class="bld">catūhi acchariyadhammehi</span>. Dānaṃ piyavacanaṃ atthacariyā samānattatāti imehi <span class="bld">catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi. Rañjanato</span>ti pītijananato. Cakkaṃ cakkaratanaṃ vatteti pavattetīti <span class="bld">cakkavattī,</span> sampatticakkehi sayaṃ vatteti, tehi ca paraṃ sattanikāyaṃ vatteti pavattetīti <span class="bld">cakkavattī,</span> parahitāvaho iriyāpathacakkānaṃ vatto vattanaṃ etassa atthīti cakkavattī, appaṭihataṃ vā <a name="M2.0168"></a> āṇāsaṅkhātaṃ cakkaṃ vattetīti <span class="bld">cakkavatī,</span> appaṭihataṃ vā āṇāsaṅkhātaṃ cakkaṃ vattetīti <span class="bld">cakkavattī,</span> khattiyamaṇḍalādisaññitaṃ cakkaṃ samūhaṃ attano vase vattetīti <span class="bld">cakkavattī</span>. Dhammaṃ caratīti <span class="bld">dhammiko</span>. Dhammato anapetattā dhammo rañjanatthena rājāti <span class="bld">dhammarājā. Kopādī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena kāmalobhamānamadādike <a name="V2.0169"></a> saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Vijitāvī</span>ti vijitavā. Kenaci akampiyaṭṭhena <span class="bld">janapadatthāvariyappatto</span>. Daḷhabhattibhāvato vā janapado thāvariyaṃ patto etthāti <span class="bld">janapadatthāvariyappatto</span>. Cittīkatabhāvādināpi (khu. pā. aṭṭha. 6.3; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.33; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.223; su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.226; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50) cakkassa ratanaṭṭho veditabbo. Esa nayo sesesupi. Ratinimittatāya vā cittīkatādibhāvassa ratijananaṭṭhena ekasaṅgahatāya visuṃ aggahaṇaṃ.</p>
    718. 

  718. <p class="bodytext">Imehi pana ratanehi rājā cakkavattī yaṃ yamatthaṃ paccanubhoti, taṃ taṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘imesu panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ajitaṃ jināti</span> mahesakkhatāsaṃvattaniyakammanissandabhāvato. <span class="bld">Vijite yathāsukhaṃ anuvicarati</span> hatthiratanaṃ assaratanañca abhiruhitvā tesaṃ ānubhāvena antopātarāseyeva sakalaṃ pathaviṃ anusaṃyāyitvā rājadhāniyaṃ paccāgamanato. <span class="bld">Pariṇāyakaratanena vijitamanurakkhati</span> tena tattha tattha kattabbakiccassa saṃvidhānato. <span class="bld">Sesehī</span>ti maṇiratanaitthiratanagahapatiratanehi. Tattha maṇiratanena yojanappamāṇe dese andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā ālokadassanādinā sukhamanubhavati, itthiratanena atikkantamānusarūpasampattidassanādivasena, gahapatiratanena icchiticchitamaṇikanakarajatādidhanappaṭilābhavasena. <span class="bld">Ussāhasattiyogo</span> yena kenaci appaṭihatāṇācakkabhāvasiddhito. Hatthiassaratanādīnaṃ mahānubhāvattā kosasampattiyāpi pabhāvasampattisiddhito <span class="bld">‘‘hatthi…pe… yogo’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Koso hi nāma sati ussāhasampattiyaṃ (uggatejassa sukumāraparakkamassa pasannamukhassa sammukhe pāpuṇāti). <span class="bld">Pacchimenā</span>ti pariṇāyakaratanena. Tañhi sabbarājakiccesu kusalaṃ avirajjhanapayogaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mantasattiyogo’’</span>ti. Tividhasattiyogaphalaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hotīti sambandho. <span class="bld">Sesehī</span>ti sesehi pañcahi ratanehi. <span class="bld">Adosakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvenā</span>ti adosasaṅkhātena kusalamūlena sahajātādipaccayavasena uppāditakammassa <a name="M2.0169"></a> ānubhāvena <span class="bld">sampajjanti</span> sommatararatanajātikattā. <span class="bld">Majjhimāni</span> maṇiitthigahapatiratanāni. <span class="bld">Alobha…pe… kammānubhāvena sampajjanti</span> uḷāradhanassa uḷāradhanapaṭilābhakāraṇassa ca pariccāgasampadāhetukattā. <span class="bld">Pacchima</span>nti pariṇāyakaratanaṃ. Tañhi <span class="bld">amoha…pe… kammānubhāvena sampajjati</span> mahāpaññeneva cakkavattirājakiccassa pariṇetabbattā.</p>
    719. 

  719. <p class="bodytext">Saraṇato paṭipakkhavidhamanato <span class="bld">sūrā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘abhīrukajātikā’’</span>ti. Asure vijinitvā ṭhitattā vīro, sakko devānamindo, tassa aṅgaṃ devaputto senaṅgabhāvatoti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘vīraṅgarūpāti devaputtasadisakāyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sabhāvo</span>ti sabhāvabhūto attho. <span class="bld">Vīrakāraṇa</span>nti vīrabhāvakāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Vīriyamayasarīrā viyā</span>ti saviggahavīriyasadisā saviggahañce vīriyaṃ siyā, taṃsadisāti attho. <a name="V2.0170"></a> Nanu rañño cakkavattissa paṭisenā nāma natthi, yamassa puttā pamaddeyyuṃ, atha kasmā ‘‘parasenapamaddanā’’ti vuttanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘sace’’</span>tiādi. Tena parasenā hotu vā mā vā, te pana evaṃ mahānubhāvāti dasseti. <span class="bld">Dhammenā</span>ti katūpacitena attano puññadhammena. Tena hi sañcoditā pathaviyaṃ sabbarājāno paccuggantvā ‘‘svāgataṃ te mahārājā’’tiādiṃ vatvā attano rajjaṃ rañño cakkavattissa niyyādenti. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘so imaṃ…pe… ajjhāvasatī’’</span>ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana tassa yathāvuttadhammassa cirataraṃ vipaccituṃ paccayabhūtaṃ cakkavattivattasamudāgataṃ payogasampattisaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pāṇo na hantabbotiādinā pañcasīladhammenā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi ‘‘adaṇḍena asatthenā’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ samatthitaṃ hoti, yasmā rāgādayo pāpadhammā uppajjamānā sattasantānaṃ chādetvā pariyonandhitvā tiṭṭhanti, kusalapavattiṃ nivārenti, tasmā te ‘‘chadanā, chadā’’ti ca vuttā.</p>
    720. 

  720. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vivaṭṭetvā parivattetvā</span>. <span class="bld">Pūjārahatā vuttā</span> ‘‘arahatīti araha’’nti. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti pūjārahatāya. <span class="bld">Yasmā sammāsambuddho,</span> tasmā arahanti. <span class="bld">Buddhattahetubhūtā vivaṭṭacchadatā vuttā</span> savāsanasabbakilesappahānapubbakattā buddhabhāvasiddhiyā. <span class="bld">Arahaṃ vaṭṭābhāvenā</span>ti phalena hetuanumānadassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Sammāsambuddho chadanābhāvenā</span>ti hetunā phalānumānadassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Hetudvayaṃ vuttaṃ</span> ‘‘vivaṭṭo vicchado cā’’ti. <span class="bld">Dutiyavesārajjenā</span>ti ‘‘khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.150) āgatena vesārajjena. <span class="bld">Purimasiddhī</span>ti <a name="M2.0170"></a> purimassa padassa atthasiddhi. <span class="bld">Paṭhamenā</span>ti ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.150) āgatena vesārajjena. <span class="bld">Dutiyasiddhī</span>ti buddhattasiddhi. <span class="bld">Tatiyacatutthehī</span>ti ‘‘ye kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.150), ‘‘yassa kho pana te atthāyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.150) ca āgatehi tatiyacatutthehi vesārajjehi. <span class="bld">Tatiyasiddhī</span>ti vivaṭṭacchadanatā siddhi. Yāthāvato antarāyikaniyyānikadhammāpadesena hi satthu vivaṭṭacchadabhāvo loke pākaṭo ahosi. <span class="bld">Purimaṃ dhammacakkhu</span>nti purimapadaṃ bhagavato dhammacakkhuṃ <span class="bld">sādheti</span> kilesārīnaṃ saṃsāracakkassa ca arānaṃ hatabhāvadīpanato. <span class="bld">Dutiyaṃ</span> padaṃ <span class="bld">buddhacakkhuṃ sādheti</span> sammāsambuddhasseva taṃ sambhavato. <span class="bld">Tatiyaṃ</span> padaṃ <span class="bld">samantacakkhuṃ sādheti</span> savāsanasabbakilesappahānadīpanato. ‘‘Sammāsambuddho’’ti hi vatvā ‘‘vivaṭṭacchado’’ti vacanaṃ buddhabhāvāvahameva sabbakilesappahānaṃ vibhāvetīti. <span class="bld">Sūrabhāva</span>nti lakkhaṇavibhāvanena visadañāṇataṃ.</p>
    721. 

  721. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para385"></a><a name="para385_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">385</span>. <span class="bld">Gavesī</span>ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.287) ñāṇena pariyesanaṃ akāsi. <span class="bld">Samānayī</span>ti ñāṇena saṅkalento samānaṃ ānayi samāhari. <span class="bld">Na sakkoti</span> saṃkucite iriyāpathe yebhuyyena <a name="V2.0171"></a> tesaṃ dubbibhāvanato. <span class="bld">Kaṅkhatī</span>ti padassa ākaṅkhatīti ayamatthoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘aho vata passeyyanti patthanaṃ uppādetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kicchatī</span>ti kilamati. ‘‘Kaṅkhatī’’ti padassa pubbe āsīsanatthataṃ vatvā idāni tassa saṃsayatthattameva vikappantaravasena dassento <span class="bld">‘‘kaṅkhāya vā dubbalā vimati vuttā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Tīhi dhammehi</span> tippakārehi saṃsayadhammehi. <span class="bld">Kālussiyabhāvo</span>ti appasannatāya hetubhūto āvilabhāvo. Yasmā bhagavato kosohitaṃ sabbabuddhāveṇikaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ suvisuddhakañcanamaṇḍalasannikāsaṃ attano saṇṭhānasannivesasundaratāya ājāneyyagandhahatthino varaṅgacārubhāvaṃ vikasamānatapaniyāravindasamujjalakesarāvattavilāsaṃ sañjhāpabhānurañjitajalavanantarābhilakkhita-sampuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasobhañca attano siriyā abhibhuyya virājati, yaṃ bāhirabbhantaramalehi anupakkiliṭṭhatāya cirakālaṃ suparicitabrahmacariyādhikāratāya susaṇṭhitasaṇṭhānasampattiyā ca kopīnampi santaṃ akopīnameva, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavato hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Pahūtabhāva</span>nti <a name="M2.0171"></a> puthulabhāvaṃ. Ettheva hi tassa saṃsayo, tanumudusukumāratādīsu panassa guṇesu tassa vicāraṇā eva nāhosi.</p>
    722. 

  722. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Hirikaraṇokāsa</span>nti hiriyitabbaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Chāya</span>nti paṭibimbaṃ. Kīdisanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘iddhiyā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Chāyārūpa</span>nti bhagavato paṭibimbarūpaṃ. Tañca kho buddhasantānato vinimuttaṃ rūpakamattaṃ bhagavato sarīravaṇṇasaṇṭhānāvayavaṃ iddhimayaṃ bimbakamattaṃ, taṃ pana dassento bhagavā yathā attano buddharūpaṃ na dissati, tathā katvā dasseti. <span class="bld">Nīharitvā</span>ti pharitvā.</p>
    723. 

  723. <p class="bodytext">Kaṇṇasotānaṃ upacitatanutambalomatāya dhotarajatapanāḷikāsadisatā vuttā. <span class="bld">Mukhapariyante</span>ti kesante.</p>
    724. 

  724. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kiriyākaraṇa</span>nti kiriyāya kāyikassa vācasikassa paṭipatti. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti tesu kiccesu. Dhammakathikānaṃ vattaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">bījani</span>ggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Na hi aññathā sabbassapi lokassa alaṅkārabhūtaṃ paramukkaṃsagataṃ sikkhāsaṃyamānaṃ buddhānaṃ mukhacandamaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādetabbaṃ hoti.</p>
    725. 

  725. <p class="bodytext">Pattharitavitānaolambitagandhadāmakusumadāmake <span class="bld">gandhamaṇḍalamāḷe. Pubbabhāgena paricchinditvā</span>ti ‘‘ettakaṃ velaṃ samāpattiyā vītināmessāmī’’ti evaṃ pavattena pubbabhāgena kālaṃ paricchinditvā. Paccayadāyakesu anurodhavasena <span class="bld">parisaṃ ussādento vā</span> paggaṇhanto, adāyakesu virodhavasena <span class="bld">parisaṃ apasādento vā</span>.</p>
    726. 

  726. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yogakkhemaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0172"></a> antarāyābhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabhāvaguṇenevā</span>ti yathāvuttaguṇeneva. Bhoto gotamassa guṇaṃ saviggahaṃ <span class="bld">cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ</span> vitthārena sandhāretuṃ appahontato. <span class="bld">Bhavaggaṃ atinīcaṃ</span> uparūpari sandhāretuṃ appahontato.</p>
    727. 

  727. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para386"></a><a name="para386_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">386</span>. Ṭhānagamanādīsu (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.35) bhūmiyaṃ suṭṭhu samaṃpatiṭṭhitā pādā etassāti <span class="bld">suppatiṭṭhitapādo</span>. Taṃ pana bhagavato suppatiṭṭhitapādataṃ byatirekamukhena vibhāvetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">aggatala</span>nti aggapādatalaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṇhī</span>ti paṇhitalaṃ. <span class="bld">Passa</span>nti pādatalassa dvīsu passesu ekekaṃ, ubhayameva vā pariyantaṃ passaṃ. <span class="bld">Suvaṇṇapādukatalaṃ viya</span> ujukaṃ nikkhipiyamānaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekappahārenevā</span>ti ekakkhaṇeyeva. <span class="bld">Sakalaṃ pādatalaṃ bhūmiṃ phusati</span> nikkhipane. Ekappahāreneva sakalaṃ pādatalaṃ bhūmito uṭṭhahatīti yojanā.</p>
    728. 

  728. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti <a name="M2.0172"></a> tāya suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya anupubbaninnāva acchariyabbhutaṃ <span class="bld">idaṃ</span> vuccamānaṃ nissandaphalaṃ. Vuttamevatthaṃ satthu tidivagamanena supākaṭaṃ kātuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tathā hī’’</span>tiādiṃ vatvā <span class="bld">‘‘na hī’’</span>tiādinā taṃ samattheti. Tena paṭhamalakkhaṇatopi dutiyalakkhaṇaṃ mahānubhāvanti dasseti. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘antamaso cakkavattirañño parisaṃ upādāya sabbopi cakkalakkhaṇasseva parivāro’’ti. Yugandharapabbatassa tāvatiṃsabhavanassa ca pakatipadanikkhepaṭṭhānupasaṅkamane neva buddhānaṃ, na devatānaṃ ānubhāvo, atha kho buddhānaṃ lakkhaṇānubhāvoti imamatthaṃ nidassitaṃ. <span class="bld">Sīlatejena…pe… dasannaṃ pāramīnaṃ ānubhāvenā</span>ti idampi lakkhaṇanibbattakammavisesakittanamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabbāvantehī</span>ti sabbapadesavantehi.</p>
    729. 

  729. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nābhiparicchinnā</span>ti nābhiyaṃ paricchinnā paricchedavasena ṭhitā. <span class="bld">Nābhimukhaparikkhepapaṭṭo</span>ti pakaticakkassa akkhabbhāhatapariharaṇatthaṃ nābhimukhe ṭhapetabbaparikkhepapaṭṭo. <span class="bld">Nemimaṇikā</span>ti nemiyaṃ āvaḷibhāvena ṭhitamaṇikālekhā.</p>
    730. 

  730. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sambahulavāro</span>ti bahuvidhalekhaṅgavibhāvanavāro. <span class="bld">Sattī</span>ti āvudhasatti. <span class="bld">Sirivaccho</span>ti sirimukhaṃ. <span class="bld">Nandī</span>ti dakkhiṇāvaṭṭaṃ. <span class="bld">Sovattiko</span>ti sovattiaṅko. <span class="bld">Vaṭaṃsako</span>ti āveḷaṃ. <span class="bld">Vaḍḍhamānaka</span>nti purisahāri purisaṅgaṃ. <span class="bld">Morahatthako</span>ti morapiñchakalāpo, morapiñcha parisibbito vā bījaniviseso. <span class="bld">Vālabījanī</span>ti cāmarivālaṃ. Siddhatthādi <span class="bld">puṇṇaghaṭapuṇṇapātiyo. ‘‘Cakkavāḷo’’</span>ti vatvā tassa padhānāvayave dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘himavā sineru…pe… sahassānī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    731. 

  731. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Āyatapaṇhī</span>ti <a name="V2.0173"></a> idaṃ aññesaṃ paṇhito dīghataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pana atidīghatanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paripuṇṇapaṇhī’’</span>ti. Yathā pana paṇhilakkhaṇaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ nāma hoti, taṃ byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Āraggenā</span>ti maṇḍalāya sikhāya. <span class="bld">Vaṭṭetvā</span>ti yathā suvaṭṭaṃ hoti, evaṃ vaṭṭetvā. <span class="bld">Rattakambalageṇḍukasadisā</span>ti rattakambalamayageṇḍukasadisā.</p>
    732. 

  732. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Makkaṭassevā</span>ti vānarassa viya. Dīghabhāvena samataṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Niyyāsatelenā</span>ti chadikaniyyāsādiniyyāsasammissena telena.</p>
    733. 

  733. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Talunā</span>ti <a name="M2.0173"></a> sukumārā.</p>
    734. 

  734. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cammenā</span>ti aṅgulantaraveṭhitacammena. <span class="bld">Paṭibaddhaaṅgulantaro</span>ti ekato sambaddhaaṅgulantaro. <span class="bld">Ekappamāṇā</span>ti dīghato samānappamāṇā. <span class="bld">Yavalakkhaṇa</span>nti abbhantarato aṅgulipabbeṭhitaṃ yavalakkhaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭivijjhitvā</span>ti taṃtaṃpabbānaṃ samānadesatāya aṅgulīnaṃ pasāritakāle aññamaññaṃ vijjhitāni viya phusitvā tiṭṭhanti.</p>
    735. 

  735. <p class="bodytext">Saṅkhā vuccanti gopphakā, uddhaṃ saṅkhā etesanti <span class="bld">ussaṅkhā,</span> pādā. <span class="bld">Piṭṭhipāde</span>ti piṭṭhipādasamīpe. <span class="bld">Sukhena pādā parivattanti</span> pādanāmanādīsu, teneva gacchantānaṃ tesaṃ heṭṭhā <span class="bld">pādatalāni</span> dissanti. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti gopphakānaṃ piṭṭhipādato uddhaṃ patiṭṭhitattā. Caturaṅgulamattañhi tāni uddhaṃ ārohitvā patiṭṭhahanti, niguḷhāni ca honti, na aññesaṃ viya paññāyamānāni. Satipi desantarappavattiyaṃ niccaloti dassanatthaṃ <span class="bld">nābhi</span>ggahaṇaṃ.</p>
    736. 

  736. <p class="bodytext">Yasmā eṇīmigassa samantato ekasadisamaṃsā anukkamena uddhaṃ thūlā jaṅghā honti, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘eṇīmigasadisajaṅghā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paripuṇṇajaṅgho</span>ti samantato maṃsūpacayena paripuṇṇajaṅgho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na ekato’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    737. 

  737. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etenā</span>ti ‘‘anonamanto’’tiādivacanena, jāṇuphāsubhāvadīpanenāti attho. <span class="bld">Avasesajanā</span>ti iminā lakkhaṇena rahitā janā. <span class="bld">Khujjā vā honti</span> heṭṭhimakāyato uparimakāyassa rassatāya. <span class="bld">Vāmanā vā</span> uparimakāyato heṭṭhimakāyassa rassatāya. Etena ṭhapetvā sammāsambuddhaṃ cakkavattinañca itare sattā khujjā vāmanā cāti dasseti.</p>
    738. 

  738. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ohita</span>nti <a name="V2.0174"></a> samohitaṃ antogadhaṃ. Tathābhūtaṃ pana taṃ tena channaṃ hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paṭicchanna’’</span>nti.</p>
    739. 

  739. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo</span>ti suvaṇṇavaṇṇavaṇṇoti ayamettha atthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘jātihiṅgulakenā’’</span>tiādi. Svāyamattho āvuttiñāyena ca veditabbo. Sarīrapariyāyo idha vaṇṇasaddoti adhippāyena paṭhamavikappaṃ vatvā tathārūpāya pana ruḷhiyā abhāvaṃ manasi katvā vaṇṇadhātupariyāyameva vaṇṇasaddaṃ gahetvā dutiyavikappo vutto.</p>
    740. 

  740. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rajo</span>ti <a name="M2.0174"></a> sukhumarajo. <span class="bld">Jalla</span>nti malīnabhāvāvaho reṇusañcayo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘malaṃ vā’’</span>ti. Yadi vivaṭṭati, kathaṃ nhānādīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘hatthadhovanā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    741. 

  741. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Āvaṭṭapariyosāne</span>ti padakkhiṇāvaṭṭāya ante.</p>
    742. 

  742. <p class="bodytext">Brahmuno sarīraṃ purato vā pacchato vā anonamitvā ujukameva uggatanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘brahmā viya ujugatto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Passavaṅkā</span>ti dakkhiṇapassena vā vāmapassena vā vaṅkā.</p>
    743. 

  743. <p class="bodytext">Hatthapiṭṭhiādivasena satta ussadā etassāti <span class="bld">sattussado</span>.</p>
    744. 

  744. <p class="bodytext">Sīhassa pubbaddhaṃ sīhapubbaddhaṃ, paripuṇṇāvayavatāya sīhapubbaddhaṃ viya sakalo kāyo assāti <span class="bld">sīhapubbaddhakāyo. Sīhassevā</span>ti sīhassa viya. <span class="bld">Saṇṭhantī</span>ti saṇṭhahanti. <span class="bld">Nānācittenā</span>ti vividhacittena. <span class="bld">Puññacittenā</span>ti pāramitāpuññacittarūpena. <span class="bld">Cittito</span>ti sañjātacittabhāvo.</p>
    745. 

  745. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dvinnaṃ koṭṭānamantara</span>nti dvinnaṃ piṭṭhibāhānaṃ vemajjhaṃ, piṭṭhimajjhassa uparibhāgo. <span class="bld">Citaṃ paripuṇṇa</span>nti aninnabhāvena citaṃ, dvīhi koṭṭehi samatalatāya paripuṇṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Uggammā</span>ti uggantvā.</p>
    746. 

  746. <p class="bodytext">Nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo viya parimaṇḍalo <span class="bld">nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo</span> ekassa parimaṇḍalasaddassa lopaṃ katvā. Na hi sabbo nigrodho maṇḍalo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘samakkhandhasākho nigrodho’’</span>ti. Parimaṇḍalasaddasannidhānena vā parimaṇḍalova nigrodho gayhatīti parimaṇḍalasaddassa lopena vināpi <a name="V2.0175"></a> ayamattho labbhatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘nigrodho viya parimaṇḍalo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Yāvatakvassā</span>ti o-kārassa va-kārādesaṃ katvā vuttaṃ.</p>
    747. 

  747. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samavaṭṭitakkhandho</span>ti samaṃ suvaṭṭitakkhandho. Koñcā viya dīghagalā, bakā viya vaṅkagalā, varāhā viya puthulagalāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Suvaṇṇāliṅgasadiso</span>ti suvaṇṇamayakhuddakamudiṅgasadiso.</p>
    748. 

  748. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rasaggasaggī</span>ti madhurādibhedaṃ rasaṃ gasanti anto pavesantīti rasaggasā, rasaggasānaṃ aggā rasaggasaggā, tā etassa santīti rasaggasaggī. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti ojāya apharaṇena, hīnadhātukattā <span class="bld">te bahvābādhā honti</span>.</p>
    749. 

  749. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Hanū’’ti <a name="M2.0175"></a> sannissayadantādhārassa samaññā, taṃ bhagavato sīhahanusadisaṃ, tasmā bhagavā <span class="bld">sīhahanu</span>. Tattha yasmā buddhānaṃ rūpakāyassa dhammakāyassa ca upamā nāma nihīnupamāva, natthi samānupamā, kuto adhikūpamā, tasmā ayampi nihīnupamāti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tibhāgavasena maṇḍalatāya <span class="bld">dvādasiyaṃ pakkhassa candasadisāni</span>.</p>
    750. 

  750. <p class="bodytext">Dantānaṃ uccanīcatā abbhantarabāhirapassavasenapi veditabbā, na aggavaseneva. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ayapaṭṭachinnasaṅkhapaṭalaṃ viyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ayapaṭṭa</span>nti ca kakacaṃ adhippetaṃ. <span class="bld">Visamā</span>ti visamasaṇṭhānā.</p>
    751. 

  751. <p class="bodytext">Vicchinditvā vicchinditvā pavattasaratāya <span class="bld">chinnassarāpi</span>. Anekākāratāya <span class="bld">bhinnassarāpi</span>. Kākassa viya amanuññasaratāya <span class="bld">kākassarāpi. Apalibuddhattā</span>ti anupaddutavatthukattā. <span class="bld">Vatthu</span>nti ca akkharuppattiṭṭhānamāha. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato</span>ti ettha aṭṭhaṅgāni parato āgamissanti. <span class="bld">Mañjughoso</span>ti madhurassaro.</p>
    752. 

  752. <p class="bodytext">Karavīkasaddo yesaṃ sattānaṃ sotapathaṃ upagacchati, te attano sarasampattiyā pakatiṃ jahāpetvā avase karonto attano vase vatteti, evaṃ madhuroti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘tatrida’’</span>ntiādimāha. <span class="bld">Taṃ pīti</span>nti <span class="bld">taṃ</span> buddhagataṃ pītiṃ. Teneva nīhārena punappunaṃ pavattantaṃ avijahitvā vikkhambhitakilesā therānaṃ santike laddhadhammassavanasappāyā upanissayasampattiyā paripakkañāṇatāya <a name="V2.0176"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘sattahi…pe… patiṭṭhāsī’’</span>ti. Sattasatamattena orodhajanena saddhiṃ padasāva therānaṃ santikaṃ upagatattā <span class="bld">‘‘sattahi jaṅghāsatehi saddhi’’</span>nti vuttaṃ.</p>
    753. 

  753. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Abhinīlanetto</span>ti adhikanīlanetto. Adhikanīlatā ca sātisayaṃ nīlabhāvena veditabbā, na nette nīlavaṇṇasseva adhikabhāvatoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na sakalanīlanettovā’’</span>tiādi. Pītalohitavaṇṇā setamaṇḍalagatarājivasena, nīlasetakāḷavaṇṇā pana taṃtaṃmaṇḍalavaseneva veditabbā.</p>
    754. 

  754. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cakkhubhaṇḍa</span>nti akkhidalanti keci, akkhidalapattanti aññe. Akkhidalehi pana saddhiṃ akkhibimbanti veditabbaṃ. Evañhi viniggatagambhīrajotanāpi yuttā hoti.</p>
    755. 

  755. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uṇṇā</span>saddo <a name="M2.0176"></a> loke avisesato lomapariyāyo, idha pana lomavisesavācakoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uṇṇaloma’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Nalāṭamajjhajātā</span>ti nalāṭamajjhagatā. <span class="bld">Odātatāya upamā,</span> na mudutāya. <span class="bld">Rajatapubbuḷakā</span>ti rajatamayatārakā.</p>
    756. 

  756. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dve atthavase paṭicca vutta</span>nti yasmā buddhā cakkavattino ca paripuṇṇanalāṭatāya paripuṇṇasīsabimbatāya ca <span class="bld">‘‘uṇhīsasīsā’’</span>ti vuccanti, tasmā te dve atthavase paṭicca ‘‘uṇhīsasīso’’ti idaṃ vuttaṃ. Idāni taṃ atthadvayaṃ bhagavati suppatiṭṭhitanti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tathāgatassahī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Saṇhatamatāya suvaṇṇavaṇṇatāya ca <span class="bld">rañño baddhauṇhīsapaṭṭo viya virocati. Kappasīsā</span>ti dvidhābhūtasīsā. <span class="bld">Phalasīsā</span>ti phalasadisasīsā. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhisīsā</span>ti maṃsassa abhāvato tacopariyonaddhaaṭṭhimattasīsā. <span class="bld">Tumbasīsā</span>ti lābusadisasīsā. <span class="bld">Pabbhārasīsā</span>ti piṭṭhibhāgena olambamānasīsā. <span class="bld">Purimanayenā</span>ti paripuṇṇanalāṭatāpakkhena. <span class="bld">Uṇhīsaveṭhitasīso viyā</span>ti uṇhīsapaṭṭena veṭhitasīsapadeso viya. <span class="bld">Uṇhīsaṃ viyā</span>ti chekena sippinā viracitauṇhīsamaṇḍalaṃ viya.</p>
    757. 

  757. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kamma</span>nti yena yena kammena yaṃ yaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ nibbattaṃ, taṃ taṃ kammaṃ. <span class="bld">Kammasarikkhaka</span>nti tassa tassa lakkhaṇassa taṃkammānurūpatā. <span class="bld">Lakkhaṇa</span>nti tassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇassa aviparītasabhāvo. <span class="bld">Lakkhaṇānisaṃsa</span>nti taṃ lakkhaṇapaṭilābhena laddhabbaguṇo. <span class="bld">Imāni kammādīnī</span>ti imāni anantaraṃ vuttāni kammakammasarikkhakādīni <span class="bld">dassetvā</span> taṃ sarūpato vibhāvetvā <span class="bld">kathetabbāni</span> saṃvaṇṇakena.</p>
    758. 

  758. <p class="bodytext">Ratanavicittasuvaṇṇatoraṇaṃ <a name="V2.0177"></a> tasmiṃ kāle manussaloke natthīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘devanagare’’</span>ti. Sabbaso supupphitasālarukkho asādhāraṇasobho manussūpacāre na labbhatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘selantaramhī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kiriyācāra</span>nti kāyikavācasikakiriyāpavattiṃ.</p>
    759. 

  759. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para387"></a><a name="para387_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">387</span>. <span class="bld">Satatapāṭihāriya</span>nti satataṃ carimabhave sabbakālaṃ lakkhaṇanibbattakakammānubhāvahetukaṃ buddhāveṇikaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. Buddhānaṃ atidūre pādaṃ nikkhipitukāmānampi nātidūre eva nikkhipanaṃ hotīti <span class="bld">‘‘na atidūre ṭhapessāmīti</span> <a name="M2.0177"></a> <span class="bld">uddharatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Pakatisañcaraṇavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ, tādisena pādena anekayojane ṭhapessāmīti uddharaṇampi hotiyeva. <span class="bld">Atidūraṃ hī</span>tiādi pamāṇātikkame dosadassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Evaṃ satī</span>ti evaṃ dakkhiṇapādavāmapādānaṃ yathādhippetapatiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne sati. <span class="bld">Padavicchedo</span>ti padavāravicchedo. Yādisaṃ pasārento vāmapādassa uddharaṇaṃ patiṭṭhānañca, dakkhiṇapādassa tādisameva, iti nesaṃ uddharaṇapatiṭṭhānānaṃ samānato aññamaññabhāvena anūnānadhikatāya vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘dakkhiṇapādakiccaṃ vāmapādena niyamitaṃ, vāmapādakiccaṃ dakkhiṇapādena niyamita’’</span>nti.</p>
    760. 

  760. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Divā</span>ti upakaṭṭhāya velāya. <span class="bld">Vihārabhattatthāyā</span>ti vihāre yathāvuddhaṃ gahetabbabhattatthāya. <span class="bld">Pacchato āgacchanto</span>ti pakatigamanena pacchato āgacchanto. <span class="bld">Okāsaṃ na labhatī</span>ti padanikkhepaṭṭhānaṃ na labhati. Ūrupariyāyo idha <span class="bld">satthi</span>-saddoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na ūruṃ unnāmetī’’</span>ti. Daṇḍaṅkusaṃ vuccati dīghadaṇḍo aṅkuso, tena rukkhasākhaṃ chindato purisassa yathā pacchābhāgena pādānaṃ osakkanaṃ hoti, evaṃ bhagavato pādā na osakkantīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘rukkhasākhāchedana…pe… osakkāpetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Obaddhānābaddhaṭṭhānehi pādaṃ koṭṭento viyā</span>ti ābaddhaṭṭhānena anābaddhaṭṭhānena ca pādakhaṇḍaṃ koṭṭetvā thaddhaṃ karonto viya. <span class="bld">Na ito cito ca cāletī</span>ti aparāparaṃ na cāleti. Ussaṅkhapādatāya sukheneva pādānaṃ parivattanato nābhito paṭṭhāya uparimakāyo na iñjatīti <span class="bld">heṭṭhimakāyova iñjati</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘uparima…pe… niccalo hotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Na jānāti</span> aniñjanato. <span class="bld">Kāyabalenā</span>ti gamanapayogasaṅkhātena kāyagatena visesabalena. Javagamanahetubhūtena vā <span class="bld">kāyabalena</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘bāhā khipanto’’</span>tiādi. Javena gacchanto hi bāhā khipati, sarīrato sedā muccanti. <span class="bld">Nāgāpalokitavasenā</span>ti nāgassa apalokanamiva sakalakāyeneva parivattetvā apalokanavasena.</p>
    761. 

  761. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anāvaraṇañāṇassā</span>ti anāvaraṇañāṇabalena dassanassa. Anāvaraṇavāro pana kāye patiṭṭhitarūpadassanampi anāvaraṇamevāti dassanatthaṃ vutto. <span class="bld">Indakhīlato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti nagaradvāre indakhīlato <a name="V2.0178"></a> paṭṭhāya. <span class="bld">Pakatiiriyāpathenevā</span>ti <a name="M2.0178"></a> onamanādiṃ akatvā ujukagamanādinā eva. Yadi evaṃ koṭṭhakadvāragehappavese kathanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘daliddamanussāna’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Parivattentenā</span>ti nipajjanatthaṃ kāyaṃ parivattentena.</p>
    762. 

  762. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Hatthehi gahetvā</span>ti ubhohi hatthehi ubhosu kaṭippadesesu pariggahetvā. <span class="bld">Patati</span> nisīdanaṭṭhāne nipajjanavasena patati. <span class="bld">Orimaṃ aṅgaṃ nissāya nisinno</span>ti pallaṅkamābhujitvā ukkuṭikanisajjāya uparimakāyaṃ heṭṭhimakāye patiṭṭhapentoyeva bhārīkaraṇavasena orimaṅgaṃ nissāya nisinno. <span class="bld">Ghaṃsanto</span>ti ānisadadesena āsanaṭṭhānaṃ ghaṃsanto. <span class="bld">Pārimaṅga</span>nti satthibhāgasammaddaṃ ānisadapadesaṃ. <span class="bld">Tathevā</span>ti ghaṃsanto eva. <span class="bld">Olambakaṃ dhārento viyā</span>ti olambakasuttaṃ otārento viya. Tena ujukameva nisīdanamāha. Sarīrassa garukabhāvahetūnaṃ dūrato samupāyitabhāvena sallahukabhāvato <span class="bld">tūlapicuṃ ṭhapento viya</span>.</p>
    763. 

  763. <p class="bodytext">Appesakkhānaṃ mahānubhāvagehappavese siyā chambhitattaṃ, cittakkhobho, darathavasena nānappakārakappanaṃ, bhayavasena taṇhāvasena paritassanaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato natthīti dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘na chambhatī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 2.387) vuttanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na chambhatī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    764. 

  764. <p class="bodytext">Udakaṃ dīyati etenāti <span class="bld">udakadānaṃ,</span> bhiṅkārādi udakabhājanaṃ. <span class="bld">Baddhaṃ katvā</span>ti hatthagatamattikaṃ viya attano vase avattantaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Parivattetvā</span>ti kujjitvā. <span class="bld">Vichaḍḍayamāno</span> udakassa vikkhipanavasena chaḍḍayamāno.</p>
    765. 

  765. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tathā na gaṇhāti,</span> byañjanamattāya eva gaṇhanto. Bhattaṃ vā amanāpanti ānetvā yojanā. Byañjanena ālopaatināmanaṃ, ālopena byañjanaatināmananti imesu pana dvīsu paṭhamameva asāruppatāya aniṭṭhaṃ vajjetabbanti pāḷiyaṃ paṭikkhittanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabbatthevā</span>ti sabbasmiṃ āharitabbavatthusmiṃ supaṇītabhāvena <span class="bld">raso pākaṭo hoti</span> ñāṇena pariññātattā. <span class="bld">Rasagedho pana natthi</span> setughātattā.</p>
    766. 

  766. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Assā</span>ti ‘‘neva davāyā’’tiādipadassa. <span class="bld">Vuttameta</span>nti <span class="bld">‘‘visuddhimagge</span> vinicchayo āgato’’ti sabbāsavasutte (ma. ni. 1.23) saṃvaṇṇayantena vuttametaṃ, tasmā <a name="M2.0179"></a> na ettha taṃ vattabbanti adhippāyo, tasmā yo tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vinicchaye visesavādo icchitabbo. So paramatthamañjūsāya <span class="bld">visuddhimaggavaṇṇanāya</span> vuttanayeneva veditabbo. <span class="bld">Pattassa gahaṇaṭṭhāna</span>nti hatthena pattassa <a name="V2.0179"></a> gahaṇapadesaṃ. <span class="bld">Vinivattitvā</span>ti patte sabbaṃ āmisagataṃ saddhiṃ bhattena vinivattitvā gacchati. <span class="bld">Pamāṇātikkanta</span>nti kelāyanavasena atikkantapamāṇaṃ ārakkhaṃ ṭhapeti. <span class="bld">Cīvarabhogantara</span>nti cīvarapaṭalantaraṃ. <span class="bld">Udarena akkamitvā</span>ti udareneva sannirumbhitvā.</p>
    767. 

  767. <p class="bodytext">Appattakālaṃ abhimukhaṃ nāmeti upanāmetīti <span class="bld">atināmeti,</span> pattakālaṃ atikkāmento nāmeti apanetīti <span class="bld">atināmeti</span>. Ubhayampi ekajjhaṃ gahetvā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘na ca anumodanassa kālamatināmetī’’ti vuttanti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘yo hī’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    768. 

  768. <p class="bodytext">Vegagamanena paṭisaṃmuñcitvā dhāvitvā <span class="bld">gacchati. Accukkaṭṭha</span>nti ativiya uddhaṃ katvā kaḍḍhitapārutaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yo hi yāva hanukaṭṭhito…pe… hotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Accokkaṭṭha</span>nti ativiya heṭṭhā katvā kaḍḍhitapārutaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yāva gopphakā otāretvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ubhato ukkhipitvā</span>ti dakkhiṇato vāmatoti ubhosu passesu uttarāsaṅgaṃ ukkhipitvā. <span class="bld">Thana</span>nti dakkhiṇathanaṃ.</p>
    769. 

  769. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vissaṭṭho</span>ti vimutto. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vissaṭṭhattāyeva cesa viññeyyo’’</span>ti. Yasmā amuttavādino vacanaṃ avissaṭṭhatāya na siniyhati, na evaṃ muttavādinoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘siniddho’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Viññeyyo</span>ti suparibyattatāya akkharato ca byañjanato ca viññātuṃ sakkuṇeyyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘pākaṭo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Viññāpaniyo</span>ti vijānitabbo. Byañjanavaseneva cettha viññeyyatā veditabbā ghosassa adhippetattā. <span class="bld">Madhuro</span>ti piyo pemanīyo apalibuddho. Savanamarahati, savanassa sotassa hitoti vā <span class="bld">savanīyo. Sampiṇḍito</span>ti sahito. Bhagavato hi saddo uppattiṭṭhānakatāsañcitattā sahitākāreneva āpāthamāgacchati, na ayosalākāya pahaṭakaṃsathālaṃ viya vippakiṇṇo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘avisārī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Gambhīro</span>ti yathā gambhīravatthuparicchindanena ñāṇassa gambhīrasamaññā, evaṃ gambhīraṭṭhānasambhavato saddassa gambhīrasamaññāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘gambhīroti gambhīrasamuṭṭhito’’</span>ti<a name="M2.0180"></a>. <span class="bld">Ninnādavā</span>ti savisesaṃ ninnādavā. Svāyaṃ viseso gambhīrabhāvasiddhoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘gambhīrattāyeva cesa ninnādī’’</span>ti. Evamettha cattāri aṅgāni caturaṅganipphādīni veditabbāni. <span class="bld">Akāraṇā mā nassī</span>ti buddhānubhāvena viya sarassa parisapariyantatā vuttā, dhammatāvaseneva pana sā veditabbā tassa mūlakāraṇassa tathā avaṭṭhitattā.</p>
    770. 

  770. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paccosakkitvā</span>ti paṭinivattitvā. <span class="bld">Samussitakañcanapabbataṃ viya</span> upari indanīlaratanavitatasikhaṃ <a name="V2.0180"></a> vijjullatābhūsitaṃ. Mahāpathavīādayo satthuguṇapaṭibhāgatāya nidassanaṃ, kevalaṃ mahantatāmattaṃ upādāya nidassitā.</p>
    771. 

  771. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para390"></a><a name="para390_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">390</span>. <span class="bld">Appaṭisaṃvidito</span>ti anārocito. Āgamanavasena cettha paṭisaṃveditanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aviññātaāgamano’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Uggatabhāva</span>nti kulabhogavijjādīhi uḷārabhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Anuddayasampannā</span>ti kāruṇikā.</p>
    772. 

  772. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para391"></a><a name="para391_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">391</span>. Sahasāva okāsakaraṇena uccakulīnatā dīpitā hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vegena uṭṭhāya dvidhā bhijjitvā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    773. 

  773. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nārisamānanāma</span>nti itthiatthajotakanāmaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘itthiliṅga’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Avhātabbā</span>ti kathetabbā.</p>
    774. 

  774. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para394"></a><a name="para394_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">394</span>. Ekanīhāreneva <span class="bld">aṭṭha pañhe byākaronto</span>. ‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ…pe… pavuccatī’’ti iminā pubbenivāsassa viditakāraṇaṃ vuttanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tassa pubbenivāso pākaṭo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ kathitaṃ</span> tassa paribhaṇḍañāṇabhāvato yathākammūpagañāṇassa. ‘‘Jātikkhayaṃ patto, abhiññā vosito’’ti ca vuttattā munīti asekkhamuni idhādhippetoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘arahattañāṇamoneyyena samannāgato’’</span>ti.</p>
    775. 

  775. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kilesarāgehi</span> kilesavivaṇṇatāhi. <span class="bld">Jātikkhayappattattā</span> ‘‘atho jātikkhayaṃ patto’’ti vuttattā. <span class="bld">Abhijānitvā</span>ti abhivisiṭṭhatāya aggamaggapaññāya ñatvā. Idāni paṭisambhidāyaṃ āgatanayena pariññāpahānabhāvanāsacchikiriyāsamāpattīnaṃ pāragamanena <span class="bld">pāragū</span>ti ayamettha atthoti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pāragūti vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Abhiññeyyadhammānaṃ jānanavasena <span class="bld">abhiññāpāragū. Tādiso</span>ti yādiso ‘‘pāragū sabbadhammāna’’nti padadvayena <a name="M2.0181"></a> vutto, tādiso. <span class="bld">Chahi ākārehī</span>ti pajānanādīhi yathāvuttehi chahi ākārehi.</p>
    776. 

  776. <p class="bodytext">Kāmañcettha dve eva pucchāgāthā dve ca vissajjanāgāthā, pucchāpaṭipāṭiyā pana asaṅkarato ca vissajjanaṃ pavattati, taṃ niddhāretuṃ <span class="bld">kiṃ panā</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Vedehi gatattā</span>ti vedehi maggañāṇehi pāraṅgatattā. <span class="bld">Pubbenivāsantiādīhi vijjānaṃ atthitāya</span> bodhitattā. <span class="bld">Pāpadhammāna</span>nti chattiṃsapāpadhammānaṃ sotthānaṃ maggaṃ pāpanena nissesato sodhitattā.</p>
    777. 

  777. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para395"></a><a name="para395_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">395</span>. <span class="bld">Dhammo</span> <a name="V2.0181"></a> <span class="bld">nāma arahattamaggo</span> kusaladhammesu ukkaṃsapāramippattiyā ukkaṭṭhaniddesena. Tassa anurūpadhammabhāvato <span class="bld">anudhammo nāma</span> heṭṭhimamaggaphaladhammā. Yo satthu santike dhammaṃ sutvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ na paṭipajjati, so tathāgataṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ viheṭheti nāma. Yo pana paṭipajjanto ca dandhābhiññatāya kammaṭṭhānasodhanatthaṃ antarantarā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā anekavāraṃ kathāpeti, so ettāvatā dhammādhikaraṇaṃ tathāgataṃ viheṭhetīti na vattabbo. Na hi bhagavato dhammadesanāya parissamo atthi, ayañca attho <span class="bld">mahāsudassanasuttādīhi</span> (dī. ni. 2.241 ādayo) dīpetabbo, tasmā – ‘‘saccadhammassa anudhamma’’nti vattabbe vuttameva byatirekamukhena vibhāvetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesī’’</span>ti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Tattha parinibbāyī</span>ti parakāle cettha parinibbānampi saṅgayhati, taṃ pana imasmiṃ gahitameva hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘desanāya arahatteneva kūṭaṃ gahita’’</span>nti.</p>
    778. 

  778. <p class="centered">Brahmāyusuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    779. 

  779. <p class="subhead">2. Selasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    780. 

  780. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para396"></a><a name="para396_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">396</span>. <span class="bld">Keṇiyoti</span> <a name="V2.0182"></a> <span class="bld">tassa nāmaṃ,</span> pubbe keṇiyā jīvikākappanatoti vadanti. <span class="bld">Jaṭilo</span>ti jaṭādharo. Brāhmaṇajātikattā koṭisāratāya ca <span class="bld">brāhmaṇamahāsālo</span>. Payojetvā nissayo hutvā vasati, rattiṃ kāmasampattiṃ anubhavatīti vā yojanā. <span class="bld">Susaṅkhata</span>nti sappimadhusakkarādīhi ceva maricasiṅgīverādīhi ca suṭṭhu abhisaṅkhataṃ.</p>
    781. 

  781. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paṭikkhepapasannatāyā</span>ti <a name="M2.0182"></a> ahovatāyaṃ appiccho, yo nimantiyamānopi na sādiyatīti upanimantiyamānassa paṭikkhepe titthiyānaṃ pasannabhāvatoti. Taṃ kathaṃ? Viruddhametanti <span class="bld">‘‘akāraṇameta’’</span>nti paṭikkhipati.</p>
    782. 

  782. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para398"></a><a name="para398_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">398</span>. <span class="bld">Kappasahassehipi…pe… ahosī</span>ti idaṃ nānussavasiddhaṃ anumānaggahaṇaṃ sandhāyāha. <span class="bld">Pade</span>ti uttarapadalopena niddesoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘padappamāṇe’’</span>ti. Pajjati nikkhipati etthāti vā padaṃ pakatiyā pādanikkhipaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmiṃ <span class="bld">pade</span>. Kīḷāpasutatādinā <span class="bld">pamādaṃ āpajjati. Bodhisattacārika</span>nti dukkaracariyaṃ sandhāya vadati.</p>
    783. 

  783. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para399"></a><a name="para399_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">399</span>. <span class="bld">Paripuṇṇatāyā</span>ti anūnatāya. <span class="bld">Ahīnaṅgatāyā</span>ti avekallabhāvato. Rocatīti ruci, dehappabhā, sobhaṇā ruci etassāti <span class="bld">suruci. Ārohasampatti</span> kāyassa pamāṇayuttauccatā. <span class="bld">Pariṇāhasampatti</span> kisathūlabhāvavajjitapariṇāhatā. <span class="bld">Saṇṭhānasampatti</span> avayavānaṃ susaṇṭhitatā. <span class="bld">Cārudassano</span>ti piyadassano tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sucirampī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Suvaṇṇasadisavaṇṇo</span>ti jātihiṅgulakena madditvā silānighaṃseneva parikammaṃ katvā ṭhapitaghanasuvaṇṇarūpavaṇṇo. Mahāpurisabhāvaṃ byañjenti pakāsentīti <span class="bld">byañjanāni,</span> mahāpurisalakkhaṇānīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamaṃ vuttabyañjanānevā’’</span>ti.</p>
    784. 

  784. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pubbe vutta</span>nti ‘‘surucī’’ti pubbe vuttaṃ, ‘‘ādiccova virocasī’’ti <span class="bld">puna vuttaṃ</span>. ‘‘Cārudassano suvaṇṇavaṇṇosī’’ti pubbe vuttaṃ, ‘‘kalyāṇadassano bhikkhu kañcanābhattaco’’ti puna vuttanti imamatthaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘uttaragāthāyapi eseva nayo’’</span>ti. Sātisayaṃ uttamavaṇṇe vaṇṇetvā <span class="bld">uttamavaṇṇino</span>ti padena santaṃ pakāsetīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uttamavaṇṇasampannassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Uttamasārathī</span>ti <a name="V2.0183"></a> seṭṭhapurisasārathi. Tattha tattha jambuvanasaṇḍamaṇḍitatāya jambudīpo <span class="bld">‘‘jambusaṇḍo’’</span>ti vuccati. <span class="bld">Issariya</span>nti cakkavattissariyaṃ.</p>
    785. 

  785. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Jātikhattiyā</span>ti jātimanto khattiyā. <span class="bld">Rājābhirājā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">abhi</span>-saddo pūjatthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘rājūnaṃ pūjanīyo’’</span>ti.</p>
    786. 

  786. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Appamāṇā</span>ti aparimāṇā lokadhātuyo. ‘‘Yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā’’ti (a. ni. 3.81) hi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhammarājā anuttaro</span>ti ettha vuttaanuttarabhāvaṃ ‘‘yāvatā <a name="M2.0183"></a> hī’’tiādinā pākaṭataraṃ katvā dhammarājabhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘svāha’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhammenā</span>ti paṭivedhadhammena. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anuttarenevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anuttarenā</span>ti visiṭṭhena uttamena. Imasmiṃ pakkhe <span class="bld">dhammenā</span>ti paṭipattidhammenātipi saṅgayhati. <span class="bld">Pariyattidhammenā</span>ti desanādhammena āṇācakkaṃ pavattemīti yojanā. Desanāñāṇapaṭivedhañāṇavibhāgaṃ <span class="bld">dhammacakkameva vā. Appaṭivattiya</span>nti paṭivattituṃ asakkuṇeyyaṃ.</p>
    787. 

  787. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tathāgatena jāto</span>ti tathāgatena hetunā ariyāya jātiyā jāto. Hetuatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Anujāto</span>ti ca vutte anu-saddassa vasena <span class="bld">tathāgata</span>nti ca upayogavacanameva hoti, so ca anu-saddo hetuatthajotakoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tathāgataṃ hetuṃ anujāto’’</span>ti. Avaññātabbabhāvena jātoti <span class="bld">avajāto</span> duppaṭipannattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dussīlo’’</span>ti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ kokālikaṃ ārabbha ‘‘purisantakali avajāto’’ti. <span class="bld">Putto nāma na hoti</span> tassa ovādānusāsaniyaṃ aṭṭhitattā. <span class="bld">Evamāhā</span>ti ‘‘anujāto tathāgata’’nti evamāha.</p>
    788. 

  788. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vijjā</span>ti maggavijjā. Ukkaṭṭhaniddesena <span class="bld">vimuttī</span>ti phalavimutti. Nanu ca maggo bhāvetabbena gahitoti? Saccaṃ gahito, sabbe ca pana satta dhammā abhiññeyyāti vijjāya abhiññeyyabhāvo vutto. Iminā vā nayena sabbesampi abhiññeyyabhāvo vutto evāti veditabbo. Phalena vinā hetubhāvasseva abhāvato <span class="bld">hetuvacanena phalasiddhi,</span> nirodhassa ca sampāpanena maggassa hetubhāvo. Dukkhassa nibbattanena taṇhāya samudayabhāvoti imamatthaṃ saṅgahitameva atthato āpannattā. <span class="bld">Yuttahetunā</span>ti yuttiyuttena hetunā <span class="bld">buddhabhāvaṃ sādheti</span> saccavinimuttassa bujjhitabbassa abhāvato saccasambodhaneneva ca tassa anavasesato buddhattā. Atthavacanañcetaṃ, payogavacanāni pana – brāhmaṇa, ahaṃ sammāsambuddho sabbathā aviparītadhammadesano, sammāsambuddhattā sabbattha aviparītamācikkhati yathāhaṃ sabbamaggadesakoti<a name="V2.0184"></a>. Kiṃ pana bhagavā sayameva attano sammāsambuddhabhāvaṃ ārocetīti? Mahākaruṇāya aññesaṃ mahāvisayato. Tattha ‘‘ekomhi sammāsambuddho, sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmī’’tiādīni (mahāva. 11; ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; kathā. 405) suttapadāni idameva ca suttapadaṃ etassa atthassa sādhakaṃ.</p>
    789. 

  789. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sallakantano</span>ti <a name="M2.0184"></a> sallānaṃ samucchinnattā. <span class="bld">Rogassā</span>ti kilesarogassa. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti apunapavattipādanena tikicchanato. Brahmaṃ vā seṭṭhaṃ sammāsambodhiṃ pattoti <span class="bld">brahmabhūto. Evaṃ āgatāyā</span>ti iminā –</p>
    790. 

  790. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati;</p>
    791. 

  791. <p class="gathalast">Tatiyā khuppipāsā te, catutthī taṇhā pavuccati.</p>
    792. 

  792. <p class="gatha1">Thinamiddhaṃ tepañcamaṃ thinamiddhaṃ te, chaṭṭhā bhīrū pavuccati;</p>
    793. 

  793. <p class="gathalast">Sattamī vicikicchā te, makkho thambho te aṭṭhamo.</p>
    794. 

  794. <p class="gatha1">Lābho siloko sakkāro, micchāladdho ca yo yaso;</p>
    795. 

  795. <p class="gatha2">Yo cattānaṃ samukkaṃse, pare ca avajānati;</p>
    796. 

  796. <p class="gathalast">Esā namuci te senā, kaṇhassābhippahārinī’’ti. (su. ni. 438-441);</p>
    797. 

  797. <p class="bodytext">Evaṃ vuttaṃ navavidhaṃ senaṃ saṅgayhati. <span class="bld">Vase vattetvā</span>ti samucchindanena anuppādatāpādanena vase vattetvā. <span class="bld">Kutoci abhayo</span> nibbhayo.</p>
    798. 

  798. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sayameva daṭṭhabba</span>nti yena yena adhigato, tena tena parasaddhāya gantabbaṃ hitvā asammohato paccavekkhaṇāñāṇeneva sāmaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paccakkha’’</span>nti. Pasaṭṭhā diṭṭhi sandiṭṭhi. Yathā rathena jayatīti rathiko, evaṃ idaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ sandiṭṭhiyā jayatīti <span class="bld">sandiṭṭhikaṃ</span>. Atha vā diṭṭhanti dassanaṃ vuccati, diṭṭhameva sandiṭṭhaṃ, sandassananti attho. Sandiṭṭhaṃ arahatīti <span class="bld">sandiṭṭhiko</span> yathā vatthayugaṃ arahatīti vatthayugiko. Sandiṭṭhikaṃ phaladānaṃ sandhāya nāssa kāloti akālaṃ, akālameva <span class="bld">akālikaṃ,</span> na kālantaraṃ khepetvā phalaṃ deti, attano pana pavattisamanantarameva phalaṃ detīti attho. Atha vā attano phalappadāne pakaṭṭho kālo patto assāti kāliko, lokiyo kusaladhammo, idaṃ pana samanantaraphalattā na kālikaṃ.</p>
    799. 

  799. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para400"></a><a name="para400_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">400</span>. ‘‘Mahāyaññaṃ <a name="V2.0185"></a> pavattayī’’tiādīsu kevalaṃ dānadhammādīsu yaññapariyāyasambhavato <span class="bld">‘‘brāhmaṇānaṃ yaññābhāvato’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Brāhmaṇā hi ‘‘aggimukhā devā’’ti aggijuhanapubbakaṃ yaññaṃ vidahanti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘aggijuhanappadhānāti attho’’</span>ti ‘‘bhūrbhuva? Sva?’’ Iti <span class="bld">sāvittī</span> pubbakattā <span class="bld">mukhaṃ</span> pubbaṅgamaṃ<a name="M2.0185"></a>. ‘‘Mukhamiva mukha’’ntiādīsu viya idhāpi padhānapariyāyo mukhasaddoti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘manussānaṃ seṭṭhato rājā ‘mukha’nti vutto’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Ādhārato</span>ti ogāhantīnaṃ nadīnaṃ ādhārabhāvato <span class="bld">paṭisaraṇato</span> gantabbaṭṭhānabhāvato. <span class="bld">Saññāṇato</span>ti candayogavasena ajja asukanakkhattanti paññāyanato. <span class="bld">Ālokakaraṇato</span>ti nakkhattāni abhibhavitvā ālokakaraṇato. <span class="bld">Sommabhāvato</span>ti sītahimavāsītavātūpakkharabhāvato. <span class="bld">Tapantāna</span>nti dīpasikhā aggijālā asanivicakkanti evamādīnaṃ vijjalantānaṃ. <span class="bld">Āyamukhaṃ</span> aggadakkhiṇeyyabhāvena.</p>
    800. 

  800. <p class="bodytext">Dibbacakkhu dhammacakkhu paññācakkhu buddhacakkhu samantacakkhūti imehi <span class="bld">pañcahi cakkhūhi. Te saraṇassā</span>ti te saraṇassa ca, te saraṇabhāvamūlakattā itaradvayassa ca, yathāvutta te-padena vuttatthato parassa cāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘te tuyhaṃ, itarassa ca saraṇassa aho ānubhāvo’’ti. Āvuttivasena vā <span class="bld">te saraṇassā</span>ti ettha attho vibhāvetabbo – tuyhaṃ saraṇabhūtassa ca itarasaraṇassa ca ānubhāvoti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    801. 

  801. <p class="centered">Selasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    802. 

  802. <p class="subhead">3. Assalāyanasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    803. 

  803. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para401"></a><a name="para401_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">401</span>. Aññamaññavisiṭṭhattā <a name="V2.0186"></a> visadisaṃ rajjaṃ virajjaṃ, virajjato āgatā, tattha jātāti vā <span class="bld">verajjakā,</span> evaṃ jātā kho pana te, yasmā vatthābharaṇādivibhāgena nānappakārā honti, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘nānāverajjakāna’’</span>nti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana verajjasseva vasena nānappakāratā vuttā. <span class="bld">Yaññupāsanādinā</span>ti yaññānubhavanamantajjhenadakkhiṇapariyesanādinā. <span class="bld">Catuvaṇṇasādhāraṇa</span>nti khattiyādīnaṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ saṃsārasuddhipāpatassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Nhānasuddhiyā</span>ti titthasamuddakhātesu mantajappanapubbakaṃ sāyaṃtatiyaudakorohanādinhānasuddhiyā. <span class="bld"> Bhāvanāsuddhiyā</span>ti paramajotibhūtāya purisabhāvanāsaṅkhātāya suddhiyā. <span class="bld">Vāpitasiro</span>ti oropitakeso. Tameva hi siro vāpitanti vuccati.</p>
    804. 

  804. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabhāvavādī</span>ti <a name="M2.0186"></a> yathābhūtavādī. <span class="bld">Pabbajantā</span>ti brāhmaṇapabbajjaṃ upagacchantā, tasmā brāhmaṇānaṃ pabbajjāvidhānaṃ sikkhantena bhotā ‘‘brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā’’ti ayaṃ vidhi sahetuko saupādāno sakkaccaṃ uggahito, <span class="bld">tasmā tuyhaṃ parājayo natthi…pe… evamāhaṃsu</span>.</p>
    805. 

  805. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para402"></a><a name="para402_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">402</span>. <span class="bld">Laddhibhindanattha</span>nti ‘‘brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā’’ti evaṃ pavattaladdhiyā viniveṭhanatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Puttapaṭilābhatthāyā</span>ti ‘‘evaṃ mayaṃ pettikaṃ iṇadhāraṃ sodheyyāmā’’ti laddhiyaṃ ṭhatvā puttapaṭilābhatthāya. Ayañhettha adhammikānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ajjhāsayo. <span class="bld">Nesa</span>nti brāhmaṇānaṃ. <span class="bld">Saccavacanaṃ siyā</span>ti ‘‘brahmuno puttā’’tiādivacanaṃ saccaṃ yadi siyā <span class="bld">brāhmaṇīnaṃ…pe… bhaveyya,</span> na cetaṃ atthi. Mahābrahmuno mukhato jātoti vādacchedakavādo <span class="bld">mukhatojātacchekavādo</span>. Assalāyanoviññū jātiko ‘‘nirakkhepaṃ samaṇena gotamena vutta’’nti jānantopi sahagatānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ cittānurakkhaṇatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kiñcāpi bhavaṃ gotamo’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    806. 

  806. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para403"></a><a name="para403_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">403</span>. Idāni brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇoti vādaṃ bhindituṃ <span class="bld">‘‘sutaṃ te yonakakambojesū’’</span>tiādi āraddhaṃ. Yadi brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, sabbattha brāhmaṇova seṭṭho bhaveyya, atha kasmā yonakakambojādijanapadesu brāhmaṇānaṃ seṭṭhabhāvo natthi? Evañhi tattha vaṇṇā<a name="V2.0187"></a>, tasmā ‘‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho’’ti laddhimattametaṃ. Tesu hi janapadesu janā ekajjhaṃ sannipatitvā sammantayitvā katikaṃ akaṃsu, dāsaṃ sāmikaṃ katvā itare sabbe taṃ pūjetvā tassa vase vattanti, yo tesaṃ ayyo hoti itare sabbe tassa dāsā honti, te katipayasaṃvaccharātikkamena tassa kiñci dosaṃ disvā taṃ tato ṭhānato apanetvā aññaṃ ṭhapenti, iti so <span class="bld">ayyo hutvā dāso hoti,</span> itaro <span class="bld">dāso hutvā ayyo hoti,</span> evaṃ tāva keci ‘‘ayyo hutvā dāso hoti, dāso hutvā ayyo hotī’’ti ettha atthaṃ vadanti. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> pana purimavaseneva tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘brāhmaṇo sabhariyo’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Vayappatte putte asatīti idaṃ vakkhamānassa dārakassa dāyajjasāmikabhāvassa tāva dassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Mātito suddho</span>ti ettha <a name="M2.0187"></a> yo mātito suddhattā ayyo, pitito asuddhattā dāso hoti, so eva pitito asuddhattā dāso hutvā mātito ayyo hotīti jātiṃ sambhedeti. Sova sabbena sabbaṃ hotīti na sakkā vattunti apare. <span class="bld">Ko thāmo</span>ti mahante lokasannivāse anamatagge atīte kāle itthīnaṃ vā citte anavaṭṭhite dāsā dāsā eva honti, ayyā ayyā eva hontīti ettha ko ekantiko sahetuko avassayo, tassa sādhako siddhanto, kiṃ nidassananti attho.</p>
    807. 

  807. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para404"></a><a name="para404_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">404</span>. <span class="bld">Sukkacchedakavādo nāmā</span>ti ‘‘brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo’’ti evaṃ vutto sukkacchedakavāro nāma.</p>
    808. 

  808. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para408"></a><a name="para408_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">408</span>. <span class="bld">Sabbasmiṃ aggikiccaṃ karonte</span>ti etena yathā yato kutoci nissayato uppanno aggiupādānasampanno aggikiccaṃ karoti, evaṃ yasmiṃ kasmiñci dāsakule jāto upanissayasampanno sammāpaṭipajjamāno saṃsārato sujjhati evāti dasseti.</p>
    809. 

  809. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para409"></a><a name="para409_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">409</span>. <span class="bld">Pādasikavaṇṇo</span>ti antarāḷavaṇṇo. <span class="bld">Etesa</span>nti khattiyakumārena brāhmaṇakaññāya uppannaputto, brāhmaṇakumārena khattiyakaññāya uppannaputtoti etesaṃ dvinnaṃ māṇavakānaṃ. <span class="bld">Matakabhatte</span>ti mate uddissa katabhatte. <span class="bld">Thālipāke</span>ti katamaṅgalabhatte.</p>
    810. 

  810. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para410"></a><a name="para410_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">410</span>. <span class="bld">Tumhe</span>ti jātisāmaññato māṇavaṃ brāhmaṇehi saddhiṃ ekajjhaṃ saṅgaṇhanto āha. <span class="bld">Ko nu kho</span>ti avaṃsiro isivādo, tesaṃ brāhmaṇīsīnaṃ asāmatthiyadassanena jātiyā appamāṇataṃ vibhāvetuṃ gāmadārakavesena upagacchi. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘gāmaṇḍalarūpo viyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Koṇḍadamako</span>ti adantadamako.</p>
    811. 

  811. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para411"></a><a name="para411_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">411</span>. Janetīti <a name="V2.0188"></a> <span class="bld">janikā</span> janetti. <span class="bld">Janako pitā</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Gandhabbapañha</span>nti gandhabbassa mātukucchiyaṃ uppajjanakasattassa khattiyabhāvādipucchaṃ. <span class="bld">Dabbigahaṇasippampi</span> ekā vijjā veditabbā. Tattha kira kusalo yaṃ kiñci āhārūpagapaṇṇapupphaphalabījaṃ antamaso elālukampi gahetvā bhesajjehi yojetvā pacanto sappimadhuphāṇitehi samānarasaṃ katvā sampādetuṃ <a name="M2.0188"></a> sakkoti, puṇṇopi tādiso, tena ñātaṃ tvaṃ dabbigahaṇasippamattampi na jānāsīti sambandho. <span class="bld">Saddho</span>ti kammaphalasaddhāya saddho, pothujjanikeneva ratanattayapasādena <span class="bld">pasanno</span>. Tenevāha – <span class="bld">‘‘upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ…pe… saraṇaṃ gata’’</span>nti.</p>
    812. 

  812. <p class="centered">Assalāyanasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    813. 

  813. <p class="subhead">4. Ghoṭamukhasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    814. 

  814. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para412"></a><a name="para412_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">412</span>. Khemiyā <a name="V2.0189"></a> nāma rañño deviyā ropitattā taṃ ambavanaṃ <span class="bld">khemiyambavana</span>nti vuccatīti vadanti. <span class="bld">Dhammiko</span>ti dhammayutto sabbasova adhammaṃ pahāya dhamme ṭhito. Paribbajati pabbajati etenāti <span class="bld">paribbajo,</span> gharāvāsato nikkhamanapubbakaṃ liṅgaggahaṇavasena sīlasamādānaṃ. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti etasmiṃ paribbaje. <span class="bld">Sabhāvo</span>ti taṃ paribbājaniyaṃ, tehi tehi paribbājakehi anuṭṭhātabbo paṭipattidhammasaṅkhāto sabhāvo. <span class="bld">Dhammova pamāṇa</span>nti etena mayaṃ ahirimanā cittassa yathāupaṭṭhitaṃ kathema, tasmā taṃ appamāṇaṃ, yo panettha avitatho dhammo, tadeva pamāṇaṃ. Adhigatapaṭipattisaṅkhāto sabhāvo atthi, tassa tumhehi tumhehi <span class="bld">bahunā</span> nānāsandassanādi <span class="bld">kammena idha bhavitabbaṃ,</span> bahudevettha vattabbanti adhippāyo.</p>
    815. 

  815. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para414"></a><a name="para414_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">414</span>. <span class="bld">Sārattarattā</span>ti sārajjanavasena rattā, bahularāgavasena abhirattāti attho. Attanā ñāpetabbamatthaṃ anuggahāpeti bodhetīti anuggaho, ñāpitakāraṇaṃ, saha anuggahenāti <span class="bld">sānuggahā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sakāraṇā’’</span>ti. Kiṃ pana taṃ kāraṇaṃ? Imassādhippāyo ‘‘natthi dhammiko paribbajo’’ti mayā vutto, addhā panāyasmā udeno yāthāvato dhammikaṃ paribbajaṃ me ācikkhatīti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vuttañheta’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    816. 

  816. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para421"></a><a name="para421_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">421</span>. Sabbamidaṃ thāvarajaṅgamaṃ purisakataṃ, tasmā yaṃ kiñci katvā attā posetabbo rakkhitabboti lokāyatanissito nītimaggo ghoṭamukhakanto, tasmā āha <span class="bld">‘‘etassa kira jānanasippe’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Sagge</span> <a name="M2.0189"></a> <span class="bld">nibbatto nāma natthi</span> akattabbameva karaṇato. Devalokapariyāpannadhanaṃ manussānaṃ upakappapuññābhāvato pubbe attanā nihitadhanaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘asuke cā’’</span>ti ācikkhitvā gato. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    817. 

  817. <p class="centered">Ghoṭamukhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    818. 

  818. <p class="subhead">5. Caṅkīsuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    819. 

  819. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para422"></a><a name="para422_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">422</span>. <span class="bld">Tasmi</span>nti <a name="V2.0190"></a> sālavane. <span class="bld">Uttarena opāsāda</span>nti opāsādagāmassa uttaradisāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Uttarenā</span>ti <span class="bld">ena</span>-saddayogena hi <span class="bld">opāsāda</span>nti upayogavacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Ajjhāvasatī</span>ti ettha adhi-ā-saddānaṃ anatthantarataṃ hadaye katvā āha <span class="bld">‘‘vasatī’’</span>ti. Idāni tesaṃ atthavisesabhāvitaṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘abhibhavitvā vā āvasatī’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti opāsādapade. <span class="bld">Sattussada</span>ntiādīsu pana kathanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tassa anuppayogattāva sesapadesū’’</span>ti. Upa-anu-adhi-iti-evaṃ-pubbake vasanakiriyayāṭṭhāne upayogavacanameva pāpuṇātīti saddavidū icchantīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato pariyesitabba’’</span>nti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘upasaggavasena panettha bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ veditabba’’</span>nti. Ussadatā nāmettha bahulatāti taṃ bahulataṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘bahujana’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Āvajjitvā</span>ti parikkhipitvā.</p>
    820. 

  820. <p class="bodytext">Raññā viya bhuñjitabbanti vā <span class="bld">rājabhoggaṃ. Rañño dāyabhūta</span>nti kulaparamparāya bhoggabhāvena raññā laddhadāyabhūtaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dāyajjanti attho’’</span>ti. Rājanīhārena paribhuñjitabbato uddhaṃ paribhogalābhassa seṭṭhadeyyatā nāma natthīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘chattaṃ ussāpetvā rājasaṅkhepena paribhuñjitabba’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Titthapabbatādīsū</span>ti nadītitthapabbatapādagāmadvāraaṭavīmukhādīsu. <span class="bld">Nissaṭṭhapariccatta</span>nti muttacāgavasena pariccattaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Etesaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ.</span></p>
    821. 

  821. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para423"></a><a name="para423_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">423</span>. Ti sannipatitā. Yo koci viññūnaṃ icchito pañho, tassa pucchitassa yāthāvato kathanasamattho<span class="bld"> pucchitapañhabyākaraṇasamattho.</span>Kulāpadesādinā mahatī mattā etassāti mahāmatto.</p>
    822. 

  822. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para424"></a><a name="para424_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">424</span>. <span class="bld">Te</span>ti <a name="M2.0190"></a> ‘‘nānāverajjakā’’ti vuttabrāhmaṇā. ‘‘Ubhato sujāto’’ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.303; a. ni. ṭī. 3.5.134) ettake vutte yehi kehici dvīhi bhāgehi sujātatā viññāyeyya, sujātasaddo ca ‘‘sujāto cārudassano’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 553; theragā. 818) ārohapariṇāhasampattipariyāyoti jātivaseneva sujātataṃ vibhāvetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘mātito ca pitito cā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Anorasaputtavasenapi loke mātupitusamaññā dissati, idha panassa orasaputtavaseneva icchīyatīti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘saṃsuddhagahaṇīko’’</span>ti <a name="V2.0191"></a> vuttaṃ. Pitā ca mātā ca pitaro, pitūnaṃ pitaro pitāmahā, tesaṃ yugo pitāmahayugo, tasmā <span class="bld">yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā</span>ti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yugasaddo cettha ekasesanayena daṭṭhabbo ‘‘yugo ca yugo ca yugā’’ti. Evañhi tattha tattha dvinnaṃ gahitameva hoti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tato uddhaṃ sabbepi pubbapurisā pitāmahaggahaṇeneva gahitā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Purisa</span>ggahaṇañcettha ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evañhi ‘‘mātito’’ti pāḷivacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Akkhitto</span>ti appattakhepo. <span class="bld">Anavakkhitto</span>ti saddhathālipākādīsu na avakkhitto. <span class="bld">Jātivādenā</span>ti hetumhi karaṇavacananti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kena kāraṇenā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Ettha ca <span class="bld">ubhato…pe… pitāmahayugā</span>ti etena brāhmaṇassa yonidosābhāvo dassito saṃsuddhagahaṇikabhāvakittanato. <span class="bld">Akkhitto</span>ti iminā kiriyāparādhābhāvo. Kiriyāparādhena hi sattā khepaṃ pāpuṇanti. <span class="bld">Anupakuṭṭho</span>ti iminā ayuttasaṃsaggābhāvo. Ayuttasaṃsaggampi hi paṭicca sattā akkosaṃ labhanti.</p>
    823. 

  823. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Issaro</span>ti adhipateyyasaṃvattaniyakammaphalena īsanasīlo. Sā panassa issaratā vibhavasampattipaccayā pākaṭā jātāti aḍḍhatāpariyāyabhāvena vadanto <span class="bld">‘‘aḍḍhoti issaro’’</span>ti āha. Mahantaṃ dhanamassa bhūmigatañceva vehāsaṭṭhañcāti <span class="bld">mahaddhano. Tassā</span>ti tassa tassa. <span class="bld">Vadanti</span> ‘‘anvayato byatirekato ca anupasaṅkamanakāraṇaṃ kittemā’’ti.</p>
    824. 

  824. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Adhikarūpo</span>ti visiṭṭharūpo uttamasarīro. Dassanaṃ arahatīti <span class="bld">dassanīyo</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dassanayoggo’’</span>ti. Pasādaṃ āvahatīti <span class="bld">pāsādiko</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘cittapasādajananato’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Vaṇṇassā</span>ti vaṇṇadhātuyā<a name="M2.0191"></a>. <span class="bld">Sarīra</span>nti sannivesavisiṭṭho karacaraṇagīvāsīsādi avayavasamudāyo, so ca saṇṭhānamukhena gayhatīti <span class="bld">‘‘paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāyāti paramāya…pe… sampattiyā cā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Sabbavaṇṇesu suvaṇṇavaṇṇova uttamoti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘seṭṭhena suvaṇṇavaṇṇena samannāgato’’</span>ti. Tathā hi buddhā cakkavattino ca suvaṇṇavaṇṇāva honti. <span class="bld">Brahmavacchasī</span>ti uttamasarīrābho suvaṇṇābhoti attho. Imameva hi atthaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘mahābrahmuno sarīrasadisena sarīrena samannāgato’’</span>ti. Na brahmujugattataṃ. <span class="bld">Akhuddāvakāso dassanāyā</span>ti ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā avayavapāripūriyā ca dassanāya okāso na khuddako. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sabbānevā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    825. 

  825. <p class="bodytext">Yamaniyamalakkhaṇaṃ <span class="bld">sīlamassa atthīti sīlavā,</span> taṃ panassa rattaññutāya <span class="bld">vuddhaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ sīlaṃ assa atthīti vuddhasīlī,</span> tena ca sabbadā samāyogato <span class="bld">vuḍḍhasīlena samannāgato. Pañcasīlamattameva sandhāya vadanti</span> tato paraṃ sīlassa tattha abhāvato tesañca ajānanato.</p>
    826. 

  826. <p class="bodytext">Ṭhānakaraṇasampattiyā <a name="V2.0192"></a> sikkhāsampattiyā ca katthacipi anūnatāya parimaṇḍalapadāni byañjanāni akkharāni etissāti <span class="bld">parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanā</span>. Atha vā pajjati attho etenāti padaṃ, nāmādi, yathādhippetamatthaṃ byañjetīti byañjanaṃ vākyaṃ, tesaṃ paripuṇṇatāya <span class="bld">parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanā</span>. Atthañāpanasādhanatāya vācāva karaṇanti <span class="bld">vākkaraṇaṃ,</span> udāharaṇaghoso. <span class="bld">Guṇaparipuṇṇabhāvena</span> tassa brāhmaṇassa, tena vā bhāsitabbaatthassa. <span class="bld">Pūre</span> puṇṇabhāve. <span class="bld">Pūre</span>ti ca purimasmiṃ atthe ādhāre bhummaṃ, dutiyasmiṃ visaye. <span class="bld">Sukhumālattanenā</span>ti iminā tassā vācāya mudusaṇhabhāvamāha. <span class="bld">Apalibuddhāya</span> pittasemhādīhi. <span class="bld">Sandiṭṭhaṃ</span> sabbaṃ dassetvā viya ekadesakathanaṃ. <span class="bld">Vilambitaṃ</span> saṇikaṃ cirāyitvā kathanaṃ. ‘‘Sandiddhavilambitādī’’ti vā pāṭho. Tattha <span class="bld">sandiddhaṃ</span> sandehajanakaṃ. <span class="bld">Ādi</span>-saddena khalitānukaḍḍhitādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā</span>ti iminā cassa vācāya atthapāripūriṃ vadanti.</p>
    827. 

  827. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para425"></a><a name="para425_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">425</span>. <span class="bld">Sadisā</span>ti ekadesena sadisā. Na hi buddhānaṃ guṇehi sabbathā sadisā kecipi guṇā aññesu labbhanti. <span class="bld">Itare</span>ti attano guṇehi asadisaguṇe. <span class="bld">Ida</span>nti idaṃ atthajātaṃ. <span class="bld">Gopadaka</span>nti gāviyā pade ṭhitaudakaṃ. <span class="bld">Kulapariyāyenā</span>ti kulānukkamena.</p>
    828. 

  828. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti <a name="M2.0192"></a> mañcake. <span class="bld">Sīhaseyyaṃ kappesī</span>ti yathā rāhu asurindo āyāmato vitthārato ubbedhato ca bhagavato rūpakāyassa paricchedaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti, tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharonto sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi.</p>
    829. 

  829. <p class="bodytext">Parisuddhaṭṭhena ariyanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ariyaṃ uttamaṃ parisuddha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Anavajjaṭṭhena kusalaṃ,</span> na sukhavipākaṭṭhena. Katthaci <span class="bld">caturāsīti pāṇasahassāni</span> katthaci <span class="bld">aparimāṇāpi devamanussā</span> yasmā catuvīsatiyā ṭhānesu asaṅkhyeyyā aparimeyyā <span class="bld">maggaphalāmataṃ pivanti</span>. Koṭisatasahassādiparimāṇenapi bahū eva. Tasmā anuttarācārasikkhāpanavaseneva bhagavā <span class="bld">bahūnaṃ ācariyo. Te</span>ti kāmarāgato aññe bhagavatā pahīnakilese.</p>
    830. 

  830. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Apāpapurekkhāro</span>ti apāpehi purakkharīyati, na vā pāpaṃ purato karotītipi apāpapurekkhāroti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘apāpe nava lokuttaradhamme’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">apāpe</span>ti pāpapapaṭipakkhe pāparahite ca. Brahmani bhavā, brahmuno vā hitā garukaraṇādinā, brahmānaṃ vā maggaṃ jānātīti brahmaññā, tassā <span class="bld">brahmaññāya pajāya</span>.</p>
    831. 

  831. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tiroraṭṭhā</span> <a name="V2.0193"></a> <span class="bld">tirojanapadā</span>ti ettha rajjaṃ raṭṭhaṃ rājanti rājāno etenāti katvā. Tadekadesabhūtā padesā pana janapado janā pajjanti ettha sukhajīvikaṃ pāpuṇantīti katvā. Pucchāya dosaṃ sallakkhetvāti sambandho. <span class="bld">Bhagavā vissajje</span>ti tesaṃ upanissayasampattiṃ cintetvāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Navakā</span>ti āgantukabhāvena amhākaṃ abhinavā.</p>
    832. 

  832. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para426"></a><a name="para426_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">426</span>. <span class="bld">Opāteti</span> nippātetīti attho. Tathābhūto ca tattha pesitā hotīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pavesetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Saṃpurakkharontī</span>ti sakkaccaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ karonti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘purato katvā vicarantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    833. 

  833. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para427"></a><a name="para427_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">427</span>. Sudde bahi katvā raho sāsitabbaṭṭhena mantā eva taṃtaṃatthapaṭipattihetutāya padanti<span class="bld"> mantapadaṃ</span> vedaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vedo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Evaṃ kirāti paramparabhāvena ābhata</span>nti ācariyaparamparāya ābhataṃ. <span class="bld">Pāvacanasaṅkhātasampattiyā</span>ti <a name="M2.0193"></a> pamukhavacanamhi udattādisampattiyā. <span class="bld">Sāvittiādīhi chandabandhehi vaggabandhehi cā</span>ti gāyattīādīhi ajjhāyānuvākādīhi chandabandhehi ca vaggabandhehi ca. <span class="bld">Sampādetvā</span>ti padasampattiṃ ahāpetvā. <span class="bld">Pavattāro</span>ti vā pāvacanavasena vattāro. <span class="bld">Sajjhāyita</span>nti gāyanavasena sajjhāyitaṃ, taṃ pana padeneva icchitanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘padasampattivasenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Aññesaṃ vutta</span>nti pāvacanavasena aññesaṃ vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Rāsikata</span>nti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedādivasena, tatthāpi paccekaṃ mantabrahmādivasena ajjhāyānuvākādivasena rāsikataṃ. <span class="bld">Dibbena cakkhunā oloketvā</span>ti dibbacakkhuparibhaṇḍena yathākammūpagañāṇena sattānaṃ kammassakataṃ, paccakkhato dassanaṭṭhena dibbacakkhusadisena pubbenivāsañāṇena atītakappe brāhmaṇānaṃ mantajjhenavidhiñca oloketvā. <span class="bld">Pāvacanena saha saṃsandetvā</span>ti kassapasammāsambuddhassa yaṃ vacanaṃ vaṭṭasannissitaṃ, tena saha aviruddhaṃ katvā. Na hi tesaṃ vivaṭṭasannissito attho paccakkho hoti. <span class="bld">Aparāpare</span>ti aṭṭhakādīhi aparāpare, pacchimā okkākarājakālādīsu uppannā. <span class="bld">Pakkhipitvā</span>ti aṭṭhakādīhi ganthitamantapadesu kilesasannissitapadānaṃ tattha tattha pade pakkhipanaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Viruddhe akaṃsū</span>ti <span class="bld">brāhmaṇadhammikasuttā</span>dīsu (khu. ni. brāhmaṇadhammikasuttaṃ) āgatanayeneva saṃkilesikatthadīpanato paccanīkabhūte akaṃsu.</p>
    834. 

  834. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para428"></a><a name="para428_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">428</span>. <span class="bld">Paṭipāṭiyā ghaṭitā</span>ti paṭipāṭiyā sambaddhā. <span class="bld">Paramparasaṃsattā</span>ti ādāniyāya yaṭṭhiyā saṃsattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yaṭṭhiggāhakena cakkhumatā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Purimassā</span>ti maṇḍalākārena ṭhitāya andhaveṇiyā sabbapurimassa hatthena sabbapacchimassa kacchaṃ gaṇhāpetvā. <span class="bld">Divasampī</span>ti anekadivasampi<a name="V2.0194"></a>. Cakkhussa anāgatabhavaṃ ñatvā yathāakkantaṭṭhāneyeva anupatitvā akkamanaṃva sallakkhetvā <span class="bld">‘‘kahaṃ cakkhumā kahaṃ maggo’’ti pariveditvā</span>.</p>
    835. 

  835. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pāḷiāgatesu dvīsū</span>ti saddhā anussavoti imesu dvīsu. <span class="bld">Evarūpe</span>ti yathā saddhānussavā, evarūpe eva paccakkhagāhinoti attho. <span class="bld">Tayo</span>ti ruciākāraparivitakkadiṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyo. <span class="bld">Bhūtavipākā</span>ti bhūtatthaniṭṭhāyakā adhippetatthasādhakā, vuttavipariyāyena abhūtatthavipākā veditabbā<a name="M2.0194"></a>. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti etesu saddhāyitādivatthūsu. <span class="bld">Ekaṃseneva niṭṭhaṃ gantuṃ nālaṃ</span> anekantikattā saddhādiggāhassa. <span class="bld">Upari pucchāya maggaṃ vivaritvā ṭhapesi</span> saccānurakkhāya ñātukāmatāya uppāditattā. Passati hi bhagavā – mayā ‘‘saccamanurakkhatā…pe… niṭṭhaṃ gantu’’nti vutte saccānurakkhaṇaṃ ñātukāmo māṇavo ‘‘kittāvatā’’tiādinā pucchissati, tassa taṃ vissajjetvā saccānubodhe pucchāya avasaraṃ datvā tassa upanissaye upakāradhamme kathessāmīti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘upari pucchāya maggaṃ vivaritvā ṭhapesī’’ti.</p>
    836. 

  836. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para430"></a><a name="para430_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">430</span>. <span class="bld">Attānaññeva sandhāya vadati,</span> yato vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ – ‘‘yaṃ kho panāyamāyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, gambhīro so dhammo duddaso duranubodho’’tiādi. Lubbhantīti <span class="bld">lobhanīyā</span> yathā ‘‘apāyagamanīyā’’ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘lobhanīyesu dhammesūti lobhadhammesū’’</span>ti. Yathā vā rūpādidhammā lobhanīyā, evaṃ lobhoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘lobhanīyesu dhammesūti lobhadhammesū’’</span>ti. Tenevāha – ‘‘yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.400; ma. ni. 1.133; vibha. 203). Ese nayo sesapadadvayepi.</p>
    837. 

  837. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para432"></a><a name="para432_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">432</span>. <span class="bld">Nivesetī</span>ti ṭhapeti paṭṭhapeti. <span class="bld">Payirupāsatī</span>ti upaṭṭhānavasena upagantvā nisīdati. Suyyati etenāti <span class="bld">sota</span>nti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pasādasota’’</span>nti. Tañhi savanāya odahitabbanti. <span class="bld">Dhāreti</span> sandhāreti tattheva manaṃ ṭhapeti. <span class="bld">Atthato</span>ti yathāvuttassa dhammassa atthato. <span class="bld">Kāraṇato</span>ti yuttito hetudāharaṇehi upapattito. <span class="bld">Olokana</span>nti evametanti yathāsabhāvato paññācakkhunā daṭṭhabbataṃ khamanti, tañca mahantassa maṇino pajjalantassa viya āvikatvā atthassa citte upaṭṭhānanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘idhā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Kattukamyatāchando</span>ti kattukāmatāsaṅkhāto kusalacchando. <span class="bld">Vāyamatī</span>tiādito catunnampi vīriyānaṃ vasena vāyāmaṃ parakkamaṃ karoti. <span class="bld">Maggapadhānaṃ padahatī</span>ti maggāvahaṃ maggapariyāpannañca sammappadhānaṃ padahati, padahanavasena taṃ paripūreti. <span class="bld">Paramasacca</span>nti amoghadhammattā paramatthasaccaṃ. <span class="bld">Sahajātanāmakāyenā</span>ti maggapaññāsahajātanāmakāyena<a name="V2.0195"></a>. <span class="bld">Tadevā</span>ti tadeva paramasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ. Tenevāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sacchikiriyābhisamayena vibhūtaṃ pākaṭaṃ karonto passatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    838. 

  838. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para433-4"></a><a name="para433-4_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">433-4</span>. <span class="bld">Maggānubodho</span>ti <a name="M2.0195"></a> maggapaṭipāṭiyā bodho bujjhanaṃ, yesaṃ kilesānaṃ samucchindanavasena maggappaṭivedho, tesaṃ paṭipassambhanavasena pavattamānaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ, maggena paṭividdhāni saccāni, paramatthasaccameva vā anurūpabujjhananti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">‘‘Saccānuppattīti phalasacchikiriyā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi sati heṭṭhā vuttā saddhāpaṭilābhādayo dvādasa dhammā saccānuppattiyā upakārā honti, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tesaṃyevāti heṭṭhā vuttānaṃ dvādasanna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Nāyaṃ</span> ‘‘tesaṃyevā’’ti padassa <span class="bld">attho</span>. Satipi kusalavipākādibhāvena nānatte vatthārammaṇabhūmikiccādivasena pana sadisāti upāyatova maggadhammā āsevitā bahulīkatā phalabhūtāti vattabbataṃ arahatīti taṃsadise tabbohāraṃ katvā <span class="bld">‘‘tesaṃ maggasampayuttadhammāna’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Evañhi āsevanāgahaṇaṃ samatthitaṃ, na aññathā. Na hi ekacittakkhaṇikānaṃ maggadhammānaṃ āsevanā, bahulīkammaṃ vā atthīti. <span class="bld">Tulanā</span>ti vipassanā. Sā hi vuṭṭhānagāminibhūtā maggappadhānassa bahukārā tassa abhāve maggappadhānasseva abhāvato, evaṃ ussāho tulanāya chando ussāhassa bahukārotiādinā heṭṭhimassa uparimūpakārataṃ suviññeyyamevāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘iminā nayena sabbapadesu attho veditabbo’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    839. 

  839. <p class="centered">Caṅkīsuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    840. 

  840. <p class="subhead">6. Esukārīsuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    841. 

  841. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para437"></a><a name="para437_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">437</span>. <span class="bld">Koṭṭhāsa</span>nti <a name="V2.0196"></a> maṃsabhāgaṃ. <span class="bld">Laggāpeyyu</span>nti nhārunā vā vākena vā bandhitvā purisassa hatthe vā vasanagehe vā olambanavasena bandheyyuṃ. <span class="bld">Satthadhamma</span>nti satthikesu satthavāhena paṇetabbaṃ āṇādhammaṃ. <span class="bld">Tassa nikkhamanattha</span>nti taṃ mūlaṃ satthikehi nittharaṇatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Pāpaṃ assā</span>ti paricarantassa pāricariyāya ahitaṃva assa. Tenāha ‘‘na seyyo’’ti. <span class="bld">Uccakulīnā</span>dayo dutiyavārādīhi vuccanti, idha upadhivipattisampattiyo pāpiyādipadehi vuttāti adhippāyo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pāpiyoti pāpako lāmako attabhāvo assā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Seyyaṃso</span>ti hitakoṭṭhāso, hitasabhāvoti attho. <span class="bld">Uccakulīnatā</span>ti karaṇatthe paccattavacananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uccākulīnattenā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Vaṇṇo na khīyetha tathāgatassā’’tiādīsu <a name="M2.0196"></a> (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.305; 3.141; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.425; udā. 53; apa. aṭṭha. 2.7.20; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 4.4; cariyā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā; 2.pakiṇṇakakathā; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.2.1; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1; vajira. ṭī. ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā; sārattha. ṭī. 1.ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā; netti. ṭī. ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā; ma. ni. ṭī. 1.1) viya <span class="bld">vaṇṇa</span>saddo idha pasaṃsāpariyāyoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vessopi hi uḷāravaṇṇo hotī’’</span>ti.</p>
    842. 

  842. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para440"></a><a name="para440_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">440</span>. ‘‘Niravo padasaddo soḷāragottassa akiṇṇamattikāpatto tiṭṭheyya asaṅgacārī’’ti vuttattā <span class="bld">bhikkhā caritabbāva,</span> ayaṃ tesaṃ kuladhammoti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Haritvā</span>ti apanetvā. <span class="bld">Sattajīvo</span> sattavāṇijako. Gopeti rakkhatīti <span class="bld">gopo,</span> ārakkhādhikāre niyutto. Asanti lūnanti tenāti <span class="bld">asitaṃ,</span> lavittaṃ. Vividhaṃ bhāraṃ ābhañjanti olambanti etthāti <span class="bld">byābhaṅgī,</span> kājaṃ.</p>
    843. 

  843. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para441"></a><a name="para441_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">441</span>. <span class="bld">Anussarato</span>ti anussaraṇahetu kulavaṃsānussaraṇakkhaṇe khattiyotiādinā <span class="bld">saṅkhyaṃ gacchati</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘porāṇe…pe… anussariyamāne’’ti</span>. Uccanīcattajānanatthañca kulavavatthānaṃ kataṃ hotīti khattiyādikulakammunā tesaṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ sandhanaṃ jīvikaṃ paññapenti brāhmaṇā, tathāgato pana lokuttaradhammameva purisassa sandhanaṃ paññapeti tena sattassa lokaggabhāvasiddhito. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    844. 

  844. <p class="centered">Esukārīsuttavaṇṇanā līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    845. 

  845. <p class="subhead">7. Dhanañjānisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    846. 

  846. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para445"></a><a name="para445_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">445</span>. <span class="bld">Rājagahaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0197"></a> <span class="bld">parikkhipitvā ṭhitapabbatassā</span>ti paṇḍavapabbataṃ sandhāyāha. Rājagahanagarassa dakkhiṇadisābhāge pabbatassa samīpe ṭhito janapado <span class="bld">dakkhiṇāgiri</span>. Taṇḍulapuṭakānaṃ pāli etthāti <span class="bld">taṇḍulapāli.</span> Tassa <a name="M2.0197"></a> kira dvārasamīpe taṇḍulavāṇijā taṇḍulapasibbake vivaritvā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā nisīdanti, tenassa <span class="bld">‘‘taṇḍulapālidvāra’’</span>nti samaññā ahosi. <span class="bld">Sabbameva sassaṃ gaṇhātī</span>ti daliddakassakānaṃ divasaparibbayamattameva vissajjetvā sabbameva āyato nipphannaṃ dhaññaṃ gaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Mandasassānī</span>ti mandanipphattikāni sassāni.</p>
    847. 

  847. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para446"></a><a name="para446_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">446</span>. <span class="bld">Iminā nayenā</span>ti dāsakammakarassa nivāsanabhattavettanānuppadānena maṅgaladivasesu dhanavatthālaṅkārānuppadānādinā ca <span class="bld">posetabbo</span>. Mittāmaccānaṃ piyavacanaatthacariyāsamānattatādi <span class="bld">mittāmaccakaraṇīyaṃ kattabbaṃ,</span> tathā <span class="bld">ñātisālohitānaṃ</span>. Tattha āvāhavivāhasambaddhena ‘‘amhākaṃ ime’’ti ñāyantīti <span class="bld">ñātī,</span> mātāpitādisambaddhatāya samānalohitāti <span class="bld">sālohitā</span>. Sammā dadantesupi asajjanato natthi etesaṃ tithīti <span class="bld">atithi,</span> tesaṃ attanā samānaparibhogavasena <span class="bld">atithikaraṇīyaṃ kātabbaṃ,</span> atithibalīti attho. Ñātakabhūtapubbā pettivisayaṃ upagatā <span class="bld">pubbapetā,</span> dakkhiṇeyyesu kālena kālaṃ dānaṃ datvā tesaṃ uddisanaṃ <span class="bld">pubbapetakaraṇīyaṃ,</span> petabalīti attho. Gandhapupphavilepanajālābhattehi kālena kālaṃ devatānaṃ pūjā <span class="bld">devatākaraṇīyaṃ,</span> devatābalīti attho, rājakiccakaraṇaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">rājakaraṇīyaṃ. Ayampi kāyo</span>ti attano kāyaṃ sandhāya vadati. Imamatthaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘iminā nayena attho veditabbo’’</span>ti.</p>
    848. 

  848. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para447"></a><a name="para447_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">447</span>. <span class="bld">Pañca dussīlyakammānī</span>ti niccasīlapaṭipakkhadhammā. Dasa akusalakammapathadhammā <span class="bld">dasa dussīlyakammāni</span>. Adhammacārī eva <span class="bld">visamacārī</span> kāyavisamādicaraṇatoti <span class="bld">visamacārīpadassa</span> attho visuṃ na vutto.</p>
    849. 

  849. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para448-453"></a><a name="para448-453_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">448-453</span>. <span class="bld">Osaranti</span> <a name="V2.0198"></a> apasakkanti, khīyantīti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘parihāyantī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Abhisarantī</span>ti abhivaḍḍhanavasena pavattanti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vaḍḍhantī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti brahmaloke. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti brahmaloke uppannassa dhanañjānissa. <span class="bld">Tato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti yadā bhagavatā ‘‘eso, bhikkhave, sāriputto’’tiādi vuttaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya. <span class="bld">Catusaccavinimutta</span>nti niddhāretvā vibhajitvā vuccamānehi saccehi vimuttaṃ. Atthato pana tato pubbepi <span class="bld">saccavimuttaṃ kathaṃ na kathesi</span>yeva saccavimuttassa niyyānassa abhāvato.</p>
    850. 

  850. <p class="centered">Dhanañjānisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    851. 

  851. <p class="subhead">8. Vāseṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    852. 

  852. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para454"></a><a name="para454_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">454</span>. <span class="bld">Jātiṃ</span> <a name="V2.0199"></a><a name="M2.0198"></a> <span class="bld">sodhetukāmā hontī</span>ti sahavāsīnaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ kiriyā parādhena vā asāruppattena vā jātiyā upakkilesaṃ āsaṅkāya taṃ sodhetukāmā honti. <span class="bld">Mante sodhetukāmā hontī</span>ti mantavacane ācariyamaticodanāya aññena vākyena kenaci kāraṇena saṃsaye uppanne taṃ sodhetukāmā honti. <span class="bld">Antarā</span>ti vemajjhe, aññatthevā antarāsaddoti tassa <span class="bld">aññā kathā</span>ti vacanaṃ avagantabbaṃ. Khantīmettānuddayādiguṇasampanno eva <span class="bld">‘‘sīlavāti guṇavā’’</span>tiāha. Tehi sīlassa vissajjanakālepi <span class="bld">‘‘sīlavā’’</span>ti vuccati. Sampannasīlattā vā tehi samannāgato eva hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sīlavāti guṇavā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ācārasampanno</span>ti sādhu ācāravatto.</p>
    853. 

  853. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para455"></a><a name="para455_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">455</span>. <span class="bld">Sikkhitā</span>ti tevijjānaṃ sikkhitā tumhe, na dāni tumhehi kiñci kattabbaṃ atthīti attho. <span class="bld">Paṭiññātā</span>ti paṭijānitvā ṭhitā.</p>
    854. 

  854. <p class="bodytext">Vedattayasaṅkhātā tisso vijjā ajjhayantīti <span class="bld">tevijjā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tivedāna’’</span>nti. Tayo vede aṇanti ajjhayantīti <span class="bld">brāhmaṇā,</span> tesaṃ. Yaṃ ekaṃ padampi akkhātaṃ, taṃ atthato byañjanato ca <span class="bld">kevalino</span> adhiyino appapayogena. <span class="bld">Niṭṭhāgatamhā</span>ti nipphattiṃ gatā amhā tevijjāya sakasamayassa kathane.</p>
    855. 

  855. <p class="bodytext">Manokammato hi vattasampadātikāraṇūpacārenāyamattho vuttoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tena samannāgato hi ācārasampanno hotī’’</span>ti.</p>
    856. 

  856. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Khayātīta</span>nti vaḍḍhipakkhe ṭhitanti attho. Sukkapakkhapāṭipadato paṭṭhāya hi cando vaḍḍhatīti vuccati, na khīyatīti. <span class="bld">Vandamānā</span> janā namakkāraṃ karonti.</p>
    857. 

  857. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Atthadassanenā</span>ti vivaraṇena dassanapariṇāyakaṭṭhena lokassa <span class="bld">cakkhu hutvā samuppannaṃ</span>.</p>
    858. 

  858. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para456"></a><a name="para456_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">456</span>. <span class="bld">Tiṭṭhatu tāva brāhmaṇacintā</span>ti – ‘‘kiṃ jātiyā brāhmaṇo hoti udāhu bhavati kammunā’’ti ayaṃ brāhmaṇavicāro tāva tiṭṭhatu<a name="M2.0199"></a>. Jātidassanatthaṃ tiṇarukkhakīṭapaṭaṅgato paṭṭhāya loke <a name="V2.0200"></a> jātivibhaṅgaṃ vitthārato kathessāmīti tesaṃ cittasampahaṃsanatthaṃ desetabbamatthaṃ paṭijānāti. Tattha <span class="bld">aññamaññā hi jātiyo</span>ti idaṃ kāraṇavacanaṃ, yasmā imā jātiyo nāma aññamaññaṃ visiṭṭhā, tasmā jātivibhaṅgaṃ byākarissāmīti.</p>
    859. 

  859. <p class="bodytext">Yasmā idha <span class="bld">upādinnakajāti</span> byākātabbabhāvena āgatā, tassā pana nidassanabhāvena itarā, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘jātivibhaṅgaṃ pāṇāna’’</span>nti pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesaṃ tesaṃ pāṇānaṃ jātiyoti attho. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti nidassanaṃ kathetvā nidassitabbe kathiyamāne. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti vāseṭṭhassa. Kāmaṃ ‘‘tesaṃ vohaṃ byakkhissa’’nti ubhopi māṇave nissāya desanā āgatā, tathāpi tattha tattha ‘‘evaṃ, vāseṭṭha, jānāhī’’tiādinā vāseṭṭhameva ālapanto bhagavā tameva iminā niyāmena pamukhaṃ akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tassāti vāseṭṭhassā’’ti. <span class="bld">Jātibhedo</span> jātiviseso, jātiyā bhedo <span class="bld">pākaṭo bhavissati</span> nidassanena vibhūtabhāvaṃ āpāditena paṭiññātassa atthassa vibhūtabhāvāpattito. <span class="bld">Āma na vaṭṭatī</span>ti kammanānatāya eva upādinnanānatāya paṭikkhepapadametaṃ, na bījanānatāya anupādinnanānatāya paṭikkhepapadanti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kammaṃ hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tassattho – taṃtaṃyonikhipanamattaṃ kammassa sāmatthiyaṃ, taṃtaṃyoniniyatā pana ye vaṇṇavisesā, te taṃtaṃyonisiddhiyāva siddhā hontīti taṃ pana yonikhipanakammaṃ taṃtaṃyonivisiṭṭha-visesābhibhūtāya payoganipphattiyā, asaṃmucchitāya eva vā paccayabhūtāya bhavapatthanāya abhisaṅkhatamevāti viññātabbapaccayavisesena vinā phalavisesābhāvato etaṃ samīhitakammaṃ patthanādīhi ca bhinnasattitaṃ visiṭṭhasāmatthiyaṃ vā āpajjitvā cakkhundriyādivisiṭṭhaphalanibbattakaṃ jāyati, evaṃ yonikhipanataṃyoniniyatavisesāvahatā hotīti. Therena hi bījanānatā viya kammanānatāpi upādinnakanānatāya siyā nu kho paccayoti codanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā paccayavisesavisiṭṭhā kammanānatā pana paccayoti nicchitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    860. 

  860. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nānāvaṇṇā</span>ti nānappakāravaṇṇā. Tālanāḷikerādīnaṃ loke abhiññātatiṇajātibhāvato <span class="bld">visesena gayhati</span> abhiññātasotanayena. <span class="bld">Jātiyā brāhmaṇo</span>vāti aṭṭhānapayutto <span class="bld">eva</span>-saddo, jātiyāva <a name="M2.0200"></a> brāhmaṇo bhaveyyāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Na ca gayhatī</span>ti tiṇarukkhādīsu viya brāhmaṇesu jātiniyatassa liṅgassa anupalabbhanato, pivanabhuñjanakathanahasanādikiriyāya brāhmaṇabhāvena ekantikaliṅganiyatāya mantajjhenādiṃ vinā anupalabbhanato ca. <span class="bld">Vacībhedenevā</span>ti āhaccavacaneneva.</p>
    861. 

  861. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kīṭe paṭaṅge</span>tiādīsu jātinānatā labbhati aññamaññaliṅgavisiṭṭhatādassanā. <span class="bld">Kunthā</span> kīṭakā<a name="V2.0201"></a>, khajjakhādakā <span class="bld">kipillikā. Uppatitvā</span>ti uḍḍetvā uḍḍetvā. Paṭabhāvaṃ gacchantīti vā <span class="bld">paṭaṅgā,</span> na khuddakapāṇakā kīṭā nāma. <span class="bld">Tesampi</span> kīṭakānaṃ.</p>
    862. 

  862. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāḷakādayo</span>ti kalandakādayo.</p>
    863. 

  863. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Udaraṃyeva nesaṃ pādā</span> udareneva sampajjanato.</p>
    864. 

  864. <p class="bodytext">Saññāpubbako vidhi aniccoti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘udake’’</span>ti āha yathā ‘‘vīrassa bhāvo vīriya’’nti.</p>
    865. 

  865. <p class="bodytext">Pattasamudāye pakkhasaddoti <span class="bld">‘‘pattehi yantī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Na hi avayavabyatirekena samudāyo atthi.</p>
    866. 

  866. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saṅkhepena vutto</span> ‘‘jātivasena nānā’’tiādinā. Ettha padatthe dubbiññeyyaṃ natthīti sambandhamattaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tatrāyaṃ yojanā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Na hi brāhmaṇānaṃ edisaṃ sīsaṃ hoti, khattiyānaṃ edisanti niyamo atthi yathā hatthiassamigādīna’’nti idameva vākyaṃ sabbattha netabbaṃ. Taṃ saṃṅkhipitvā dassento <span class="bld">‘‘iminā nayena sabbaṃ yojetabba’’</span>nti āha.</p>
    867. 

  867. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti yathāvuttanigamanavacanassa <span class="bld">ayaṃ yojanā</span> idāni vuccamānā yojanā veditabbā.</p>
    868. 

  868. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para457"></a><a name="para457_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">457</span>. <span class="bld">Vokāra</span>nti vokaraṇaṃ, yena visiṭṭhatāya na vokarīyati jātibhedoti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nānatta’’</span>nti.</p>
    869. 

  869. <p class="bodytext">Gorakkhādiupajīvanena <span class="bld">ājīvavipanno,</span> hiṃsādinā <span class="bld">sīlavipanno,</span> nikkhittavattatādinā <span class="bld">ācāravipanno</span>ti. Sāmaññajotanā visese niviṭṭhā hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘gorakkhanti khettarakkha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">‘‘Goti hi pathaviyā nāma’’</span>nti. Tehi tehi upāyehi sikkhitabbaṭṭhena <span class="bld">sippaṃ,</span> tattha kosallaṃ. Paresaṃ <a name="M2.0201"></a> īsanaṭṭhena hiṃsanaṭṭhena isso, so assa atthīti isso yodhājīviko, issassa kammaṃ paharaṇaṃ, usuṃ sattiñca nissāya pavattā jīvikā <span class="bld">issattaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘āvudhajīvika’’</span>nti. Yaṃ nissāya assa jīvikā, tadeva dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘usuñca sattiñcā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    870. 

  870. <p class="bodytext">Brahmaṃ <a name="V2.0202"></a> vuccati vedo, taṃ aṇati jānātīti brāhmaṇo, jānanañca porāṇehi brāhmaṇehi vihitaniyāmena brāhmaṇehi katopasamena anuṭṭhānatapena yathā ‘‘ājīvasīlācāravipanno natthī’’ti brāhmaṇadhammikehi lokiyapaṇḍitehi ca sampaṭicchito, tathā paṭipajjanamevāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ brāhmaṇasamayena…pe… sādhetvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Evaṃ sante</span>ti evaṃ ājīvasīlācāravipannassa abrāhmaṇabhāve sati <span class="bld">na jātiyā brāhmaṇo hoti, guṇehi pana</span> ājīvasīlācārasampattisaṅkhātehi <span class="bld">brāhmaṇo hoti, tasmā</span> guṇānaṃyeva brāhmaṇabhāvakaraṇato catuvaṇṇavibhāge <span class="bld">yattha katthaci kule jāto yo</span> sīlādiguṇasampannatāya <span class="bld">guṇavā, so</span> vuttalakkhaṇena nippariyāyato bāhitapāpatāya <span class="bld">brāhmaṇo</span>ti <span class="bld">ayamettha</span> brāhmaṇabhāve <span class="bld">ñāyoti, evaṃ ñāyaṃ atthato</span> āpannaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Na</span>nti tameva yathāvuttaṃ ñāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Yo brāhmaṇassa saṃvaṇṇitāyā</span>ti mātuyā ubhatosujātatādikulavaṇṇena saṃvaṇṇitāya pasatthāya yathārūpāya brāhmaṇassa mātā bhavituṃ yuttā, tathārūpāya <span class="bld">mātarisambhūto</span>. Etena catunnaṃ yonīnaṃ yattha katthaci visesaniṭṭhā katā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatrāpi visesenā’’</span>ti. Evaṃ sāmaññato visesaniṭṭhāvasena ‘‘yonijaṃ mattisambhava’’nti padassa atthaṃ vatvā idāni sāmaññajotanaṃ anādiyitvā visesajotanāvaseneva atthaṃ vattuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yācāya’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Parisuddhauppattimaggasaṅkhātā yoni vuttā</span>ti anupakkuṭṭhabhāvena parisuddhauppattimaggasaṅkhātā yā cāyaṃ yoni vuttāti sambandho. <span class="bld">Tatopi jātasambhūtattā</span>ti tato yonito jātattā mātāpettisampattito sambhūtattā.</p>
    871. 

  871. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Visiṭṭhattā</span>ti samudāyabhūtā manussā rāgādinā visiṭṭhattā. Rāgādinā saha kiñcanenāti <span class="bld">sakiñcano</span>. Tatheva rāgādisaṅkhātena palibodhanaṭṭhena saha palibodhenāti <span class="bld">sapalibodho. Sabbagahaṇapaṭinissaggenā</span>ti upādānasaṅkhātassa sabbassa gahaṇassa paṭinissajjanena. <span class="bld">Yasmā bāhitapāpo</span> attano santānato bahikatapāpo, tasmā <span class="bld">tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa</span>nti <a name="M2.0202"></a> attho vattabbo. Evarūpo etissā kathāya upadeso nānappakārato vibhatto, tasmā tattha tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbo.</p>
    872. 

  872. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para458"></a><a name="para458_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">458</span>. <span class="bld">Gahitadaṇḍesū</span>ti paresaṃ daṇḍena viheṭhanaṃ anidhāya ādinnadaṇḍesu.</p>
    873. 

  873. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para459"></a><a name="para459_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">459</span>. <span class="bld">Kiñci gahaṇa</span>nti taṇhāgāhādīsu kiñci gāhaṃ.</p>
    874. 

  874. <p class="bodytext">Yena kāmabhavena mānusakehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi yuñjati, taṃ <span class="bld">mānusakaṃ yogaṃ</span>. ‘‘Mānusakaṃ <a name="V2.0203"></a> yoga’’nti ettha ca ekadesaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ, esa nayo ‘‘dibbayoga’’nti etthāpi. <span class="bld">Sabbayogavisaṃyutta</span>nti padadvayena vuttehi sabbakilesayogehi vippayuttaṃ.</p>
    875. 

  875. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rati</span>nti abhiratiṃ āsattiṃ. <span class="bld">Kusalabhāvanāyā</span>ti kāyabhāvanādi kusaladhammabhāvanāya ukkaṇṭhitaṃ. <span class="bld">Vīriyavanta</span>nti vīriyasabbhāvena vīraṃ niddisati, vīrabhāvo hi vīriyanti.</p>
    876. 

  876. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sundaraṃ ṭhāna</span>nti nibbānaṃ. <span class="bld">Sundarāya paṭipattiyā</span> ariyapaṭipattiyā.</p>
    877. 

  877. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nibbatti</span>nti pariyosānaṃ. <span class="bld">Atīte</span>ti atītakoṭṭhāse. <span class="bld">Kiñcanakārako</span>ti palibodhahetubhūto.</p>
    878. 

  878. <p class="bodytext">Asekkhe sīlakkhandhādike <span class="bld">mahante guṇe</span>. Pañcannaṃ mārānaṃ vijitattā <span class="bld">vijitavijayaṃ</span>.</p>
    879. 

  879. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para460"></a><a name="para460_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">460</span>. <span class="bld">Idaṃ ajānantā</span>ti ‘‘jātiyā brāhmaṇo’’ti idaṃ lokasamaññāmattanti ajānantā. Ye brāhmaṇesu nāmagottaṃ nāma tatiyaṃ diṭṭhābhinivesaṃ janenti, <span class="bld">sāva nesaṃ diṭṭhi. Kataṃ abhisaṅkhata</span>nti parikappanavaseneva kataṃ ṭhapitaṃ tadupacitaṃ, na hetupaccayasamāyogena. <span class="bld">Samuccā</span>ti sammutiyā. Kā pana sā sammutīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘samaññāyā’’</span>ti, lokasamaññātenāti attho. Sammā pana paramatthato ajānantānaṃ nāmagottaṃ evaṃ kappetīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘no ce’’</span>tiādi. Taṃ pana asantampi paramatthato santatāyeva abhinivisanti, tesamayaṃ dosoti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ pakappita’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘janapadaniruttiṃ nābhiniveseyyā’’ti <a name="M2.0203"></a> (ma. ni. 3.331). <span class="bld">Ajānantā no</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">no</span>-saddo avadhāraṇattho – ‘‘na no samaṃ atthi tathāgatenā’’tiādīsu (khu. pā. 6.3) viyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ajānantāva evaṃ vadantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    880. 

  880. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nippariyāya</span>nti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso, nippariyāyena ujukamevāti attho, na pubbe viya ‘‘yo hi kocī’’ti pariyāyavasena. ‘‘Na jaccā’’ti gāthāya pubbaddhena <span class="bld">jātivādaṃ paṭikkhipanto</span> pacchimaddhena <span class="bld">kammavādaṃ patiṭṭhapento. Tatthā</span>ti tissaṃ gāthāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Upaḍḍhagāthāya vitthāraṇattha</span>nti upaḍḍhagāthāya atthaṃ vitthāretuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kassako kammunā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tattha purimāya catūhi pādehi, pacchime dvīhi dvinnampi sādhāraṇato attho vitthārito. Tattha <span class="bld">kasikammādī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena sippakammavāṇijādi saṅgaho.</p>
    881. 

  881. <p class="bodytext">Paṭiccasamuppādapadhānavacanaviññeyyo <a name="V2.0204"></a> paccayo paṭiccasamuppādasaddassa attho paccayuppannāpekkhāya hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘iminā paccayena etaṃ hotī’’</span>ti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ <span class="bld">visuddhimagge</span> (visuddhi. 2.570) <span class="bld">taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyañca</span> (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.570) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Sammānāvamānārahakule</span>ti sammānārahe khattiyādikule, avamānārahe caṇḍālādikule <span class="bld">kammavasena upapatti hoti</span> kammassa vipaccamānokāsakaratāya vinā tādisāya uccanīcakulanibbattiyā abhāvato. Aḍḍhadaliddatādi <span class="bld">aññāpi hīnapaṇītatā.</span></p>
    882. 

  882. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kammunā</span>ti cettha yathā lokapajāsattasaddehi eko evattho vutto, evaṃ sesasaddehipi, adhippāyaviseso pana tattha atthīti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘purimapadena cetthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Nāyaṃ loko brahmanimmito kammena uppajjanato. Na hi sannihitakāraṇānaṃ phalānaṃ aññena uppattidiṭṭhi yujjati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhiyā paṭisedho veditabbo’’</span>ti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ taṃ<span class="bld"> visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanādīsu</span>vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Tathā lokassa paṭhamuppatti na brahmunāti <span class="bld">‘‘kammunā hi tāsu tāsū’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Tatiyena</span> ‘‘ayaṃ loko ādito pabhuti pabhavakammunā vattatī’’ti vuttamatthaṃ <span class="bld">nigameti.</span>Vuttassevatthassa sūcanañhi nigamanaṃ. Taṃ pana niyamatthaṃ hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘kammeneva baddhā hutvā pavattanti, na aññathā’’</span>ti<a name="M2.0204"></a>. <span class="bld">Catutthena</span> padena. <span class="bld">Yāyato</span>ti gacchato. <span class="bld">Nibbattato</span>ti nibbattantassa. <span class="bld">Pavattato</span>ti pavattantassa.</p>
    883. 

  883. <p class="bodytext">Dhutadhammā visesato taṇhāya santattavasena vattantīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tapenāti dhutaṅgatapenā’’</span>ti. Methunavirati visesato brāhmaṇānaṃ brahmacariyanti sā idha brahmacariyenāti adhippetāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘brahmacariyenāti methunaviratiyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Etenā</span>ti iminā ‘‘tapenā’’tiādīhi catūhi padehi vuttena. <span class="bld">Seṭṭhenā</span>ti uttamena. Saṃkilesavisuddhiyā <span class="bld">parisuddhena. Brahma</span>nti brahmabhāvaṃ seṭṭhabhāvaṃ. So panettha atthato brāhmaṇabhāvoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘brāhmaṇabhāvaṃ āvahatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    884. 

  884. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Brahmā ca sakko cā</span>ti sakkagarukānaṃ sakko sakkenapi garukātabbato, brahmagarukānaṃ brahmā brahmunāpi garukātabbato. <span class="bld">Vijānata</span>nti paramatthabrāhmaṇassa visesaṃ jānantānaṃ viññūnaṃ. Aviññuno hi appamāṇaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṇḍitāna’’</span>nti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    885. 

  885. <p class="centered">Vāseṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    886. 

  886. <p class="subhead">9. Subhasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    887. 

  887. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para462"></a><a name="para462_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">462</span>. Tudisaññāto <a name="V2.0205"></a> gāmo nigamo etassāti todeyyo, tassa attajo <span class="bld">todeyyaputto</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tudigāmā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Ārādhako</span>ti saṃrādhako. Dhammanisanti yasmā sampādanena paripūraṇena icchitā, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘sampādako paripūrako’’</span>ti. Ñāyati nicchayena gameti nibbānaṃ, taṃ vā ñāyati paṭivijjhīyati etenāti ñāyo, tato etassa sampādakahetubhāvato ñāyo dhammo ariyamaggo taṃ <span class="bld">ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kāraṇadhamma’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Anavajja</span>nti avajjapaṭipakkhaṃ.</p>
    888. 

  888. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para463"></a><a name="para463_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">463</span>. Vaṭṭacārakato niyyātīti niyyānikaṃ īkārassa rassattaṃ ya-kārassa ca ka-kāraṃ katvā. Niyyāne vā niyuttaṃ, niyyānaṃ sīlanti vā niyyānikaṃ, tappaṭipakkhato <span class="bld">aniyyānikaṃ</span>. Sā pana atthato akusalakiriyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘akusalapaṭipada’’</span>nti.</p>
    889. 

  889. <p class="bodytext">Bahubhāvavācako <a name="M2.0205"></a> idha <span class="bld">mahā</span>saddo ‘‘mahājano’’tiādīsuviyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘mahantehi bahūhī’’</span>ti. Atthoti payojanaṃ. <span class="bld">Mahantānī</span>ti bahulāni. <span class="bld">Kiccānī</span>ti kātabbāni. <span class="bld">Adhikaraṇānī</span>ti adhikārajīvikārūpāni. <span class="bld">Gharāvāsakammameva</span> pañcabalikaraṇadasaatthaṭṭhānabhāvato lokayātrāya ca sampavattiṭṭhānabhāvato jīvitavuttiyā vā hetubhāvato <span class="bld">gharāvāsakammaṭṭhānaṃ</span>.</p>
    890. 

  890. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Appakenapi medhāvī, pābhatena vicakkhaṇo;</p>
    891. 

  891. <p class="gathalast">Samuṭṭhāpeti attānaṃ, aṇuṃ aggiṃva sandhama’’nti. (jā. 1.1.4);</p>
    892. 

  892. <p class="bodytext">Gāthāya vuttanayena <span class="bld">cūḷantevāsikassa viya</span>.</p>
    893. 

  893. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para464"></a><a name="para464_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">464</span>. Ayoniso pavattitaṃ vāṇijjakammaṃ viya apāyabhūtaṃ kasikammaṃ nidassanabhāve ṭhapetvā ayonisomanasikaraṇavasena pavattaṃ gharāvāsakiccaṃ sandhāyāha – <span class="bld">‘‘yathā kasi…pe… evaṃ gharāvāsakammaṭṭhānampī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Brāhmaṇabhatto ahosī</span>ti so kira bahū brāhmaṇe dhanaṃ datvā yaññaṃ kāresi. <span class="bld">Uparī</span>ti ‘‘upari upaṭṭhātīti vadehī’’ti brāhmaṇehi attano samayena ācikkhāpitopi yathā upaṭṭhitameva kathetvā kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbatto, atha brāhmaṇā – ‘‘iminā <a name="V2.0206"></a> amhākaṃ yaññe doso dinno’’ti kujjhitvā tassa kaḷevaraṃ susānaṃ netuṃ nādaṃsu. Athassa ñātakehi sahasse dinne taṃ sahassaṃ gahetvā gehato nīharituṃ adaṃsu. Kassapasammāsambuddhakāle chattiṃsa itthiyo ‘‘ekā vatthaṃ adāsi, ekā gandhaṃ, ekā sumanamāla’’ntiādinā taṃ taṃ dānamayaṃ puññaṃ katvā āyupariyosāne tāvatiṃsabhavane sakkassa devarañño paricārikā hutvā nibbattiṃsu sahassaaccharāparivārikā, sakkassa devarañño vejayantarathaṃ pesetvā pakkosāpitena guttilācariyabhūtena mahābodhisattena pucchitā taṃ taṃ attanā kataṃ puññaṃ byākariṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘sakalāya guttilavimānakathāya dīpetabba’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Vaṇijjakammaṭṭhānaṃ vipajjamāna</span>nti ettha tassa vipajjamānākāro heṭṭhā vutto. Evaṃ pabbajjakammaṭṭhānampi vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hotīti ānetvā sambandho. <span class="bld">Sīlesu aparipūrakārino</span>tiādi tassa vipajjanākāradassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Jhānādisukha</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena abhiññāvipassanādisukhassa viya sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ sīlasampadādisukhassa <a name="M2.0206"></a> saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Arahattampi pāpuṇāti</span> pageva sekkhaputhujjanasampattiyoti adhippāyo.</p>
    894. 

  894. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cāgasīsenā</span>ti padhānabhūtena cāgena dānena taṃ avassayaṃ katvā. Ettha te <span class="bld">na koci aphāsukabhāvo</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ujukaṃ katvā</span> aviruddhaṃ katvā, sampayojetvāti attho. <span class="bld">Tapacariya</span>nti aggiparicaraṇaṃ, tapacariyañca brahmacariyaggahaṇā duṭṭhullabhāvato.</p>
    895. 

  895. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para466"></a><a name="para466_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">466</span>. <span class="bld">Ajānanabhāva</span>nti asabbaññubhāvaṃ. Bhagavato pana sabbaññubhāvo sadevake loke jalatale pakkhittatelaṃ viya pattharitvā ṭhito, na me idaṃ patirūpaṃ, tato parivattissāmīti ‘‘brāhmaṇo, bho, gotamā’’tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Paccāharituṃ</span> paṭipakkhena apaharituṃ. <span class="bld">Setapokkharasadiso</span>ti puṇḍarīkapattasadisavaṇṇo. <span class="bld">Suvaṭṭitā</span>ti vaṭṭabhāvayuttaṭṭhāne suvaṭṭā. <span class="bld">Nāmakaṃyevā</span>ti nāmamattameva vacanamattameva. Tathābhūtānaṃ bhāvassapi abhāvena nihīnaṃ nāma hoti, nāma-saddo nihīnapariyāyo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘lāmakaṃyevā’’</span>ti.</p>
    896. 

  896. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para467"></a><a name="para467_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">467</span>. <span class="bld">Katamā vācā tesaṃ seyyo</span>ti tesaṃ caṅkiyādīnaṃ brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṃ vuccamānavibhāgāsu vācāsu katamā vācā seyyoti. ‘‘Seyyā’’ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sammutiyā</span>ti avilaṅghitasādhumariyādāya lokasammutiyā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘lokavohārenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Mantā</span>ti mantāsaṅkhātāya paññāya mantetvā jānitvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tulayitvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Atthasaṃhita</span>nti hetusañhitaṃ. Taṃ pana ekaṃsato yuttiyuttaṃ hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kāraṇanissita’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Āvuto</span>tiādīsu ādito abhimukhaṃ ñāṇagatiyā vibandhanena <span class="bld">āvuto,</span> āvariyena visesato ñāṇagatiyā <a name="V2.0207"></a> nibandhanena <span class="bld">nivuto,</span> evaṃ <span class="bld">ophuṭo</span> paliguṇṭhito. <span class="bld">Pariyonaddho</span>ti samantato onaddho chādito. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paliveṭhito’’</span>ti.</p>
    897. 

  897. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para468"></a><a name="para468_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">468</span>. <span class="bld">Sace etaṃ kāraṇamatthī</span>ti ‘‘nissaṭṭhatiṇakaṭṭhupādāno aggi jalatī’’ti etaṃ kāraṇaṃ sace atthi yadi siyā, so aparo tiṇakaṭṭhupādāno aggi yadi bhaveyya. <span class="bld">Sadoso</span> sādīnavo saparikkileso. <span class="bld">Parisuddho</span>ti upakkilesābhāvena sabbaso suddho. <span class="bld">Jāti ādīnaṃ abhāvenā</span>ti jātipaccayānaṃ kammakilesānaṃ niggamena.</p>
    898. 

  898. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para469"></a><a name="para469_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">469</span>. <span class="bld">Na</span> <a name="M2.0207"></a> <span class="bld">niccalā tiṭṭhantī</span>ti tattha pakkhipitabbassa labbhamānattā yathāpaññattaṃ hutvā niccalā akampiyā na tiṭṭhanti. <span class="bld">Taṃ dosaṃ</span> taṃ ūnatādosaṃ.</p>
    899. 

  899. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aññasmiṃ asatī</span>ti atthabhañjakamusāvāde asati. So hi attano santakassa adātukāmatādivasena pavattassa akammapathappattassa musāvādabhāvassa viparīto añño idha adhippeto. Tathā hi itaro yebhuyyena vaḷañjitabbato voharitabbato <span class="bld">vaḷañjakamusāvādo</span>ti āha. Na kadāci musāvādīti <span class="bld">dve kathā na kathenti</span>. Bāhirakānaṃ anavajjatapasammatāyapi nissitoti vattuṃ āha <span class="bld">‘‘sīlavā tapanissitako hoti’’</span>ti. Vivaṭamukhā mantajjhenamaṇḍitā sabbaso sajjhāyā honti, na itareti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pabbajitā niccaṃ sajjhāyantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    900. 

  900. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para470"></a><a name="para470_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">470</span>. <span class="bld">Ciraṃ nikkhanto</span>ti niggato hutvā cirakāle. <span class="bld">Na sabbaso paccakkhā honti</span> satisammohato maggānañca aññathā karaṇato. <span class="bld">Cirāyitatta</span>nti ‘‘ayaṃ maggo’’ti kathanassa cirāyanaṃ. <span class="bld">Vitthāyitatta</span>nti asappaṭibhānaṃ. Taṃ pana saupamāha dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    901. 

  901. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Balasampanno</span>ti kāyabalena samannāgato. Pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ nāma pamāṇakarānaṃ rāgādikilesānaṃ avikkhambhitattā <span class="bld">‘‘pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ nāma kāmāvacara’’</span>nti āha, tesaṃ pana vikkhambhitattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘appamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ nāma rūpārūpāvacara’’</span>nti. Tatthāpi visesato appamaññābhāvanā sambhavatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tesupī’’</span>tiādi. Nirīhakattā yathā appamāṇasamaññā labbhati, taṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pamāṇaṃ…pe… vuccatī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Na ohīyati na tiṭṭhatī</span>ti katūpacitampi kāmāvacarakammaṃ yathādhigate mahaggatajjhāne aparihīne taṃ abhibhavitvā āsīdetvā passe ohīyakaṃ katvā paṭisandhiṃ dātuṃ samatthabhāvena na tiṭṭhati. <span class="bld">Laggitu</span>nti āvarituṃ<a name="V2.0208"></a>. <span class="bld">Ṭhātu</span>nti patiṭṭhātuṃ. <span class="bld">Pharitvā</span>ti paṭippharitvā. <span class="bld">Pariyādiyitvā</span>ti tassa sāmatthiyaṃ khepetvā. Kammassa pariyādiyanaṃ nāma vipākuppādabandhanamevāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    902. 

  902. <p class="centered">Subhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    903. 

  903. <p class="subhead">10. Saṅgāravasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    904. 

  904. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para473"></a><a name="para473_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">473</span>. <span class="bld">Abhippasannā</span>ti <a name="V2.0209"></a><a name="M2.0208"></a> abhisamecca pasannā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘aveccappasādavasena pasannā’’</span>ti. Brāhmaṇī vigatamalamaccheratāya <span class="bld">‘‘tuyhaṃ deyyadhammaṃ ruccanakaṭṭhāne dehī’’</span>ti āha. Maggeneva hissā macchariyassa pahīnattā buddhapakkhabrāhmaṇapakkhavasena ubhatopakkhikā.</p>
    905. 

  905. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kiṃsū</span>ti kinti pucchāvacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Chetvā</span> anādiyitvā vināsetvā. <span class="bld">Sukhaṃ setī</span>ti cittasantāpābhāvena sukhena supati. <span class="bld">Na socatī</span>ti tato eva sokaṃ nāma vināseti. <span class="bld">Kodha</span>nti kujjhanalakkhaṇaṃ kodhaṃ. <span class="bld">Chetvā</span> samucchinditvā. <span class="bld">Sukhaṃ setī</span>ti kodhapariḷāhena apariḍayhamānattā sukhaṃ supati. Kodhavināsena vinaṭṭhadomanassattā <span class="bld">na socati. Visamūlassā</span>ti dukkhavipākassa. <span class="bld">Madhuraggassā</span>ti akkosakassa paccakkosanena, pahārakassa paṭippaharaṇena yaṃ sukhaṃ uppajjati, taṃ sandhāyeva <span class="bld">‘‘madhuraggo’’</span>ti vutto. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne pariyosānaṃ ‘‘agga’’nti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ariyā</span>ti buddhādayo ariyā.</p>
    906. 

  906. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pañhaṃ kathesī</span>ti brāhmaṇo kira cintesi – ‘‘samaṇo gotamo lokapūjito, na sakkā yaṃ vā taṃ vā vatvā santajjetuṃ, ekaṃ saṇhapañhaṃ pucchissāmī’’ti. So ekaṃ pucchāgāthaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā ‘‘sace asukassa nāma vadhaṃ rocemīti vakkhati, ye tuyhaṃ na ruccanti, te māretukāmosi, lokavadhāya uppanno kiṃ tuyhaṃ samaṇabhāvenāti niggahessāmi. Sace na kassaci vadhaṃ rocemīti vakkhati, atha naṃ tvaṃ rāgādīnampi vadhaṃ na icchasi, tasmā samaṇo hutvā āhiṇḍasīti niggaṇhissāmīti imaṃ ubhatokoṭikaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho samaṇo gotamo neva gilituṃ na uggilituṃ sakkhissatī’’ti evaṃ cintetvā imaṃ payhaṃ pucchi. Tassa bhagavā ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ kathesi. So pañhabyākaraṇena ārādhitacitto pabbajjaṃ yāci. Satthā taṃ pabbājesi, so pabbajjākiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto’’</span>ti.</p>
    907. 

  907. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Avabhūtā</span>ti adhobhūtā. Adhobhāvo sattānaṃ avaḍḍhi avamaṅgalanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘avaḍḍhibhūtā avamaṅgalabhūtāyevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paribhūtā</span>ti paribhavappattā. <span class="bld">Vijjamānāna</span>nti pāḷiyaṃ anādare sāmivacananti tadatthaṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘vijjamānesū’’</span>tiāha. Pakaṭṭhaṃ, pavaḍḍhaṃ vā ñāṇanti <span class="bld">paññāṇa</span>nti bhagavato ñāṇaṃ visesetvā vuttaṃ.</p>
    908. 

  908. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para474"></a><a name="para474_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">474</span>. <span class="bld">Abhijānitvā</span>ti <a name="V2.0210"></a><a name="M2.0209"></a> abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇena jānitvā. <span class="bld">Vositavosānā</span>ti katakaraṇīyatāya sabbaso parisositaniṭṭhā. <span class="bld">Pāramisaṅkhāta</span>nti paramukkaṃsabhāvato pāramīti saṅkhātaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sabbadhammānaṃ pārabhūta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Brahmacariyassā</span>ti sāsanabrahmacariyassa ādibhūtaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘uppādakā janakā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Idamevaṃ bhavissati idameva’’nti takkanaṃ takko, so etassa atthīti <span class="bld">takkī</span>. Yasmā so taṃ taṃ vatthuṃ tathā tathā takkitvā gaṇhati, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘takkagāhī’’</span>ti. Vīmaṃsanasīlo <span class="bld">vīmaṃsī</span> paccakkhabhūtamatthaṃ vīmaṃsanabhūtāya paññāya kevalaṃ vīmaṃsanato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paññācāraṃ carāpetvā evaṃvādī’’</span>ti. Yathāvuttatakkīvīmaṃsībhāvena takkapariyāhataṃ vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ evametanti vatvā.</p>
    909. 

  909. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para485"></a><a name="para485_mn2"></a><span class="paranum">485</span>. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhitapadhānavata</span>nti aññattha kismiñci puggale aṭṭhitapadhānavataṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ bhoto gotamassa padhānaṃ ahosi. <span class="bld">Sappurisapadhānavataṃ ahosi</span> sappurisapadhānavatādhigatānaṃ etādisānaṃ arahataṃ acchariyapuggalānaṃyeva āveṇikapadhānavataṃ ahosi. <span class="bld">Ajānantova pakāsetī</span>ti ayaṃ pucchitamatthaṃ sayaṃ paccakkhato ajānanto eva kevalaṃ saddaṃ uppādetvāva pakāsesīti saññāya āha. <span class="bld">Ajānanabhāve sante</span>ti ime adhidevāti paccakkhato jānane asati. <span class="bld">Paṇḍitena manussenā</span>ti lokavohārakusalena manussena, tvaṃ pana lokavohārepi akusalo. Vacanatthañhi ajānanto yaṃ kiñci vadati. <span class="bld">Uccena sammata</span>nti uccaṃ supākaṭaṃ sabbaso taruṇadārakehipi sammataṃ. Ñātametaṃ yadidaṃ atthi devāti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘susudārakāpī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Devā</span>ti upapattidevā. <span class="bld">Adhidevā nāma</span> sammutidevehi adhikadevāti katvā, tadaññe ca manusse adhikabhāve kimeva vattabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    910. 

  910. <p class="centered">Papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya</p>
    911. 

  911. <p class="centered">Saṅgāravasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    912. 

  912. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca brāhmaṇavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    913. 

  913. <p class="centered">Majjhimapaṇṇāsaṭīkā samattā.</p>
    914. 

  914. </body>
    915.